Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
TC Agd Pkt 2023-02-01
TOWN OF TIBURON Tiburon Town Hall 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Tiburon Town Council February 1, 2023 Regular Meeting 5:00 P.M. TIBURON TOWN COUNCIL AGENDA CORONAVIRUS (COVID-19) ADVISORY NOTICE Consistent with Government Code section 54953(e), the Town Council meeting will not be physically open to the public and all Council Members will be teleconferencing into the meeting. To maximize public safety while still maintaining transparency and public access, members of the public can access the meeting by following the meeting live at: Audio/Video Webinar: https://us06web.zoom.us/j/84412395839 Webinar ID: 844 1239 5839 Call-in Number: +1 669 900 6833 Access Code: 844 1239 5839 Instructions for providing public comment live during the meeting using Zoom are linked on the Town’s website and to this agenda. Members of the public may provide public comment by sending comments to the Town Clerk by email at comments@townoftiburon.org. Comments received prior to the start of the Council meeting will be distributed electronically to the Town Council and posted on the Town’s website. Comments received after the start time of the Council meeting, but prior to the close of public comment period for an item, will then be read into the record, with a maximum allowance of 3 minutes per individual comment, subject to the Mayor’s discretion. All comments read into the record should be a maximum of 500 words, which corresponds to approximately 3 minutes of speaking time. If a comment is received after the agenda item is heard but before the close of the meeting, the comment will still be included as a part of the record of the meeting but will not be read into the record. Any member of the public who needs accommodations should email or call the Town Clerk who will use their best efforts to provide reasonable accommodations to provide as much accessibility as possible while also maintaining public safety in accordance with the Town’s procedure for resolving reasonable accommodation requests. All reasonable accommodations offered will be listed on the Town’s website at www.townoftiburon.org. REGULAR MEETING – 5:00 P.M. CALL TO ORDER AND ROLL CALL Councilmember Fredericks, Councilmember Thier, Councilmember Welner, Vice Mayor Griffin, Mayor Ryan ANNOUNCEMENT OF ACTION TAKEN IN CLOSED SESSION, IF ANY ORAL COMMUNICATIONS Persons wishing to address the Town Council on subjects not on the agenda may do so at this time. Please note however, that the Town Council is not able to undertake extended discussion or action on items not on the agenda. Matters requiring action will be referred to the appropriate Commission, Board, Committee or staff for consideration or placed on a future Town Council meeting agenda. Please limit your comments to three (3) minutes. CONSENT CALENDAR CC-1. Town Council Minutes – Adopt minutes for January 18, 2023 Town Council special and regular meetings (Department of Administrative Services) CC-2. Town Council Minutes – Adopt minutes for January 25, 2023 Town Council special meeting (Department of Administrative Services) ACTION ITEMS AI-1. Little League Parade & Opening Day Special Event – Consider approval of request to close Main Street on March 17, 2023 from 4:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m., for the special event (Department of Administrative Services) AI-2. Parks Master Plan – Authorize the Town Manager to Execute a Professional Services Agreement with WRT to Assist the Town with Development of a Town of Tiburon Parks Master Plan, in an Amount not to Exceed $315,478, authorize FY 23 budget amendment to fund work and consider appointing a councilmember to work with the POST subcommittee and staff (Department of Public Works) AI-3. Town Hall HVAC Systems – Consider authorization of the Town Manager to execute a contract with Bell Products Inc. for the HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project for $681,874, a budget amendment in the amount of $79,367 from the Infrastructure and Facility Replacement Reserve Fund, and authorize the Town Manager to approve change orders up to 10% of the construction amount if needed (Department of Public Works) AI-4. Town Council Regular Meeting Time – Consider providing direction to staff on changing the Town Council regular meeting time (Department of Administrative Services) DISCUSSION ITEMS DI-1. Objective Design Standards – Provide feedback on the draft Objective Design Standards (Community Development Department) TOWN COUNCIL REPORTS TOWN MANAGER REPORT ADJOURNMENT GENERAL PUBLIC INFORMATION ASSISTANCE FOR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting, please contact the Town Clerk at (415) 435-7377. Notification 48 hours prior to the meeting will enable the Town to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this meeting. AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION Copies of all agenda reports and supporting data are available for viewing and inspection at Town Hall and at the Belvedere-Tiburon Library located adjacent to Town Hall. Agendas and minutes are posted on the Town’s website, www.townoftiburon.org. Upon request, the Town will provide written agenda materials in appropriate alternative formats, or disability-related modification or accommodation, including auxiliary aids or services, to enable individuals with disabilities to participate in public meetings. Please send a written request, including your name, mailing address, phone number and brief description of the requested materials and preferred alternative format or auxiliary aid or service at least 5 days before the meeting. Requests should be sent to the Office of the Town Clerk at the above address. PUBLIC HEARINGS Public Hearings provide the general public and interested parties an opportunity to provide testimony on these items. If you challenge any proposed action(s) in court, you may be limited to raising only those issues you or someone else raised at the Public Hearing(s) described later in this agenda, or in written correspondence delivered to the Town Council at, or prior to, the Public Hearing(s). TIMING OF ITEMS ON AGENDA While the Town Council attempts to hear all items in order as stated on the agenda, it reserves the right to take items out of order. No set times are assigned to items appearing on the Town Council agenda. DR A F T Page 1 of 6 DRAFT Tiburon Town Council Minutes #01-2023 January 18, 2023 TOWN COUNCIL SPECIAL & REGULAR MEETING DRAFT MINUTES Consistent with Government Code section 54953(e), councilmembers attended this meeting by teleconference. Members of the public were invited to participate in the meeting by live-streaming the meeting on the Town’s website and submitting comments to comments@townoftiburon.org to be included in the public record for the meeting. SPECIAL MEETING – 4:00 P.M. CALL TO ORDER AND ROLL CALL Councilmember Fredericks, Councilmember Thier, Councilmember Welner, Vice Mayor Griffin, Mayor Ryan INTERVIEWS FOR VACANCIES ON TOWN BOARDS & COMMISSIONS •Nooshin Latour, Diversity Inclusion Task Force •Christine Patel, Diversity Inclusion Task Force •Stephen M. Golden, Diversity Inclusion Task Force •Amannda Schneider, Diversity Inclusion Task Force ADJOURNMENT – to regular meeting REGULAR MEETING – 5:00 P.M. CALL TO ORDER AND ROLL CALL PRESENT:COUNCILMEMBERS:Fredericks, Griffin, Ryan, Thier, Welner ABSENT:COUNCILMEMBERS:None PRESENT: EX OFFICIO: Town Manager Chanis, Town Attorney Stock, Director of Community Development Tasini, public Works Engineering Manager Eshoo, Director of Administrative Services Creekmore, Town Clerk Dilena ORAL COMMUNICATIONS None. CONSENT CALENDAR CC-1. Town Council Minutes – Adopt minutes for November 16, 2022 special and regular Town Council meetings (Department of Administrative Services) CC-1 DR A F T Page 2 of 6 DRAFT Tiburon Town Council Minutes #01-2023 January 18, 2023 CC-2. Town Council Minutes – Adopt minutes for December 7, 2022 special and regular Town Council meetings (Department of Administrative Services) CC-3. Teleconference Meetings – Adopt resolution that would allow the Town to continue to operate virtual board meetings in accordance with AB 361 (Department of Administrative Services) CC-4. Vacancies on Town Boards, Commissions, Committees – Announce pending vacancies for 2023 (Department of Administrative Services) CC-5. Community Risk Reduction Awareness Week – Adopt resolution in recognition of Community Risk Reduction Awareness Week (Department of Administrative Services) CC-6. Signature Authority – Adopt resolution increasing signature authority to $5,000 and updating approval methods to reflect the Town’s practice of utilizing electronic payment methods (Department of Administrative Services) CC-7. Mid-Management Salary Resolution – Adopt amended mid-management salary resolution to reflect adjustment of the Senior Planner position workweek from 35 hours to 40 hours per week (Department of Administrative Services) CC-8. Investment Summary – Adopt investment summary for month ending October 31, 2022 (Department of Administrative Services) CC-9. Investment Summary – Adopt investment summary for month ending November 30, 2022 (Department of Administrative Services) MOTION: To adopt Consent Calendar Items No. 1-5 and 7-9, as written. Moved: Griffin, seconded by Thier VOTE: AYES: Fredericks, Griffin, Ryan, Thier, Welner CC-6. Signature Authority – Adopt resolution increasing signature authority to $5,000 and updating approval methods to reflect the Town’s practice of utilizing electronic payment methods (Department of Administrative Services) MOTION: To adopt Consent Calendar No. 6, as written. Moved: Fredericks, seconded by Welner VOTE: AYES: Fredericks, Ryan, Welner NAYS: Griffin, Thier ACTION ITEMS AI-1. Appointments – Consider appointments to the Marin-Sonoma Mosquito and Vector Control District Board of Trustees and the Diversity Inclusion Task Force (Department of Administrative Services) DR A F T Page 3 of 6 DRAFT Tiburon Town Council Minutes #01-2023 January 18, 2023 MOTION: To reappoint Cathy Benediktsson to a 4-year term on the Marin-Sonoma Mosquito & Vector Control District Board of Trustees and to appoint Nooshin Latour to the remainder of the existing term on the Diversity Inclusion Task Force. Moved: Thier, seconded by Fredericks VOTE: AYES: Fredericks, Griffin, Ryan, Thier, Welner AI-2. Martha Property Contribution – Consider a budget amendment and authorization of a $200,000 contribution (from previously pledged funds) to the Trust for Public Land for the acquisition of the Martha Property and authorize the Town Manager to execute a contribution agreement with the Trust for Public Land (Office of the Town Manager) Public comment was received by: • Chuck Hornbrook, who expressed support for the proposal. MOTION: To authorize a payment of $200,000 to the Trust for Public Land as a contribution toward the acquisition of the Martha Property, to authorize a fiscal year 2023 budget amendment in the amount of $200,000 to fund the expenditure, with the source of funds being the Martha Property Discretionary Reserve Fund, and to authorize the Town Manager to execute a Contribution Agreement with the Trust for Public Land related to the contribution, subject to approval by the Town Attorney. Moved: Thier, seconded by Welner VOTE: AYES: Fredericks, Griffin, Ryan, Thier, Welner AI-3. Tiburon 2040 Draft Housing Element – Provide feedback and direction on any needed revisions to the Town’s draft Housing Element resubmittal to the California Department of Housing and Community Development (Community Development Department) Public comment was received by: • Dorene Curtis, who requested additional clarification about the unit shortfall and expressed disagreement with the proposed bonus floor. • Deirdre McCrohan, who asked how additional state laws will impact the Town. • Randy, who expressed concern about the builders remedy and felt neighbors near the Paradise property should be able to weigh in. • Julie Jacobs, who expressed concern about additional density downtown from an emergency evacuation standpoint. • Kathy Silverfield, who expressed concern about maximum heights being higher than the previously agreed 3 stories. • Jim Malott , who believed additional locations for housing should be added nearer to the freeway. The Council agreed to call a special meeting on January 25, 2023 to continue the discussion and review and to consider approval of interim objective design standards. DR A F T Page 4 of 6 DRAFT Tiburon Town Council Minutes #01-2023 January 18, 2023 AI-4. Shared Services Agreement – Consider authorization of the Town Manager to execute an agreement with the City of Mill Valley to fund a shared Sustainability Coordinator position and authorize a budget amendment in the amount of $21,000 to fund the position for the remainder of the current fiscal year (Office of the Town Manager) Public comment was received by: • Sanna Thomas, who expressed support for the proposal. MOTION: To authorize the Town Manager to execute the agreement, subject to approval by the Town Attorney, with the City of Mill Valley and to authorize a fiscal year 2023 budget amendment in the amount of $21,000 to fund the program, with the source of funds being the General Fund Operating Reserves. Moved: Fredericks, seconded by Thier VOTE: AYES: Fredericks, Griffin, Ryan, Thier, Welner AI-5. Broadband/Fiber Optic Infrastructure – Consider resolution approving the acceptance and appropriation of California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) Local Agency Technical Assistance Grant funding for Middle-Mile Fiber Optic Infrastructure Project in the amount of $191,100, and authorizing the Town Manager to enter into a Professional Services Contract with Government Technology Group in an amount not to exceed $68,750 for design and engineering services related to the grant, and authorize a fiscal year 2023 budget amendment in the amount of $110,000 for expenditure of grant funds in the current fiscal year (Department of Public Works) MOTION: To adopt the resolution accepting the LATA grant funds, to authorize the Town Manager to enter into a Professional Services Contract with Government Technology Group in the amount not to exceed $68,750 for phase 1 design engineering and bid package only, and to authorize a fiscal year 2023 budget amendment in the amount of $110,000 with the source of funds being the LATA grant funds. Moved: Thier, seconded by Griffin VOTE: AYES: Fredericks, Griffin, Ryan, Thier, Welner AI-6. Town Council Committee Appointments – Review Town Council committee appointments list and consider any changes for 2023 (Department of Administrative Services) The Council created the 2023 Budget Finance ad hoc subcommittee and appointed Mayor Ryan and Vice Mayor Griffin to the committee. The Council appointed Mayor Ryan to serve on the Legislative Action standing committee with Councilmember Fredericks. DR A F T Page 5 of 6 DRAFT Tiburon Town Council Minutes #01-2023 January 18, 2023 The Council appointed Councilmember Fredericks as delegate and Councilmember Welner as alternate to the MCCMC Climate Action Committee. AI-7. In-Person Board Meetings – Direct staff on next steps related to the return of in-person board meetings for all Town bodies and consider authorization of the release of a Town Council regular meeting start time survey (Department of Administrative Services) The Council directed staff to proceed with staff’s proposal to implement virtual hybrid meetings for the Planning Commission, Design Review Board, and Parks, Open Space and Trails Commission beginning June 1, 2023 and to distribute the start time survey, with the addition of a 9:00 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. option. AI-8. Meeting Calendar – Consider adoption of 2023 Town Council regular meeting calendar (Department of Administrative Services) MOTION: To adopt the 2023 Town Council regular meeting calendar, as amended to also cancel the July 19, 2023 regular meeting. Moved: Thier, seconded by Fredericks VOTE: AYES: Fredericks, Griffin, Ryan, Thier, Welner DISCUSSION ITEMS DI-1. REACH Codes – Direct staff on next steps related to local building code amendments to adopt enhanced requirements promoting building and vehicle electrification (Community Development Department) Public comment was received by: • Sanna Thomas, who spoke in support of the proposed amendments. • Deirdre McCrohan, who asked if the prohibition on wood burning fireplaces is a local or state law. • Peter Yolles, who spoke in support of the proposed amendments. • Pat Goss, who spoke in support of the proposed amendments. • David Moller, who spoke in support of the proposed amendments. The Council directed staff to return to an upcoming Town Council meeting with code amendments to reflect the addition of the three Reach codes. TOWN COUNCIL REPORTS None. TOWN MANAGER REPORT None. DR A F T Page 6 of 6 DRAFT Tiburon Town Council Minutes #01-2023 January 18, 2023 ADJOURNMENT There being no further business before the Town Council of the Town of Tiburon, Mayor Ryan adjourned the meeting at 9:15 p.m. JACK RYAN, MAYOR TOWN OF TIBURON ATTEST: LEA DILENA, TOWN CLERK DR A F T Page 1 of 2 DRAFT Tiburon Town Council Minutes #02-2023 January 25, 2023 TOWN COUNCIL SPECIAL MEETING DRAFT MINUTES Consistent with Government Code section 54953(e), councilmembers attended this meeting by teleconference. Members of the public were invited to participate in the meeting by live-streaming the meeting on the Town’s website and submitting comments to comments@townoftiburon.org to be included in the public record for the meeting. SPECIAL MEETING – 4:00 P.M. CALL TO ORDER AND ROLL CALL PRESENT: COUNCILMEMBERS: Fredericks, Griffin, Ryan, Thier, Welner ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS: None PRESENT: EX OFFICIO: Town Manager Chanis, Town Attorney Stock, Director of Community Development Tasini, Town Clerk Dilena ACTION ITEMS AI-1. Draft Housing Element – Consider directing staff on desired revisions to the Housing Element prior to submission to the California Department of Housing and Community Development (Community Development Department) Public comment was received by: •Robert Wong, who inquired about accessory dwelling unit incentives. •Julie Jacobs, who asked about the maximum height restriction and if the downtown sitescould be added to the tsunami hazard zone. MOTION: To approve by minute order the current draft to be submitted to the California Department of Housing and Community Development with the amendments as proposed by Councilmember Welner. Moved: Welner, seconded by Fredericks VOTE: AYES: Fredericks, Ryan, Thier, Welner ABSENT: Griffin AI-2. Interim Objective Design Standards – Consider adoption of a resolution that would identify Objective Design Standards for the Review of Qualified Residential Projects in compliance with state housing laws (Community Development Department) Public comment was received by: CC-2 DR A F T Page 2 of 2 DRAFT Tiburon Town Council Minutes #02-2023 January 25, 2023 • Dorene Curtis, who asked for clarification about the adoption of permanent objective design standards. • Julie Jacobs, who asked if the three-story height limit could be added to the interim objective design standards and additional accessibility factors. MOTION: To adopt the resolution. Moved: Thier, seconded by Fredericks VOTE: AYES: Fredericks, Ryan, Thier, Welner ABSENT: Griffin ADJOURNMENT There being no further business before the Town Council of the Town of Tiburon, Mayor Ryan adjourned the meeting at 1:25 p.m. JACK RYAN, MAYOR TOWN OF TIBURON ATTEST: LEA DILENA, TOWN CLERK Tiburon Town Council February 1, 2023 CC-2: Town Council Minutes Late Mail Requests for Copies: Lea Dilena, ldilena@townoftiburon.org From:JULIE JACOBS To:Lea Dilena Subject:Requested revision of Draft minutes of last Town Council meeting included in agenda for next Town Council meeting, on Feb. 1st Date:Sunday, January 29, 2023 3:15:16 PM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Dear Lea, I hope that all is well for you. I have just reviewed the draft minutes of the last Town Council meeting on January 25th, and would like to please request a little fine tuning of the summaries of my comments. This is what the draft minutes say: AI-1. Draft Housing Element – Consider directing staff on desired revisions to the Housing Element prior to submission to the California Department of Housing and Community Development (Community Development Department) Public comment was received by: • Robert Wong, who inquired about accessory dwelling unit incentives. • Julie Jacobs, who asked about the maximum height restriction and if the downtown sites could be added to the tsunami hazard zone. Please change to: Julie Jacobs, who asked about limiting the maximum height restriction to 3 stories, and urged that because the downtown sites are in a tsunami hazard and evacuation zone and a liquefaction zone, those environmental constraints should be included in table 11: Sites Inventory. Also, the draft minutes currently state: AI-2. Interim Objective Design Standards – Consider adoption of a resolution that would identify Objective Design Standards for the Review of Qualified Residential Projects in compliance with state housing laws (Community Development Department) Public comment was received by: Page 1 of 2 DRAFT Tiburon Town Council Minutes #02-2023 January 25, 2023 DRAFT • Dorene Curtis, who asked for clarification about the adoption of permanent objective design standards. • Julie Jacobs, who asked if the three-story height limit could be added to the interim objective design standards and additional accessibility factors. Please change to: Julie Jacobs, who asked if the three-story height limit could be added to the interim objective design standards and requested that setbacks be designed to accommodate ramps for accessibility by seniors and disabled residents. I believe that these modifications more accurately reflect my comments at that meeting. Thank you, Lea. Best wishes, Julie Jacobs TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 1 OF 2 STAFF REPORT To: Mayor and Members of the Town Council From: Department of Administrative Services Subject: Consider Closure of Main Street for Tiburon Peninsula Little League Parade and Block Party on March 17, 2023 Reviewed By: _________ Greg Chanis, Town Manager ________ Benjamin Stock, Town Attorney SUMMARY The Town Council will consider approval of the closure of Main Street for Tiburon Peninsula Little League parade and block party on March 17, 2023. RECOMMENDED ACTION(S) Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Approve closure of Main Street from 4PM-9PM for the Tiburon Peninsula Little League event, March 17, 2023, or 2. If Council is not prepared to make a decision at this time, direct staff as to what information is necessary for Council to consider the request at a future meeting, or 3. Deny the request for the proposed street closure. BACKGROUND Historically the Tiburon Peninsula Little League (TPLL) has held a parade in early spring to celebrate the baseball season opening. In 2022 TPLL submitted an application requesting a slightly different parade route for March 18, 2022, which culminated downtown with a Friday Night on Main style event requiring a Main Street closure. Town Council permitted the application. ANALYSIS TPLL is submitting an application for the same event on March 17, 2023. (Exhibit 1 and Exhibit 2). TPLL will be meeting with Public Works, the Police Department and the Fire Department, to discuss parade route safety and Main Street tent locations and regulations. TPLL will put insurance in place and obtain an ABC license for the sale of alcohol for the event. As required for all Main Street closure requests, staff is bringing the item to Council for approval. TOWN OF TIBURON 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 Agenda Item: AI-1 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 2 OF 2 FINANCIAL IMPACT Staff anticipates no direct fiscal impact to the Town. CLIMATE IMPACT Staff has determined this action will have no direct climate impact to Tiburon. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Staff has preliminarily determined that adoption of this item is statutorily exempt from the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15378 of the CEQA Guidelines in that it does not constitute a project under CEQA, and if it were found to constitute a project, it would be exempt pursuant to the general rule set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15061 (b)(3). RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Approve closure of Main Street from 4PM-9PM for the Tiburon Peninsula Little League event, March 17, 2023, or 2. If Council is not prepared to make a decision at this time, direct staff as to what information is necessary for Council to consider the request at a future meeting, or 3. Deny the request for the proposed street closure. Exhibit(s): 1. Little League Parade & Opening Day Special Event Permit Application 2. Parade Route and Party Layout Prepared By: Patti Pickett, Administration Assistant EXHIBIT 1 EXHIBIT 2 Opening Day Celebration Friday March 17 2023 Tiburon Peninsula Little League serves the Belvedere, Tiburon and Strawberry communities 2023 enrollment includes 320 kids across 6 leagues and 30 teams About Tiburon Peninsula Little League Undefeated Tiburon All-Stars were 2021 & 2022 district champs 2023 Opening Day Objectives Build community and connection across Tiburon Peninsula Little League players, families and the community at large Feature nostalgia, tradition and fanfare of small town kids baseball Drive continued excitement and interest in baseball among younger families Raise money for TPLL to maintain fields, purchase uniforms, provide need based scholarships and run special programs and clinics for kids Friday March 17, 2023 Parade from Old Rail Trail to Main Street Line up at 4:00pm Parade Start at 4:30pm Downtown Celebration (5:00pm - 8:00pm) Set-up at 4:00pm; Clean up by 9:00pm Proposed Plan Parade Detail Kids to line up at 4pm between Old Rail Trail sign and Lyford parking lot. Walk the trail / sidewalk to downtown Tiburon/Main Street. We will have parent volunteers along the route to keep kids on the sidewalk and a police presence at the intersection of Beach and Tiburon Blvd. Downtown Layout There will be no band this year Fountain Plaza will have Silent auction, spirit gear and volunteer bar Bar Pitching game Carnival Games Main Street Tiburon will be closed from 4pm - 9pm including set-up and clean up. Event will be from 5:00pm - 8:00pm. TPLL will provide a beer and wine tent, silent auction, TPLL spirit gear sale and pitching/carnival games for kids. Downtown Detail Special Thanks to those who made our 2022 a big success and for continued support of this Tiburon tradition… Patti Pickett DeAnn Biss Mike Lantier Jerry Jones Patrick Kerslake Jessica Hotchkiss TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 1 OF 4 STAFF REPORT To: Mayor and Members of the Town Council From: Department of Public Works Subject: Authorize the Town Manager to Execute a Professional Services Agreement with WRT to Assist the Town with Development of a Town of Tiburon Parks Master Plan, in an Amount not to Exceed $315,478, and Authorize a Fiscal Year Budget Amendment in that Amount to Fund the Work. Reviewed By: _________ Greg Chanis, Town Manager ________ Benjamin Stock, Town Attorney SUMMARY At their August 17, 2022 meeting, the Tiburon Town Council directed staff to work with the Parks, Open Space and Trails (POST) Commission to develop and issue a Request for Proposals (RFP) for consulting services to develop a Parks Master Plan. The Town received 2 proposals and the POST Commission at their January 17, 2023 meeting recommended the Council authorize the Town Manager to execute an agreement with WRT to complete the project. The Council is considering that recommendation this evening along with a proposed Fiscal Year 2023 Budget Amendment to fund the work. RECOMMENDED ACTION(S) Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Authorize the Town Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement, subject to approval of the Town Attorney as to form, with WRT to assist the Town with development of a Town of Tiburon Parks Master Plan, in an amount not to exceed $315,478, and 2. Authorize a Fiscal Year 2023 Budget Amendment in the amount of $315,478 to fund the project, providing direction to staff as to the source of funds in the motion, and 3. Consider appointing a Councilmember to work with the POST subcommittee and staff to help guide the project and provide periodic updates to Town Council. BACKGROUND In the first half of 2022, the Council considered several items related to expanding the use of Town-owned parks facilities, including items related to Sand Volleyball and Pickleball. After discussing these matters, there was a consensus among Councilmembers that the Council and entire Town would benefit from developing a comprehensive Parks Master Plan before implementing any significant changes to parks facilities. TOWN OF TIBURON 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 Agenda Item: AI-2 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 2 OF 4 The development of a Parks Master Plan would analyze and address challenges presented by changing demographics, evolving needs of the community, and the true cost associated with providing park facilities including maintenance, upkeep, and staff time. The process would produce a shared, clearly defined vision for the Town’s parks facilities and programming driven by ample input from residents. At the August 17, 2022 meeting, Council directed staff to work with a Parks, Open Space and Trails (POST) Commission subcommittee (Commissioners McInerney and Nikfar) to develop a Request for Proposals (RFP) for consulting services to develop a Parks Master Plan (Plan) to bring back to Town Council for review. The RFP was released November 3, 2022 on eBidboard, which is where the Town typically posts all solicitations. In addition, staff reached out directly to a number of consulting firms working in this field. A copy of the RFP is attached as Exhibit 1. The Town received two proposals on December 8, 2022 from qualified firms, WRT and RHAA. ANALYSIS Proposals were evaluated by the selection panel which included staff from the Town Manager’s Office, Public Works and Planning departments, and the POST Sub-Committee. The evaluation was based on criteria specified in the RFP including, but not limited to, understanding of the Scope of Work, previous experience with similar projects, qualified personnel, and familiarity with Town procedures for project delivery. The two firms were interviewed by the selection panel on January 5, 2023 and January 10, 2023. Based on the proposal evaluation, interviews, reference checks and examples of Parks Master Plans provided by the consultant teams, the panel members found WRT to be the most qualified consultant for this project. At the January 17, 2023 POST Commission meeting, the POST sub-committee provided an update to the full POST Commission on the matter, and after discussion, the Commission voted unanimously to recommend Town Council move forward with the project with WRT. In addition to the service proposal detailing their approach to the project, WRT also submitted a separate fee proposal to perform the work totaling $315,478. The WRT service proposal and fee proposals are attached as Exhibits 2 and 3 respectively. Attached as Exhibit 4 is a copy of the Town’s standard Professional Services Agreement which is used for this type of work. If Council wishes to proceed with the project, staff is asking Council to authorize the Town Manager to execute an agreement with WRT, subject to approval as to form by the Town Attorney. Finally, the POST sub committee and staff agree the parks master planning process would benefit from having a member of the Council appointed to work with the advisory group as the project proceeds, and would ask Council to consider appointing a member to the group. Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 3 OF 4 FINANCIAL IMPACT Funding for this project was not included in the Fiscal Year 2023 budget, therefore, if Council chooses to move forward with the work, a budget amendment will be required. Staff would offer 2 possible sources of funding for the work. The first would be General Fund Operating Reserves, and the second would be American Rescue Plan (ARP) funds. With regards to ARP funds, the following is a summary of past Council direction related to these funds. The towns total allocation of ARP funds is $2,173,086, and Council has previously allocated the following amounts: • Broadband Strategic Plan - $93,450 (Funds have been expended) • Contribution to The Ranch - $54,880 (Funds have been expended) • County led homelessness initiative - $40,270 (Funds have been expended) • Late Night Ferry Service - $298,000 (Funds have been 80-90% expended as of December 2022) • Purchase/Clean Up of RBSD Ponds - $800,000 (Funds unexpended) • Broadband Project Phase 1 - $150,000 (Funds unexpended) • Seal Level Rise Study - $100,000 (Funds unexpended) • Tiburon Boulevard Traffic Study -$100,000 (Funds unexpended) Assuming all of the previously allocated funds are spent, this would leave an unallocated balance of ARP funds of $536,486. Staff notes that Council recently approved acceptance and expenditure of $191,100 in CPUC LATA grant funds, and authorized expenditures in the amount of $110,000 for work on the Broadband Project Phase 1 item listed above. If Council determines the $150,000 ARP allocation for this purpose is no longer necessary, the amount of unallocated ARP funds would total $686,486. CLIMATE IMPACT Staff has determined this action will have no direct climate impact to Tiburon. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Staff has preliminarily determined that adoption of this item is statutorily exempt from the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15378 of the CEQA Guidelines in that it does not constitute a project under CEQA, and if it were found to constitute a project, it would be exempt pursuant to the general rule set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15061 (b)(3). RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Authorize the Town Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement, subject to approval of the Town Attorney as to form, with WRT to assist the Town with development of the Town of Tiburon Parks Master Plan, in an amount not to exceed $315,478, and 2. Authorize a Fiscal Year 2023 Budget Amendment in the amount of $315,478 to fund the project, providing direction to staff as to the source of funds in the motion, and 3. Consider appointing a Councilmember to work with the POST subcommittee and staff to help guide the project and provide periodic updates to Town Council. Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 4 OF 4 Exhibit(s): 1. Parks Master Plan RFP 2. WRT Services Proposal 2. WRT Fee Proposal 4. Professional Services Agreement Template Prepared By: Greg Chanis, Town Manager David O. Eshoo, Engineering Manager EXHIBIT 1 Town of Tiburon Request for Proposals REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR DEVELOPING A PARKS MASTER PLAN Responders to this Request for Proposals (RFP) must deliver one signed original, three (3) copies and one electronic copy of the proposal. Proposal Submission Deadline: December 8, 2022 at 2:00 P.M. Optional Site Visit/Tour: November 15, 2022 at 10:00 A.M. Submit Proposal to: David O. Eshoo, Engineering Manager Department of Public Works Town of Tiburon 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 REGISTERING YOUR EMAIL ADDRESS FOR QUESTIONS CONCERNING THIS REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL: Potential respondents who want to receive changes, additions, and deletions to the RFP, as well as a copy of all the questions and responses by the Town of Tiburon, should register online by following the link on the Town website. The link to open RFPs is at the following website: http://townoftiburon.org/349/Bids-RFPs 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION Page 1. Introduction 3 2 Scope of Work 5 3 Evaluation and Selection Process 7 4 RFP Submittal Requirements 8 5 General terms and Conditions 10 ATTACHMENTS A General Plan Parks & Recreation Element B Sample Professional Services Agreement 3 SECTION 1 — INTRODUCTION The Town of Tiburon is located just north of San Francisco, in Marin County, California. It is accessible by ferry from downtown San Francisco, as well as by car, bike and public transportation from the Highway 101 corridor, Highway 131 (Tiburon Boulevard) and Paradise Drive via Corte Madera. The Town of Tiburon is a general law city organized under provisions of the California State Constitution. Tiburon was incorporated in 1964. It has a current population of approximately 9,100. The Town is requesting proposals from qualified consultants for professional services to assist the Town in creating a Parks Master Plan (Plan). The Town desires a Plan to provide a vision and blueprint for implementation during the next 5-10 years. Since its incorporation in 1964, the Town has prioritized the acquisition of land for both parks and open space, with the bulk of the acquisition occurring in the 1970’s. In general, park lands are dedicated to and/or developed for a broad range of recreational activities, both active and passive, while open space lands are traditionally set aside for natural resources protection, public health, safety, scenic qualities and passive recreation (1.e. trail hiking). The Town has commissioned several plans/studies related to parks since incorporating, none of which were fully implemented. Currently, there is no comprehensive planning document guiding town decisions related to the use, development and management of parks facilities. Development of a plan now is especially timely as the Town recently received a state housing mandate which could increase the town’s population by over 10% in the next decade. Also, the Town is in the process of acquiring additional park property, which may be suitable for a variety of uses. The Town currently owns and manages numerous park facilities, totaling over 70 acres. It is a diverse group of properties, including: Shoreline Park, Ferry and Fountain Plaza’s, the newly created Civic Plaza/Zelinsky Park complex, Old Rail Trail, and others. Amenities include parking lots, signage, paved bike/ped trails, unpaved trails, large turf playing field (soccer/lacrosse), restroom facilities, playground facilities, drinking fountains, picnic tables, decorative water fountains, benches, etc. The Parks Division of the towns Public Works Department is responsible for maintenance of all park facilities. The division consists of 4 full time employees, supported by other Public Works employees as needed. The Town Council has also established and appoints members to the Parks Open Space and Trails Commission (POST). Comprised of 5 members, POST is the primary advisory body to Town Council, staff and other boards and commissions on matters related to parks and open space, as well as bicycle/pedestrian issues. A subcommittee of the commission will be involved throughout the master planning process, and the full commission will review and recommend a final draft version of the plan for Council consideration. 4 A. The anticipated schedule for this RFP process is: RFP Advertisement Date 11/3/2022 Optional Site Visit/Tour 11/15/2022 – 10am at Town Hall RFP Questions Due 11/18/2022 RFP Questions Response Due 11/25/2022 RFP Due Date 12/08/2022 B. Proposals must be received at the below address no later than 2:00PM on December 8, 2022: David O. Eshoo, Engineering Manager Department of Public Works Town of Tiburon 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 C. One (1) original, three (3) print copies, and one (1) electronic copy in PDF format (formatted to print on standard letter size paper) on flash drive of the proposal are required to be submitted by 2:00 pm on December 8, 2022. D. This RFP is not intended and shall not be construed to commit the Town to pay any costs incurred in connection with any proposal or to procure or contract with any firm. E. Consultants may be required to give an oral presentation to the Town to clarify or elaborate on their written proposal. Those consultants will be notified to arrange specific times. F. No proposal will be accepted from nor any agreement awarded to any consultant that is in arrears related to any debt or in default of any obligation owed to the Town. Additionally, no agreement will be awarded to any consultant that has failed to satisfactorily perform pursuant to any prior agreement with the Town. G. The Town will only contract with firms that do not discriminate against employees or applicants for employment because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, disability, marital status, sexual orientation, citizenship status or any other status protected by the State of California and Federal laws. 5 H. The Town reserves the right to amend this RFP. The Town reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, or any part thereof, submitted in response to this RFP, and reserves the right to waive formalities, if such action is deemed to be in the best interest of the Town. The Town reserves the right to request additional information from any consultant. SECTION 2 – SCOPE OF WORK A Parks Master Plan (Plan) is needed to address challenges presented by changing demographics evolving needs of the community, and (potential) new land acquisitions. A Plan is also needed to assess the true cost associated with providing park facilities including maintenance, upkeep, depreciation and staff time. The specific work to be undertaken by the successful firm for the master planning process is described in this Section, and respondents should include in their proposals how they will complete this work. The work described in this Section is considered to be the minimum required to complete this process. In their submittals, firms should propose additions or edits to this scope that lend to the best process and results. Following the firm selection process, a meeting will be held with the successful firm to negotiate the final scope of work and a contract for services. Therefore, the Town reserves the right to revise the final scope of work. Project Kick-off The first step in the project will be to hold an onsite meeting with the project team to establish objectives for the project, including confirming roles and responsibilities and finalizing the project methodology, scope of services, timeline and format and content of deliverables. Conduct a Needs Assessment A key component in creating the Parks Master Plan will be a needs assessment process that solicits the opinions and ideas of residents (adult and youth), staff and elected and appointed officials. The needs assessment also entails compiling a detailed inventory of parks facilities, a review of current and projected demographics, current planning standards, regional and national trends and how facilities owned by other entities factor into the park and recreation needs of the Town. The needs assessment will provide the data and information necessary to evaluate how Town parks facilities meet current and future needs and whether modifications and/or additions will be required. An overview of each facet of the needs assessment is as follows: 1. Develop and Implement Public Involvement Strategy The planning process must result in a shared, clearly defined vision for the Plan driven by input from various stakeholders. Public involvement is extremely important to the Town and is crucial to an informed decision-making process. The successful firm will propose a robust public outreach strategy that describes how residents, staff and elected and appointed officials will be provided opportunities to participate in the development of the Plan. In their submittals, firms should at a minimum provide the following: 6 ● Identify and describe a comprehensive strategy and methodology for citizen, participant and stakeholder involvement (e.g. proposed outreach process, methods of outreach, outreach tools, schedule for resident participation). ● Act as professional facilitators to gather specific information about services, use and preferences. ● Provide well-organized and directed activities, techniques and formats that will ensure that a positive, open and proactive public participation process is achieved; ● Provide written records and summaries of the results of all public process and communication strategies; ● Propose, develop and manage online public involvement tools and data collection. ● Throughout the entire process, help to build consensus and support of the plan, and if consensus is not possible, provide information for informed decision making for the staff and elected and appointed officials. 2. Collect and Analyze Data ● Review current long-range plans and related documents such as, but not limited to, the Town of Tiburon General Plan (Parks and Recreation Element), prior parks related surveys, studies and plans commissioned by the Town, and the Towns Capital Improvement Program. ● Develop and administer a Town-wide community needs assessment survey with a return rate that accurately represents a sampling of the community population to identify community needs and issues related to parks facilities and services. ● Collect and interpret demographic characteristics and trends of the Town population using information from the US Census Bureau’s American Community Survey, regional and local sources. ● Develop updated inventory of parks facilities, including structures, courts, playing fields, parking lots, paved trails and unpaved trails, playgrounds, benches, picnic tables, trash receptacles, water fountains, maintenance facilities, signage, and restrooms. This inventory should include information regarding the capacity of each amenity found within the park system as well as its functionality, accessibility, condition and convenience. ● Review Parks and Park facilities in nearby towns in Marin to understand how other similarly sized towns have provided for residents. ● Review available funding and financing strategies that are options for funding future operating expenses as well as possible future improvements. Final Plan Development and Presentation Using information gathered during the data collection and analysis phase, Consultant will: ● Identify and categorize recommendations into themes with goals, objectives and an action plan for implementation; 7 ● Develop specific action steps to guide the Town in the present and future for its park’s planning/funding/ development process including conceptual ideas for underdeveloped park property; ● Analyze and make recommendations regarding appropriate budget and staffing levels for parks management; ● Develop an action plan for capital improvements including cost, funding source potentials, and a timeframe to support the implementation of the plan; ● Report must include relevant text, graphics, maps, etc. in electronic format for final adoption and distribution; ● Presentation of Draft Plan to staff and POST; ● Presentation of final plan to Town Council for formal adoption. SECTION 3 - EVALUATION AND SELECTION PROCESS The following criteria, not necessarily listed in order of importance, will be used to review the proposals. The Town reserves the right to weigh its evaluation criteria in any manner it deems appropriate: ● Consultant’s demonstrated capability to provide the services. ● Evaluation of the professional qualifications, personal background and resume(s) of individuals involved in providing services. ● Consultant’s experience to perform the proposed services, specifically including their proposed approach to public involvement and engagement. ● A determination that the consultant has submitted a complete and responsive proposal as required by this RFP. ● An evaluation of the Consultant’s projected approach and plans to meet the requirements of this RFP. ● The Consultant’s presentation at and the overall results of any interview conducted with the consultant. The Town may develop a short list from the proposals and interviews/presentations may be required. SECTION 4 – RFP SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS The intent of the requirements is to assist consultants in their preparation and to simplify the review process for the Town. One signed original, Three (3) copies, and one electronic copy (on flash drive) of the proposal must be received, and date stamped by the Town no later than December 8, 2022 at 2:00 PM. If a Proposal is sent by mail or other delivery 8 system, the sender is responsible for the mail or delivery system delivering the Proposal to the Town on or before the deadline. Proposals shall be clearly marked “REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS (RFP) FOR CREATING THE TOWN OF TIBURON PARKS MASTER PLAN” and submitted to: David O. Eshoo, Engineering Manager Department of Public Works Town of Tiburon 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Note: Late submittals or submittals delivered to the wrong location will be rejected. Optional Site Visit: November 15, 2022 at 10:00 A.M. The Town requires the consultant to submit a concise proposal clearly addressing all the requirements outlined in this RFP. The proposal must be signed by Consultant’s representative authorized to execute a contract between the Town and consultant. Unsigned proposals will be rejected. The proposal must include, at a minimum, the following sections; however, the consultant is encouraged to expand on the scope as needed: A. Cover Letter ● List the name, address, and telephone number of the firm ● Signed by an authorized representative of the consultant. The Consultant shall furnish documentation that the person signing the proposal is empowered with signatory authority for the Consultant. The form could be a Corporate Resolution. ● State the proposal is firm for a 90-day period from the proposal submission deadline. ● Provide the name, title, address and telephone number of the individual to whom correspondence and other contacts should be directed during the Consultant selection process. ● Provide the location of the Consultant’s headquarters. In addition, provide the location of any local support offices, which will provide service to the Town. ● Acknowledge that the Consultant will provide the insurance and indemnification required per the attached Professional Service Agreement (Attachment 2), or propose modifications to those provisions acceptable to the Town. B. Project Team Information Consultant must provide the names and positions of all staff proposed including staff for proposed sub-consultants. The proposal should also designate who will be the project manager in charge of the project, and who will be the Town’s contact 9 throughout the project. It is allowable for a single individual to fulfill multiple roles by the Consultant’s staff. B. Project Understanding and Innovation Include visions or concepts for performing the services. C. Work Plan / Scope of Work Include a work plan/scope of work meeting the minimum requirements of the Scope of Services identified in this RFP. Consultant is encouraged to modify or expand the minimum Scope of Services if they believe it is necessary to achieve the goals. D. Project Schedule Schedule needs to adequate and reasonable to ensure timely completion of the tasks listed in the Work Plan / Scope of Work. Emphasis should be placed on realistic review cycles. E. Sub Consultant & Work by Others Identify all sub-consultant proposed to serve on the project, with background information for each and particular experience of key personnel, including project descriptions and resumes. This section should describe all work not included in the proposal. Any work that is needed to complete the project that is not listed in the “Work Done by Others” will be considered part of the work provided by the Consultant and included in the proposal. Please include a list of tasks which the Consultant expects the Town staff to perform, information the Consultant expects the Town to provide, and an estimated amount of the Town staff time required for each task of the scope of work. F. Relevant Experience and References The Consultant must state the qualifications and experience of the proposed team, emphasizing the specific qualifications and experience acquired while providing services similar to those being sought by the Town, particularly for the Project Manager and other key project staff members assigned to the project. Except under circumstances beyond the Consultant’s control, the Town will not accept substitutions of key members of the team put forth as part of the winning proposal. For all staff members, describe their role giving not only their title but also the specific services they will perform and clearly illustrate the applicability of the individual’s background, education, and experience to his or her assigned role. Include a statement of staff availability and their experiences and backgrounds. Provide a brief description of at least three similar projects for which the Consultant has provided services during the past five years. For all referenced projects list the: ● Client (contact person, address and phone number) ● Project description and location 10 ● Description of services by Consultant ● Total value of services provided by Consultant ● Consultant’s project manager ● Key personnel involved ● Sub consultant employed The Town will give preference to projects that are closely related to this Projects size and complexity. G. Cost Proposal Cost proposal shall be submitted in a separate, sealed envelope. Only one copy of the cost proposal needs to be submitted. This section shall include a cost matrix showing the following information, detailed by tasks listed in the Scope of Work: ● Estimate of time (in hours) to perform the work ● The hourly rates for each design team member ● Total cost estimate The cost proposal shall identify any other direct and indirect costs. The cost proposal shall also include any exceptions or assumptions made in its preparation. SECTION 5 — GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS A. Limitation This RFP does not commit the Town to award a contract, to pay any cost incurred in the preparation of the Consultant’s RFP response, or to procure or contract for services or supplies. The Town is not responsible for proposals that are delinquent, lost, mismarked, and sent to an address other than that given above, or sent by mail or courier service. The Town reserves the right to accept or reject any or all RFP responses received because of this request or to cancel all or part of this RFP. B. Public Records All proposals shall become the property of the Town and will become public records and, as such, may be subject to public review. C. Contract Agreement Once a proposed contract agreement is accepted, the Consultant will be required to sign the Agreement for Consultant Services and submit all other required certifications and documentation within ten (10) calendar days of the Notice of Selection from the Town. The contents of the submitted proposal will be relied upon and incorporated into the awarded contract and shall become a contractual obligation. Failure of the Consultant to agree to include the proposal as part of the contractual agreement will result in cancellation of the award. the Town reserves the right to reject those parts 11 that do not meet with the approval of the Town, or to modify the Scope of Services, as agreed by Consultant, in the final negotiated contract. EXHIBIT 2 SUBMITTED TO: Town of Tiburon SUBMITTED BY: WRT with PROS Consulting, Mack5, ETC Institute, and O'Rourke Associates 12.08.2022 PROPOSAL FOR TOWN OF TIBURON PARKS MASTER PLAN 478 Tehama Street, Suite 2B San Francisco, CA 94103 jgibbs@wrtdesign.com / pwinch@wrtdesign.com 415.229.2806 / 415.882.7853 WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 2 FOOTHILL TRAIL | WRT ALAMEDA COUNTY, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon Parks Master Plan 3 A COVER LETTER ...................................................................................................................................................................... Page 7 B PROJECT TEAM INFORMATION ........................................................................................................ Page 10 C PROJECT UNDERSTANDING & INNOVATION ........................................................ Page 16 D WORK PLAN / SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................................ Page 22 E PROJECT SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................................................ Page 36 F SUBCONSULTANT & WORK BY OTHERS .................................................................... Page 40 G RELEVANT EXPERIENCE & REFERENCES ............................................................... Page 48 H FORMS ................................................................................................................................................................................................. Page 76 TABLE OF CONTENTS WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 4 OLD ST. HILLARY'S PRESERVE | CREDIT: BOB BROWN TIBURON, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 5A COVER LETTER WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 6 RICHARDSON BAY LINEAL PARK TIBURON, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 7 December 8, 2022 David O. Eshoo, Engineering Manager Department of Public Works Town of Tiburon 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 RE: Response to Request for Proposals for Developing a Parks Master Plan Dear David, Thank you for this exciting opportunity to submit our qualifications and proposal to lead the development of Tiburon’s next parks master plan. With the General Plan Update and strategic, newly-acquired park and open space lands, this is an exciting moment for Tiburon and provides a great opportunity to plan for the future of its park system. WRT is excited to be your partner in this endeavor. We are an interdisciplinary practice of planners and designers with a focus in park planning and design at all scales. We plan park systems and trail networks, and we design and build visions for individual parks. We bring a passion for the bigger picture of community resilience and designing with nature, and a careful attention to the unique conditions of each place and its people. With most of our work serving public agencies, we are experienced at crafting and executing outreach strategies that effectively communicate project goals and provide meaningful opportunities for input. We are intimately familiar with the Town of Tiburon, as a key member of the General Plan Update team focusing on downtown placemaking, development and design standards, and adaptation to sea level rise. Our understanding of the community will be bolstered by our extensive experience in parks master planning and decades of planning and design work in the Bay Area. WRT will take a holistic approach to envisioning a system of parks, open space, trails, and recreation services, that will enhance quality of life for the people of Tiburon. We will lead a data-and-community-driven process to develop creating an inspiring and implementable parks master plan. Our partners are integral to the positive outcomes ahead. We propose a focused core team of WRT and PROS Consulting, who have collaborated as a team on dozens of park system plans in California and beyond. WRT will lead the overall master plan and take the lead on all aspects of physical park planning and conceptual design, while PROS will lead operations and management and programming, with a focus on key partnerships and recreation opportunities. In addition, WRT will lead the community engagement process, which is a hallmark of our work. We create activities and communications that encourage participation by the entire community and look forward to defining an innovative engagement approach with the Town of Tiburon. PROS Consulting will be an active lead of several areas of scope, leveraging their national expertise in park and recreation trends, demographic analysis, and park system operations. We will augment our team with strategic partners, including mack5, led by David Ross, to provide facility assessment and cost estimating services; ETC Institute, a frequent and trusted partner in conducting statistically-valid surveys of community priorities; and Christine O’Rourke of O’Rourke Associates in a strategic advisory role. David Ross (mack5) is a Tiburon native and will bring his understanding of community priorities and relationships to our work with stakeholders and the public. This team expects to be working closely with a variety of local community-based organizations, as the plan will need to reflect the needs of the Tiburon community. During the consultant selection process, please direct any correspondence to Project Manager, Peter Winch, who is based out of WRT’s San Francisco office located at 478 Tehama Street, Suite 2B, San Francisco, CA 94013. This proposal is firm for a 90-day period beginning with the submission of this proposal. At the appropriate time, WRT will provide the insurance and indemnification required per Attachment 2 – Professional Service Agreement. Thank you for the opportunity to present our qualifications and proposal for this exciting project. We look forward to meeting with you and sharing more about what we can offer. Sincerely, Peter Winch, AICP Professional-in-Charge 415.882.7853 | pwinch@wrtdesign.com John R. Gibbs, ASLA, LEED AP Principal 415.229.2806 | jgibbs@wrtdesign.com WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 8 BENICIA PARKS, TRAILS, AND OPEN SPACE MASTER PLAN | WRT BENICIA, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 9B PROJECT TEAM INFORMATION WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 10 WRT FIRM OVERVIEW WRT works across scales and professional disciplines to create forward-thinking, actionable solutions that meet the unique needs of the communities we serve. We promote the cross-pollination of ideas, perspectives, and techniques by emphasizing integrative learning, critical thinking, and creative problem solving among our staff of planners, urban designers, landscape architects, and architects, as well as with our clients and partners. We have always believed that although each professional discipline has a focal area of expertise and concern, each must be viewed as overlapping with the others in a continuum: from the wider ecological, environmental, social, economic, and urban planning factors through landscape, urban design, and ultimately architectural form. Each of the disciplines we practice seeks a balanced approach to the natural, physical, social, and economic factors in considering a project’s sustainability. WRT is a team of planners, urban designers, architects, and landscape architects. We value the impact of our collective approach to create simple solutions for complex problems across scales. We serve our communities by designing places that enhance the natural and social environment. SAN LORENZO CREEKWAY MASTER PLAN | WRT ALAMEDA COUNTY, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 11 Regardless of the scale of the assignment, all of the firm’s work strives to meet high standards of design excellence to express the cultural identity of the place. WRT’s success is based on our tradition of excellence, innovation, and leadership in planning and design, and our commitment to the firm’s guiding principles of designing with nature and reinforcing urbanism. We work with communities to address and integrate complex issues related to quality of life and physical character, growth management, economic and fiscal health, infrastructure capacity, and resource preservation and activation. We build on the strengths of those who have come before us, but welcome change as an opportunity to create impact. Our practice is guided by the following themes: Placemaking at all Scales At its core, the craft of placemaking is the process of activating the public realm through design. It is our conviction that placemaking is integral to improving quality of life, supporting inclusive growth, and integrating the shared values of communities. Uniting planning, architecture, and landscape architecture, placemaking is a transformative tool that shapes public spaces into equitable community places. We develop a true understanding of the unique character of a community to create places that enhance existing assets, strengthen connections between people and spaces, and promote healthier communities. Achieving Equity We believe in equitable communities that level playing fields for their most vulnerable citizens—homeless, low-income, youth, elderly, disabled, immigrant, refugee, and LGBTQ. At our core, we believe that while talent is universal, opportunity is not. Our projects address this inequity by tackling PLANNERS URBAN DESIGNERS 15% 12% FOUNDED IN WRT HAS WON PLANNING AND DESIGN AWARDS 1963 400+ issues of housing affordability/insecurity, mitigating gentrification/displacement, advocating for environmental justice, supporting local economies, building local capacity, focusing on community health and well-being, and ultimately re-balancing social determinants of health—so that talent can thrive everywhere. Embracing Community Values The threads of a community create a sense of belonging, strength, comfort, and resiliency. An understanding of these threads—shared stories, common values, a similar culture— forms a foundation from which communities can build capacity, regenerate, and blossom. We tailor engagement tools (from high- tech to no tech) to enable residents to discover the distinct characteristics of their communities, as well as their needs and ambitions. Working alongside communities, we shape aspirational yet implementable plans that range in scale from neighborhood, corridor, and district plans, to regional and citywide plans, to park and resiliency master plans. Planning For Resiliency Our planning and design practice is guided by an ecological and systems- based approach with resiliency at its core. This approach is essential in addressing today’s complex challenges dealing with environmental, social, economic, and technological changes. WRT was among the first planning and design firms to recognize the need to “design with nature” in order to sustain natural resources and provide a healthy living environment for all. We bring our expertise in ecology, parks and open space, green stormwater infrastructure, and revitalization of urban neighborhoods and districts to mitigate the vulnerabilities and challenges communities face and help them adapt for an ever-changing future. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 28% ARCHITECTS 45% WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 12 ABOUT OUR PARTNERS PROS Consulting Parks and Recreation Consultants PROS Consulting is a small firm with a big presence in the field of management consulting for parks and recreation public entities and non-profits. With a team of professional and experienced consultants, PROS is a flexible firm that is agile to the evolving dynamics of the social, economic, and political environments our clients operate in. PROS has tremendous experience in the field and has become nationally recognized for shaping and transforming the industry of parks and recreation. Since 1995, PROS has completed more than 1,000 parks and recreation planning projects across the country. Management consulting and planning services offered by PROS span the full spectrum of planning needs for public agencies, including Strategic Planning, Master Planning, Needs Assessment, Operations, Maintenance and Organizational Development, Financial Planning and Management, Feasibility Studies and Business Planning, and Customer Service Training. mack5 Building Assessments & Cost Estimating mack5 was established over 20 years ago by experienced design and construction professionals to provide planning and management for complex construction projects. They have a specialty in public works, customizing their services for each project’s needs. Their team includes construction professionals with diverse backgrounds: cost estimators, architects, engineers, and contractors. Their staff brings unique perspectives and broad knowledge to planning for, managing and controlling costs, schedules and quality at all stages of a project’s life. Their cost planning and estimating expertise is particularly deep in park & recreational facilities. mack5’s experience covers master plans, needs assessments, new construction and renovations. ETC Institute Statistically-Valid Survey ETC Institute is a market research firm that specializes in the design and administration of market research for governmental organizations. Our major areas of emphasis include citizen satisfaction surveys, parks and recreation surveys, comprehensive planning surveys, business surveys, transportation surveys, employee surveys, voter opinion surveys, focus groups, and stakeholder interviews. Since 1982, ETC Institute has completed research projects for organizations in 49 states. ETC Institute has designed and administered more than 3,500 statistically valid surveys and our team of professional researchers has moderated more than 1,000 focus groups and 2,000 stakeholder meetings. During the past five years alone, ETC Institute has administered surveys in more than 700 cities and counties across the United States. ETC Institute has conducted research for more major U.S. cities and counties than any other firm. O'Rourke Associates Strategic Stakeholder Advisor Longtime collaborator Christine O'Rourke of O'Rourke & Associates will supplement our core team by bringing her intimate familiarity with Tiburon. In partnership with WRT, she served as a lead consultant for the comprehensive update of Tiburon’s General Plan, including the 6th cycle Housing Element and new elements on Sustainability and Diversity, Inclusion + Equity. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 13 Prime Consultant TEAM ORGANIZATION We apply our national perspective and expertise to bring the best experience and the strongest team to the table. SUBCONSULTANT TEAM PETER WINCH, AICP PROJECT MANAGER SENIOR ASSOCIATE | PLANNER EMILY KELLY, ASLA, LEED AP TRAILS/SEA-LEVEL RISE EXPERT LANDSCAPE DESIGNER ETC INSTITUTE Jason Morado Vice President and Director of Community Research JOHN R. GIBBS, ASLA, LEED AP PRINCIPAL-IN-CHARGE PRINCIPAL | LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT MACK5 David Ross Senior Project Manager PROS CONSULTING Mike Svetz Principal Leon Younger President CRISTINA BEJARANO, AICP, ASLA, LEED AP SHORELINE ADAPTATION / RESILIENT COMMUNITIES EXPERT SENIOR ASSOCIATE | PLANNER + URBAN DESIGNER O'ROURKE & ASSOCIATES Christin O'Rourke Principal WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 14 RICHARDSON BAY LINEAL PARK TIBURON, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 15C PROJECT UNDERSTANDING AND INNOVATION WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 16 UNDERSTANDING + INNOVATION Our Understanding Tiburon is set on a rugged peninsula extending into San Francisco Bay, drawing in visitors on the ferry or along Paradise Drive on their bikes. The everyday experience of that extraordinary setting is a big part of what defines the Tiburon lifestyle for residents. Parks and open spaces are vital to that experience. Tiburon’s parks system is small but mighty. Richardson Bay Lineal Park is an incredible asset, and each other feature, from Zelinsky Park to The Ranch, is unique and remarkable. Paired with this mighty and unique parks system are some 250 acres of protected open spaces threaded with trails along the ridge. The system is terrific and loved, which raises an important question—why make a plan? Tiburon is ripe for a parks system plan for a few reasons. First, the Town is in the process of acquiring land at Richardson Bay, opening new possibilities in the heart of its recreation hub. Second, members of the community want new recreation amenities, and a lot of them have been eagerly discussed. Where TIBURON GENERAL PLAN 2040: EXISTING PARKS AND OPEN SPACES | WRT TIBURON, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 17 do they belong? What should be prioritized? Meanwhile, the hard-won protection of the Martha property invites us to see the peninsula’s open spaces as a connected system and bring trail elements up to a higher standard. Third, the Town recognizes the need to understand how parks and recreation should be managed and funded, in a way that efficiently delivers services. And finally, the Town’s new General Plan will enable (modest) growth, and support increasing demographic diversity. It will be important to understand how to best serve all Tiburon residents, from those who have lived full lives here to those who are just arriving. Our Approach Tiburon’s parks and open space assets range greatly, from tiny neighborhood mini- parks to public shorelines to quiet upland open spaces. Our team approaches the plan with a desire to understand what each individual site provides and how the whole system works together. We seek to hear the diverse and at times polarized voices of the community and respond creatively. We seek solutions that meet multiple goals and are well-matched with organizational capacity and funding. Understand the Assets, the System, the Community, and the Environment The inventory and assessment of each of Tiburon’s unique recreation and open space features will be the foundation of our work. WRT and Mack5 will do a thorough assessment of each site, recording physical conditions as well as access, function, and use characteristics. WRT’s focus will be on parks and open spaces and Mack5’s focus will be on buildings. We will pair this understanding with an analysis of the system as a whole - mapping parks and open spaces as they relate to environmental and demographic characteristics, and surveying recreation amenities provided by other jurisdictions that serve Tiburon residents. We bring to this effort our experience assessing systems small and large around the Bay and beyond, and our specific familiarity with Tiburon. We are an integrated team of planners, landscape architects and architects, skilled in the using the tools of our profession to identify needs and opportunities on the ground. We bring specific attention to critical issues of adaptation to a changing climate, and the need to make our communities more equitable for all. MCKEGNEY GREEN TIBURON, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 18 Each of these themes will be explored at the outset of the project, through research, mapping, site-by-site assessment, conversations with Staff and stakeholders, and input into vision and needs from the larger community, resulting in a synthetic understanding of opportunities and constraints. Collaborate with the Community We will bring our years of experience and creative thinking around parks and open spaces to engage with stakeholders and the broader community about the best way forward for Tiburon’s parks, recreation, and trails. What amenities are most needed? Where are the gaps in recreation programming? How should a trail system be designed to accommodate a diversity of trail users? How can Tiburon both complement and be distinguished from the recreational and open space assets provided by the County and other providers? These are questions we will bring to community engagement, in a range of settings and styles designed to reach the full range of perspectives. We need to understand the imperatives of long- time residents, hear what new residents and families are seeking, and hear especially from people whose lives can be most positively affected by recreational opportunities. Our practice is devoted to innovative and context-sensitive planning and design, and the clear expression of ideas through plan graphics, 3-D renderings, and other means. We embrace the return of in-person engagement and will draw on the virtual engagement muscles we’ve built during the pandemic. Sustainable Operations and Achievable Action We will position the Town for success by defining clear actions, establishing a realistic program of improvements tailored to funding opportunities, and providing a focus on operations, including maintenance and finance. With PROS Consulting, our team will bring a depth of understanding of the “total cost of ownership,” from acquisition and construction through lifecycle replacement, ongoing maintenance, and recreational programming. PROS will collaborate with Staff to define core services, create a TIBURON GENERAL PLAN 2040 | WRT TIBURON, CA The General Plan process revealed community parks and recreation priorities that can be more deeply explored in this process WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 19 framework for pricing, establish maintenance standards, staffing levels needed, technology requirements and customer service requirements. Funding options will be identified and evaluated against their potential support and success. We will leave the Town with the tools and confidence to implement the Plan over the next ten years and beyond. ZELINKSY PARK TIBURON, CA SHORELINE PARK PLAZA TIBURON, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 20 SHORELINE PARK TIBURON, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 21D WORK PLAN / SCOPE OF WORK WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 22 WORK PLAN / SCOPE OF WORK WRT has reviewed the request for proposals and relevant background documents to understand your needs. The following scope of work details our tailored work plan for completing the Tiburon Parks Master Plan over an approximately 14-month schedule. We welcome continued collaboration with the Town to arrive at the most beneficial approach and phasing. PHASE 1: PROJECT INITIATION TASK 1: PROJECT INITIATION 1.1 Project Kick-off The first step in the project will be to hold an onsite meeting with the project team to establish objectives for the project, including confirming roles and responsibilities and finalizing the project methodology, scope of services, timeline and format, and content of deliverables. As part of this kickoff, we propose a Staff-guided tour of parks and recreation assets as well as other community activity hubs. 1.2 Project Schedule & Detailed Work Plan Based on comments at the kick-off meeting and guidance from Town Staff, WRT will finalize a detailed work plan and project schedule including milestones, areas of responsibility, engagement approach, and all information (i.e., background documents, GIS data) to be provided by Staff. WILLITS RAIL TRAIL | WRT WILLITS, CA Principal-in-Charge, John Gibbs leads stakeholders through a group exercise WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 23 1.3 POST Subcommittee Meeting We understand that a Subcommittee of the Parks, Open Space and Trails (POST) Commission will be created to guide the plan. WRT will Introduce the Consultant Team and the project at an Initial meeting of this Committee, presenting the draft work plan and engagement strategy and facilitating a discussion about vision and project outcomes. We expect this and all subsequent POST Subcommittee meetings will be virtual. 1.4 Draft Vision & Project Outcomes WRT will develop a preliminary vision and themes for the Parks Master Plan, based on the meetings with the project Team and POST Subcommittee. This vision may incorporate topics including health, inclusion, environmental stewardship, partnerships, financial soundness, resiliency, and innovation. These themes should stay in view as drivers for the Plan and serve to instill community pride around the potential of the Plan. 1.5 Regular Meetings & Project Management (Ongoing) WRT will have regular teleconference meetings with Staff; we anticipate these meetings will occur biweekly during the most active phases of the project. WRT will provide meeting agendas and notes. WRT will provide ongoing management including schedule maintenance, invoices, and status reports. TASK 1 MEETINGS: • Project kick-off • POST Subcommittee meeting • Up to 24 project coordination meetings TASK 1 DELIVERABLES: • Detailed work plan and project schedule • Draft vision and key themes • Monthly invoices PHASE 2: NEEDS ASSESSMENT TASK 2: COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT A key component in creating the Parks Master Plan will be a needs assessment process that solicits the opinions and ideas of residents (adult and youth), staff and elected and appointed officials. The needs assessment also entails compiling a detailed inventory of parks facilities, a review of current and projected demographics, current planning standards, regional and national trends and how facilities owned by other entities factor into the park and recreation needs of the Town. The needs assessment will provide the data and information necessary to evaluate how Town parks facilities meet current and future needs and whether modifications and/or additions will be required. Each part of the needs assessment is described below. 2.1 Public Involvement Strategy The planning process must result in a shared, clearly defined vision for the Plan driven by input from various stakeholders. Based on input from Staff at the kickoff, WRT will refine a robust public involvement strategy that describes how residents, staff and elected and appointed officials will be VALLEY VIEW PARK MASTER PLAN | WRT ALAMEDA COUNTY, CA WRT excels at creating visually engaging materials to facilitate participation at community events. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 24 provided opportunities to participate in the development of the Plan. Christine O’Rourke will provide peer review of the plan, drawing on her experience leading the General Plan Update. The elements of our initial, proposed strategy are laid out in the tasks that follow. In all of our engagement, WRT will: • Act as professional facilitators to gather specific information about services, use and preferences. • Provide well-organized and directed activities, techniques and formats that will ensure that a positive, open and proactive public participation process is achieved; • Provide written records and summaries of the results of all public process and communication strategies; • Work to build consensus and support of the plan, and if consensus is not possible, provide information for informed decision making for the staff and elected and appointed officials. 2.2 Stakeholder and Focus Group Meetings Over a two-day period, the WRT Team (WRT, Mack5, and O’Rourke) will engage stakeholders in small group meetings with 4-5 people organized around topics (sports, open space/trails, dogs, maintenance, youth, seniors, etc.). Additional meetings with individual stakeholders may also be conducted to ensure we engage hard-to- reach communities. Stakeholders who we expect to engage may include: • Representatives of community organizations that advocate for parks, public health, the environment, and community building • Park and recreation facility users and advocates, including representatives of youth and adult sports groups • Representatives from the Town’s parks maintenance division and from Belvedere-Tiburon Recreation Commission who can speak to programming at The Ranch; • Representatives of Reed Unified School District who can discuss the existing joint-use agreement; • Members of the POST Commission and Town Council, and other civic leaders. 2.3 Outreach Materials for Print & Digital Media WRT and Team will create project branding and will design handouts for print and for digital use to support project outreach at each major project milestone. 2.4 Pop-ups/Community Events (2) WRT will conduct up to 2 “pop-up” events at parks or other community destinations. These pop-ups, done early in the process, will provide an opportunity for the community to learn about the project and provide high-level input, and for the Team to build our outreach list and create visibility for the process. Pop-up workshops may include FRESNO PARKS MASTER PLAN | WRT FRESNO, CAWRT led stakeholders and the community at large through various group activities, including a park prioritization exercise. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 25 displays, interactive games, fact sheets, and comment cards. Presentations could be short and lively, “pecha-kucha” style presentations. 2.5 Public Workshops (2) Two community workshops are envisioned. The first event may introduce the plan, what we’ve learned in the existing conditions analysis and what we’ve heard from stakeholders and community members, and provide deeper engagement around community needs. The second workshop may address recommended improvements, the prioritization of projects and share the draft Plan’s key recommendations. We anticipate these workshops to take place in person, but they may be conducted virtually if preferred. WRT staff would present and facilitate the workshops, with support from O’Rourke & Associates. 2.6 Online Engagement In addition to keeping community members up to date about events, it’s also important to provide online engagement tools that allow people to share their feedback at their own convenience. WRT will provide content for the project website (to be managed by Town Staff), and one more detailed online engagement activity associated with each of the two public workshops. These activities may include easy-to-use online surveys that incorporate GIS Storymaps, precedent images, and other engaging elements. 2.7 POST Subcommittee Meeting WRT will present the findings of the first phase of community engagement to the POST Subcommittee, including pop-ups, the first community workshop, online survey, and the statistically-valid survey (see Task 3). TASK 2 MEETINGS: • Stakeholder and Focus Group Meetings (10) • Pop-ups (2) • Public Workshops (2) • POST Subcommittee Meeting (1) TASK 2 DELIVERABLES: • Flyers and Outreach Materials • Pop-up and Workshop Materials • Content for the Project Website, including Online Surveys • Community Feedback Summaries for each activity TASK 3: COLLECT & ANALYZE DATA 3.1 Review Related Policies, Plan & Programs WRT and Team will review current long- range plans and related documents including: • Tiburon General Plan 2020 Parks and Recreation Element (2005 and currently in effect) • Draft Tiburon General Plan Update (in process) • Tiburon Capital Improvement Program • Open Space Resource Management Plan Short-Term Implementation Plan (LSA, 2022) • Steps, Lanes and Paths Assessment (POST, 2022) • Needs Assessment (2011) • Any other prior parks-related surveys, studies and plans POINT MOLATE VISION PLAN | WRT RICHMOND, CA WRT led a series of public outdoor workshops with the Richmond community. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 26 3.2 Statistically-Valid Survey ETC Institute, as a member of the WRT Team, will develop and administer a Town-wide community needs assessment survey with a return rate that accurately represents a sampling of the community population to identify community needs and issues related to parks facilities and services. ETC will: • Design the survey and prepare the sampling plan, in coordination with WRT, PROS and Town staff. This is expected to include 3 to 4 drafts before approval, and a pilot test to ensure questions are well-understood. • Administer the survey by a combination of mail and online, through a process designed to achieve a sample of 250 completed surveys. This sample size will provide results that have a margin of error of +/- 5% at the 95% level of confidence. • Analyze the results. ETC will submit a final report to the Town that includes an executive summary of the survey methodology and major findings; charts and graphs that show the results of each question; a Priorities-Investment Rating (PIR) analysis that will Identify the facilities and programs that should receive the highest priority for Investment; tabular data; and a copy of the survey Instrument. 3.3 Demographic and Recreation Trends Analysis As a member of the WRT Team, PROS Consulting will use Town of Tiburon projections, supplemented with census tract-level demographic data obtained from Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc. (ESRI); for comparison purposes data will also obtained from the U.S. Census Bureau. This analysis will provide a basis for: • Understanding the market areas served by the park and recreation system and distinguish customer groups. • Determining changes occurring in the Town and the region, and assist in making proactive decisions to accommodate those shifts. Sports, recreation, and outdoor trends will be applied to the local demographic data to assist in determining the potential participation base within the community. We will also describe emerging parks and recreation trends as they relate to development, innovation opportunities, and current state and national standards that will have influence on the Master Plan. For the sports and recreation trends, we utilize the Sports & Fitness Industry Association’s (SFIA) 2022 Study of Sports, Fitness and Leisure Participation, ESRI local market potential, as well as participation trends from the Outdoor Foundation. 3.4 Inventory and Assessment of Existing Parks, Open Space and Recreation Facilities WRT and Mack5 will develop an updated inventory of existing park sites and of facilities within each park site, including structures, courts, playing fields, parking lots, paved trails and unpaved trails, playgrounds, benches, picnic tables, trash receptacles, water fountains, maintenance facilities, signage, and restrooms. We assume that a baseline of information will be provided by the Town. Using a standardized assessment form, WRT will conduct on-site evaluations of each of Tiburon’s park sites. Our assessment will address: • Functionality of each site, taking into consideration the mix and spatial organization of park elements. • Access, including opportunities to improve pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular access to and within parks. • The general accessibility of parks, amenities, and facilities for users of all abilities. This would address broad issues such as ADA parking, WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 27 path of travel to facilities and general accessibility within facilities to confirm feasibility and determine the extent of work required and ROM level cost of conformance. • The general condition of each site, taking into consideration paving, planting, and physical assets. Mack5 will conduct a parallel assessment of park buildings. The assessment will: • Analyze the use of existing recreation building facilities • Assess their condition and identify deferred maintenance items • Provide ADA accessibility review identifying significant issues of non- compliance • Provide recommendations for any modifications to better support programming/user experience • Provide recommendations for any new facilities to support programming Building assessments will include the following facilities: • The Ranch at Dairy Knoll • Tiburon Town Hall Community Room (including entry, access and restrooms) • Blackie's Pasture Single Occupancy Restrooms • Blackie's Pasture Multiple Occupancy Restrooms • South Knoll Park Restroom The WRT Team assumes we will also receive all previous park and facility assessments conducted by the Town. 3.5 Park System Mapping WRT will map Tiburon’s park and open space system, including: • The existing and planned park, open space and trail network • The distribution of specific recreation amenities • Proximity of parks within a ten-minute walking distance of residents • Parks in the context of schools, neighborhoods, demographics, natural resources and hazards. Mapping will reveal service area gaps, environmental challenges and opportunities, and equity implications that can be addressed in the Master Plan. WRT assumes that the Town will authorize the use of current GIS layers for data including park sites (with boundaries and attributes); planned parks; existing and planned trails; public land ownership; and planned land use. These data sets should be available from the General Plan Update. 10 EPA Parks Master Plan Existing Condition Analysis Memo FIGURE 01:EXISTING PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PARK ASSETS EAST PALO ALTO PARKS MASTER PLAN | WRT EAST PALO ALTO, CAOur master planning process typically begins with an analysis of existing conditions and assets. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 28 3.6 Sea Level Rise Adaptation Analysis Building on work we conducted for the General Plan Update, as well as previous work done by Marin County as part of the BayWAVE project, WRT will map projected sea level rise scenarios as they relate to specific park sites: (1) Richardson Bay Lineal Park and (2) Downtown parks. We will summarize site vulnerability to sea level rise and describe potential strategic responses, based on work done for the General Plan Update. 3.7 Programming Inventory and Assessment Recreation programs and special events are the backbone of park and recreation agencies. PROS will review how Tiburon, through the Belvedere-Tiburon Recreation Commission, aligns services with community needs. The goal of this process is to provide recreation program enhancements that result in successful and innovative recreation program offerings, as well as recommendations for minimizing duplications and collaborate partnerships where appropriate. We will provide insight into recreation program trends from agencies all around the country. The process includes analysis of: • Age segment distribution • Lifecycle analysis • Core program analysis and development; • Similar provider analysis/duplication of service • Market position and marketing analysis • Review of program development process • Backstage support, or service systems and agency support needed to deliver excellent service. Ultimately, the outcome of the process will be the creation of a dynamic recreation program plan that results in increased registration, drives customer retention and loyalty, improves customer satisfaction, and increases revenues. Additionally, it will help focus staff efforts in core program areas and create excellence in those programs deemed most important by program participants. 3.8 Review Parks and Recreation Facilities and Programs in Nearby Towns PROS will analyze all major direct and indirect service providers in nearby towns. Direct and indirect service providers will be based on publicly accessible facilities/ services/programs. This data will be used TRACY CITYWIDE PARKS, RECREATION & TRAILS MASTER PLAN UPDATE | WRT TRACY, CA This table shows an assessment of existing core program areas WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 29 to compare against the activities and programs identified in the Market Definition. An inventory of comparable facilities will be performed on a local basis to attempt to quantify market share. 3.9 Review Funding & Financing Strategies Funding strategies will be developed based in part to our review and analysis of the facilities as well as the national experience brought by the Consulting Team. The Consulting Team has identified numerous funding options that can be applied to the Master Plan based on the community values. The funding strategies to be evaluated for recommendations will include at a minimum: • Fees and charges options and recommendations • Endowments/Non-profits opportunities for supporting operational and capital costs • Sponsorships to support programs, events, and facilities • Partnerships with public partners, public/not-for-profit partners and public/private partnerships • Dedicated funding sources to support land acquisition and capital improvements • Development agreements to support park acquisition, open space and park and facility development • Earned Income options to support operational costs • Land or facility leases to support operational and capital costs • Identify grant opportunities and resources to construct parks and facilities identified in the Master Plan including suggested timeline 3.10 POST Subcommittee Meetings (2) WRT and key members of the Team will conduct two (2) virtual meetings with the POST Subcommittee, to present results and findings from our work on: • Demographics and recreation trends • Inventory and assessment of existing facilities • Park system mapping • Sea level rise and adaptation strategies • Programming and benchmarking with nearby towns • Funding and financing strategies 3.11 Needs Assessment Presentations to POST and Town Council WRT will synthesize the outcomes of the first phase of community engagement, the statistically-valid survey, and each dimension of the analysis described above into a Needs Assessment presentation. We will present the findings to one meeting each of the POST Commission and Town Council. This will keep decision-makers informed as the Plan develops. TASK 3 MEETINGS: • POST Subcommittee meetings (2) • POST Commission meeting (1) • Town Council meeting (1) TASK 3 DELIVERABLES: • Statistically-Valid Survey • Report on Survey Results • Demographic and Recreation Trends memo • Park and Facility Inventory and Assessment memo • Park System Mapping memo • Adaptation Analysis memo • Program Inventory and Assessment memo • Comparative Analysis memo • Funding and Financing Strategies memo • Needs Assessment presentation WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 30 PHASE 3: PLAN DEVELOPMENT & PRESENTATION TASK 4: GOALS, RECOMMENDATIONS, AND ACTIONS 4.1 Framework of Goals and Key Recommendations WRT and PROS will develop a framework of goals and key recommendations, building on the initial project visioning and goal setting and on the analysis done in Phase 2. This will include identifying strategic opportunities to improve existing parks and facilities and potential opportunities for future facilities, joint-use sites, trail connections, etc. It will also address high- level needs and opportunities in the areas of recreation programming and operations. 4.2 Parks and Programming Workshop with Staff WRT and PROS will conduct a working session where preliminary recommendations for each park site will be considered, with relevant Staff from the Town (planning, maintenance, finance) and the Ranch (recreational programming). The outcomes will create the foundation for the programming and capital improvement recommendations for the plan. 4.3 Site-Specific Design Concepts WRT will develop design concepts for potential future enhancements to the Richardson Bay Lineal Park, including newly added property at the Treatment Plant site. This effort will be valuable in defining what may be the most significant project resulting from the Parks Master Plan, and will include the following components: • Applying the Needs Assessment WRT will frame findings from the needs assessment in the context of the Richardson Bay park site, recognizing physical characteristics and condition and identifying potential program elements (e.g. sand volleyball, tot lot) and thematic enhancements (e.g., climate adaptation, art and placemaking). • Community Input Program and design ideas for the Richardson Bay site will be one focus of the second community workshop. WRT will present relevant background to create a framework for community members to envision and communicate ideas for change. • Conceptual Site Plan Building on the analysis of community needs, physical characteristics of the park, and feedback from the community, WRT will prepare a concept-level site plan showing the general location of proposed park elements, facilities, and proposed improvements. The site master plan will be accompanied by a summary of program elements and relevant precedent images to describe desired outcomes. 4.4 Recommended Improvements and Cost Estimates Based on the park-by-park workshop and the conceptual planning for the Richardson Bay site, WRT will refine and prioritize recommended improvements at each park site. Mack5 will forecast costs for addressing deferred maintenance, accessibility requirements, and proposed improvements RICHARDSON BAY LINEAL PARK TIBURON, CAThere is a great opportunity for park expansion on the site adjacent to McKegney Green WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 31 for both the buildings assessed by Mack5 and site components assessed by WRT. 4.5 Recommendations for Budget, Staffing and Management PROS will perform an analysis of the Town’s current practices to evaluate its operational situation. This analysis will identify future organization and staffing needs, improved operational efficiencies, policy development, process improvements, annual budget requirements, system and technology improvements, and marketing/ communication opportunities. PROS will also analyze the Town’s financial situation over the last five years. The financial analysis will look at budget, pricing policy, user fees, current and other revenue generating opportunities, grant opportunities, and revenue forecasts. This review will include comparison of current policies with national standards of best practice agencies. PROS will recommend policies and adjustments to current policies where enhancements may be needed, or gaps are identified. 4.6 POST Subcommittee Meetings (2) WRT will present the park improvement recommendations to the POST Subcommittee. PROS will present the operational and financial assessment to the POST Subcommittee for discussion. Both meetings will be held virtually. 4.7 Action Plan for Capital and Operational Improvements Upon consensus around recommendations, the Team will develop an action plan that includes defines projects, responsibilities, timeframe (short- medium- and long- term), cost estimates, and potential funding sources. This will be reviewed with Town staff in a workshop. We propose a prioritization schedule and methodology used on successful master plans across the United States from previous work. The action plan will address: • Park and Facility Development and Improvements Recommendations that provide for short- and long-term enhancement of land acquisition. This will include usable and workable definitions and recommendations for designated park and facilities with acreages and parameters defined as appropriate. • Park and Facility Management Recommendations that provide for short- and long-term enhancement operations and management practices of the Town. • Recreation Programs Recommendations that provide for short- and long-term operation of programs provided by Belvedere-Tiburon Recreation Commission or (potentially) the Town of Tiburon, including opportunities to improve meeting user needs. • Financial and Budgetary Capacity Development Recommendations that provide for short- and long-term enhancement of the financial and budgetary capacity of the Town related to parks and lands. TASK 4 MEETINGS: • Park-by-Park Workshop with City Staff (1) • POST Subcommittee meetings (2) TASK 4 DELIVERABLES: • Framework of Goals and Key Recommendations memo • Site-specific Concept for Richardson Bay Lineal Park • Recommended Improvements and Cost Estimates presentation • Recommendations for Programming and Budget presentation • Action Plan for Capital and Operational Improvements WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 32 TASK 5: DRAFT AND FINAL PARKS MASTER PLAN 5.1 Admin Draft Parks Master Plan and Workshop with Staff WRT will assemble material from each stage of Plan development to create a clear and compelling narrative supporting the Plan’s strategic direction and key ideas. The Plan will include the vision, goals and policy framework; a summary of community priorities; the needs assessment; and the action plan recommendations and funding considerations described above. The Plan will be a reader-friendly document with an emphasis on maps, charts, photos, graphics, and tables to convey information in addition to a descriptive narrative. The Plan will be formatted in such a way that it is easy to update on a routine basis. The Draft will be shared with Town staff for review. 5.2 Public Review Parks Master Plan Based on comments from Staff, WRT will make revisions and create a draft Plan for public review. 5.3 Presentation of Draft Parks Master Plan to POST and Town Council (up to 3) WRT will present the Draft Parks Master Plan at up to three (3) public meetings of the POST Commission and Town Council (we anticipate one Commission meeting and one to two sessions with Council). 5.4 Final Parks Master Plan Upon receipt of the comments (Staff, Commission, and Town Council) and direction to proceed, WRT and Team will incorporate revisions and prepare the final Plan. TASK 5 MEETINGS: • POST Commission and Town Council meetings (up to 3) TASK 5 DELIVERABLES: • Administrative Draft Parks Master Plan (electronic) • Public Review Draft, incorporating revisions (electronic) • Final Parks Master Plan (electronic) TRACY CITYWIDE PARKS, RECREATION & TRAILS MASTER PLAN UPDATE | WRT TRACY, CA The final master plan for Tracy was adopted in October 2022. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 33 BLACKIE'S PASTURE TIBURON, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 34 GLEN CANYON PARK | WRT SAN FRANCISCO, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 35E PROJECT SCHEDULE WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 36 Task 3: Collect & Analyze Data POST SubcommitteeMeeting Stakeholder Interviews Public Workshops Task 1: Project Initiation Kick-Off + Site Tour Task 2: Public Outreach + Engagement Task 4: Goals, Recommendations, and Actions Needs Assessment 2023 Feb AugMay NovMarSepJun DecAprOctJul Pop-Ups Public Workshops POST SubcommitteeMeeting POST SubcommitteeMeeting POST Meeting Town Council Park-by-Park Workshop POST SubcommitteeMeeting POST SubcommitteeMeeting Strategic Framework, Recommen-dations for Park Improve-ments and Operations, and Action Plan PROPOSED SCHEDULE POST SubcommitteeMeeting WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 37 2024 Jan AprFeb MayMar Task 5: Draft and Final Parks Master Plan Task 2: Public Outreach + Engagement POST Meeting Public Review Draft Plan Final Master Plan Town Council Administrative Draft Plan POST SubcommitteeMeeting Stakeholder Interviews Public Workshops Kick-Off + Site Tour Needs Assessment Pop-Ups POST Meeting Town Council Park-by-Park Workshop Strategic Framework, Recommendations for Park Improvements and Operations, and Action Plan Public Review Draft Plan Final Master PlanAdministrative Draft Plan Icon Key Engagement Deliverables We anticipate the Parks Master Plan process taking slightly over a year (14 months), allowing time for analysis, public engagement, development of detailed recommendations, and substantive review and guidance from Staff and the POST Subcommittee. We will work with you to refine schedule to meet expectations. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 38 FRESNO PARKS MASTER PLAN | WRT + PROS CONSULTING / ETC FRESNO, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 39F SUBCONSULTANT AND WORK BY OTHERS WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 40 PPRROOSS CCoonnssuullttiinngg IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn 10 Michael Svetz PROS Consulting Principal Education B.S., Miami University M.S., Miami University Employment History Consultant, PROS Consulting; 2012 to present Director of Parks and Recreation, City of Goodyear, AZ; 2009 to 2012 Director of Parks and Recreation, City of Charlottesville, VA; 2004 to 2009 Director of Parks and Recreation, City of Strongsville, OH 2000 to 2004 Assistant Director of Parks and Recreation, City of Strongsville, OH 1997 to 2000 Recreation Supervisor, City of Brunswick, OH 1991 to 1997) Professional Experience Michael Svetz has nearly 30 years in the field of parks and recreation for local governments, the last 15 of which were at the executive management level. He has held Director-level positions in Strongsville, Ohio (Cleveland vicinity); Charlottesville, Virginia; and most recently for the City of Goodyear, Arizona. He has vast experience in developing and applying cutting edge business processes to create self-sustaining operations of multimillion dollar community centers, golf courses, and a Major League Baseball Player Development and Spring Training complex. Throughout his career, Mike has successfully developed and implemented strategic master plans for the parks and recreation departments that he led and the city and state associations that he served. As a dedicated public servant, Mike developed a deep knowledge of, and sincere appreciation for, organizational development, citizen engagement, board involvement, and political acumen, all of which are critical elements in the successful creation and implementation of any parks and recreation plan. Since joining PROS Consulting, he has participated in numerous projects in master planning, business planning, maintenance, and strategic implementation. His project management and organizational skills and have assisted in the creation of innovative and fiscally sustainable projects across the United States. Similar Project Experience • Fremont Comprehensive Parks & Recreation Master Plan (Fremont, CA) • Fresno Parks Master Plan (Fresno, CA) • Benicia Parks, Trails & Open Space Master Plan (Benicia, CA) • Tracy Citywide Parks, Recreation and Trails Master Plan (Tracy, CA) • West Sacramento, CA Parks and Open Space Master Plan • American Canyon, CA Parks and Recreation Needs Assessment • San Luis Obispo, CA Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Hayward Area Recreation + Park District (HARD) Parks Master Plan • Hanford, CA Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Riverbank, CA Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Loudoun County, VA Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Prince William County, VA Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Fairfax County, VA Park Authority Comprehensive Needs Assessment • Powhattan County, VA Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Albemarle County, VA Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Chandler, AZ Parks and Recreation Strategic Master Plan • Oro Valley, AZ Parks and Recreation Needs Assessment and Master Plan • Sedona, AZ Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Billings, MT Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Provo, UT Parks and Recreation Master Plan WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 41 PPRROOSS CCoonnssuullttiinngg IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn 9 Leon Younger PROS Consulting President Education M.P.A., University of Kansas, Aug. 1988 B.S., Kansas State University, May 1975 Employment History President, PROS Consulting, Sep. 1995 to present Director/Chairman of the Board, Indianapolis Parks and Recreation, Apr. 1992 to Sept. 1995 Executive Director, Lake MetroParks (OH), Jun. 1988 to Mar. 1992 Director, Jackson County (MO) Parks and Recreation, Aug. 1983 to Jun. 1988 Certification Certified Park and Recreation Professional Professional Experience Leon is the founder and President of PROS Consulting. He has more than 40 years in parks, recreation, and leisure services. Leon is a recognized leader in applying innovative approaches to managing parks and recreation organizations. He has held positions as Director of Parks and Recreation in Indianapolis, IN; Executive Director of Lake Metroparks in Lake County, OH (Cleveland area); and Director of Parks and Recreation in Jackson County, MO (Kansas City). Leon is routinely invited to present his management and development philosophies at conferences, workshops, and training across the United States, as well as internationally. He is co- creator of the Community Values Model, a business model that synthesizes community & stakeholder input into a strategic plan. He regularly addresses sessions at the National Recreation and Park Association Conferences and has served as a board member and instructor at the Pacific Revenue and Marketing School in San Diego, California and the Rocky Mountain Revenue and Management School in Colorado. Currently, Leon is serving on the Board of Directors for the City Parks Alliance, the only independent, nationwide membership organization solely dedicated to urban parks. Similar Project Experience • City of Los Angeles, CA Parks and Recreation Needs Assessment • Riverside County, CA Parks and Open Space District Strategic Plan • City of San Jose, CA Pricing Philosophy, Revenue Enhancement, and Organizational Implementation Plan for the Department of Park, Recreation and Neighborhood Services • City of San Francisco, CA Recreation Plan and Needs Assessment • City of Healdsburg, CA Parks and Recreation Needs Assessment and Parks and Open Space Plan • Sonoma County, CA Management Review Services and Implementation Plan • Cosumens (Elk Grove), CA Community Services Department Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Maricopa County, AZ Parks and Recreation System Strategic Plan • Mesa, AZ Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Tucson, AZ Parks and Recreation Master Plan • Carmel Clay, IN Parks and Recreation Master Plan • City of Charlotte/Mecklenburg County, NC Parks and Recreation Strategic Master Plan • City of Henderson, NV Parks and Recreation Strategic Master Plan and Financial Cost of Service • City of Jacksonville, NC Parks and Recreation Strategic Master Plan • City of Everett, WA Parks and Recreation Strategic Master Plan • Cleveland, OH MetroParks Strategic Plan WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 42 David Ross, AIA LEED BD+C Senior Project Manager education Bachelor of Architecture, University of Oregon Project Management Continuing Education, American Management Institute licenses/certifications Licensed California Architect Licensed General Contractor [inactive] National Council of Architectural Registration Boards Mr. Ross has over 30 years of experience and employment as a project manager and project architect in planning and delivery of a variety of public agency project types. David is a licensed architect with significant experience with civic, community and recreation facilities from initial planning through design and construction. Several of these facilities have been featured at the CPRS Best of the Best awards program. As a registered architect with many years spent in the design field, with notable architects such as Bull Stockwell Allen. David, a long-time Marin County resident, knows the Town’s recreation facilities well. He also has comprehensive expertise with a broad spectrum of occupancy and construction types. His experience with both existing facility improvements and new construction makes his expertise exceptionally valuable during the facility assessment/planning phase. select project experience el cerrito parks/recreation master plan / facilities assessments san rafael parks & recreation facilities master plan/assessments corte madera park & recreation facilities assessment Tiburon Public Works Facility Feasibility Study – Tiburon, CA • Feasibility study of the Town of Tiburon’s public works facility. El Cerrito Parks and Recreation Facilities Master Plan & Assessment – El Cerrito, CA • Facility assessments and master plan of 13 buildings. San Rafael Parks and Recreation Facilities Master Plan & Assessment – San Rafael, CA • Facility assessments and master plan of 5 major buildings, 17 parks and additional accessory buildings. Corte Madera Park & Recreation Facilities Assessments – Corte Madera, CA • Facility assessments and master plan of 7 buildings, 7 parks, and additional accessory buildings. Patterson Community Facilities Master Plan/Senior Center – Patterson, CA • Master plan/facilities assessment for phased implementation of recreation center, library, and senior center. El Cerrito Civic Center Master Plan & Facilities Assessment– El Cerrito, CA • Master Plan and facilities assessment of city hall, library, and senior center Santa Clara Parks and Rec Administrative Feasibility Study – Santa Clara, CA Menlo Park Park/Rec Facilities Master Plan – Menlo Park, CA Hamilton Recreation Facilities Assessment and Master Plan – Novato, CA Keiser Park Recreation Facility Master Plan – Windsor, CA Rengstorff Park Master Plan/Senior Center – Mountain View, CA Cupertino Sports Center Facility Assessment – Cupertino, CA Lafayette City Hall & Library Master Plan – Lafayette, CA Truckee Town Center Master Plan – Truckee, CA Half Moon Bay City Hall Needs Assessment – Half Moon Bay, CA Zelinsky Park & Plaza – Tiburon, CA Tiburon Town Hall – Tiburon, CA Belvedere-Tiburon Library – Tiburon, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 43 ETC Institute 1 JASON MORADO Director of Community Research ETC Institute 725 W. Frontier Circle, Olathe, KS 66061 jason.morado@etcinstitute.com (913) 254-4514 EDUCATION M.B.A., Webster University, 2009 B.S. in Business Administration – Marketing, Avila University 2000 SUMMARY OF EXPERIENCE Mr. Morado has over 20 years of experience in the design, administration, and analysis of community market research. He has served as the project manager on community survey research projects for over 600 local governmental organizations throughout the U.S. Mr. Morado is experienced in all phases of project management of market research studies, including survey design, developing sampling plans, quantitative and qualitative analysis, interpretation of results and presentation of findings. His areas of emphasis include citizen satisfaction surveys, parks and recreation needs assessment surveys, community planning surveys, business surveys, and transportation studies. He has also led the coordination and facilitation of focus groups and stakeholder interviews for a wide range of topics. RELEVANT PROJECT EXPERIENCE Parks and Recreation Surveys Mr. Morado has served as a project manager for over 250 parks and recreation surveys for local governmental organizations. Some of these organizations include: • Atlanta, GA • Arlington County, VA • Brownsburg, IN • Broward County, FL • Charleston, SC • Chino, CA • Cincinnati, OH • Coral Gables, FL • Columbia, MO • Corpus Christi, TX • Denver, CO • Detroit, MI • Durango, CO • El Paso County, TX • Fremont, CA • Gilroy, CA • Las Vegas, NV • Mecklenburg County, NC • Miami, FL • Milwaukee County, WI • Mobile, AL • Montgomery County, MD • Norfolk, VA • Olympia, WA • Ozark, MO • Pleasant Hill, CA • Prince Georges County, MD • Roanoke, VA • San Diego, CA • Sarasota, FL • Schaumburg Park District, IL • Sioux Falls, SD • St. Louis County, MO • Tampa, FL • Virginia Beach, VA • West Sacramento, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 44 CHRISTINE O’ROURKE 1 Boston University, BA San Francisco State University, MBA O’Rourke & Associates 2005-Present Baird + Driskell 2002-2005 • General Plans • Climate Action Plans • Housing Elements • Project Planning • Project Management • Greenhouse Gas Inventories • Grant Writing and Management CHRISTINE O’ROURKE PRINCIPAL, O’ROURKE & ASSOCIATES 20 Nunes Drive Novato, CA 94945 (415) 613-2907 christine.o@comcast.net AREAS OF EXPERTISE Recent Projects and References Tiburon General Plan 2040, Town of Tiburon, 2020-Present. Lead consultant for a comprehensive update of Tiburon’s General Plan, including the 6th cycle Housing Element and new elements on Sustainability and Diversity, Inclusion + Equity. Managed a team of six subconsultants. Outreach included a dedicated website, virtual workshops, social and print media, mailings, focus groups, stakeholder interviews, and surveys. Draft documents, workshop presentations, surveys, and background materials are available at createtiburon2040.org. General Plan 2040 is expected to be adopted in the spring of 2023. Town of Tiburon 1505 Tiburon Blvd. Tiburon, CA 94920 Reference: Dina Tasini, Director of Community Development (415) 435-7393 Yountville General Plan, Town of Yountville, 2016-2019. Project Manager and document writer for a comprehensive update of Yountville’s General Plan. The project included working with a Council-appointed advisory committee over a one-year period; developing goals, policies and programs and writing text for the plan; presenting findings, gathering input, and receiving direction from the Town’s committees, commissions, and Council; and extensive community outreach including four community workshops. The plan is available at townofyountville.com. Town of Yountville 655 Yount Street Yountville, CA 94599 Reference: Sandra Liston, Planning and Building Director (former) Steve Rogers, Town Manager (707) 944-8851 Novato General Plan 2035, Town of Novato, 2013-2017. Project Manager for an in- house update of the Novato General Plan. The project included an existing conditions report, 11 policy papers, design charettes, community workshops, pop-up workshops, online surveys, and outreach to the Latinx community. Wrote the plan’s text, coordinated graphic design and production, and updated the Climate Action Plan for incorporation into the General Plan. The plan is available at novato.org. Town of Novato 922 Machin Avenue Novato, CA 94945 References: Michael Frank, Town Manager (former) (415) 798-6073 Bob Brown, Community Development Director (former) (415) 408-8293 PROFESSIONAL HISTORY • Town of Tiburon • Town of Corte Madera • City of Mill Valley • County of Martin • Town of Yountville • Town of Novato • Town of San Rafael • Town of Saratoga • Town of St. Helena • Town of Ross • Town of Belvedere • Town of Larkspur • Town of San Anselmo • Marin Climate & Energy Partnership EDUCATION CLIENT RELATIONSHIPS WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 45 WORK BY OTHERS Town Staff will be an integral partner in the Master Plan effort. Staff’s role will touch on all aspects of the project, and include the following: • Provide background documents and data, including all park- and open space-related studies and plans, facility inventory, and available GIS data. (WRT will create a file sharing site using Microsoft Teams/Sharepoint for efficient file sharing.) • Participate in regular project management calls with the WRT project manager and relevant members of the Consultant Team. • Coordinate meetings with Town Staff, representatives from partner and other agencies (e.g. The Ranch, Marin County Parks), and stakeholders. • Coordinate with the POST Subcommittee established to guide the master plan, as well as Town including setting up virtual and in-person meetings. • Coordinate with the POST Commission and Town Council, including bringing items onto meeting agendas and writing Staff reports as needed. • Set up and manage the project website, including uploading materials provided by the Consultant team and providing timely notification about engagement opportunities. • Conduct outreach to the broader community through email blasts, social media posts, and placement of notices in local media. • Handle logistics for public workshops, including securing venues. • Be present at public workshops, and act as small-group facilitators as needed. • Review all deliverables and provide a single consolidated set of comments from Staff members with relevant knowledge. Staff will be an essential bridge between the Consultant Team, Department leaders and decision-makers, making sure that planning outcomes are viable and supportable in the local context. WRT has a good starting point in this regard, as a key partner in the General Plan Update currently underway, and we look forward to continuing that partnership. While it is difficult for us to judge the amount of Staff time that will be required, we estimate a total of approximately 600 hours over the course of 12-14 months. This is estimated to break down by task as follows: Estimated Staff Hours Task/Description 1. Project Initiation 120 2. Public Outreach and Engagement 130 3. Collect and Analyze Data 100 4. Goals, Recommendations, and Actions 140 5. Draft and Final Parks Master Plan 110 TOTAL 600 WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 46 BOTHIN MARSH ADAPTATION PROJECT | WRT MARIN COUNTY, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 47G RELEVANT EXPERIENCE AND REFERENCES WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 48 ASLA, LEED AP PRINCIPAL | LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT + URBAN DESIGNER PROJECT ROLE: PRINCIPAL-IN-CHARGE JOHN R. GIBBS John shares WRT’s deep commitment to environmentally rooted planning and design excellence. His work reflects his belief that open space infrastructure—whether at the scale of regional park systems, riverfronts, city parks, livable streets, or active plazas—is a crucial, integral part of creating quality urban environments. He is a practice leader in WRT’s Parks & Open Space and Community Design practices, where he advances commu- nity and ecological resiliency in all WRT projects. Community engagement is fundamental to all facets of his work and his outreach skills are valued by clients who seek positive out- comes rooted in productive public dialogue. John has planned and designed a number of parks, including Santa Monica Beach and Palisades Park Improvements in Santa Monica; Eastshore State Park and Lake Merritt Park in Oakland; Balboa Park Rose Garden in San Diego; Glen Canyon Park, Mariposa and Mission Creek Parks in San Francisco; Nevin Park in Richmond; and the Mariposa Creek Parkway in the Sierra Foothills of California. John’s Austin experience includes the award winning Our Parks Our Future: Long Range Plan for Parks. EDUCATION University of California, Berkeley, Master of Landscape Architecture University of California, Davis, Bachelor of Landscape Architecture AFFILIATIONS + AWARDS CA Landscape Architect #4417 American Society of Landscape Architects (ASLA) Our Parks, Our Future 2020-2030: Austin Parks Long-Range Plan, 2020 Glen Canyon Park Improvement Plan, Merit Award, ASLA Northern California Chapter, 2019 Mariposa Creek Parkway Master Plan, California Trails & Greenways Foundation, 2020 Lake Merritt Park Master Plan, APA-CC, Great Places Award, 2019 Mariposa Park, ASLA-NCC Merit Award, 2018 Adobe Systems Campus Landscape, ASLA-Utah Merit Award, 2015 Lake Merritt Park: Downtown + Neighborhood Edges, ASLA-NCC Merit Award, 2014 Lake Merritt Municipal Boathouse, APWA Northern California Project of the Year, 2010 ENGAGEMENT City Parks Alliance Park Study Tour, Austin, TX (Nov 2020) Greenbelt Alliance Board Member Bringing Back Broadway - 2019 National APA Conference Tour Resilient by Design, Research Advisor (2018) PROJECT EXPERIENCE Project Award + Tracy Parks, Recreation & Trails Master Plan Tracy, CA Tracy Nature Park Master Plan Tracy, CA HARD Parks Master Plan & Implementation Hayward, CA San Lorenzo Creekway & Foothill Trail Master Plan Alameda County, CA Fresno Parks Master Plan Fresno, CA East Palo Alto Parks Master Plan East Palo Alto, CA Bothin Marsh Adaptation & Resiliency Project Marin County, CA Benicia Parks, Recreation & Open Space Master Plan Benicia, CA San Francisco Bay Trail Risk Assessment and Adaptation Prioritization Plan Alameda + Contra Costa Counties, CA Mariposa Creek Parkway Master Plan Mariposa, CA + Mariposa Park @ UCSF Mission Bay San Francisco, CA + Tunitas Creek Beach Improvements San Mateo County, CA Oakland Estuary Park Oakland, CA Oakland Waterfront Trails Oakland, CA Our Parks, Our Future 2020-2030: Austin Parks Long-Range Plan + Austin, TX Glen Canyon Park Improvement Plan San Francisco, CA + Lake Merritt Park Master Plan & Implementation Projects + Oakland, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 49 PROJECT EXPERIENCE Conference Presentation + Tracy Parks, Recreation & Trails Master Plan Tracy, CA Tracy Nature Park Master Plan Tracy, CA HARD Parks Master Plan Hayward Area, CA HARD Trails & Open Space Master Plan Hayward Area, CA Benicia Parks, Recreation & Open Space Master Plan Benicia, CA Fresno Parks Master Plan and Post-Measure P Master Plan Update + Fresno, CA San Luis Obispo Blueprint for Parks and Recreation San Luis Obispo, CA Castro Valley Engagement on Recreation Priorities Castro Valley, CA Ashland Common Master Plan + Ashland, CA Mateo Street Park Master Plan Ashland, CA San Lorenzo Creekway and Foothill Trail Master Plans Hayward Area, CA Sonoma Developmental Center Site Reuse Master Plan Eldridge, CA PETER WINCH Peter has fifteen years of urban and regional planning experience, developing general and specific plans, parks system plans, zoning, and urban design studies at a range of scales and settings. He is interested in diverse development patterns, great public spaces, connective street networks, and the relationship between these parts. Peter seeks solutions that achieve multiple goals, contribute to livable places, and grow out of the unique problems of each project. EDUCATION University of Michigan, Master of Urban Planning and Master of Urban Design Brown University, Bachelor of Arts, Urban Studies AFFILIATIONS + AWARDS Member, American Institute of Certified Planners (AICP) California APA San Diego Chapter, Comprehensive Plan Award, Large Jurisdiction, for Southeastern San Diego and Encanto Neighborhoods Community Plans, 2016 California APA Central Section, Outstanding Planning Award of Merit in Comprehensive Planning, Small Jurisdiction, Turlock General Plan, 2013 University of Michigan Taubman College of Architecture and Urban Planning, Raoul Wallenberg Fellowship, 2004 ENGAGEMENT San Francisco Education Fund, Tutor, 2016-18 AICP SENIOR ASSOCIATE | PLANNER PROJECT ROLE: PROJECT MANAGER WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 50 ASLA, AICP, LEED AP SENIOR ASSOCIATE | PLANNER + URBAN DESIGNER PROJECT ROLE: SHORELINE ADAPTATION / RESILIENT COMMUNITIES EXPERT CRISTINABEJARANO Cristina Bejarano is part of WRT’s resilience and adaptation planning practice. She is a certified planner with 13 years of cumulative experience in landscape architecture, architecture, urban design, and environmental planning. She has worked at a wide-range of scales from environmental and campus master planning, to place-making and architectural design. Each project contributes to the overarching goal of promoting sustainable development through the design of active neighborhoods and vibrant ecological systems rooted in social equity and climate resiliency. Recent projects include the San Francisco Bay Trail Risk Assessment and Adaptation Prioritization Plan and the Bothin Marsh Adaptation Project. EDUCATION University of California Berkeley, Master of City Planning University of California Berkeley, Master of Landscape Architecture & Environmental Planning Washington University in St. Louis, Bachelor of Art in Architecture + Minor in Anthropology AFFILIATIONS + AWARDS American Institute of Certified Planners American Society of Landscape Architects, Associate U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) LEED Accredited Professional ENGAGEMENT UC Berkeley, Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning Reviewer, 2019 UC Berkeley, “Urban Design in a Time of Climate Change” Studio Lecturer, 2018 SPUR, Public Programming Committee, 2019 Love the Bulb, Albany Bulb Art Park, Contributing Artist, 2019 SAVE International, Executive Committee Member, 2016-2019 Ground Up Journal, Managing Editor, 2017 PROJECT EXPERIENCE Project Award + San Francisco Bay Trail Risk Assessment & Adaptation Prioritization Plan (RAAPP) San Francisco, CA San Lorenzo Creekway & Foothill Trail Master Plan Alameda County, CA Bothin Marsh Adaptation & Resiliency Project Marin County, CA Cleveland Harbor Eastern Embayment Resilience Study (CHEERS) Cleveland, OH Willits Rail Trail Willits, CA East Palo Alto Parks Master Plan East Palo Alto, CA Point Molate Vision Richmond, CA Ashland Common Hayward, CA Resilient South City, Resilient by Design Adaptation Planning + Design * South San Francisco, CA Elm Avenue Area-Wide Brownfields Plan Fresno, CA Lehigh University Campus Master Plan * Bethlehem, PA World Trade Center Wayfinding Design and Implementation * New York, NY Fort Lauderdale Riverwalk Arts & Entertainment District Master Plan * Fort Lauderdale, FL Four Mile Run Stream Restoration Design Guidelines * Alexandria, VA * Work done prior to joining WRT. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 51 EMILY KELLY Emily is a landscape designer with experience ranging from master planning to construction administration services. Her recent experience includes parks and trails planning for the City of Benicia, where Emily is focused on generating access to the extensive open space system with wayfinding signage and new trails that seamlessly integrate into the parks system and transportation options. Emily also has been deeply involved in Ashland Common, a new, amenity-rich plaza in the historically underserved Ashland community. Emily's work included coordinating with the architect for the best mural placement, working with the client to select an artist for mosaic mural, providing a package of general context and conceptual themes of the park to the artist, and attending public engagement events for the mosaic mural. Emily's other recent experience includes parks assessments for the City of Tracy, a sea level rise adaptation project at Bothin Marsh, and the implementation of the Mariposa Creek Parkway. Drawing on her visual skills, Emily’s work brings life to each project that she works on via clear and concise graphics. Her overall experience includes GIS mapping, extensive community engagement, master plan content, and package development from concept design to CD. EDUCATION Clemson University, Master of Landscape Architecture College of Charleston, Bachelor of Art - Studio Art AFFILIATIONS + AWARDS Student Awards SARA NY - Honor Award - 2019 SERC - Merit Award - 2019 LANDSCAPE DESIGNER PROJECT ROLE: TRAILS/SEA-LEVEL RISE EXPERT PROJECT EXPERIENCE Project Award + Benicia Parks, Recreation & Open Space Master Plan Benicia, CA Tracy Citywide Parks, Recreation, and Trails Master Plan + Nature Park Tracy, CA Bothin Marsh Adaptation & Resiliency Project Marin County, CA San Francisco Bay Trail Risk Assessment and Adaptation Prioritization Plan + Alameda & Contra Costa Counties, CA Mariposa Creek Parkway Master Plan ATP Phase III Implementation + Mariposa, CA Ashland Common Master Plan Ashland, CA Calwa Park Master Plan Fresno, CA San Geronimo Vision Plan San Geronimo, CA Cal Poly San Luis Obispo Landscape Master Plan San Luis Obispo, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 52 At WRT we have a 56-year pioneering track record in the planning and design of both urban and surrounding areas that deliver livability and health through green infrastructure. WRT was founded as a firm grounded in a basic affinity with ecology. This philosophy continues to permeate all scales and types of WRT’s projects. We bring our expertise in ecology, parks and open space, green stormwater infrastructure, and revitalization of urban neighborhoods and districts to mitigate the vulnerabilities and challenges communities face and help them adapt for an ever-changing future. WRT works across multiple scales and project types from small urban open spaces to large scale park system planning. Understanding what makes each assignment unique—the political, economic, natural, cultural, and operational realities, enable us to create enduring projects. Our plans and designs are not predicated on a specific form or style, but rather driven by attention to specific local contexts and conditions, backed up by decades of institutional knowledge from working in the public realm. An environmental ethos grounded in local ecology and geography frames our understanding and forms the basis for creative and appropriate design responses. Our National Expertise Our interdisciplinary team, including planners, urban designers, architects, and landscape architects, has executed more than 250 park planning and design assignments nationwide and abroad, ranging from regional parks to urban plazas, located in environmentally pristine rural areas and reclaimed urban brownfields, in small communities and major cities. WRT has won more than 150 awards for this work and received the ASLA and APA National Landscape Architecture Firm Awards in 2004 and 2011, respectively. Working With Small Communities Our team brings a strong portfolio of work in small communities, particularly in California. Aside from our familiarity with Tiburon through our work on the General Plan Update, WRT has led planning initiatives in nearby, and similarly-sized Benicia, Yountville, and Mill Valley, as well as San Luis Obispo further down the coast. Ultimately, all of our projects aim to balance WRT's broad national perspective with local understanding and presence. This approach allows our team to work with communities of varying sizes, and has helped us build a strong reputation in the Bay Area. COMMUNITY-BASED PARK PLANNING SINSHEIMER PARK SAN LUIS OBISPO, CA Creative play environments can become important community gathering spaces We believe that parks and open spaces should improve quality of life, foster economic development, and protect the environment. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 53 Park Access + Equity Every community deserves safe, convenient access to high quality public spaces where people can exercise, socialize, and interact with nature. The opportunities for physical activity that parks provide reduces the risk of chronic disease. Parks can improve concentration for children with attention deficit disorder, enhance relaxation, and promote self-esteem and resilience. Comfortable, attractive parks give people a place to spend time with neighbors, family, and friends, and to interact with their broader community in a shared space. In short, parks support healthy people, create community cohesion, and contribute to social equity at a city and regional scale. WRT’s parks and open space practice starts with this perspective, and works to set in motion changes that will advance equitable access to parks in each community we serve. Our Creative Fitting Process We adhere to the adaptive process of Creative Fitting to find the balance between the changing needs of users and the environment’s capacity to sustainably incorporate these needs. Our parks and open spaces are designed with an attention to specific attributes and local context, including details that are relevant and relate-able, not imported or imposed from other places and assignments. !! ! !! ! ! ! ! !!!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!!! §¨¦580 §¨¦205 Ho l l y La m m e r s Grant LineByro n C o r r a l H o l l o w Ma c A r t h u r Co r r a l H o l l o w Schulte Tra c y Tra c y Tra c y Ma c A r t h u r La m m e r s Ho l l y Valpico Grant Line Na g l e e Schulte Mac Art hur Von Sosten Eleventh Linne Ch r i s m a n Grant Line Ch r i s m a n Schulte Middle La m m e r s Eleventh Delta M e n d o t a C a n a l Califor n i a A q u e d u c t Ho l l y La m m e r s Grant LineByro n C o r r a l H o l l o w Ma c A r t h u r Co r r a l H o l l o w Schulte Tra c y Tra c y Ma c A r t h u r La m m e r s Ho l l y Valpico Grant Line Na g l e e Schulte Mac Art hur Von Sosten Eleventh Linne Ch r i s m a n Grant Line Ch r i s m a n Schulte Middle La m m e r s Eleventh Delta M e n d o t a C a n a l Califor n i a A q u e d u c t Tracy MunicipalAirportTracy HillsPhase 1B NeighborhoodPark** RobertKelloggPark JosephTiagoPark WilliamLarsenPark JosephCecilianiPark RitterFamilyBallpark DonCosePark BillSchwartzPark WilliamAdamsPark KenYasuiPark EdgarThomingPark MarlowBrothersPark FrankHoytPark AldenPark LincolnParkRichardHastiePark DorothyZanussiPark Dr.PowersParkGalliFamilyPark ClydeBlandPark RobertKennerPark ElPescaderoPark TracySportsComplex VernorHansenPark PlasenciaFields GretchenTalleyPark Veteran'sPark LegacyFieldsSportsComplex VillageGreenPark CivicCenterPlazaFrontStreetPlaza LarchCloverPark StarcrossPark TracyHillsPark GreymontPark Ellis DogPark Western Park* ¬«G ¬«F ¬«E ¬«D ¬«C ¬«B ¬«A ¬«42 ¬«41 ¬«40 ¬«39 ¬«38¬«37 ¬«36 ¬«35 ¬«34 ¬«33 ¬«32 ¬«31 ¬«30 ¬«29 ¬«28 ¬«27 ¬«26 ¬«25 ¬«24 ¬«23 ¬«22 ¬«21 ¬«20 ¬«19 ¬«18 ¬«17 ¬«16 ¬«15 ¬«14 ¬«13 ¬«12 ¬«11 ¬«10 ¬«9 ¬«8 ¬«7 ¬«6 ¬«5 ¬«4 ¬«3 ¬«2 ¬«1 0 0.45 0.90.225 Miles¯ Agriculture / Undeveloped Airport Future Development Area Sphere of Influence !!Aqueduct Rivers/ Canals/ Ponds Tracy City Limit Existing Mini Parks 1. American Legion Park 2. Fine Family Park3. A.R. Glover Park4. McDonald Park5. Clyde Abbott Park6. Dr. Ralph Allen Park7. Bailor/Hennan Park8. Daniel Busch Park9. J. Kingsley Chadeayne Park10. Evelyn Costa Park 11. Eagan Family Park 12. Albert Emhoff Park 13. John Erb Park 14. Fabian Family Park 15. Jack Fisher Park 16. Barbara Fitzpatrick Park 17. Golden Spike Park 18. Harvest Park 19. Lester Huck Park 20. Fred Icardi Park 21. George Kelly Park22. John Kimball Park23. Kit Fox Park24. William Lowes Park25. McCray Family Park 26. Mount Diablo Park 27. Mount Oso Park 28. New Harmon Park 29. Robert Patzer Park 30. Pombo Family Park 31. Jim Raymond Park 32. Naomi Rippin Park 33. Sister Cities Park 34. Tom Slayter Park35. Souza Family Park North36. Souza Family Park South37. Joan Sparks Park38. Larry Sullivan Park 39. Dorlane Thrasher Park 40. Tracy Press Park 41. Valley Oak Park 42. Westside Pioneer Park Existing Linear Parks A. Alden Park Greenway B. Henry Barboza Park C. Orchard Park*D. Dorothy Evans ParkE. Hillview Linear Park**F. LMD Zone 17 Greenway G. Florence Stevens Greenway ¬«# ¬«A *Under construction at the time of Master Plan adoption**Based on Vesting Tentative Maps already approved at the time of Master Plan adoption Excellent Poor Unknown / UnclassifiedCondition Park & Facility Condition Assessment & Neighborhood/Community Service Areas Condition Rating Neighborhood Park Service Area: 1/2 Mile Neighborhood ParkService Area: 3/4 Mile Community ParkService Area: 1/2 Mile Community ParkService Area: 3/4 Mile TRACY CITYWIDE PARKS, RECREATION, AND TRAILS MASTER PLAN UPDATE | WRT TRACY, CA Park access and equity mapping is a key element of our master planning process. BENICIA PARKS, OPEN SPACE AND TRAILS PLAN | WRT BENICIA, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 54 WRT excels at designing public engagement strategies and tools that inform, engage, and elicit meaningful dialogue. We see community engagement as a vital component of the planning process in order to understand and reflect the community’s values and aspirations. For this reason, it is critical to begin at the outset of a project. When successful, engagement is also a capacity-building exercise that identifies champions for subsequent implementation and builds collaboration. WRT'S COMMITMENT TO COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT EAST PALO ALTO PARKS MASTER PLAN EAST PALO ALTO, CA One Size Does Not Fit All We do not prescribe any one method of engagement. Instead, we will tailor a set of engagement tools from our extensive toolkit to the unique culture and history of the place and goals of the process. Our team is adept at working with a wide variety of stakeholders that include the very young, seniors, millennials and college students, well-informed as well as marginalized communities where trust in the public process needs to be established or rebuilt. Reaching Specific Communities Our approach will ensure that the participation process reaches the community at large, as well as neighborhood residents and other groups that are underrepresented or from under-resourced communities (e.g., non-English speakers, immigrants, people of color, persons with disabilities, LGBTQ, young people, seniors, etc.). We will design the process to specifically involve communities identified as target user groups in the planning process. As a first step in the process, we recommend an initial discussion with the core team to confirm and better understand the demographic, economic and social factors at play in the neighborhood/ area. This will inform the development of a stakeholder engagement strategy with a range of tools to reach a representative sampling of all members of the community. We are dedicated to engaging and empowering underrepresented and hard-to-reach stakeholders. From start to finish, we do the work of reaching out, listening, and responding, ensuring people’s ideas, needs, and desires are effectively addressed. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 55 POINT MOLATE VISION PLAN | WRT RICHMOND, CA The Power of Storytelling and Compelling Graphics Stories bring people together, inspire, and motivate. A good story is captivating, educational, frequently universal, and memorable. WRT believes that each community has its own story to tell. Our process starts by learning and getting to know the community and carefully compiling a narrative that tells the story of the current place and its future as the process evolves. WRT believes that strong storytelling with the use of graphics and engaging visual and oral communication are critical to eliciting feedback and getting leaders and residents excited about the project, resulting in plans that are easily adopted, understood, and ultimately implemented. A Flexible Engagement Toolkit The WRT Team has a robust toolkit of engagement strategies that we have successfully employed in many diverse communities. This toolkit can be further enhanced and tailored to specifically match the specific project needs and adapt to the changing safety needs highlighted by the COVID-19 pandemic. We approach each project with a unique engagement strategy with enough flexibility to adapt to select from a variety of in-person and digital touchpoints. COVID-19 has magnified certain inequities—in particular, the digital divide— tipping the scales in favor of those who can afford the necessary technology and infrastructure required to access the internet. Our planning and community engagement process will seek to help the community to not only remain connected during the planning process, but also meet people where they are and at their convenience with the goal of including as many voices as possible. TRACY CITYWIDE PARKS, RECREATION & TRAILS MASTER PLAN UPDATE | WRT TRACY, CA BENICIA PARKS, OPEN SPACE AND TRAILS MASTER PLAN | WRT BENICIA CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 56 Tiburon General Plan Update + Objective Design and Development Standards Tiburon, CA Tiburon is updating its General Plan for the first time since 2005, giving the Town and its residents an opportunity to envision the future and respond to contemporary challenges. WRT is working with O’Rourke & Associates on the Plan Update, providing detailed support in the areas of adaptation to sea level rise, parks and open space, downtown, and housing. In the spring of 2021, WRT led a community workshop on Tiburon’s vulnerability to sea level rise, providing a framework for making decisions that would allow the Town to adapt while also providing benefits for shoreline access and downtown vitality. Focusing on downtown, we presented opportunities to redesign streets, add community gathering spaces and programs, and accommodate additional development in a way that would activate the community core. WRT modeled potential future housing sites and conducting community workshops for the Housing Element update. WRT is leading the urban design vision for Tiburon with exploring opportunities for street redesign and activation, public spaces, infill development, housing element site feasibility and Objective Design Standards. CLIENT REFERENCE Dina Tasini Director of Community Development Town of Tiburon 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 415-435-7393 dtasini@townoftiburon.org VALUE OF SERVICES $264,000 KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, PIC Peter Winch, Project Manager Cristina Bejarano, Planner + Designer SUBCONSULTANTS O'Roarke & Associates WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 57 OBJECTIVE DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT ADAPTATION STRATEGIES WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 58 East Palo Alto Parks Master Plan East Palo Alto, CA WRT and PROS Consulting were selected to lead a Parks Master Planning effort for the City of East Palo Alto. Over a year-long planning process the Consultant team and the City have been developing the first-ever Parks Master Plan to guide the future improvements of existing parks and the development of new parks and open spaces. The planning process has been based on extensive community engagement with residents, who have been involved through variety of meetings and events. The project was kicked off virtually in July 2021 with a community-wide meeting and introduction to the project along with the launch of a project website. Guided by the results of the community engagement process as well as existing and new data collection, WRT and PROS examined existing structures and spaces, developed a plan for accessibility to recreational activities, and identified and selected new options for open spaces in East Palo Alto. The final plan will be presented to the community and the City in 2023, it will include overarching recommendations and strategies to achieve the goals of the Master Plan. CLIENT REFERENCE Patrick Heisinger Assistant City Manager City of East Palo Alto (T) 650.853.3193 (E) pheisinger@cityofepa.org VALUE OF SERVICES $352,000 KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, PIC Peter Winch, Project Manager SUBCONSULTANTS PROS Consulting WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 59 WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 60 Benicia Parks, Trails, and Open Space Master Plan Benicia, CA The City of Benicia has embarked on a comprehensive update of the 1997 Parks, Trails, and Open Space Master Plan (PTOSMP). With nearly 3,000 acres of parks and open space, the 15 square mile city is well served, and improvements will only add to the experience of residents and visitors alike. To this end, the PTOSMP will guide the planning, maintenance, development, and rehabilitation of Benicia’s parks, trails, and open space system. In particular, the PTOSMP will provide a concise and realistic Capital Improvement Program to guide project development. It will serve as a long-range planning and asset management document providing a framework for understanding the financial investments needed to maintain and improve City-owned parks, trails and open space. WRT, with PROS, has performed site assessments and prepared extensive analysis mapping of service areas, amenities, trails, open space, and climate impacts. The findings will guide recommendations and support public outreach. CLIENT REFERENCE Victor Randall Senior Planner City of Benicia Community Development Dept. Planning Division (T) 707.746.4278 (E) Vrandall@ci.benicia.ca.us VALUE OF SERVICES $227,000 KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, PIC Peter Winch, Project Manager Emily Kelly, Landscape Designer SUBCONSULTANTS PROS Consulting WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 61 WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 62 Tracy Citywide Parks, Recreation and Trails Master Plan and Tracy Nature Park Tracy, CA After years of growth and diversification, the City of Tracy has been taking action to strengthen its identity as an affordable, more tranquil alternative to the cities of the Bay Area and a place where people and businesses put down roots and prosper. WRT led a multidisciplinary team in updating the Citywide Parks, Recreation and Trails Master Plan. The Plan provides direction on creating a diverse parks system that offers a range of experiences. It describes a network of parks and trails, enabling active transportation and links between downtown, neighborhoods, and surrounding open spaces. The Master Plan Update will play an important role in helping the City’s park system gain firm financial footing, with a detailed evaluation of funding sources and opportunities and an impact fee analysis. In addition to the Master Plan, which was adopted by City Council on October 4, 2022. WRT also developed a conceptual master plan for an 86-acre natural park for the city. The nature park concept grows out of the vision of citizen advocates and community members for a place that is a respite from urban, everyday life and also a functioning ecosystem. The plan will develop in phases, starting with providing public access to the site with minimal improvements, followed by earthwork and water diversion that will become the foundation for natural habitat succession and trail experiences. CLIENT REFERENCE Richard Joaquin Parks Planning & Development Manager City of Tracy (T) 209.831.6235 (E) richard.joaquin@cityoftracy.org VALUE OF SERVICES $465,000 KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, PIC Peter Winch, Project Manager Emily Kelly, Landscape Designer SUBCONSULTANTS PROS Consulting WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 63 !!! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!! ! ! ! ! !!! !!! !! ! ! ! !! !! ! ! ! ! !! ! !! ! ! ! ! Ho l l y La m m e r s Corra l H o l l o w Byr o n Co r r a l H o l l o w Mac A r t h u r Ban t a Co r r a l H o l l o w Schulte Ma c A r t h u r Ha n s e n Grant Line La m m e r s Tra c y La m m e r s Ho l l y Valpico Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Ha n s e n Eleventh Na g l e e Linne Mac Arthur Durham Ferry Schulte Ch r i s m a n Tra c y Grant Line Von Sosten Ch r i s m a n Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Grant Line Schulte Middle Bethany Eleventh Bethany Ree v e Tracy MunicipalAirport §¨¦580 §¨¦205 Delta Me n d o t a C a n a l Califor n i a A q u e d u c t ¯0 0.65 1.30.325 Miles ! Tracy City Limit Sphere of Influence !!Aqueduct Rivers/ Canals/ Ponds School Future Development Area Agriculture / Undeveloped Airport Existing & Planned Trails Existing Class I Bike Path / Multiuse Trail Existing Park Existing Walking Path Planned Walking Path Planned Park Future Roadside Trail Potential Future Trails Future Irrigation Right-of-way Trail Future Rail-with-trail Alignment Future Orbital Bikeway !!! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! !!! !!! !! ! ! ! !! !! ! ! ! ! !! ! !! ! ! ! ! Ho l l y La m m e r s Corra l H o l l o w Byr o n Co r r a l H o l l o w Ma c A r t h u r Ba n t a Co r r a l H o l l o w Schulte Ma c A r t h u r Ha n s e n Grant Line La m m e r s Tra c y La m m e r s Ho l l y Valpico Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Ha n s e n Eleventh Na g l e e Linne Mac Arthur Durham Ferry Schulte Ch r i s m a n Tr a c y Grant Line Von Sosten Ch r i s m a n Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Grant Line Schulte Middle Bethany Eleventh Bethany Re e v e Tracy MunicipalAirport §¨¦580 §¨¦205 Delta M e n d o t a C a n a l Calif o r n i a A q u e d u c t ¯0 0.65 1.30.325 Miles ! Tracy City Limit Sphere of Influence !!Aqueduct Rivers/ Canals/ Ponds School Future Development Area Agriculture / Undeveloped Airport Existing & Planned Trails Existing Class I Bike Path / Multiuse Trail Existing Park Existing Walking Path Planned Walking Path Planned Park Future Roadside Trail Potential Future Trails Future Irrigation Right-of-way Trail Future Rail-with-trail Alignment Future Orbital Bikeway !!! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! !! ! !! ! ! ! !! !! ! ! ! ! !! ! !! ! ! ! ! Ho l l y La m m e r s Corra l H o l l o w Byr o n Co r r a l H o l l o w Ma c A r t h u r Ba n t a Co r r a l H o l l o w Schulte Ma c A r t h u r Ha n s e n Grant Line La m m e r s Tr a c y La m m e r s Ho l l y Valpico Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Ha n s e n Eleventh Na g l e e Linne Mac Arthur Durham Ferry Schulte Ch r i s m a n Tra c y Grant Line Von Sosten Ch r i s m a n Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Grant Line Schulte Middle Bethany Eleventh Bethany Re e v e Tracy MunicipalAirport §¨¦580 §¨¦205 Delta Me n d o t a C a n a l Calif o r n i a A q u e d u c t ¯0 0.65 1.30.325 Miles ! Tracy City Limit Sphere of Influence !!Aqueduct Rivers/ Canals/ Ponds School Future Development Area Agriculture / Undeveloped Airport Existing & Planned Trails Existing Class I Bike Path / Multiuse Trail Existing Park Existing Walking Path Planned Walking Path Planned Park Future Roadside Trail Potential Future Trails Future Irrigation Right-of-way Trail Future Rail-with-trail Alignment Future Orbital Bikeway !!! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! !!! !! ! !! ! ! ! !! !! ! ! ! ! !! ! !! ! ! ! ! Ho l l y La m m e r s Corra l H o l l o w Byr o n Co r r a l H o l l o w Ma c A r t h u r Ba n t a Co r r a l H o l l o w Schulte Ma c A r t h u r Ha n s e n Grant Line La m m e r s Tr a c y La m m e r s Ho l l y Valpico Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Ha n s e n Eleventh Na g l e e Linne Mac Arthur Durham Ferry Schulte Ch r i s m a n Tra c y Grant Line Von Sosten Ch r i s m a n Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Grant Line Schulte Middle Bethany Eleventh Bethany Re e v e Tracy MunicipalAirport §¨¦580 §¨¦205 Delta Me n d o t a C a n a l Califor n i a A q u e d u c t ¯0 0.65 1.30.325 Miles ! Tracy City Limit Sphere of Influence !!Aqueduct Rivers/ Canals/ Ponds School Future Development Area Agriculture / Undeveloped Airport Existing & Planned Trails Existing Class I Bike Path / Multiuse Trail Existing Park Existing Walking Path Planned Walking Path Planned Park Future Roadside Trail Potential Future Trails Future Irrigation Right-of-way Trail Future Rail-with-trail Alignment Future Orbital Bikeway !!! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!! ! ! ! ! !!! !!! !! ! ! ! !! !! ! ! ! ! !! ! !! ! ! ! ! Ho l l y Lam m e r s Corra l H o l l o w Byr o n Co r r a l H o l l o w Ma c A r t h u r Ba n t a Co r r a l H o l l o w Schulte Ma c A r t h u r Ha n s e n Grant Line La m m e r s Tra c y Lam m e r s Ho l l y Valpico Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Han s e n Eleventh Na g l e e Linne Mac Arthur Durham Ferry Schulte Ch r i s m a n Tra c y Grant Line Von Sosten Ch r i s m a n Mo u n t a i n H o u s e Grant Line Schulte Middle Bethany Eleventh Bethany Ree v e Tracy MunicipalAirport §¨¦580 §¨¦205 Delta Me n d o t a C a n a l Califor n i a A q u e d u c t ¯0 0.65 1.30.325 Miles ! Tracy City Limit Sphere of Influence !!Aqueduct Rivers/ Canals/ Ponds School Future Development Area Agriculture / Undeveloped Airport Existing & Planned Trails Existing Class I Bike Path / Multiuse Trail Existing Park Existing Walking Path Planned Walking Path Planned Park Future Roadside Trail Potential Future Trails Future Irrigation Right-of-way Trail Future Rail-with-trail Alignment Future Orbital Bikeway WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 64 Bothin Marsh Adaptation Project Marin County, CA The Bothin Marsh Open Space Preserve is Marin County Parks’ most visited and most vulnerable open space. Rising sea levels are threatening the Preserve’s shoreline habitats and their ability to support abundant native wildlife, including special-status species, migratory birds, and rare plant species. In addition, access to a critical existing active transportation and recreation link along the Mill Valley/Sausalito Multi-use Path in the Preserve regularly floods over 30 times each year and will only worsen with impending sea level rise. Through the Bothin Marsh Adaptation Project, WRT and team are developing conceptual designs to adapt the Preserve to changing climate and SLR through nature-based strategies allowing for the evolution and restoration of tidal wetlands, and restoration of ecological processes and habitat function at Bothin Marsh. The Preserve’s trail system will also be adapted to ensure year-round active transportation and recreational access along the shoreline. Through extensive community engagement and support from a broad team of science and technical advisors, the project supports the community’s vision for the shoreline and the broader San Francisco Baylands Ecosystem Habitat Goals for the region. CLIENT REFERENCE Claire Mooney Senior Director Golden Gate National Parks Conservancy Building 201, Fort Mason San Francisco, CA 94123 (T) 415.561.3075 (E) CMooney@ParksConservancy.org VALUE OF SERVICES $431,000 KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, PIC Cristina Bejarano, Project Manager Peter Winch, Planner Emily Kelly, Landscape Designer WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 65 The project supports the community’s vision for the shoreline and the broader San Francisco Baylands Ecosystem Habitat Goals for the region. WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 66 HARD On-Call Services Alameda County, CA Through an on-call contract, WRT has worked with the Hayward Area Recreation & Park District (HARD) on a variety of assignments ranging from system-wide planning to neighborhood park design. HARD is an independent special use district encompassing a 100 square mile area that serves over 280,000 residents and is the largest recreation district in the State of California. Parks Master Plan: WRT and PROS Consulting developed an updated HARD) Parks and Recreation Master Plan. Major components of the planning process included stakeholder engagement, comprehensive gap analysis and needs assessment, level of service analysis, policies, and financial implementation strategy. The Master Plan was leveraged to garner State of California Prop 68 funding for community-based planning, design and construction of two new parks in the under-served Ashland community. First, WRT led a community- based master planning for Ashland Common, a new, amenity-rich plaza. WRT is now working with Trust for Public Land (TPL) and HARD to complete park design through construction documentation. The design balances much-needed green space with hardscape areas that can accommodate a market plaza and community events. WRT led a second park planning effort to compete for Prop 68 funds for Mateo Street Park, a small neighborhood park. CLIENT REFERENCE Meghan Tiernan Capital Planning and Development Director HARD (T) 510.881.6712 (E) tiem@haywardrec.org VALUE OF SERVICES Parks Master Plan: $136,000 Trails Master Plan: $101,000 Various Design Projects: ~$1.3M KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, PIC Peter Winch, Various Roles Cristina Bejarano, Various Roles Emily Kelly, Various Roles SUBCONSULTANTS PROS Consulting WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 67 BART Line UV92 UV185 UV238 §¨¦580 §¨¦880HES P E R I AN BL VD WINTON AVE JAC K S ON S T . SA N T A C L A R A ST. INDUSTRIALBLVD TENNYSON RD HARDER RD MISSI O N BL VD HU N TW OOD AVE ORCHARD AVE A S T. D ST. FO OTHILLL B L V D EAST AVE GROVE WAY CASTROVALLEYBLVD CEN T ER S T R E D WO OD R DSEVEN HILLS RD FAIRMONTDR LEWELLING BLVD E 14 T H ST L A K E C H A B OT R D HAMPTONRD GRANT AV E BOCKMAN RD Amtra k Line BA R T Lin e BAYFAIRBART STATION HAYWARDAMTRAK STATION SAN LEANDROBART STATION CASTRO VALLEY BART STATION SOUTH HAYWARD BART STATION HAYWARDBART STATION GreenridgePark BidwellPark J.A. LewisPark SorensdalePark CentennialPark CanneryPark Earl WarrenPark DeerviewPark CarlosBeePark RuusPark BirchfieldPark LakeridgePark PalomaresHills Park CanyonViewPark OldHighlandsPark ParsonsPark PalmaCeiaPark EldridgePark MervinMorrisPark RanchoArroyoPark CherrylandPark GreenwoodPark ChristianPenkePark LongwoodPark Del ReyPark CollegeHeightsPark JalquinVistaPark GansbergerPark Gordon E. OliverEden Shores Park AdobePark StonybrookPark Silver StarVeterans Park TwinBridgesPark FairwayGreensPark SchaferPark StratfordVillagePark AshlandPark RidgeTrailPark Cannery WaterTower Park FairmontTerracePark Hillcrest Knolls Park EdendalePark SpringGrovePark HesperianPark Bechtel Mini Park LaurelPark Jack HollandSr. Park HaymontMini Park La PlacitaPark Fairmont Linear Park East AvenuePark San LorenzoCommunity Park WeekesPark KennedyPark Mt. EdenPark TennysonPark SouthgatePark San FelipeCommunityPark Castro ValleyCommunityPark MemorialPark MeekEstatePark ValleyViewPark La VistaPark Via ToledoPark SoHayPark Mission Blvd. &Mattox Rd. Park(s) HARD Boundary County Boundary City of Hayward Water Creeks Rail Lines Regional Parks and Open Space Local Parks Community Parks Service Area of Existing Parks 0.25 mile 0.5 mile Planned New Parks Service Area of Planned and Potential Parks 0.25 mile 0.5 mile Access to Local and Community Parks, including Planned and PotentialFuture Park Sites HAYWARD Castro Valley Cherryland San Lorenzo Ashland Fairview SAN LEANDRO ¯0 0.5 10.25 Miles Hayward Shoreline Regional Park Lake Chabot Cull CanyonRegionalRecreationArea Five CanyonsOpen Space Don CastroRegionalRecreation Area Garin/ Dry CreekPioneerRegional Parks Eden LandingEcological Reserve S a n F r a n c i s c o B a y Potential Park Expansion / Enhancement Potential New Park Potential Access Improvement 0 25,000 Population Density (people/ square mile) BART Line UV92 UV185 UV238 §¨¦580 §¨¦880HES PE R I A N BL V D WINTON AVE JAC K SON S T . SAN TA C L A R A ST. INDUSTRIALBLVD TENNYSON RD HARDER RD MI SSIO N BL VD HUN TWO OD AVE ORCHARD AVE A ST . D ST. FO OTHILLL B L V D EAST AVE GROVE WAY CASTROVALLEYBLVD CEN T ER S T R E D WO O D R DSEVEN HILLS RD FAIRMONTDR LEWELLING BLVD E 14T H ST LA K E C H A B O T R D HAMPTONRD GRANT AV E BOCKMAN RD A mtra k Line BAR T Li n e BAYFAIRBART STATION HAYWARDAMTRAK STATION SAN LEANDROBART STATION CASTRO VALLEY BART STATION SOUTH HAYWARD BART STATION HAYWARDBART STATION GreenridgePark BidwellPark J.A. LewisPark SorensdalePark CentennialPark CanneryPark Earl WarrenPark DeerviewPark CarlosBeePark RuusPark BirchfieldPark LakeridgePark PalomaresHills Park CanyonViewPark OldHighlandsPark ParsonsPark PalmaCeiaPark EldridgePark MervinMorrisPark RanchoArroyoPark CherrylandPark GreenwoodPark ChristianPenkePark LongwoodPark Del ReyPark CollegeHeightsPark JalquinVistaPark GansbergerPark Gordon E. OliverEden Shores Park AdobePark StonybrookPark Silver StarVeterans Park TwinBridgesPark FairwayGreensPark SchaferPark StratfordVillagePark AshlandPark RidgeTrailPark Cannery WaterTower Park FairmontTerracePark Hillcrest Knolls Park EdendalePark SpringGrovePark HesperianPark Bechtel Mini Park LaurelPark Jack HollandSr. Park HaymontMini Park La PlacitaPark Fairmont Linear Park East AvenuePark San LorenzoCommunity Park WeekesPark KennedyPark Mt. EdenPark TennysonPark SouthgatePark San FelipeCommunityPark Castro ValleyCommunityPark MemorialPark MeekEstatePark ValleyViewPark La VistaPark Via ToledoPark SoHayPark Mission Blvd. &Mattox Rd. Park(s) HARD Boundary County Boundary City of Hayward Water Creeks Rail Lines Regional Parks and Open Space Local Parks Community Parks Service Area of Existing Parks 0.25 mile 0.5 mile Planned New Parks Service Area of Planned and Potential Parks 0.25 mile 0.5 mile Access to Local and Community Parks, including Planned and PotentialFuture Park Sites HAYWARD Castro Valley Cherryland San Lorenzo Ashland Fairview SAN LEANDRO ¯0 0.5 10.25 Miles Hayward Shoreline Regional Park Lake Chabot Cull CanyonRegionalRecreationArea Five CanyonsOpen SpaceDon CastroRegionalRecreation Area Garin/ Dry CreekPioneerRegional Parks Eden LandingEcological Reserve S a n Fr a n c i s c o B a y Potential Park Expansion / Enhancement Potential New Park Potential Access Improvement 0 25,000 Population Density (people/ square mile) HARD PARKS MASTER PLAN | WRT ALAMEDA COUNTY, CA Access to Existing, Planned, and Potential Parks Trails + Open Space Master Plan: Trails emerged as a priority for HARD, whose service area extends from San Francisco Bay into the East Bay Hills and serves a diverse population of 300,000. WRT is worked with HARD on a district-wide plan to identify opportunities for a linked trail network, its key characteristics, and an implementation strategy to achieve it. Foothill Trail Master Plan: Concurrently, WRT drafted a master plan for the Foothill Trail, which will travel along the alignment of a canceled highway project and give Hayward residents the chance to enjoy open meadows, oak woodlands, and expansive views over the city and bay. Our work will result in specific alignment and design standards that developers along the corridor will follow. San Lorenzo Creekway Vision: WRT led a community-engaged vision and plan for what we have called the San Lorenzo Creekway, using Flood Control District access roads to provide a safe and enjoyable transportation route for people on foot and on bikes. This initiative supported applications for active transportation and urban greening grant funding from the State of California. The San Lorenzo Creekway will provide a safe and enjoyable active transportation route for people of all ages in the communities along its path, connecting neighborhoods with schools, parks, shopping areas, and downtown Hayward. SAN LORENZO CREEKWAY ALAMEDA COUNTY, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 68 Corte Madera Paradise Drive Engagement Corte Madera, CA WRT is leading public engagement strategy and meeting facilitation of the Paradise Drive Complete Streets project within the Town of Corte Madera. The project considers how to provide access enhancements for active transportation and vehicles. WRT provided analysis of issues and key stakeholders to address multiple objectives. The corridor serves two schools, a regional open space, and residential homes in the area. It is a designated emergency evacuation route for the adjoining community of Tiburon. The adjacent marsh is managed by the Audubon Society and offers scenic views. The roadway is subject to seasonal flooding today and will be permanently impacted by sea level rise in the near future. The host of complexities and competing community priorities required a thoughtful approach to outreach. During the project, WRT led multiple presentations to the Bicycle and Pedestrian Advisory Committee and the broader community through online forums. We also supported Staff and the engineering consultant with engagement strategy that included managed communications, outreach format, technical set up of meetings, and special stakeholder interviews. Meetings incorporated early listening followed by alternatives exploration and a preferred scheme. The project is seeking final grant funding for implementation. CLIENT REFERENCE R.J. Suokko Director of Public Works/ Town Engineer Town of Corte Madera (T) 415.927.5118 (E) rsuokko@tcmmail.org VALUE OF SERVICES $47,000 KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, PIC Cristina Bejarano, Planner + Designer WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 69 Albany Neck and Bulb Transition Study Albany, CA WRT was retained by the City of Albany to lead a team of landscape architects, engineers, biologists, and regulatory specialists to prepare a site assessment and improvement study for the former landfill site on the San Francisco Bay. The study guides the eventual transition of property ownership away from the City as it becomes part of the Eastshore State Park. The process involved extensive stakeholder engagement including environmental and recreational advocates. Permitting agencies were involved to understand regulatory constraints related to potential outcomes. Some of the primary accomplishments of the study were evaluations and innovative recommendations for sea level rise adaptation strategies. The site consists of landfill material that is highly subject to erosion. The team explored strategies that are adaptive to long term sea level rise such as pocket beaches that combine ecological value with shoreline protection. Conservation approaches for existing public art were also incorporated into the study. The final report includes technical findings, improvement recommendations matrix, opportunities and constraints identification, and planning level costs for each improvement strategy. CLIENT REFERENCE Jeff Bond Community Development Director City of Albany, CA (T) 510.528.5760 (E) jbond@albanyca.org VALUE OF SERVICES Parks Master Plan: $180,000 KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, Landscape Architect WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 70 Estuary Park Renovation + Expansion Oakland, CA Estuary Park is located on the Oakland Estuary at the mouth of the Lake Merritt Channel and surrounded by a rapidly developing and exciting new residential district. Developed between 1969 and 1972 according to a plan by Lawrence Halprin, the park has fallen into disrepair in recent years. Bond measure funding and a development agreement have provided the resources for a complete renovation of the park and its expansion from 7 acres to 11 acres. WRT has been engaged to develop the plans for the park from conceptual design through construction documentation. WRT is leading a team of technical and design consultants ranging from shoreline engineering to architectural design in order to develop an implementable design within a set of difficult technical challenges including contaminated soil remediation, shoreline protection and enhancement, sea-level-rise resiliency and adaptation, and the preservation and renovation of dilapidated but valuable existing structures. The park renovation and expansion will include significant additions to the site’s program to attract and accommodate a wide range of users from the neighborhood, city, and broader region. CLIENT REFERENCE Christine Reed Project Manager Project Delivery Division OPW-Contract Services (T) 510.238.6540 (E) Creed2@oaklandca.gov VALUE OF SERVICES $1,400,000 KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, PIC Cristina Bejarano, Planner + Designer WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 71 WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 72 Glen Canyon Park Improvement Plan San Francisco, CA WRT led a community-based design project sponsored jointly by the Trust for Public Land (TPL) and San Francisco Recreation and Parks Department. The objective of the project was to reposition, re-define and re-design the park to meet changing community priorities, recreational preferences and heightened standards for ecological performance. The public was intensely involved and approached changes to their loved park with healthy skepticism. Over a dozen interactive meetings were organized resulting in trust building, transparency, and the productive generation of good ideas. The WRT team led development of a concept that resolves hydrologic challenges through an integrated green infrastructure solution involving daylighting of a portion of the existing Islais Creek and creating natural detention basins enhanced with habitat restoration. The final design involves retaining and sensitively retrofitting historic buildings to accommodate contemporary programs, re-configuring the main entrance area, providing a new playground, rebuilding the recreation fields to improve function and drainage, re-configuring paths and trails to improve access and function of the park overall, and extensive restoration of natural areas to enhance stormwater function and improve habitat. CLIENT REFERENCE Alejandra Chiesa Bay Area Program Director The Trust for Public Land (T) 415.800.5303 (E) Alejandra.Chiesa@tpl.org VALUE OF SERVICES $137,000 KEY PERSONNEL INVOLVED John Gibbs, PIC WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 73 WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 74 MATEO STREET PARK | WRT ALAMEDA COUNTY, CA WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 75H FORMS WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 76 Wallace Roberts & Todd, INC John R. Gibbs, ASLA, LEED AP 12/7/2022 WRT | Town of Tiburon: Parks Master Plan 77 PHL_A #1599413 v2 WALLACE ROBERTS & TODD, INC. UNANIMOUS CONSENT OF DIRECTORS The undersigned, being all of the directors of Wallace Roberts & Todd, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), in accordance with Section 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and in lieu of a meeting of the Board of Directors, hereby unanimously consent to and adopt the following resolutions: RESOLVED, that each of the following persons is hereby elected to the offices set forth opposite his or her name to serve at the pleasure of the Board: Joseph W. Healy Chairman and President James K. Stickley Vice President and Assistant Secretary John Gibbs Vice President Woo S. Kim Vice President Richard P. King Vice President Maarten I. Pesch Vice President Keiko Tsuruta Cramer Vice President Susan E. Sweeney Secretary James G. Casson Treasurer RESOLVED, that this Consent be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Dated: 02/12/2018 _______________________________________ Joseph W. Healy __________________________________________ James K. Stickley WRT 478 Tehama Street, Suite 2B San Francisco, CA 94103 jgibbs@wrtdesign.com / pwinch@wrtdesign.com 415.229.2806 / 415.882.7853 EXHIBIT 3 SUBMITTED TO: The Town of Tiburon SUBMITTED BY: WRT with PROS Consulting, Mack5, ETC Institute, and O'Rourke Associates 12.08.2022 FEE PROPOSAL FOR TOWN OF TIBURON PARKS MASTER PLAN 478 Tehama Street, Suite 2B San Francisco, CA 94103 jgibbs@wrtdesign.com / pwinch@wrtdesign.com 415.229.2806 / 415.882.7853 WRT | Town of Tiburon Parks Master Plan - Fee Proposal 2 Town of Tiburon Jo b C l a s s i f i c a t i o n Jo h n G i b b s Pr i n c i p a l A d v i s o r Pe t e r W i n c h Pr o j e c t Ma n a g e r / S e n i o r Pla n n e r Em i l y K e l l y La n d c a p e De s i g n e r Cr i s t i n a B e j a r a n o Ad a p t a t i o n Pla n n e r Ad m i n i s t r a t i v e Su p p o r t Hours by Task Cost by Task Mik e S v e t z , Pr i n c i p a l St a f f Hours by Task Cost by Task Da v i d R o s s Se n i o r A r c h i t e c t Se n i o r E s t i m a t o r Ar c h S t a f f Hours by Task Cost by Task Ja s o n M o r a d o , Se n i o r P r o j e c t Ma n a g e r Re s e a r c h A n a l y s t Hours by Task Cost by Task Ch r i s t i n e O'R o u r k e Pr i n c i p a l Hours by Task Cost by Task Task Totals Estimated Hours by Task Hourly Rate 257.25$ 194.25$ 131.25$ 162.75$ 110.25$ 200.00$ 125.00$ 234.00$ 206.00$ 195.00$ 203.02$ 74.41$ 145.00$ Task 1 Project Initiation Task 1.1 Project Kick Off 8 12 8 --28 5,439.00$ 16 16 3,200.00$ 8 8 1,872.00$ 3 3 435.00$ 10,946.00$ 60 Task 1.2 Project Schedule and Detailed Work Plan 1 8 ---9 1,811.25$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 1,811.25$ 4 Task 1.3 POST Subcommittee Meeting (1)4 6 ---10 2,194.50$ 0 -$ 8 8 1,872.00$ -0 -$ 4,066.50$ 8 Task 1.4 Draft Vision & Project Outcomes 2 4 4 --10 1,816.50$ 0 -$ 0 -$ 2 2 290.00$ 2,106.50$ 6 Task 1.5 Regular Meetings & Project Management 8 45 8 61 11,849.25$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 11,849.25$ 60 Sub-Total - 23 75 20 0 0 16 0 16 0 0 0 0 5 Sub-Total - 118 23,110.50$ Sub-Total - 16 3,200.00$ 16 3,744.00$ 0 -$ 5 725.00$ 30,779.50$ 138 Task 2 Public Outreach and Engagement Task 2.1 Public Involvement Strategy 2 8 ---10 2,068.50$ 0 -$ 0 -$ 4 4 580.00$ 2,648.50$ 6 Task 2.2 Stakeholder & Focus Group Meetings 12 16 ---28 6,195.00$ 8 8 1,600.00$ 8 8 1,872.00$ 8 8 1,160.00$ 10,827.00$ 40 Task 2.3 Outreach Materials for Print and Digital Media -8 24 --32 4,704.00$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 4,704.00$ 12 Task 2.4 Pop-up Events (2)-24 24 --48 7,812.00$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 7,812.00$ 16 Task 2.5 Public Workshops (2)4 40 40 --84 14,049.00$ 0 -$ 8 8 1,872.00$ 8 8 1,160.00$ 17,081.00$ 40Task 2.6 Online Engagement & Outreach Materials -8 40 --48 6,804.00$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 6,804.00$ 16 Task 2.7 POST Subcommittee Meeting (1)6 6 12 1,953.00$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 1,953.00$ 8 Sub-Total - 18 110 134 0 0 8 0 16 0 0 0 0 20 Sub-Total - 262 43,585.50$ 8 1,600.00$ Sub-Total - 16 3,744.00$ Sub-Total - 0 -$ Sub-Total - 20 2,900.00$ 51,829.50$ 138 Task 3 Collect & Analyze Data Task 3.1 Review of Related Policies, Plans, and Programs -8 10 --18 2,866.50$ 8 8 1,600.00$ 6 6 1,404.00$ -0 -$ 5,870.50$ 2 Task 3.2 Statistically Valid Survey on Community Needs -6 ---6 1,165.50$ 0 -$ 0 -$ 10,000.00$ -0 -$ 11,165.50$ 12Task 3.3 Demographic & Recreation Trends Analysis -4 ---4 777.00$ 8 8 16 2,600.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 3,377.00$ 6 Task 3.4 Inventory and Assessment of Parks, Open Space & Recreation Facilities 4 8 48 --60 8,883.00$ 0 -$ 36 16 20 72 15,620.00$ -0 -$ 24,503.00$ 16 Task 3.5 Park System Mapping 1 4 36 4 -45 6,410.25$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 6,410.25$ 8 Task 3.6 Sea Level Rise Adaptation Analysis 1 2 12 12 27 4,173.75$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 4,173.75$ 8 Task 3.7 Programming Assessment -4 ---4 777.00$ 15 15 30 4,875.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 5,652.00$ 8Task 3.8 Review of Facilities and Programs in Nearby Towns -4 12 --16 2,352.00$ 4 4 8 1,300.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 3,652.00$ 6 Task 3.9 Funding and Financing Strategies 1 4 ---5 1,034.25$ 10 10 2,000.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 3,034.25$ 12 Task 3.10 POST Subcommittee Meetings (2)-6 6 --12 1,953.00$ 8 8 1,600.00$ 8 8 1,872.00$ -0 -$ 5,425.00$ 16 Task 3.11 Needs Assessment Presentations to POST and Town Council 8 28 28 --64 11,172.00$ 0 -$ 8 8 1,872.00$ -0 -$ 13,044.00$ 32 Sub-Total - 15 78 152 16 0 53 27 58 0 0 Sub-Total - 261 41,564.25$ Sub-Total - 80 13,975.00$ Sub-Total - 94 20,768.00$ Sub-Total - 0 10,000.00$ Sub-Total - 0 -$ 86,307.25$ 126 Task 4 Goals, Recommendations and Actions Task 4.1 Framework of Goals and Recommendations 2 16 16 2 -36 6,048.00$ 8 8 1,600.00$ 12 12 2,808.00$ 4 4 580.00$ 11,036.00$ 8 Task 4.2 Parks and Programming Workshop with Staff 6 8 8 --22 4,147.50$ 8 8 1,600.00$ 8 8 1,872.00$ -0 -$ 7,619.50$ 36 Task 4.3 Site-Specific Design Concepts 6 8 80 20 -114 16,852.50$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 16,852.50$ 12Task 4.4 Recommended Improvements and Cost Estimates 8 12 12 --32 5,964.00$ 8 8 1,600.00$ 36 32 16 84 18,136.00$ -0 -$ 25,700.00$ 24 Task 4.5 Recommendations for Budget, Staffing and Management 1 4 ---5 1,034.25$ 20 20 4,000.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 5,034.25$ 24 Task 4.6 POST Subcommittee Meetings (2)10 10 --20 3,255.00$ 8 8 1,600.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 4,855.00$ 16 Task 4.7 Action Plan for Capital Improvements 2 12 12 --26 4,420.50$ 8 8 1,600.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 6,020.50$ 24 Sub-Total - 25 48 138 22 0 44 0 56 32 16 0 0 4 Sub-Total - 255 41,721.75$ 60 12,000.00$ Sub-Total - 104 22,816.00$ Sub-Total - 0 -$ Sub-Total - 4 580.00$ 77,117.75$ 144 Task 5 Draft and Final Parks Master Plan Task 5.1 Admin Draft Parks Master Plan and Workshop with Staff 6 50 60 4 24 144 22,428.00$ 8 8 1,600.00$ 16 12 28 6,084.00$ 4 4 580.00$ 30,692.00$ 60 Task 5.2 Draft Parks Master Plan 4 24 24 2 12 66 10,489.50$ 12 12 2,400.00$ 4 4 8 1,716.00$ -0 -$ 14,605.50$ 24 Task 5.3 Presentations to POST and Town Council (3)12 14 8 --34 6,856.50$ 0 -$ 12 12 2,808.00$ -0 -$ 9,664.50$ 20 Task 5.4 Final Parks Master Plan 2 12 16 --30 4,945.50$ 0 -$ 4 4 936.00$ -0 -$ 5,881.50$ 12 Sub-Total - 24 100 108 6 36 20 0 36 0 16 0 0 4 Sub-Total - 274 44,719.50$ 20 4,000.00$ Sub-Total - 52 11,544.00$ Sub-Total - 0 -$ Sub-Total - 4 580.00$ 60,843.50$ 116 194,701.50$ Sub-Total - Labor 34,775.00$ Sub-Total - Labor 62,616.00$ Sub-Total - Labor 10,000.00$ Sub-Total - Labor 4,785.00$ 306,877.50$ 662 5,000.00$ 3,600.00$ $330 $0 $0 8,600.00$ $199,702 Total $38,375 Total $62,946 Total $10,000 Total $4,785 $315,478 Mack5 Facilities Assessment, Cost Estimating O'Rourke Associates Planning Strategy ETC Institute Statistically-valid SurveyProgramming and OperaitonsPrime Consultant; Park Facility and System Planning WRT PROS Sub-Total - Labor Total - Reimbursables (Travel, Printing, Interpreting and Translation, Community Ambassadors) FTiburon PMP Fee Worksheet_v3.xlsx | 12/8/2022 | 1 of1 DETAILED FEE PROPOSAL Our budget is based on the hours needed to complete the scope of work. We expect to work with you to prioritize scope items as needed and arrive at a work product and fee that meet the Town’s intent. WRT | Town of Tiburon Parks Master Plan - Fee Proposal 3 Town of Tiburon Jo b C l a s s i f i c a t i o n Jo h n G i b b s Pr i n c i p a l A d v i s o r Pe t e r W i n c h Pr o j e c t Ma n a g e r / S e n i o r Pla n n e r Em i l y K e l l y La n d c a p e De s i g n e r Cr i s t i n a B e j a r a n o Ad a p t a t i o n Pla n n e r Ad m i n i s t r a t i v e Su p p o r t Hours by TaskCost by Task Mik e S v e t z , Pr i n c i p a l St a f f Hours by TaskCost by Task Da v i d R o s s Se n i o r A r c h i t e c t Se n i o r E s t i m a t o r Ar c h S t a f f Hours by Task Cost by Task Ja s o n M o r a d o , Se n i o r P r o j e c t Ma n a g e r Re s e a r c h A n a l y s t Hours by Task Cost by Task Ch r i s t i n e O'R o u r k e Pr i n c i p a l Hours by Task Cost by Task Task Totals Estimated Hours by Task Hourly Rate257.25$ 194.25$ 131.25$ 162.75$ 110.25$ 200.00$ 125.00$ 234.00$ 206.00$ 195.00$ 203.02$ 74.41$ 145.00$ Task 1 Project Initiation Task 1.1Project Kick Off8128--285,439.00$ 1616 3,200.00$ 8 8 1,872.00$ 3 3 435.00$ 10,946.00$ 60 Task 1.2Project Schedule and Detailed Work Plan 18---91,811.25$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 1,811.25$ 4 Task 1.3POST Subcommittee Meeting (1)46---102,194.50$ 0 -$ 8 8 1,872.00$ -0 -$ 4,066.50$ 8 Task 1.4Draft Vision & Project Outcomes 244--101,816.50$ 0 -$ 0 -$ 2 2 290.00$ 2,106.50$ 6 Task 1.5Regular Meetings & Project Management84586111,849.25$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 11,849.25$ 60 Sub-Total - 23752000160 16 0 0 0 0 5 Sub-Total - 11823,110.50$ Sub-Total - 16 3,200.00$ 16 3,744.00$ 0 -$ 5 725.00$ 30,779.50$ 138 Task 2Public Outreach and Engagement Task 2.1Public Involvement Strategy28---102,068.50$ 0 -$ 0 -$ 4 4 580.00$ 2,648.50$ 6 Task 2.2Stakeholder & Focus Group Meetings1216---286,195.00$ 88 1,600.00$ 8 8 1,872.00$ 8 8 1,160.00$ 10,827.00$ 40 Task 2.3Outreach Materials for Print and Digital Media-824--324,704.00$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 4,704.00$ 12 Task 2.4Pop-up Events (2)-2424--487,812.00$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 7,812.00$ 16 Task 2.5Public Workshops (2)44040--8414,049.00$ 0 -$ 8 8 1,872.00$ 8 8 1,160.00$ 17,081.00$ 40Task 2.6Online Engagement & Outreach Materials-840--486,804.00$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 6,804.00$ 16 Task 2.7POST Subcommittee Meeting (1)66121,953.00$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 1,953.00$ 8 Sub-Total - 181101340080 16 0 0 0 0 20 Sub-Total - 26243,585.50$ 8 1,600.00$ Sub-Total - 16 3,744.00$ Sub-Total - 0 -$ Sub-Total - 20 2,900.00$ 51,829.50$ 138 Task 3 Collect & Analyze Data Task 3.1Review of Related Policies, Plans, and Programs -810--182,866.50$ 88 1,600.00$ 6 6 1,404.00$ -0 -$ 5,870.50$ 2 Task 3.2Statistically Valid Survey on Community Needs-6---61,165.50$ 0 -$ 0 -$ 10,000.00$ -0 -$ 11,165.50$ 12Task 3.3Demographic & Recreation Trends Analysis-4---4777.00$ 8816 2,600.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 3,377.00$ 6 Task 3.4Inventory and Assessment of Parks, Open Space & Recreation Facilities 4848--608,883.00$ 0 -$ 36 16 20 72 15,620.00$ -0 -$ 24,503.00$ 16 Task 3.5Park System Mapping14364-456,410.25$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 6,410.25$ 8 Task 3.6Sea Level Rise Adaptation Analysis121212274,173.75$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 4,173.75$ 8 Task 3.7Programming Assessment -4---4777.00$ 151530 4,875.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 5,652.00$ 8Task 3.8Review of Facilities and Programs in Nearby Towns-412--162,352.00$ 448 1,300.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 3,652.00$ 6 Task 3.9Funding and Financing Strategies14---51,034.25$ 1010 2,000.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 3,034.25$ 12 Task 3.10POST Subcommittee Meetings (2)-66--121,953.00$ 88 1,600.00$ 8 8 1,872.00$ -0 -$ 5,425.00$ 16 Task 3.11Needs Assessment Presentations to POST and Town Council82828--6411,172.00$ 0 -$ 8 8 1,872.00$ -0 -$ 13,044.00$ 32 Sub-Total - 15781521605327 58 0 0 Sub-Total - 26141,564.25$ Sub-Total - 80 13,975.00$ Sub-Total - 94 20,768.00$ Sub-Total - 0 10,000.00$ Sub-Total - 0 -$ 86,307.25$ 126 Task 4Goals, Recommendations and Actions Task 4.1Framework of Goals and Recommendations216162-366,048.00$ 88 1,600.00$ 12 12 2,808.00$ 4 4 580.00$ 11,036.00$ 8 Task 4.2Parks and Programming Workshop with Staff688--224,147.50$ 88 1,600.00$ 8 8 1,872.00$ -0 -$ 7,619.50$ 36 Task 4.3Site-Specific Design Concepts688020-11416,852.50$ 0 -$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 16,852.50$ 12Task 4.4Recommended Improvements and Cost Estimates81212--325,964.00$ 88 1,600.00$ 36 32 16 84 18,136.00$ -0 -$ 25,700.00$ 24 Task 4.5Recommendations for Budget, Staffing and Management14---51,034.25$ 2020 4,000.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 5,034.25$ 24 Task 4.6POST Subcommittee Meetings (2)1010--203,255.00$ 88 1,600.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 4,855.00$ 16 Task 4.7Action Plan for Capital Improvements21212--264,420.50$ 88 1,600.00$ 0 -$ -0 -$ 6,020.50$ 24 Sub-Total - 2548138220440 56 32 16 0 0 4 Sub-Total - 25541,721.75$ 60 12,000.00$ Sub-Total - 104 22,816.00$ Sub-Total - 0 -$ Sub-Total - 4 580.00$ 77,117.75$ 144 Task 5Draft and Final Parks Master Plan Task 5.1Admin Draft Parks Master Plan and Workshop with Staff 6506042414422,428.00$ 88 1,600.00$ 16 12 28 6,084.00$ 4 4 580.00$ 30,692.00$ 60 Task 5.2Draft Parks Master Plan 424242126610,489.50$ 1212 2,400.00$ 4 4 8 1,716.00$ -0 -$ 14,605.50$ 24 Task 5.3Presentations to POST and Town Council (3)12148--346,856.50$ 0 -$ 12 12 2,808.00$ -0 -$ 9,664.50$ 20 Task 5.4Final Parks Master Plan21216--304,945.50$ 0 -$ 4 4 936.00$ -0 -$ 5,881.50$ 12 Sub-Total - 24100108636200 36 0 16 0 0 4 Sub-Total - 27444,719.50$ 20 4,000.00$ Sub-Total - 52 11,544.00$ Sub-Total - 0 -$ Sub-Total - 4 580.00$ 60,843.50$ 116 194,701.50$ Sub-Total - Labor 34,775.00$ Sub-Total - Labor 62,616.00$ Sub-Total - Labor 10,000.00$ Sub-Total - Labor 4,785.00$ 306,877.50$ 662 5,000.00$ 3,600.00$ $330 $0 $0 8,600.00$ $199,702Total $38,375 Total $62,946 Total $10,000 Total $4,785 $315,478 Mack5 Facilities Assessment, Cost Estimating O'Rourke Associates Planning Strategy ETC Institute Statistically-valid SurveyProgramming and OperaitonsPrime Consultant; Park Facility and System Planning WRTPROS Sub-Total - Labor Total - Reimbursables (Travel, Printing, Interpreting and Translation, Community Ambassadors) FTiburon PMP Fee Worksheet_v3.xlsx | 12/8/2022 | 1 of1 WRT 478 Tehama Street, Suite 2B San Francisco, CA 94103 jgibbs@wrtdesign.com / pwinch@wrtdesign.com 415.229.2806 / 415.882.7853 EXHIBIT 4 Town of Tiburon 7/20 1 Agreement for Professional Services TOWN OF TIBURON 1505 Tiburon Boulevard, Tiburon, CA 94920 AGREEMENT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES [PROJECT NAME] [DATE] This Professional Services Agreement (the "Agreement") is dated_____, 2020 and is by and between the Town of Tiburon, a public body of the State of California ("Town") and (name of the consultant)____________________, a ______________[insert a description of the capacity of the contractor such as sole proprietorship, a California Corporation, or limited partnership] relating to __________________________ Services (“Services"). RECITALS: WHEREAS, Government Code section 53060 permit the City to enter into agreements for professional services with individuals specially trained and experienced and competent to perform those services; and WHEREAS, Consultant is willing to render such professional services, as hereinafter defined, on the following terms and conditions. NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, stipulated and agreed, the parties agree as follows: AGREEMENT: 1. DESCRIPTION OF CONSULTANT’S SERVICES. Services are as described in the Town’s Proposals, Exhibit 1, and the following: ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ 2. COMPENSATION FOR CONSULTANT’S SERVICES. Compensation for the Services shall be (select one): [ ] Lump Sum of $ ______________, (with) / (without) [Circle one] progress payments; or [ ] Time and materials, per schedule of rates and charges included in Exhibit 1, with a guaranteed not to exceed price of $ . 3. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM. The effective date of this Agreement is __________________ and it shall terminate no later than _________________. 4. PERSONNEL SUPPLIED FOR CONSULTANT’S SERVICES. Consultant shall use only the personnel listed below (resumes attached) in performing the Services. (If subconsultants are used, list the firm, personnel and attach resumes). ___________________________________________________________________________ Town of Tiburon 7/20 2 Agreement for Professional Services ___________________________________________________________________________ 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Consultant shall perform the Services identified herein, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, terms regarding Compensation, Schedule, Personnel, Annex “A” Agreement Terms and Conditions, and Annex “B” Insurance. Consultant acknowledges its opportunity to negotiate such terms and conditions. 6. LIMITATIONS. Changes made to printed Terms and Conditions on this Agreement are null and void unless approved in writing by the Town. 7. USE OF AGREEMENT. The Agreement number must appear on all invoices and correspondence. Send invoices in duplicate to Town of Tiburon, [Department], 1505 Tiburon Boulevard, Tiburon, CA 94920, immediately upon performance. 8. For purposes of this Agreement, Town and Consultant shall direct all communications to each other as follows: Town: [_____________________] [_____________________] 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Phone: ( ) Fax: ( ) Email: Consultant: [NAME] [TITLE] [ADDRESS] [PHONE] [EMAIL] IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate as of the dates identified below. TOWN OF TIBURON: CONSULTANT: [Name and Title of Dept. Director] [Signature of Consultant] Date: [Please print name of Consultant] Town Manager Title: [If Corporation: Chairman, President, or Vice President] Date: Date: Town of Tiburon 7/20 3 Agreement for Professional Services Attest: [Town Clerk] Approved as to form and procedure: Town Attorney END OF DOCUMENT Town of Tiburon 7/20 Annex A - 1 Purchase Order for Professional Services ANNEX A – PURCHASE ORDER TERMS AND CONDITIONS This is an Annex to the Agreement for Professional Services Agreement dated __________ (“Agreement”) between the Town and Consultant, as described therein, for the provision of professional services (“Services”). ARTICLE 1 – TERMS OF PERFORMANCE 1.01 Agreement Force and Effect. The provisions of this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Consultant and Town regarding the Services, shall supersede all other prior purchase orders/agreements between Consultant and Town with respect to the Services, and shall control over any inconsistent provisions in any Consultant-prepared attachments hereto. No representation, term or covenant not expressly specified in this Agreement shall, whether oral or written, be a part of this Agreement. Town is not responsible for Services rendered without the authority of an Agreement on this form. 1.02 Performance of Services. Consultant represents that it possesses the requisite training, licenses and permits necessary to perform the Services, and that its performance of the Services shall conform to the standard of practice of a professional having specific experience and expertise in professional services of like nature and complexity of the Services. 1.03 Licenses. If a license of any kind, which term is intended to include evidence of registration, is required of Consultant, its employees, agents, or subcontractors by federal or state law, Consultant warrants that such license has been obtained, is valid and in good standing, and shall be kept in effect all times during the term of this agreement. 1.04 Progress and Coordination. Upon Town’s request, Consultant shall provide Town with progress submittals showing status of Services, at times and increments as Town may reasonably request, and shall provide Town with a progress schedule for performance of the Services, at times and in a level of detail as Town may reasonably request. Consultant shall coordinate with Town and authorities with jurisdiction as necessary to perform the Services. Time is of the essence in the performance of the Services. 1.05 Plans, Specifications, Reports, Deliverables. Work product under this Agreement shall be professional in appearance, comply with the requirements of this Agreement and with design criteria established by Town, applicable laws and codes, and with all applicable professional standards. Services shall meet this standard within the agreed compensation and schedule; services necessary to correct work product, errors or omissions in work product, shall not entitle Consultant to an increase in compensation. 1.06 No Waivers. The granting of any payment, and any inspections, reviews, approvals or oral statements by any Town representative, or certification by any governmental entity, shall not limit or waive Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement. Either party’s waiver of any breach, or the omission or failure of either party, at any time, to enforce any right reserved to it, or to require strict performance of any provision of this Agreement, shall not be a waiver of any other right to which any party is entitled, and shall not in any way limit or modify that party’s right thereafter to enforce or compel strict compliance with every provision hereof. 1.07 Modifications. This Agreement may not be modified, nor may compliance with any of its terms be waived, except by written instrument executed and approved by fully authorized representatives of Town and Consultant. Consultant’s authorized representative is the individual signing this Agreement unless Consultant otherwise informs Town in writing. 1.08 Payment Requests. Consultant shall submit all billings with all necessary invoices, time records, deliverables, or other appropriate evidence of performance, after which Town shall make payment at the earliest practicable time. If requested by Town to facilitate the payment process Town of Tiburon 7/20 Annex A - 2 Purchase Order for Professional Services and track progress, Consultant shall provide Town with an itemization of its compensation according to a Work Breakdown Structure (“WBS”) in a form Town supplies or approves (at Town’s option), that defines all Agreement tasks (Consultant’s and Subconsultants’), along with a project schedule defining the time line for each task, a project budget defining the planned man-hours and costs for each task, and a schedule of deliverables defining each deliverable to be provided to Town. 1.09 Scope of Compensation. Agreed method of compensation shall be full compensation for all Services required, performed or accepted under this Agreement, and Consultant shall not be entitled to compensation or reimbursement beyond or outside of agreed compensation. If Consultant previously commenced services within the scope of the Services, then the services performed and the compensation paid shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement. 1.010 Additional Services. Payment for Additional Services shall require a written addendum or amendment, negotiated and signed by the Consultant and Town prior to commencing work of Additional Services, providing for the scope, schedule and terms of compensation. ARTICLE 2 – LEGAL AND MISCELLANEOUS 2.01 No Assignment. Consultant shall not subcontract any portion of the Services or otherwise assign this Agreement without prior written approval of Town, and Consultant shall remain responsible for compliance with all terms of this Agreement, regardless of the terms of any such assignment. 2.02 Records and Audit. At Town’s request, Consultant shall make available to Town, its authorized agents, officers, or employees, for audit, photocopy or compilation, any and all ledgers, books of accounts, invoices, payrolls, vouchers, cancelled checks, correspondence, internal memoranda, calculations, drafts, and other records or documents evidencing or relating to the performance of the Services (hard copy or electronic), expenditures and disbursements charged to Town in connection with the Services. Consultant shall maintain such documents for at least three (3) years following completion of the Services. Such rights shall be specifically enforceable. 2.03 Independent Contractor. Consultant is an independent Contractor and does not act as Town’s agent in any capacity, whatsoever. Consultant is not entitled to any benefits that Town provides to Town employees, including, without limitation, worker’s compensation benefits or payments, pension benefits, health benefits or insurance benefits. Terms within this Agreement regarding direction apply to and concern the result of the Consultant’s provision of Services, not the means, methods, or scheduling of the Consultant’s work. Consultant shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures with respect to its provision of Services under this Agreement. Consultant shall pay all payroll taxes imposed by any governmental entity and shall pay all other taxes not specifically identified in this Agreement as Town’s responsibility. 2.04 Indemnity/Liability. To the fullest extent allowed by law (including without limitation California Civil Code Sections 2782 and 2782.8), Consultant shall defend (with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Town), indemnify, and hold harmless the Town of Tiburon, its officers, directors, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers (collectively, “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all claims, suits, expenses, liability, cause of action, loss, cost, damage, injury (including, without limitation, economic harm, injury to or death of any person, including an employee of Consultant or its Subconsultants), of every kind, nature, and description, at law or equity, (including without limitation, incidental and consequential damages, court costs, attorneys’ fees, litigation expenses and fees of expert consultants or expert witnesses incurred in connection therewith and costs of investigation) (collectively “Liabilities”), that arise out of, pertain to, or relate to any negligence, recklessness, or willful misconduct of Consultant, any Subconsultant, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by them, or anyone that they control. In the event one or more defendants is unable to pay its share of defense costs due to bankruptcy or dissolution of the business, the Consultant shall meet and confer with other parties regarding Town of Tiburon 7/20 Annex A - 3 Purchase Order for Professional Services unpaid defense costs. The Consultant’s obligations to indemnify, defend, hold harmless the Indemnitees shall not apply to the extent that such Liabilities are caused in whole or in part by the sole negligence, active negligence, or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee but shall apply to all other Liabilities, and in no event shall the cost to defend charged to the Consultant exceed the Consultant’s proportionate percentage of fault. 2.05 Conflict of Interest. Consultant represents and warrants that it presently has no interest, and shall not have any interest, direct or indirect, which would conflict in any manner with the performance of work and services required under this Agreement. Without limitation, Consultant represents to and agrees with Town that Consultant has disclosed any potential conflict of interest, and will have no future conflict of interest, in providing Town services hereunder, including but not limited to, any interest (financial, share ownership, shared management, shared directors, or reporting responsibilities) Consultant may presently have, or will have in the future, with respect to any other person or entity (including but not limited to potential suppliers, vendors, consultants, contractors, or regulatory agency) which may have an interest in the subject matter of the Services. 2.06 Confidentiality. Any information, whether proprietary or not, made known to or discovered by Consultant during the performance of or in connection with this Agreement for Town, will be kept confidential and not be disclosed to any other person. Consultant will immediately notify Town in writing if it is requested to disclose any information made known to or discovered by Consultant during the performance of or in connection with this Agreement. These conflict of interest, confidentiality and future service provisions and limitations shall remain fully effective indefinitely after termination of services to Town hereunder. 2.07 Ownership of Results. Any interest (including copyright interests) of Consultant or its contractors or subconsultants (together, “Subconsultants”), in studies, reports, memoranda, computational sheets, drawings, plans or any other documents (including electronic media) prepared by Consultant or its Subconsultants in connection with the Services, shall become the property of Town. To the extent permitted by Title 17 of the United States Code, work product produced under this Agreement shall be deemed works for hire and all copyrights in such works shall be the property of Town. In the event that it is ever determined that any works created by Consultant or its Subconsultants under this Agreement are not works for hire under U.S. law, Consultant hereby assigns to Town all copyrights to such works. With Town’s prior written approval, Consultant may retain and use copies of such works for reference and as documentation of experience and capabilities. As respects Consultant’s standard details and proprietary design instruments of service (not specific to this Agreement), however, Town shall have only a non-exclusive but otherwise unrestricted license to use the materials prepared in connection with this Agreement. 2.08 Non-Discrimination Policy. Consultant shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment, nor against any Subconsultant or applicant for a subcontract, because of race, color, religious creed, age, sex, actual or perceived sexual orientation, national origin, disability as defined by the ADA or veteran’s status. To the extent applicable, Consultant shall comply with all federal, state and local laws (including, without limitation, all Town and Town ordinances, rules and regulations) regarding non-discrimination, equal employment opportunity, affirmative action and occupational-safety-health concerns, shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and shall comply with same as each may be amended from time to time. Consultant shall provide all information reasonably requested by Town to verify compliance with such matters. Consultant stipulates, acknowledges and agrees that Town has the right to monitor Consultant’s compliance with all applicable non-discrimination requirements, and may impose sanctions upon a finding of a willful, knowing or bad faith noncompliance or submission of information known or suspected to be false or misleading. 2.09 Termination and Suspension. (i) Town may, with or without cause, direct Consultant to suspend, delay or interrupt Services, in whole or in part, for such periods of time as Town may Town of Tiburon 7/20 Annex A - 4 Purchase Order for Professional Services determine in its sole discretion. (ii) Town may terminate performance of the Services under this Agreement in whole, or from time to time in part, for default, should Consultant commit a material breach of this Agreement, or part thereof, and not cure such breach within ten (10) calendar days of the date of Town’s written notice to Consultant demanding such cure, in which case Consultant shall be liable to Town for all loss, cost, expense, damage and liability resulting from such breach and termination. (iii) Town may terminate performance of the Services under this Agreement in whole, or from time to time in part, for convenience, whenever Town determines that such termination is in Town’s best interests, in which case Consultant shall be entitled to recover compensation and costs for services performed to the effective date of termination, but may recover no other cost, damage or expense. The Town may condition payment of such compensation upon the Consultant’s delivery to the Town of any and all documents, photographs, computer software, video and audio tapes, and other materials provided to Consultant or prepared by or for Consultant or the Town in connection with this Agreement. Consultant shall continue its work throughout the course of any dispute, and Consultant’s failure to continue work during a dispute shall be a material breach of this Agreement. 2.010 Execution; Venue; Limitations. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been executed in the Town of Tiburon, County of Marin. The exclusive venue for all disputes or litigation arising out of this Agreement shall be in the Superior Court of the County of Marin, unless the parties agree otherwise in writing. Enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, excluding its conflict of laws rules. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall operate to confer rights or benefits on persons or entities not party to this Agreement. As between the parties to this Agreement, any applicable statute of limitations for any act or failure to act shall commence to run on the date of Town’s issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, or termination of this Agreement, whichever is earlier, except for latent defects, for which the statute of limitation shall begin running upon discovery of the defect and its cause. ARTICLE 3 – CONSTRUCTION OF AGREEMENT 3.01 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and do not affect the construction of this Agreement. 3.02 Modifications. Modifications to this Annex “A” Agreement Terms and Conditions shall not be effective unless approved and initialed by Town’s Town Manager. ARTICLE 4 – CONSULTANT’S PROPOSAL AND OTHER CONSULTANT-PREPARED DOCUMENTS 4.01 Exhibit 1. Exhibit 1 consists of Consultant-prepared documents (e.g., Consultant’s rate sheet and proposal, if any) attached to this Agreement for reference only, defining further the scope of Consultant’s scope of Services hereunder. 4.02 Complementary Construction. This Agreement, its Annexes and attachments (including but not limited to the attached Exhibit 1) are deemed complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for in both and shall be performed by Consultant. In the case of direct conflict, then the requirement providing Town with the broader scope of services shall have precedence. 4.03 Modifications. Exhibit 1 may not supplement, contradict or qualify Annex “A” Agreement Terms and Conditions, except as listed below and initialed by the Town Manager. 4.04 Named Personnel and Subconsultants. It is recognized that the named personnel and Subconsultants in the Agreement are not bound by personal employment contracts to Consultant, however, Consultant agrees that reassignment of any of the named personnel or Subconsultants during the Services requires prior written approval of Town, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Under no circumstances may Consultant replace personnel or Town of Tiburon 7/20 Annex A - 5 Purchase Order for Professional Services Subconsultants with less qualified or less experienced personnel, without Town’s written consent, which may be withheld by Town on a reasonable belief of good cause. END OF ANNEX “A” Annex B - 1 Purchase Order for Professional Services ANNEX B – INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS This is an Annex to the Agreement for Professional Services Agreement dated __________ (“Agreement”) between Town and Consultant, as described therein, for the provision of professional services (“Services”). ARTICLE 5 – INSURANCE Consultant’s Duty to Show Proof of Insurance. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, Consultant shall furnish to Town satisfactory proof that Consultant has taken out for the entire period required by this Agreement, as further described below, the following insurance, in a form satisfactory to Town and with an insurance carrier satisfactory to Town, authorized to do business in California and rated by A. M. Best & Company A- or better, financial category size VII or better, which will protect those described below from claims described below which arise or are alleged to have arisen out of or result from the acts or omissions of Consultant for which Consultant may be legally liable, whether performed by Consultant, or by those employed directly or indirectly by it, or by anyone for whose acts Consultant may be liable: 5.01 Commercial General Liability Insurance Commercial general liability insurance, written on an “occurrence” basis, which shall provide coverage for bodily injury, death and property damage resulting from operations, products liability, blasting, explosion, collapse of buildings or structures, damage to underground structures and utilities, liability for slander, false arrest and invasion of privacy arising out of construction management operations, blanket contractual liability, broad form endorsement, a construction management endorsement, products and completed operations, personal and advertising liability, with per location limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) general aggregate and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence. 5.02 Business Automobile Liability Insurance CONSIDER IF APPROPRIATE FOR TYPE OF SERVICE. IF NOT, DELETE] Business automobile liability insurance with limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence including coverage for owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. 5.03 Workers’ Compensation Insurance CONSIDER IF APPROPRIATE FOR TYPE OF SERVICE. IF NOT, DELETE] Workers’ Compensation Employers’ Liability limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each accident, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per disease and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) aggregate. Consultant’s Workers’ Compensation Insurance policy shall contain a Waiver of Subrogation. In the event Consultant is self-insured, it shall furnish Certificate of Permission to Self-Insure signed by Department of Industrial Relations Administration of Self-Insurance, State of California. 5.04 Professional Liability Insurance [CONSIDER IF APPROPRIATE FOR TYPE OF SERVICE. IF NOT, DELETE] Professional Liability Insurance, either limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence or claim and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) aggregate, all with respect to negligent acts, errors or omissions in connection with services to be provided under this Agreement, with no exclusion for claims of one insured against another insured and with tail coverage for a period of five (5) years after the completion of the Services. 5.05 Additional Insured / Waiver of Subrogation Consultant shall include Town, its officers, officials, agents, employees and volunteers as Additional Insureds under the General Liability and Auto policies, and shall supply specific endorsements for same. Annex B - 2 Purchase Order for Professional Services The Additional Insured endorsement under the General Liability policy will be the Additional Insured – Town, Lessees or Contractors – Scheduled Person or Organization ISO Form CG2010 with the current applicable revision date. It is acceptable that the Additional Insured endorsement to provide “where required by written contract." Consultant shall obtain a specific endorsement to its workers’ compensation insurance policy waiving all rights of subrogation against the Town, its officers, officials, agents, employees and volunteers. 5.06 The policies shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the company’s liability. 5.07 Written notice of cancellation of the policies shall be mailed to Town thirty (30) days in advance of the effective date thereof. 5.08 Insurance shall be primary insurance and no other insurance or self insured retention carried or held by any named or additional insureds other than that amount Consultant shall be called upon to contribute to a loss covered by insurance for the named insured. 5.09 Certificates of Insurance and Endorsements shall have clearly typed thereon the title of the Agreement, shall clearly describe the coverage and shall contain a provision requiring the giving of written notice. 5.10 Nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting in any way the extent to which Consultant or any of its permitted subcontractors or subconsultants may be held responsible for payment of damages resulting from their operations. If Consultant fails to maintain any required insurance, Town may take out such insurance, and deduct and retain amount of premium from any sums due Consultant under this Agreement. END OF ANNEX “B” Tiburon Town Council February 1, 2023 AI-2: Parks Master Plan Late Mail Requests for Copies: Lea Dilena, ldilena@townoftiburon.org From:Bruce King To:Lea Dilena Subject:Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 Date:Tuesday, January 31, 2023 4:00:04 PM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Please post and confirm receipt. Thank you. To the Members of the Town Council, While reviewing the WRT proposal and the Town’s Create Tiburon 2040 documents, there appears to be many duplications and redundancies of work already performed. Would it beworth spending a little more time reviewing the elements of the proposal instead of proceeding so quickly at this time? I have read and reviewed countless proposals and presentations over the course of my career. I find the WRT proposal well written and a good “sales”presentation. However, the difference between this project and many other consulting projects is that the Town and its Staff are thesubject matter experts and will be expected to spend an average of 10-12 hours a week assisting the consultants. Could the scope of work be modified to reduce the fee of $315,478 which is 20% higher thanthe other consultants proposed fee? Should the POST Commissioners be allowed to continue what they do well with the review, analysis and inventory of the parks and open space facilities? Many of the parks have alreadybeen reviewed, and Commissioner McInerney’s report on the Town’s Steps, Lanes and Paths included 25 locations. The remaining locations should be much less time consuming toreview. It’s a question in the presentation, but shouldn’t a determination of the proposed use of the sanitation ponds be designated as a priority? The ultimate use of this land may alter otherrecommendations or decisions such as Pickelball. (On a side note which could be included in this review, would it be a possibility/helpful to relocate the path to upper McKegney to theright side of the center median and shift the current center median to the left to increase the footprint of the sanitation pond land?) How will the Town address the apparent trail bias in the WRT proposal? With all of the workthat they and their consultants perform for the Town, they are not independent. Many times while discussing the proposed opening of the trail gap along Hacienda with Town ManagerChanis, he has responded, “A lot of money has been spent on this, and it’s what they want.” There also appears to be Town bias without taking the time to meet with the residents ofHacienda to discuss the issues that we have addressed. Ultimately, does the scope of this presentation meet your expectations? Will the Town receive an appropriate cost benefit from the proposed work? Do all of the other Town services anddepartments require the assistance and review as listed in the proposal? Is there any sense of urgency to proceed with this proposal two weeks after POST’s recommendation withouttaking any additional time to review? Also, please understand that I acknowledge and appreciate all of your efforts, past and present, regarding the overwhelming task to provide aplan for the Housing Element to the State during this time. Thank you for your consideration, Bruce King From:Elliott Brown To:Town Subject:e-bikes, dog park Date:Tuesday, January 31, 2023 11:15:03 AM Some people who received this message don't often get email from elliottdbrown1@gmail.com. Learn why this isimportant CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Hi, I frequently walk the Old Rail Trail. More and more, I encounter kids (my guess—10 - 14years old), riding e-bikes at excessive speeds and who too often show no respect for the walkers and runners on the path. One issue is, of course, how to get them to share the pathproperly, but there is a larger question. If motorcyclists need to pass a test and get a license, how come none is required for e-bikes? Yesterday, I saw two kids on one bike riding at fullspeed (20+ mph) on Tiburon Boulevard near Town Hall. I’m not blaming the town or the police for this—there should be state licensing requirements—but am hoping something canbe done to mitigate the problem. An education program might help, but parents have to be brought into the discussion and must take responsibility for their children’s behavior. Also, I’m very happy to hear about the parks planning process. I’d like to put in a word for theplan to include a fenced dog park. A few years ago, more than 400 signatures were collected in favor of this, but to my knowledge, nothing happened. The park at the foot of Lyford Drivehas become a de facto dog park, but that was not its intended use, and it isn’t fenced. If that area can’t be fenced, I would suggest the area where the Richardson Bay Sanitary Districttreatment ponds are now (or nearby). That area is already fenced, so it would be less costly to create a dog park there. Thanks. Elliott Brown45 Red Hll Circle Tiburon From:Valerie Von Burg To:Lea Dilena Subject:Tonight"s meeting agenda -- WRT Proposal Date:Wednesday, February 1, 2023 2:41:26 PM You don't often get email from valvonburg@comcast.net. Learn why this is important CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. To Members of the Tiburon Town Council: I write regarding to tonight’s meeting agenda regarding approval of the WRT proposal. I am a resident of the private section of Hacienda Drive. The instruction from Town Council for soliciting proposals directed that, “The planning process must result in a shared, clearly defined vision for the Town’s Parks Master Plan driven by input from residents.” I would assume that “input from residents” would include, importantly, those residents most directly impacted by any proposed projects. Unfortunately, while the WRT proposal speaks of “stakeholders,” the proposal omits any acknowledgement of the importance of considering potential negative impacts to surrounding residential properties, and it fails to include a process insuring that impacted residents have a seat at the table. In fact, the WRT proposal states that “We need to understand the imperatives of long-time residents, hear what new residents and families are seeking, and hear especially from people whose lives can be most positively affected by recreational opportunities.” (emphasis supplied). This firm seems to come to the planning process with a pre-determined bias toward the user, while impacts on private residential properties created by proposed projects are included in the process only by the vaguest of inferences, if at all. I believe this is contrary to the express directive of the town counsel, and it is contrary to a process that fundamentally needs to protect the interests of homeowners alongside broader community goals for recreation. I am particularly concerned about the WRT proposal in light of the town’s opaque plans to open up the private section of Hacienda Drive as a public trail. It seems that WRT’s proposal tacitly acknowledges the town’s goal in this regard, as it talks about viewing “the peninsula’s open spaces as a connected system and bring trail elements up to a higher standard.” What instructions and information has the town provided to WRT about the town’s desires regarding Hacienda Drive? Unfortunately, the residents have no idea, and yet the potential impacts on our neighborhood are enormous. I would ask the council to consider that the residents of the private section of Hacienda Drive have never had a forum for addressing the Town’s plans as it has been laying the groundwork behind the scenes, including apparently handing the issue over to a consultant. Discussions about the private section of Hacienda Drive have taken place in the context of a secretly negotiated settlement agreement with the Wayne family, now-former residents of Hacienda Drive, followed by another round of negotiations with an adjacent landowner/developer to create an extension trail planned to link to the private portion of Hacienda Drive, and likely more than a few executive sessions because there are a host of legal issues regarding the town’s access. We are just expected to wait while everything is planned, discussed, and decided out of view. I think this runs counter to the open, transparent, and accessible process under which the town should be conducting its business. I sincerely hope that we can change this unfortunate dynamic and open the process to residents most directly affected by the town’s goals. Thank you for your consideration, Valerie Von Burg From:Kevin P. Mostyn To:Lea Dilena Subject:Town Council Meeting Tonight Date:Wednesday, February 1, 2023 3:10:18 PM [You don't often get email from kevin@mostyn.com. Learn why this is important at https://aka.ms/LearnAboutSenderIdentification ] CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Hello, I own the property at the corner of Hacienda Drive and Noche Vista Lane. I fully support and endorse the statements in the emails you received today from Bruce King and Valerie von Burg. This is a matter of great concern to us residents of the private section of Hacienda Drive and it has the potential to cause great harm to our enjoyment of life and our property values. I suffered through years of problems until the gate was installed at the end of Hacienda and stopped the constant traffic, illegal parking and littering by trespassers accessing the open space. Kevin Mostyn 17 Noche Vista Lane TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 1 OF 4 STAFF REPORT To: Mayor and Members of the Town Council From: Department of Public Works Subject: Recommendation to Award the Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project Construction Contract to Bell Products Inc. at a Cost of $681,874 and Authorize a Fiscal Year 2023 Budget Amendment in the Amount of $79,367 to Cover the Anticipated Total Project Cost. Reviewed By: _________ Greg Chanis, Town Manager ________ Benjamin Stock, Town Attorney SUMMARY The FY 2022/23 Capital Improvement Plan included funding for design and construction of the Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project. The project has been designed, put out for bid and the bids have been opened. The lowest responsible responsive bidder is Bell Products, Inc. with a bid of $681,874. Including a 10% contingency and design expenses already incurred, total expected FY23 expenditures for this project are $779,367. Council is considering award of the construction contract for this project as well as a FY 23 Budget Amendment to complete the work. RECOMMENDED ACTION(S) Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Authorize the Town Manager to execute the award of contract for the Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project to Bell Products Inc. for $681,874 that includes the Base Bid, Bid Alternate 1, and Bid Alternate 2. 2. Authorize a Fiscal Year 2023 Budget Amendment in the amount of $79,367, with the source of funds for the amendment being the Infrastructure and Facility Replacement Reserve Fund 3. Authorize the Town Manager to approve construction contract change orders up to 10% of the construction contract amount for unforeseen construction issues. BACKGROUND The Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project (Project) involves replacing all existing mechanical equipment related to the Town Hall Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) system. The existing system is the original equipment installed when Town Hall was built in 1995, and has exceeded its median service life. The proposed new system has been designed as an all-electric system which is consistent with the goals of the towns TOWN OF TIBURON 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 Agenda Item: AI-3 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 2 OF 4 recently adopted Climate Action Plan. A copy of the proposed system design is attached as Exhibit 1. In addition to the Base Bid, there are two Bid Alternates. Bid Alternate 1 includes providing an emergency exhaust fan and thermostat in the Town Hall IT room as a backup to the stand-alone air-conditioning system already in place. Bid Alternate 2 includes enhanced upgrades to the proposed Town Hall Council Chambers HVAC system for the mitigation of airborne pathogens. This bid alternate was developed after direction from Council to explore additional ways to enhance the air quality in the Council Chambers. The proposed COVID mitigation upgrades include replacing the existing system with an upsized split system heat pump and providing both an “Outside Air Mode” and a “UV Disinfection Mode” to the controls and distribution system. When the Outside Air Mode is activated, a motorized damper will block off the flow of return air form the room to the unit while an inline exhaust fan will turn on and exhaust the air from the building. As the return air is being exhausted, another damper will fully open and allow the maximum amount of outside air to flow into the room. This method of mitigation would effectively ensure that potentially contaminated air in the room is removed and that there is an adequate supply of outside air. To help mitigate the risk of the presence of potential infectious pathogens in the Council Chamber, several 720 micro-watt UV-C bulbs would be installed in the return ducting system. A UV Mode would be programmed to activate the UV-lights during periods of use when mixed-air conditioning is preferred over 100% outside air ventilation due to extreme weather conditions, high concentrations of pollutants and or smoke. The engineer’s opinion of probable construction costs (including both bid alternates) was $600,000-$650,000. The project was put out for bid in November 2022. A mandatory pre-bid meeting was scheduled on December 15, 2022 and bids for the project were opened publicly on January 5, 2023. The Town received the following two bids: Bell Products, Inc. Base Bid: $628,559 Bid Alternate 1: $ 11,954 Bid Alternate 2: $ 41,361 Total: $681,874 Matrix H.G., Inc. Base Bid: $ 892,335 Bid Alternate 1: $ 24,734 Bid Alternate 2: $ 126,194 Total: $1,043,263 Bell Products, Inc included all the required forms, and staff verified that they have a valid Contractor’s license as required by the Bid Documents. ANALYSIS Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 3 OF 4 Staff has reviewed the bid submitted by Bell Products, Inc and finds no bid irregularities, and has determined that they are the lowest responsible and responsive bidder. The bid is over the engineer’s estimated range by $31,874.00 (4.67%). Staff is also recommending the Council authorize the Town Manager to approve change orders not to exceed 10% of the contract amount to address any unforeseen construction issues in a timely manner. The total estimated cost of the Project is shown in the table below. Note that a portion of the design cost was allocated and expended in FY 22 (prior Fiscal Year). Phase FY2021/22 Expended FY2022/23 Expended to Date Projected Remaining FY 23 Cost Total Engineering & Design $51,898 $14,306 -- $66,204 Construction -- -- $681,874 $681,874 Contingency -- -- $68,187 $68,187 Construction Management -- -- $15,000 $15,000 Total $51,898 $14,306 $765,061 $831,265 To summarize, the total estimated project cost (inc. 10% contingency) is $831,265, with $51,198 previously allocated and expended in FY22 (prior FY). This leaves an estimated remaining project cost of $779,367 to be spent in FY 23 ($14,306 + $765,061). The FY 23 Budget included an allocation of $700,000 for this project, leaving a shortfall of $79,367. As a result, if Council approves the project, staff is requesting Council also approve a Fiscal Year 2023 Budget amendment in this amount with the source of funds being the Infrastructure and Facility Reserve Fund. A copy of the agreement with Bell Products, Inc is included as Exhibit 2. After this action to award by the Council, staff will send a Notice of Award to the Contractor along with this agreement for the Contractor to execute. FINANCIAL IMPACT As noted in the analysis above, the Fiscal Year 2022-23 (FY 23) budget included $700,000 in funding for this project, with the source of funds being the Infrastructure and Facility Replacement Reserve Fund. With projected FY 23 project costs of $779,367, staff is recommending Council approve an FY 23 Budget amendment in the amount of $79,367 if the project moves forward. CLIMATE IMPACT Staff has determined this action will have an impact on the Town’s contribution to global climate change. Completion of this project will replace existing natural gas fired equipment with an all-electric HVAC system. This change is consistent with several programs contained in the towns recently adopted Climate Action Plan, including programs RE-C3 (Building and Appliance Electrification), RE-M1(2) (Municipal 100% Renewable Energy), EE-M2 (Energy Efficiency Audit and Retrofits in Town Buildings and Facilities) and EE-M3 (Energy Conservation in Town Buildings). Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 4 OF 4 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Staff determined that this Project is categorially exempt from the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Section 15301, Class 1 (c)) of the CEQA Guidelines. The Project consists of the repair and maintenance of existing public facilities, involving negligible or no expansion of use beyond that existing at the time of the lead agency's determination. A Notice of Exemption was filed with the Marin County Recorder and State Clearing House. RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Authorize the Town Manager to execute the award of contract for the Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project to Bell Products Inc. for $681,874 that includes the Base Bid, Bid Alternate 1, and Bid Alternate 2. 2. Authorize a Fiscal Year 2023 Budget Amendment in the amount of $79,367, with the source of funds for the amendment being the Infrastructure and Facility Replacement Reserve Fund 3. Authorize the Town Manager to approve construction contract change orders up to 10% of the construction contract amount for unforeseen construction issues. Exhibit(s): 1. Project Plans 2. Construction Agreement 3. Project Specifications Prepared By: David O. Eshoo, Engineering Manager EXHIBIT 1 Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:49 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - G-001.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L GENERAL COVER SHEET G-001 AS SHOWN TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC 1505 TIBURON BOULEVARD, BELVEDERE TIBURON, CA 94920 AUGUST 2022 PROJECT NUMBER: 11224192 LOCATION MAP PROJECT SITE PROJECT LOCATION PREPARED BY BASE BID SCOPE: THE REPLACEMENT OF THE EXISTING HVAC SYSTEM CURRENTLY SERVING THE MAIN TOWN HALL OFFICES AND COUNCIL CHAMBER AND THE INSTALLATION OF A NEW BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS). BID ALT #1 SCOPE: PROVIDE AN EMERGENCY EXHAUST FAN AND LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT IN THE I.T. ROOM. BID ALT #2 SCOPE: PROVIDE A 100% OUTSIDE AIR MODE AND UV-C DISINFECTION MODE AS PART OF THE COUNCIL CHAMBER HVAC SYSTEM TO MITIGATE THE SPREAD OF COVID AND OTHER AIRBORNE PATHOGENS. Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:50 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-001.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTESABBREVIATIONS FD FSD M DUCT SECTION, SUPPLY AIR UP DUCT SECTION, RETURN AIR UP DUCT SECTION, EXHAUST AIR UP DUCT SECTION, SUPPLY AIR DN DUCT SECTION, RETURN AIR DN DUCT SECTION, EXHAUST AIR DN FLEXIBLE DUCT FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPER FIRE DAMPER DIRECTION OF FLOW MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER WALL SUPPLY OUTLET, RETURN GRILLE CEILING DIFFUSER CEILING RETURN CEILING EXHAUST DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR THERMOSTAT REMOTE SENSOR MOTORIZED ACTUATOR S AV FOS CWS SYMBOL FUEL OIL (SUPPLY) FUEL OIL (RETURN) CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY HEATING HOT WATER RETURN CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY CONDENSER WATER RETURN REFRIGERANT LIQUID REFRIGERANT SUCTION AUTOMATIC AIR VENT BLOW OFF STRAINER FILTER AND STRAINER LINE PRESSURE GAGE PRESSURE GAGE AND COCK PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE RELIEF OR SAFETY VALVE STRAINER TEMPERATURE GAGE PUMP (PLAN) PUMP (SCHEMATIC) EXPANSION LOOP CAP CONCENTRIC REDUCER UNION THREE-WAY MANUAL VALVE BALL VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE DIAPHRAGM VALVE GATE VALVE GLOBE VALVE CHECK VALVE POINT OF CONNECTION FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR THERMOMETER PETE'S PLUG KEYNOTE ROOM NAME AND ROOM NUMBER DETAIL INDICATOR SECTION INDICATOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (SEE SCHEDULE) DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ON WHICH DETAIL APPEARS SECTION LETTER SHEET NUMBER ON WHICH SECTION APPEARS SHEET ANNOTATION CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR DESCRIPTION FOR CWR HHWS HHWR CS CR RL RS P A AMPERES, AREA ABS ACRYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE -STYRENE AD AREA DRAIN AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AG ABOVE GRADE APPROX APPROXIMATE AS AIR SEPARATOR AVG AVERAGE BD BALANCE DAMPER BDD BACK DRAFT DAMPER BFP BACK FLOW PREVENTER BG BELOW GRADE BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR C CELSIUS ℄CENTERLINE CCW COUNTER CLOCKWISE CD CEILING DIFFUSER, CONDENSATE DRAIN CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CH CHILLER CHWP CHILLED WATER PUMP CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CI CAST IRON CMPR COMPRESSOR CONT CONTINUED CT COOLING TOWER CU COPPER CU FT CUBIC FEET CU IN CUBIC INCHES CW COLD WATER, CLOCKWISE CWP CONDENSER WATER PUMP CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN, CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY CWV COMBINATION WASTE & VENT D DEPTH DB DECIBEL, DRY BULB DEG DEGREE(S) DIA DIAMETER DN DOWN DPT DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER DS DOWN SPOUT DWG DRAWING (E)EXISTING EA EACH EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EF EXHAUST FAN EFF EFFICIENCY EG EXHAUST GRILLE ELEV ELEVATION ENT ENTERING ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE F FLOW FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT FD FLOOR DRAIN, FIRE DAMPER FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FM FLOW METER FP FIRE PROTECTION FPI FINS PER INCH FPM FEET PER MINUTE FPS FEET PER SECOND FS FLOW SWITCH FSD FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER FSP FIRE SPRINKLER FT FOOT, FEET G GAS GA GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED GPD GALLONS PER DAY GPH GALLONS PER HOUR GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE GPS GALLONS PER SECOND HD HEAD HG MERCURY HWR HEATING WATER RETURN HWS HEATING WATER SUPPLY HP HORSEPOWER HR HOSE REEL, HOUR HT HEIGHT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION & CONDITIONING HW HOT WATER HWR HOT WATER RETURN HZ FREQUENCY ID INSIDE DIAMETER INVERT INVERT ELEVATION IW INDIRECT WASTE KW KILOWATTS KWH KILOWATTS PER HOUR L LENGTH LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LBS POUNDS LF LINEAR FEET LPG LIQUID PETROLEUM GAS LTG LIGHTING LVG LEAVING LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MAX MAXIMUM MBH 1,000 BTUH MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MD MOTORIZED DAMPER MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM, MINUTE MTD MOUNTED MUA MAKE UP AIR (N)NEW NC NORMALLY CLOSED, NOISE CRITERIA NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NORMALLY OPEN, NUMBER NTS NOT TO SCALE OA OUTSIDE AIR OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER OC ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN PB POLYBUTYLENE PE POLYETHYLENE PPM PARTS PER MILLION POC POINT OF CONNECTION PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH, ABSOLUTE PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH, GAGE PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RA RETURN AIR RD ROOF DRAIN REQ REQUIRED RG RETURN GRILLE RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RPS REVOLUTIONS PER SECOND SAD SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS STD STANDARD SOV SHUT OFF VALVE SD SUPPLY DIFFUSER, STORM DRAIN SS SANITARY SEWER, STAINLESS STEEL TD TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL TEMP TEMPERATURE TOD TOP OF DUCT TP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TYP TYPICAL UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED V VENT, VOLT VEL VELOCITY VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VOL VOLUME VP VELOCITY PRESSURE VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF W WIDTH W/WITH WB WET BULB WG WATER GAGE W/O WITHOUT WRG WALL RETURN GRILLE WSR WALL SUPPLY REGISTER WH WATER HEATER WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR XFMR TRANSFORMER YR YEAR Z ZONE HVAC PIPING MECHANICAL SYMBOLS LEGEND SYMBOLDESCRIPTION DD T CO2 1 WH 1 1 X-501 A X-301 MECH ROOM 101 MECHANICAL LEGEND SYMBOLS, NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONS M-001 AS SHOWN 1.THESE DRAWINGS ARE BASED UPON AVAILABLE DOCUMENTS, WHICH MAY NOT ACCURATELY PORTRAY AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SIZES, LOCATIONS, AND DIMENSIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ALL DISCREPANCIES AFFECTING THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND PIPING, AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. 2.INSTALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK TO BEST SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE WITH THE INSTALLATION WORK OF OTHER TRADES. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, DO NOT SCALE TO DETERMINE EXACT LOCATION OF PIPING. 3.REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, CONDUIT, DUCTWORK, ETC. THAT IS DAMAGED OR BECOMES INOPERABLE AS A RESULT OF THIS WORK. 4.COORDINATE MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS WITH OWNER TO MINIMIZE SHUTDOWN TIME OF BUILDING SYSTEMS. 5.FOR ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS CONTROLS, PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 6.MERV 8 FILTER TO BE USED IN RETURN AIR DURING CONSTRUCTION. 7.COVER DUCT OPENINGS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 8.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE PHASING AND INSTALLATION OF ALL MECHANICAL WORK WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE TOTAL EXPENSE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL WORK WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY THE IMPROPER SEQUENCING OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 9.THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY. WHAT IS CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE CALLED FOR IN BOTH. 10.CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL INCIDENTAL ITEMS AND WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR SPECIFIED BUT REQUIRED BY GOOD PRACTICE IN A COMPLETE SYSTEM. 11.THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND EQUIPMENT HOOK-UP IS BASED ON ONE MANUFACTURER'S EQUIPMENT. THEY SHOULD BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE, YET ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EVERY ITEM IN ITS EXACT LOCATION OR ALL THE DETAILS OF THE EQUIPMENT. WHERE REQUIRED BY JOB-SITE CONDITIONS, RELOCATE AND PROVIDE FITTINGS, SUPPORTS, ETC. AS REQUIRED. EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SIZES, LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ALL DISCREPANCIES AFFECTING THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND PIPING AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN SHOP DRAWINGS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 12.TO ENHANCE CLARITY OF DRAWINGS AND WHERE NOT NECESSARY TO DESCRIBE THE REQUIRED PIPE SIZES, INDIVIDUAL SEGMENTS OF PIPE BETWEEN CONNECTIONS ARE NOT NECESSARILY SIZED ON PLANS. PIPE SEGMENTS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS WITHOUT A SIZE INDICATED SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE NEXT UPSTREAM SEGMENT WITH A SIZE INDICATED. 13.COORDINATE ALL MECHANICAL PENETRATIONS, EMBEDS, AND ASSOCIATED END CONNECTORS WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. NO PENETRATIONS WILL BE ALLOWED THROUGH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS UNLESS INDICATED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS OR AS APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS. DO NOT CORE DRILL OR DRILL THROUGH BEAMS, COLUMNS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, OR WALLS, UNLESS INDICATED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS OR AS APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ALL MECHANICAL PENETRATIONS. 14.COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND PIPING TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE FOR REMOVAL AND SERVICE ACCESS NECESSARY FOR ALL EQUIPMENT PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. COORDINATE SERVICE ACCESS FOR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY ALL OTHER TRADES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, AND LIGHTING. 15.PROVIDE SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR ALL PIPES AND RELATED EQUIPMENT THAT ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SUPPLEMENTARY STRUCTURAL STEEL, SUPPORTS, ATTACHMENTS, AND ANCHORAGES. PROVIDE ANCHOR BOLTS OF SIZE, TYPE, AND LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO SATISFY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, AND REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY BE INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 16.PROVIDE ALL PIPE SLEEVES AND PENETRATION SEALS AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING AND PIPING ITEMS DESCRIBED WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SEE DRAWING DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 17.PROVIDE PLUG, CAP OR BLIND FLANGES ON OPEN ENDS OF VALVES, PIPES AND FITTINGS. 18.ALL PIPE SUPPORTS, PIPE SHOES, HANGERS, AND ASSOCIATED METAL WORK SHALL BE ALL HOT DIP GALVANIZED OR STAINLESS STEEL. 19.INSULATION IS SOMETIMES NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. INSULATION SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULES, EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED FOR A MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT. COORDINATE MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS WITH OWNER TO MINIMIZE SHUTDOWN TIME OF BUILDING SYSTEMS. 20.DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA-2006 OR UL 181 21.ALL MATERIALS RECOVERED/REMOVED AS A RESULT OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY ARE THE PROPERTY AND RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED AND REMOVED MATERIAL ACCORDING TO FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. AIR TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION NOTE: NO ARROWS INDICATE 4-WAY AIRFLOW SUPPLY REGISTERS RETURN REGISTERS AIR TERMINAL MARK AIRFLOW, CFM CD-01 30 AIR TERMINAL MARK AIRFLOW, CFM RD-01 30 Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:50 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-002.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L 1 FIRST FLOOR - HVAC ZONING PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' MECHANICAL PLAN - FIRST FLOOR ZONING M-002 AS SHOWN (N) FC-1 (N) FC-2 (N) FC-3 (N) FC-4 (N) FC-9/10 (N) FC-5 ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 ZONE 2 ZONE 5 ZONE 9/10 J FACP Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:50 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-003.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L 1 SECOND FLOOR - HVAC ZONING PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' MECHANICAL PLAN - SECOND FLOOR ZONING M-003 AS SHOWN (N) FC-7 (N) FC-6 (N) FC-8 ZONE 6 ZONE 7 ZONE 8 (E) CD 250 (E) CD 200 (E) CD 230 (E) CD 220 (E) CD 300 (E) CD 200 (E) CD 180 (E) CD 160 (E) CD 180 (E) CD 150 (E) CD 200 (E) CD 130 (E) CD 225 (E) CD 225 (E) CD 225 (E) CD 225 (E) CD 150 (E) CD 120 (E) CD 120 (E) SG 400 (E) CD 500 (E) CD 500 (E) CD 700 (E) SG 700 (E) SG 600 (E) RG - 1 FIRST FLOOR - MECHANICAL DEMO PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:51 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - MD-101.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L MECHANICAL DEMO PLAN - FIRST FLOOR MD-101 AS SHOWN (E) DH-1 (E) DH-2(E) DH-3 (E) DH-4 (E) EH-1 (E) DH-7 SHEET KEYNOTES 1.REMOVE EXISTING THERMOSTAT AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 2.REMOVE EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT, CONTROL WIRING, REFRIGERANT PIPING, AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 1 1 1 1 1 1 (E) CU-1 (E) CU-2 (E) CU-3 2 2 2 (E) HOUSEKEEPING PAD (E) ELECTRICAL PULLBOX (E) CD 270 (E) CD 250 (E) CD 280 (E) CD 400 (E) CD 170 (E) CD 170 (E) CD 530 (E) CD 160 (E) CD 400 (E) CD 170 Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:51 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - MD-102.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L 1 SECOND FLOOR - MECHANICAL DEMO PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' MECHANICAL DEMO PLAN - SECOND FLOOR MD-102 AS SHOWN (E) DH-6 (E) DH-5 (E) EH-2 SHEET KEYNOTES 1.REMOVE EXISTING THERMOSTAT AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 2.REMOVE EXISTING AIR HANDLING UNIT, CONTROL WIRING, REFRIGERANT PIPING, CONDENSATE PIPING, ASSOCIATED DUCT WORK AS SHOWN, AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 3.DISCONNECT DUCT FURNACE FROM NATURAL GAS LINE, SUPPLY DUCT, AND FLUE/VENT. CAP GAS PIPE AND VENT. REMOVE FURNACE, CONTROL WIRING, AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 4.DISCONNECT ELECTRIC HEATER FROM SUPPLY DUCT. REMOVE HEATER, CONTROL WIRING, AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 5.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING AIR TERMINAL AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. CAP REMAINING DUCT. 1 1 1 (E) AH-1 (E) DF-4 (E) DF-3 (E) DF-2 (E) AH-2 (E) DF-6 (E) DF-5 (E) DF-1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 (E) EF-1 4 (E) EH-2 4 (E) AH-3 (E) DF-7 2 3 5 (E) CD 200 (E) CD 150 (E) CD 175 (E) CD 170 (E) CD 250 (E) CD 150 (E) CD 180 (E) CD 160 (E) CD 180 (E) CD 105 (E) CD 150 (E) CD 100 (E) CD 125 (E) CD 125 (E) CD 125 (E) CD 125 (E) CD 50 (E) CD 90 (E) CD 90 (E) SG 400 (E) CD 435 (E) CD 440 (E) CD 620 (E) SG 620 (E) SG 620 (E) CD 270 (E) CD 95 Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:51 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-101.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L 1 FIRST FLOOR - MECHANICAL PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' MECHANICAL PLAN - FIRST FLOOR M-101 AS SHOWN (N) FC-1 (N) FC-2(N) FC-3 (N) FC-4 (N) FC-9/10 (N) FC-5 HP 1 HP 3 HP 2 SHEET KEYNOTES 1.PROVIDE NEW PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. INSTALL AT 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 2.PROVIDE NEW HEAT PUMP, DDC CONTROLLER, CONTROL WIRING, REFRIGERANT PIPING, AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. REFER TO 2/M501 FOR PAD MOUNTING. 3.BALANCE AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE TO AIR FLOW INDICATED ON PLANS. 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 (E) HOUSEKEEPING PAD 7/8" L 1-1/8" S 3/4" L 7/8" S 3/8" L 7/8" S UP TO SECOND FLOOR REFER TO M-103 FOR CONTINUATION, TYP. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 (E) ELECTRICAL PULLBOX BID ALT #2 KEYNOTES 4.PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED SWITCH FOR PATHOGEN MITIGATION MODE. REFER TO 1/M604 FOR CONTROLS. 4 BID ALT: GENERAL NOTES REFER TO BID ALT SCOPES ON G-001. (E) CD 200 (E) CD 250 (E) CD 170 (E) CD 255 (E) CD 100 (E) CD 100 (E) CD 150 (E) CD 400 (E) CD 170 SG-1 140 RG-1 200 TYP. OF 4 Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:52 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-102.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L 1 SECOND FLOOR - MECHANICAL PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' MECHANICAL PLAN - SECOND FLOOR M-102 AS SHOWN FC 4 FC 3 FC 2 FC 5 FC 7 FC 6 FC 8 FC 9 FC 10 (N) FC-6 (N) FC-7 (N) FC-8 BC 1 BC 2 SHEET KEYNOTES 1.PROVIDE NEW PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. INSTALL AT 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 2.PROVIDE NEW FAN COIL UNIT, DDC CONTROLLER, CONTROL WIRING, REFRIGERANT PIPING, CONDENSATE PIPING, AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. CONNECT TO EXISTING DUCT WORK AS SHOWN. PROVIDE FITTINGS AND TRANSITIONS AS NEEDED. REFER TO 1/M501 FOR MOUNTING. 3.PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONTROLLER AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. REFER TO 3/M501 FOR MOUNTING. 4.PROVIDE BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 5.BALANCE AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE TO AIR FLOW INDICATED ON PLANS. 6.ADD WALL MOUNTED RETURN GRILLE, USE 8"Ø TO CONNECT INTO EXISTING RETURN LINE AS SHOWN. 7.ADD EXPOSED 12"Ø SUPPLY CONNECTED TO FC-6 SUPPLY DUCT AS SHOWN. PAINT EXPOSED PORTION OF DUCT TO MATCH CEILING. OBTAIN PAINT COLOR FROM OWNER. 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 2 2 FC 1 SHEET GENERAL NOTES 1.REFER TO M-103 FOR PIPING LAYOUT. 2.PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT FAN COIL INTAKES AND OUTLETS. 5 5 5 5 5 5 24" x 38" 18" x 18" PLENUM, TYP. 88"Ø 8"Ø 8"Ø8"Ø 10"Ø14"Ø 14"Ø 18" x 18"18" x 18" (E) 24" x 24 DN (E) 20" x 10 DN (E) 16" x 10 DN (E) 26" x 10 DN (E) 16" x 10 DN (E) 10" x 10 DN (E) 18" x 10 (E) 10" x 10 18" x 18"(E) OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER EF 1 8 9 12" Ø 8"Ø (N) EF-1 12" Ø 6 7 11 EF 2 10 20 x 1 8 BID ALT #1 KEYNOTES 8.PROVIDE DOOR LOUVER WITH MINIMUM OF 1.66 SQ FT FREE AREA. 9.PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN AND LINE-VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT INSTALLED AT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. REFER TO DETAIL 7 ON SHEET M-501 FOR FAN MOUNTING DETAIL. ROUTE EXHAUST DIRECTLY TO ROOF, REFER TO DETAIL 8 ON SHEET M-501 FOR EXHAUST CAP DETAIL. BID ALT #2 KEYNOTES 10.PROVIDE INLINE EXHAUST FAN, MOTORIZED BACK DRAFT DAMPERS, AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES FOR 100% OUTSIDE AIR MODE. REFER TO 9/M501 FOR FAN MOUNTING AND DAMPER CONFIGURATION. 11.PROVIDE A 5'-0" MINIMUM STRAIGHT RUN OF 20 x 18 DUCT. PROVIDE TRANSITIONS AS NEEDED. INSTALL (3) DYNAMIC AIR SOLUTIONS DYN7-200QR UV-C GERMICIDAL QUAD LAMP KITS. REFER TO 10/M501 FOR LAMP CONFIGURATION. 12. PROVIDE 8kW UNIT HEATER. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. EH 112 EH 2 12 BID ALT: GENERAL NOTES REFER TO BID ALT SCOPES ON G-001. Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:52 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-103.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L 1 SECOND FLOOR - MECHANICAL PIPING PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' MECHANICAL PIPING PLAN - SECOND FLOOR M-103 AS SHOWN FC 4 FC 3 FC 2 FC 5 FC 7 FC 6 FC 8 FC 9 FC 10 BC 1 BC 2 FC 1 3/4" L 7/8" S 3/8" L 5/8" S TYP. 5 3/8" L 5/8" S TYP. 2 1/4" L 1/2" S 3/8" L 5/8" S TYP. 2 SHEET GENERAL NOTES 1.REFER TO 1/M-603 FOR PIPING DIAGRAM 2.REFER TO 5/M-501 FOR PIPE PENETRATION THRU EXTERIOR WALL. 3.REFER TO 6/M501 FOR CONDENSATE PIPING CONNECTION. DN TO GROUND FLOOR. REFER TO M-101 FOR CONTINUATION, TYP. 3 3/8" L 7/8" S 7/4" L 1-7/8" S (E) FD 1" CD SHEET KEYNOTES 1.PROVIDE NEW CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE AND ROUTE TO EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN. 3/4" CD 1 TYP. 8 1 TYP. 2 (E) FLOOR DRAIN Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:52 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-501.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES M-501 AS SHOWN UNISTRUT 1 5/8" CHANNEL TYPE P1000 HS GALVANIZED NEAR SIDE AND FAR SIDE OF EQUIPMENT DUCT (WHERE SHOWN) BEAM PER STRUCTURAL 3/8" DIA ASTM A36 GALVANIZED THREADED ROD W/ NUT AND WASHER AT EACH ATTACHMENT TO UNISTRUT AND TO HANGER UNISTRUT 1-5/8" CHANNEL TYPE P1000 HS GALVANIZED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PER PLAN MW-SSN-1/2 W/ MW-BON 1/2, TYP. ROOF DECK BEAM PER STRUCTURAL ROOF DECK DUCT (WHERE SHOWN)DUCT (WHERE SHOWN) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PER PLAN SECURE EQUIPMENT TO CONCRETE PAD WITH 1/2" BOLTS, ANGLE & EXPANSION ANCHORS WITH 3" MIN. EMBEDMENT. INSTALL AT EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HOLES. HEAT PUMP CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD. SLAB ON GRADE 1 FAN COIL MOUNTING NOT TO SCALE 2 HEAT PUMP MOUNTING NOT TO SCALE HANGER BRACKET3/8"Ø ASTM A36 GALVANIZED THREADED ROD W/ NUT AND WASHER AT EACH SIDE OF ATTACHMENT TO EQUIPMENT AND ATTACHMENT TO UNISTRUT, TYP. REFRIGERANT LINES UNISTRUT 1 5/8" CHANNEL TYPE P1000 HS GALVANIZED NEAR SIDE AND FAR SIDE OF EQUIPMENT UNISTRUT HINGE P1843 WITH SPRING NUT P1010 AND BOLT HHCS, TYP. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONTROLLER AS SHOWN ON PLANS 3 BRANCH CIRCUIT CONTROLLER MOUNTING NOT TO SCALE RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGER OVER DUCT (TYP.) 60" MAX STRAP 1"X18 GA NUT & LOCKNUT RING COLLAR AROUND 1-1/8"X12 GA SPLIT DUCT 3/8" DIA. ROD 3/8" DIA. ROD ROUND DUCT HANGER 4 DUCT HANGING NOT TO SCALE BACK-UP MATERIAL WATERPROOF SEALANT WALL PIPE SLEEVE PIPE INSULATION ESCUTCHEON PLATE (WHERE EXPOSED)ANCHOR EXTERIOR INTERIOR 5 PIPE PENTRATION THRU EXTERIOR WALL NOT TO SCALE FAN STATIC PRESSURE FAN STATIC PRESSURE SLOPE CLEANOUT PLUG DRAIN PAN VENT COPPER PIPE, SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS 6 EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE CONNECTION NOT TO SCALE UNISTRUT HINGE TYPE P184 WITH SPRING NUT P1010 AND BOLT HHCS, TYP. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET M5.01 FOR ATTACHMENT DETAIL, TYP. 1/2" DIA x 3-1/2" LAG BOLT, TYP. 3"x3"x1/2" W/ (1) 1/2" DIA THRU BOLT OR 1/2" DIA x 3-1/2" LAG BOLT TYP.RAFTERS PER STRUCTURAL REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET M5.01 FOR ATTACHMENT DETAIL, TYP. 7 BID ALT #1: CEILING EXHAUST FAN MOUNTING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE EXHAUST DUCT CONNECT TO EXISTING CEILING EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST GRILL JOISTS EXHAUST DUCT CONNECTION WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER 1" MIN. CLEARANCE 3' - 3 " M I N . F R O M R O O F OR T O P O F P A R A P E T 8 BID ALT #1: EXHAUST CAP DETAIL NOT TO SCALE CHINA CAP EA DUCT STORM COLLAR 24GA GALV SHEET METAL FLASHING FIRE STOP COLLAR EXISTING BLOCKING ROOFING 9 BID ALT #2: 100% OUTSIDE AIR MODE DUCT CONFIGURATION NOT TO SCALE NOTES: 1. REFER TO 1/M604 FOR CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR DUCT RETURN DUCT MOUNT FAN SIMILAR TO 1/M501 EF-2(N) MOTORIZED BACK DRAFT DAMPER, TYP. M M M 10 BID ALT #2: UV-C IN-DUCT DISINFECTION SECTION NOT TO SCALE PLAN VIEW SECTION VIEW DYNAMIC AIR SOLUTION DYN7-200QR UV-C GERMICIDAL QUAD LAMP KIT WITH (4) LAMPS, TYP. 3 RETURN DUCT NOTES: 1. REFER TO 1/M604 FOR CONTROLS. 2. CENTER LAMPS BETWEEN ENDS OF 20" x 18" DUCT RUN 6" O.C 3. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV EXHAUST DUCT UP THRU ROOF. REFER TO 8/M502 FOR CONTINUATION. Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:53 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-502.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES M-502 AS SHOWN Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:53 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-601.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L CONTROLS DIAGRAMS M-601 AS SHOWN 208VAC FROM HP UNIT. R BY EMS CONTRACTOR. TRANSFORMER & WIRING SA SENSOR BOBOBO D X CO M P Y 1 RE V V A L V E O FA N G 120/208/24 VAC AI DDC CONTROLLER T ROOM TEMP OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED ROOM SET POINT AIAOBI FIXED RA DAMPER Y1 HEAT PUMP UNIT C CO M C 24 V R TO NEXT DEVICE BAS BACNET COMM LINE FROM PREVIOUS DEVICE BAS BACNET COMM LINE AIR HANDLER UNIT/HEAT PUMP UNIT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 1.EACH AIR HANDLER/HEAT PUMP UNIT MUST BE DIRECTLY CONTROLLED BY ITS OWN DEDICATED BMS UNITARY CONTROLLER. 2.EMS UNITARY CONTROLLER MUST BE CONNECTED TO A WALL MOUNTED ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH LED OR LCD DISPLAY, PUSH BUTTONS FOR WARMER, COOLER, OSA TEMPERATURE, ROOM TEMPERATURE, ROOM SET POINT, AND AFTER-HOURS OVERRIDE TIMER. 3.HEATING OPERATION: THE CONTROLLER COMPARES THE HEATING SETPOINT (68 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE) WITH THE SPACE TEMPERATURE AND DETERMINES A HEATING CONTROL SIGNAL TO ENGAGE THE HEAT PUMP COMPRESSOR AND REVERSING VALVE TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. FURTHER CALL FOR HEAT MUST ENGAGE THE ELECTRIC STRIP HEAT ELEMENT TO MAINTAIN ROOM SETPOINT AND IF OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 40 DEGREES F (ADJUSTABLE). 4.COOLING OPERATION: THE CONTROLLER COMPARES THE COOLING SETPOINT (78 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE) WITH THE SPACE TEMPERATURE AND DETERMINES A COOLING SIGNAL TO ENGAGE THE HEAT PUMP COMPRESSOR AND REVERSING VALVE TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. FAN OPERATION: DURING THE OCCUPIED MODE, THE FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. DURING WEEKEND AND UNOCCUPIED MODE, THE FAN CYCLES WITH DEMAND AND THE TEMPERATURE IS CONTROLLED BY THE NIGHT HEATING SETPOINT (55 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE). 5.MONITORING - THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS MUST BE MONITORED: a.SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE. b.OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE. c.ROOM TEMPERATURE. d.CURRENT MODE (HEATING/COOLING/FAN). e.SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE ATTAINED LAST TIME UNIT WAS IN HEATING. f.SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE ATTAINED LAST TIME UNIT WAS IN COOLING. g.CURRENT COMMAND STATUS OF FAN, COMPRESSOR, AND REVERSING VALVE. h.RUN TIME METERS ON FAN, COMPRESSOR, AND HEAT i.FAN STATUS THRU ANALOG CURRENT TRANSDUCER. FC-1 THRU FC-5/HP-1, FC-6 THRU FC-8/HP-2 AU X . H T G . BO HEAT PUMP THERMOSTAT ESNIID PS EUNAFOSTID TS SECOND FLOOR GROUND FLOOR HP-2 HP-3 CAT-5 ETHERNET UC UCBC M P W S BC M E T H BC M M S / T P BC M M S / T P MS/TP NETWORK MS/TP NETWORK BMS BUILDING CONTROL MODULE TCP FC-5 UC FC-4 UC FC-3 UC FC-2 UC FC-1 UC 1 BMS CONTROL DIAGRAM ARCHITECTURE NOT TO SCALE 1 VRF FAN COIL/HEAT PUMP UNIT CONTROL DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONTROLLER FC-9 UC FC-8 UC FC-7 UC FC-6 UC FC-10 UC HP-1 UCBC M M S / T P MS/TP NETWORK BC-2 UC BC-1 UC Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:53 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-602.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L CONTROLS DIAGRAMS M-602 AS SHOWN 1 NON-VRF FAN COIL HEAT PUMP UNIT CONTROL DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE 208VAC FROM HP UNIT. R BY EMS CONTRACTOR. TRANSFORMER & WIRING SA SENSOR BOBOBO D X CO M P Y 1 RE V V A L V E O FA N G 120/208/24 VAC AI DDC CONTROLLER T ROOM TEMP OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED ROOM SET POINT AIAOBI FIXED RA DAMPER Y1 HEAT PUMP UNIT C CO M C 24 V R TO NEXT DEVICE BAS BACNET COMM LINE FROM PREVIOUS DEVICE BAS BACNET COMM LINE FAN COIL UNIT/HEAT PUMP UNIT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 1.EACH FAN COIL/HEAT PUMP UNIT MUST BE DIRECTLY CONTROLLED BY ITS OWN DEDICATED EMS UNITARY CONTROLLER. 2.EMS UNITARY CONTROLLER MUST BE CONNECTED TO A WALL MOUNTED ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH LED OR LCD DISPLAY, PUSH BUTTONS FOR WARMER, COOLER, OSA TEMPERATURE, ROOM TEMPERATURE, ROOM SET POINT, AND AFTER-HOURS OVERRIDE TIMER. 3.HEATING OPERATION: THE CONTROLLER COMPARES THE HEATING SETPOINT (68 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE) WITH THE SPACE TEMPERATURE AND DETERMINES A HEATING CONTROL SIGNAL TO ENGAGE THE HEAT PUMP COMPRESSOR AND REVERSING VALVE TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. FURTHER CALL FOR HEAT MUST ENGAGE THE ELECTRIC STRIP HEAT ELEMENT TO MAINTAIN ROOM SETPOINT AND IF OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 40 DEGREES F (ADJUSTABLE). 4.COOLING OPERATION: THE CONTROLLER COMPARES THE COOLING SETPOINT (78 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE) WITH THE SPACE TEMPERATURE AND DETERMINES A COOLING SIGNAL TO ENGAGE THE HEAT PUMP COMPRESSOR AND REVERSING VALVE TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. FAN OPERATION: DURING THE OCCUPIED MODE, THE FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. DURING WEEKEND AND UNOCCUPIED MODE, THE FAN CYCLES WITH DEMAND AND THE TEMPERATURE IS CONTROLLED BY THE NIGHT HEATING SETPOINT (55 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE). 5.MONITORING - THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS MUST BE MONITORED: a.SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE. b.OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE. c.ROOM TEMPERATURE. d.CURRENT MODE (HEATING/COOLING/FAN). e.SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE ATTAINED LAST TIME UNIT WAS IN HEATING. f.SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE ATTAINED LAST TIME UNIT WAS IN COOLING. g.CURRENT COMMAND STATUS OF FAN, COMPRESSOR, AND REVERSING VALVE. h.RUN TIME METERS ON FAN, COMPRESSOR, AND HEAT i.FAN STATUS THRU ANALOG CURRENT TRANSDUCER. AU X . H T G . BO HEAT PUMP THERMOSTAT ESNIID PS EUNAFOSTID TS FC-9 & FC-10/HP-3 SA SENSOR BOBOBO D X CO M P Y 1 RE V V A L V E O FA N G AI T CO M C 24 V R AU X . H T G . BO Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:54 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-603.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L MECHANICAL PIPING DIAGRAM M-603 AS SHOWN 1 BASIS OF DESIGN REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:54 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-604.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L BID ALT #2: CONTROLS DIAGRAM M-604 AS SHOWN 1 BID ALT #2: NON-VRF FAN COIL HEAT PUMP UNIT CONTROL DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE 208VAC FROM HP UNIT. R BY EMS CONTRACTOR. TRANSFORMER & WIRING SA SENSOR BOBOBO D X CO M P Y 1 RE V V A L V E O FA N G 120/208/24 VAC AI DDC CONTROLLER T ROOM TEMP OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED ROOM SET POINT AIAOBI Y1 HEAT PUMP UNIT C CO M C 24 V R TO NEXT DEVICE BAS BACNET COMM LINE FROM PREVIOUS DEVICE BAS BACNET COMM LINE FAN COIL UNIT/HEAT PUMP UNIT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 1.EACH FAN COIL/HEAT PUMP UNIT MUST BE DIRECTLY CONTROLLED BY ITS OWN DEDICATED EMS UNITARY CONTROLLER. 2.EMS UNITARY CONTROLLER MUST BE CONNECTED TO A WALL MOUNTED ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH LED OR LCD DISPLAY, PUSH BUTTONS FOR WARMER, COOLER, OSA TEMPERATURE, ROOM TEMPERATURE, ROOM SET POINT, AND AFTER-HOURS OVERRIDE TIMER. 3.HEATING OPERATION: THE CONTROLLER COMPARES THE HEATING SETPOINT (68 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE) WITH THE SPACE TEMPERATURE AND DETERMINES A HEATING CONTROL SIGNAL TO ENGAGE THE HEAT PUMP COMPRESSOR AND REVERSING VALVE TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. FURTHER CALL FOR HEAT MUST ENGAGE THE ELECTRIC STRIP HEAT ELEMENT TO MAINTAIN ROOM SETPOINT AND IF OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 40 DEGREES F (ADJUSTABLE). 4.COOLING OPERATION: THE CONTROLLER COMPARES THE COOLING SETPOINT (78 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE) WITH THE SPACE TEMPERATURE AND DETERMINES A COOLING SIGNAL TO ENGAGE THE HEAT PUMP COMPRESSOR AND REVERSING VALVE TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. FAN OPERATION: DURING THE OCCUPIED MODE, THE FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. DURING WEEKEND AND UNOCCUPIED MODE, THE FAN CYCLES WITH DEMAND AND THE TEMPERATURE IS CONTROLLED BY THE NIGHT HEATING SETPOINT (55 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE). 5.MONITORING - THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS MUST BE MONITORED: a.SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE. b.OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE. c.ROOM TEMPERATURE. d.CURRENT MODE (HEATING/COOLING/FAN). e.SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE ATTAINED LAST TIME UNIT WAS IN HEATING. f.SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE ATTAINED LAST TIME UNIT WAS IN COOLING. g.CURRENT COMMAND STATUS OF FAN, COMPRESSOR, AND REVERSING VALVE. h.RUN TIME METERS ON FAN, COMPRESSOR, AND HEAT i.FAN STATUS THRU ANALOG CURRENT TRANSDUCER. PATHOGEN MITIGATION SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 1.MOTORIZED DAMPERS, MD-1, MD-2, MD-3, UV-C LAMPS, AND EXHAUST FAN (EF) WILL BE CONNECTED TO A DEDICATED EMS UNITARY CONTROLLER. 2.THE EMS UNITARY CONTROLLER SHALL BE CONNECTED TO A WALL MOUNTED SWITCH AND OVERRIDE TIMER. 3.100% OUTSIDE AIR MODE: THE CONTROLLER WILL ACTUATE THE EXHAUST FAN, AND ADJUST THE POSITIONS OF MD-1, MD-2, AND MD-3. MD-1 AND MD-3 WILL BE FULLY OPEN AND MD-2 WILL BE FULLY CLOSED. THE EXHAUST FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY. THIS MODE WILL BE SUSTAINED FOR 4 HOURS (ADJUSTABLE) OR UNTIL MANUALLY SHUT OFF. UPON DEACTIVATION OF 100% OUTSIDE AIR MODE, THE EXHAUST FAN WILL SHUT OFF, MD-1 WILL RETURN TO THE MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR POSITION, MD-2 WILL RETURN TO THE MAXIMUM RETURN AIR POSITION AND MD-3 WILL BE FULLY CLOSED. 4.UV DISINFECTION MODE: THE CONTROLLER WILL ENERGIZE THE UV-C LAMPS. THIS MODE WILL BE SUSTAINED FOR 4 HOURS (ADJUSTABLE) OR UNTIL MANUALLY SHUT OFF. 5.WHEN EITHER MODE IS ACTIVATED, HEATING AND COOLING WILL BE PERFORMED PER FAN COIL UNIT/HEAT PUMP UNIT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION ITEMS 3 AND 4, RESPECTIVELY, LISTED ABOVE. AU X . H T G . BO HEAT PUMP THERMOSTAT ESNIID PS EUNAFOSTID TS EF- 2, FC-9 & FC-10/HP-3 SA SENSOR BOBOBO D X CO M P Y 1 RE V V A L V E O FA N G AI T CO M C 24 V R AU X . H T G . BO UV-C LAMP, TYP.UVUVUV BO BO BOBOBO BIBI 100% OA MODE UV-C MODE WALL MOUNTED SWITCH VOLUME DAMPER, TYP MD-1 MD-2 MD-3 BO FAN G EF NORMAL 1 MIN 5 MIN 10 MIN 30 MIN 45 MIN 1 HOUR 2 HOUR 4 HOUR Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:54 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-701.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS M-701 AS SHOWN Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:55 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - M-702.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. M29562 6/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A T E R R Y WO N G M ECHA N I C A L TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS M-702 AS SHOWN Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:55 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - E-001.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. E17660 9/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A C H R I S T O P H E R A. RIC H A R D S ELECT R I C A L ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOLS, NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONS E-001 AS SHOWN ANNOTATION SWITCHING LIGHTING CONDUIT MAIN SWITCHBOARD DISTRIBUTION PANEL BOARD COMBINATION METER/MAIN SERVICE PANEL BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL BOARD, SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNTED LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SIGNAL TERMINAL CABINET OR CONTROL PANEL SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNTED SIGNAL TERMINAL BACKBOARD CONCRETE UNDERGROUND HAND HOLE (NUMBER DENOTES CHRISTY SIZE) TRANSFORMER EQUIPMENT OR OR N30 DENOTES # OF TELEPHONE JACKS DENOTES # OF DATA JACKS LL OR OR DENOTES HEIGHT IN INCHES AFF (INTERIOR) AFG (EXTERIOR) GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTESELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LEGEND KEYNOTE RACEWAY, FEEDER OR CIRCUIT DESIGNATION (SEE SCHEDULE) LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE DESIGNATION (SEE SCHEDULE) DETAIL INDICATOR SECTION INDICATOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (SEE SCHEDULE) CCTV CAMERA, CEILING MOUNT INTERCOM CALL IN SWITCH - MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF, UON TELEPHONE OUTLET FOR WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF UON DATA OUTLET - MOUNTING HEIGHT: +18" AFF UON TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET, FLUSH TYPE UON MOUNTING HEIGHT: +18" AFF UON SURFACE RACEWAY WITH POWER AND TELEPHONE/DATA RECEPTACLES AS INDICATED CATV OUTLET - MOUNTING HEIGHT: +96" AFF UON AUDIO/VIDEO OUTLET - MOUNTING HEIGHT: +18" AFF UON CLOCK WITH BUZZER - MOUNTING HEIGHT: SEE PLANS BELL, STANDARD 6" - MOUNTING HEIGHT: SEE PLANS PA SYSTEM SPEAKER - WALL MOUNTED PA SYSTEM SPEAKER - CEILING MOUNTED PA SYSTEM HORN - MOUNTING HEIGHT: SEE PLANS DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20A 125V 2P 3W, GROUNDING TYPE, MOUNTING HEIGHT: +18" AFF UON DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - SPLIT WIRED, SWITCHED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - EMERGENCY POWER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - CEILING MOUNTED FLOOR RECEPTACLE, 20A 125V 2P 3W, GROUNDING TYPE, FLUSH TYPE UON DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20A 125V 2P 3W, GROUNDING TYPE, MOUNTING HEIGHT: +18" AFF UON SINGLE RECEPTACLE, 20A 125V 2P 3W, GROUNDING TYPE, MOUNTING HEIGHT: +18" AFF UON SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE AS DESIGNATED SEE 'SPECIAL SYMBOLS' ON EACH SHEET DUAL SERVICE RECESSED FLOOR BOX WITH DUPLEX AND DATA RECEPTACLES JUNCTION BOX, CODE SIZED UON FLOOR JUNCTION BOX DISCONNECT SWITCH - FUSED WHERE APPLICABLE MOTOR STARTER, COMBINATION WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH MOTOR STARTER OR CONTROLLER MOTOR CONNECTION CEILING EXHAUST FAN WATER HEATER POWER POLE: P=POWER, T=TELEPHONE, D=DATA, C=COMBINATION TEST PORT GROUND ROD GUY WIRE AND ANCHOR THERMOSTAT (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT BYPASS TIMER OR TIME SWITCH PUSHBUTTON LIGHTING CONTACTOR CONDUIT INSTALLED ABOVE GRADE CONDUIT INSTALLED UNDERGROUND OR UNDER SLAB CONDUIT STUB-OUT WITH CAP FLEXIBLE CONDUIT WHIP TO LIGHT FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT LIGHTING FIXTURE, RECESSED RECESSED DOWN LIGHT FIXTURE RECESSED DIRECTIONAL FIXTURE (ARROW INDICATES AIMING) LIGHTING FIXTURE, SURFACE MOUNTED SURFACE, PENDANT OR OTHER FIXTURE LARGE DIAMETER PENDANT, DEPICTING APPROXIMATE DIAMETER LIGHTING FIXTURE, WALL MOUNTED WALL-MOUNTED HID, INCANDESCENT, OR COMPACT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE LIGHTING FIXTURE, PENDANT OR CABLE HUNG LIGHT TRACK AND TRACK-MOUNTED FIXTURES BATH FAN WITH INTEGRAL LIGHT EXIT SIGN, SINGLE FACE WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED EXIT SIGN, DOUBLE FACE WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED EXIT SIGN, LOW LEVEL COMBINATION EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT: +8'-0" AFF, UON EMERGENCY FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT: +8'-0" AFF, UON DENOTES FIXTURE CONNECTED TO EMERGENCY CIRCUIT ADJUSTABLE SPOT OR FLOOD (ARROW INDICATES AIMING) OUTDOOR SITE LIGHT, POLE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE ARROW INDICATES AIMING DIRECTION, IF APPLICABLE BOLLARD OR POST-TOP FIXTURE LIGHT SWITCH, SPST - MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF, UON LIGHT SWITCH, DPST - MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF, UON LIGHT SWITCH, 3-WAY - MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF, UON LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH, MOMENTARY CONTACT, 3-POS., CENTER-OFF, MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF, UON TIMER SWITCH - MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF, UON CIRCUIT AND SWITCH DESIGNATION FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE CIRCUIT AND RELAY DESIGNATION FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES (SEE CORRESPONDING LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL RELAY SCHEDULE) DIMMER SWITCH - MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF, UON OCCUPANCY SENSOR POWER PACK, 1-CIRCUIT, MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR POWER PACK, 2-CIRCUIT MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR, CEILING MOUNTED, LINE VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR, CEILING MOUNTED, LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR, WALL MOUNTED, LINE VOLTAGE, 1-CIRCUIT MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF, UON OCCUPANCY SENSOR, WALL MOUNTED, LINE VOLTAGE, 2-CIRCUIT MOUNTING HEIGHT: +44" AFF, UON PHOTO CONTROL SWITCH - MOUNT ON BUILDING EXTERIOR TIME CLOCK FOR LIGHTING CONTROL 1a DENOTES SWITCH DENOTES CIRCUIT DENOTES SWITCH DENOTES TYPE DENOTES WATTS 6R5 DENOTES RELAY DENOTES CIRCUIT COMMUNICATION POWER #10 CONDUIT HOME RUN TO DESIGNATED PANEL, TERMINAL, OR CONTROL CABINET EXAMPLES: NOTE FOR CONDUIT: THE TIC MARKS INDICATE THE QUANTITY OF #12 AWG WIRES OR, IF INDICATED, THE QUANTITY OF OTHER SIZE WIRE OR CABLES. SEE THE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR FEEDER SIZES. EXAMPLES:= (3) #12 = (2) #10 L1-4 INDICATES BRANCH PANEL INDICATES CIRCUIT BREAKER I.D. COMMA INDICATES MULTIPLE SINGLE POLE CIRCUITS L1-6,8 L1-10/12 SLASH INDICATES MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT = (1) TYPE F1 CABLE. SEE CABLE SCHEDULE. SHEET INDEX DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ON WHICH DETAIL APPEARS SECTION LETTER SHEET NUMBER ON WHICH SECTION APPEARS OR OR OR OBJECT LINES NEW OBJECTS (HEAVY CONTINUOUS LINES, UNDERGROUND CONDUIT HEAVY DASHED LINES) EXISTING OBJECTS TO REMAIN. MAY INCLUDE NEW CIRCUITING ETC. (FINE CONTINUOUS LINES, UNDERGROUND CONDUIT FINE DASHED LINES) EXISTING OBJECTS TO BE DEMOLISHED (EXTRA FINE DASHED LINES, SCREENED) ABBREVIATIONS (D)DEMOLISH (E)EXISTING (F)FUTURE (N)NEW A AMPERES AC ALTERNATING CURRENT AF AMP FRAME AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT AIC AMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITY ANN ANNUNCIATOR ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BAT BATTERY BFG BELOW FINISH GRADE CATV CABLE TELEVISION C CONDUIT CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CO CONDUIT ONLY CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CU COPPER DC DIRECT CURRENT EF EXHAUST FAN EGU ENGINE GENERATOR UNIT EM EMERGENCY EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING ENT ELECTRICAL NON-METALLIC TUBING EP EXPLOSION PROOF FA FIRE ALARM FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FC FOOT CANDLE FU FUSE GND GROUND GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER GFR GROUND FAULT RELAY HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HOA "HAND-OFF-AUTO" SWITCH HP HORSEPOWER HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR-CONDITIONING IG ISOLATED GROUND JB JUNCTION BOX KAIC KILO-AMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITY KV KILOVOLT KVA KILOVOLT-AMP KW KILOWATT KWH KILOWATT-HOUR LPS LOW PRESSURE SODIUM LV LOW VOLTAGE MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR MFR MANUFACTURER MH METAL HALIDE MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NL NIGHT LIGHT NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER PA PUBLIC ADDRESS PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PB PULL BOX, ELECTRICAL RECPT RECEPTACLE, OUTLET RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (CONDUIT) RVSS REDUCED VOLTAGE SOFT START RTU REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT TV TELEVISION MONITOR (SET) TVSS TRANS. VOLT. SURGE SUPPRESSOR UF UNDER FLOOR UG UNDERGROUND UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY V VOLT VA VOLT-AMP VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WP WEATHERPROOF WPI WEATHERPROOF IN USE XFMR TRANSFORMER 1.UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL EQUIPMENT INDICATED SHALL BE CONSIDERED NEW AND PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR COMPLETE, INSTALLED, TESTED, AND FUNCTIONING. 2.CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ALL RECOGNIZED CODES OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 3.MAINTAIN AS BUILT CONDITIONS OF THE INSTALLATION DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SUBMIT THE FINAL CONSTRUCTED CONDITIONS TO THE OWNER/ARCHITECT FOR THEIR RECORDS. 4.DRAWINGS INDICATE THE REQUIRED EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, FIXTURES, ETC. AND THEIR RELATED CIRCUITING REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF THE DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH ALL DISCIPLINES. 5.COORDINATE SHUTDOWNS EXCEEDING 4 HOURS A MINIMUM OF 28 DAYS IN ADVANCE. SHUTDOWNS MAT NOT EXCEED 24 HOURS UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. COORDINATE ALL OTHER SHUTDOWNS WITH OWNER A MINIMUM OF 14 DAYS IN ADVANCE. 6.MINIMIZE SHUTDOWNS TO THE EXTENT PRACTICAL. SHUT DOWN ONLY EQUIPMENT BEING WORKED ON, LEAVING UPSTREAM DEVICES ENERGIZED UNLESS THEY POSE ADDITIONAL RISK TO THE WORKER. 7.WORK GENERALLY CONSISTS OF FEEDERS, DISCONNECTS, AND ASSOCIATED CONNECTIONS TO SUPPORT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT SCOPE. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE EQUIPMENT INDICATED ALONG WITH REQUIRED SUPPORTS, MOUNTING HARDWARE, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED. 8.PROVIDE (N) PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ALL PLANELOADS WHERE NEW LOADS ARE CONNECTED. PLACE UPDATED PANEL SCHEDULES INSIDE EACH CORRESPONDING PASTEBOARD. OR D1 PP2 PP1 CS1 CS2 W1 W2 PC TC L a T 3 2 1 J J JI 1 2 TV AV1 C B S S S 1 2 T A 180 WH 1 1 E-501 A E-301 10 F1 LC BT P WH WH T M J J C +48" 1 FIRST FLOOR - ELECTRICAL DEMO PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:55 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - ED-101.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. E17660 9/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A C H R I S T O P H E R A. RIC H A R D S ELECT R I C A L ELECTRCAL DEMO PLAN - FIRST FLOOR ED-101 AS SHOWN SHEET GENERAL NOTES 1.COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES. 2.DURING DEMOLITION, PROTECT EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND FEEDERS THAT ARE TOO REMAIN. SHEET KEYNOTES 1.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE (E) WIRING, DISCONNECTS, EXPOSED CONDUITS, AND ELECTRICAL STRUCTURES FOR (E) HVAC EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED. PRESERVE (E) CONCEALED CONDUIT AND PREPARE FOR REUSE WHERE PRACTICAL. (E) CU-1 (E) CU-2 (E) CU-3 1 1 1 (E) HOUSEKEEPING PAD SP SP SP SP SP SP FACP Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:56 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - ED-102.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. E17660 9/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A C H R I S T O P H E R A. RIC H A R D S ELECT R I C A L 1 SECOND FLOOR - ELECTRICAL DEMO PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' ELECTRICAL DEMO PLAN - SECOND FLOOR ED-102 AS SHOWN (E) PANEL M1 SHEET GENERAL NOTES 1.COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES. 2.DURING DEMOLITION, PROTECT EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND FEEDERS THAT ARE TO REMAIN. 3.PROVIDE FIRE WATCH FOR ALL TIMES FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT IN NORMAL OPERATION. SHEET KEYNOTES 1.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE (E) WIRING, DISCONNECTS, EXPOSED CONDUITS, AND ELECTRICAL STRUCTURES FOR (E) HVAC EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED. PRESERVE (E) CONCEALED CONDUIT AND PREPARE FOR REUSE WHERE PRACTICAL. 2.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE (E) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AND PULL (E) FIRE ALARM INITIATION CIRCUIT WIRING BACK TO NEAREST PULLBOX AND PREPARE FOR REUSE. PRESERVE AND RECONNECT WIRING GOING TO DEVICES IN OTHER SPACES. PROVIDE FACP PROGRAMMING TO ACCOMMODATE SYSTEM CHANGES. (E) AH-1 (E) DF-4 (E) DF-3 (E) DF-2 (E) AH-2 (E) DF-6 (E) DF-5 (E) DF-1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (E) EF-1 1 (E) EH-2 1 (E) AH-3 (E) DF-7 1 1 (E) DSD 2 (E) DSD2 (E) FACP (E) DSD 2 M1-2/4/6 M1-8/10/12 M1-14/16/18 Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:56 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - E-101.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. E17660 9/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A C H R I S T O P H E R A. RIC H A R D S ELECT R I C A L 1 FIRST FLOOR - ELECTRICAL PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' ELECTRICAL PLAN - FIRST FLOOR E-101 AS SHOWN HP 1 HP 3 HP 2 SHEET GENERAL NOTES 1.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT WITH MECHANICAL. 2.EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT AND MOUNTING HARDWARE SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT, STAINLESS STEEL, PLASTIC COATED STEEL, UV RESISTANT FIBERGLASS, OR EQUAL. 3.EXTERIOR RACEWAYS ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE PVC COATED RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL OR UV RESISTANT FIBERGLASS. SHEET KEYNOTES 1.PROVIDE LOCAL HEAVY DUTY FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT AND MOUNT ON BUILDING WALL. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT LOCATION. PROVIDE POWER FEEDER TO PANEL M1 ON SECOND FLOOR. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-501 FOR CONDUIT, WIRE, AND DISCONNECT SIZES. 2.PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF CONDUIT PENETRATION OF EXTERIOR WALL FOR HVAC POWER CIRCUIT. PAINT EXPOSED CONDUIT TO MATCH BUILDING SURFACE. 1 1 1 2 2 2 BID ALT #2 KEYNOTES 3.PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FEEDER FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT SIZED AS NOTED ON THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. PROVIDE FUSES WHERE INDICATED SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE HVAC EQUIPMENT. 3 J M1-17 FACP Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:56 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - E-102 .DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. E17660 9/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A C H R I S T O P H E R A. RIC H A R D S ELECT R I C A L 1 SECOND FLOOR - ELECTRICAL PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" N 0 16'8'4' ELECTRICAL PLAN - SECOND FLOOR E-102 AS SHOWN FC 1 FC 2 FC 3 FC 4 FC 5 FC 6 FC 7 FC 8 FC 9 FC 10 SHEET GENERAL NOTES 1.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT WITH MECHANICAL. SHEET KEYNOTES 1.PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FEEDER FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT SIZED AS NOTED ON THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. PROVIDE FUSES WHERE INDICATED SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE HVAC EQUIPMENT. 2. PROVIDE 120-V POWER CIRCUIT CONSISTING OF (2) #12, #12 GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT TO (N) BMS PANEL FROM (E) PANEL M1. BC 1 BC 2 (N) BMS PANEL (E) PANEL M1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (E) FACP 1 1 EF 1 1 EF 2 EH 2 EH 1 4 4 BID ALT #1 KEYNOTES 3.PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FEEDER FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT SIZED AS NOTED ON THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. PROVIDE FUSES WHERE INDICATED SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE HVAC EQUIPMENT. BID ALT #2 KEYNOTES 4.PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FEEDER FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT SIZED AS NOTED ON THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. PROVIDE FUSES WHERE INDICATED SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE HVAC EQUIPMENT. 3 4 Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:57 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - E-501.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. E17660 9/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A C H R I S T O P H E R A. RIC H A R D S ELECT R I C A L ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES E-501 AS SHOWN SHEET KEYNOTES 1.(E) EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. VERIFY AFTER HVAC DEMOLITION THAT CIRCUIT IS NO LONGER FEEDING ANY UNKNOWN LOADS AND MARK "SPARE". 2.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE (E) CIRCUIT BREAKER. 3.PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN (E) PANEL AS INDICATED. 1 2 1 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sheet of This document shall not be used for construction unless signed and sealed for construction. DesignerDrawn Scale Date Drafting Check Design Check Project Manager Reuse of Documents This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of GHD and shall not be reused in whole or in part for any other project without GHD's written authorization. © 2022 GHD 0 1" Bar is one inch on original size sheet Original Size Arch D Project No. Sheet No. IssueNo.Drawn Approved Date Title Client Project Plot Date:Filename:18 November 2022 - 4:57 PM N:\US\Santa Rosa\Projects\561\11224192\Digital_Design\ACAD 2017\Sheets\11224192 - E-502.DWGPlotted By:Nick Landeros BID SET TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC TW 05 AUG 22 11224192 2235 Mercury Way Suite 150 Santa Rosa California 95407 USA T 1 707 523 1010 F 1 707 527 8679 W www.ghd.com GHD Inc. E17660 9/30/23 No. Exp. R E G I S T E R E D P R O F ESSIONAL E N G I N E E R S TATEOF CA L I F O R N I A C H R I S T O P H E R A. RIC H A R D S ELECT R I C A L ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E-502 AS SHOWN BID ALT #1 KEYNOTES 1.PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN (E) PANEL AS INDICATED. BID ALT #2 KEYNOTES 1.PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN (E) PANEL AS INDICATED. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EXHIBIT 2 DOCUMENT 00 5200 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, dated this 1st day of February 2023, by and between Bell Products, Inc. whose place of business is located at 722 Soscol Ave, Napa, CA 94559 (Contractor), and TOWN OF TIBURON, a political subdivision of the state of California (Owner), acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in Owner by the laws of the State of California. WHEREAS, Owner, through its BOARD on 1st day of February 2023 awarded to Contractor the following Contract: TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC SYSTEMS UPGRADE/REPLACEMENT PROJECT PROJECT No. 21-FS-01 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, Contractor and Owner agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 – SCOPE OF WORK OF THE CONTRACT 1.01 Work of the Contract A. Contractor shall complete all Work specified in the Contract Documents, in accordance with the Specifications, Drawings, and all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents (Work). 1.02 Price for Completion of the Work A. Owner shall pay Contractor the following Contract Sum $681,874 for completion of Work in accordance with Contract Documents as set forth in Contractor’s Bid, attached hereto. B. The Contract Sum includes all allowances (if any). [ATTACHMENT] The Contract Sum is all inclusive and includes all Work; all federal, state, and local taxes on materials and equipment, and labor furnished by Contractor, its subcontractors, subconsultants, architects, engineers, and" vendors or otherwise arising out of Contractor's performance of the Work, including any increases in any such taxes during the term of this Agreement; and any duties, fees, and royalties imposed with respect to any materials and equipment, labor or services. The taxes covered hereby include (but are not limited' to) occupational, sales, use, excise, unemployment, FICA, and income taxes, customs, duties, and any and all other taxes on any item or service that is part of the Work, whether such taxes are normally included in the price of such item or service or are normally stated separately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party shall bear such state or local inventory, real property, personal property or fixtures taxes as may be properly assessed against it by applicable taxing authorities. ARTICLE 2 – COMMENCEMENT AND Completion of Work 2.01 Commencement of Work A. Contractor shall commence Work on the date established in the Notice to Proceed (Commencement Date). B. Owner reserves the right to modify or alter the Commencement Date. 2.02 Completion of Work A. Contractor shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work within One Hundred Eighty (180) Work Days from the Commencement Date. ARTICLE 3 – PROJECT REPRESENTATIVES 3.01 Owner’s Project Manager A. Owner has designated the Town Engineer as its Project Manager to act as Owner’s Representative in all matters relating to the Contract Documents. If Project Manager is an employee of Owner, Project Manager is the beneficiary of all Contractor obligations to Owner including, without limitation, all releases and indemnities. B. Project Manager shall have final authority over all matters pertaining to the Contract Documents and shall have sole authority to modify the Contract Documents on behalf of Owner, to accept work, and to make decisions or actions binding on Owner, and shall have sole signature authority on behalf of Owner. C. Owner may assign all or part of the Project Manager’s rights, responsibilities and duties to a Construction Manager, or other Owner Representative. 3.02 Contractor’s Project Manager and Other Key Personnel A. Contractor has designated [ ______________] as its Project Manager to act as Contractor’s Representative in all matters relating to the Contract Documents. B. Contractor has designated the following other Key Personnel for the Project: Name Position ARTICLE 4 – LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY IN COMPLETION OF WORK 4.01 Liquidated Damage Amounts A. As liquidated damages for delay Contractor shall pay Owner two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) for each Day that expires after the time specified herein for Contractor to achieve Final Completion of the entire Work, until achieved. 4.02 Scope of Liquidated Damages A. Limitations and stipulations regarding liquidated damages are set forth in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). ARTICLE 5 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.01 Contract Documents consist of the following documents, including all changes, Addenda, and Modifications thereto: Document 00 5100 Notice of Award Document 00 5200 Agreement Document 00 5500 Notice to Proceed Document 00 6113.13 Construction Performance Bond Document 00 6113.16 Construction Labor and Material Payment Bond Document 00 6290 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits Document 00 6325 Substitution Request Form Document 00 6530 Release of Claims Document 00 6536 Guaranty Document 00 7200 General Conditions Document 00 7301 Supplemental General Conditions Document 00 7316 Supplementary Conditions – Insurance and Indemnification Document 00 7380 Apprenticeship Program Document 00 9113 Addenda 5.02 There are no Contract Documents other than those that are listed above. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). ARTICLE 6 – Miscellaneous 6.01 Terms and abbreviations used in this Agreement are defined in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) and Section 01 4200 (References and Definitions) and will have the meaning indicated therein. 6.02 Contractor and Owner understand and agree that in no instance are the persons signing this Agreement for or on behalf of Owner or acting as an employee, agent, or representative of Owner, liable on this Agreement or any of the Contract Documents, or upon any warranty of authority, or otherwise. Contractor and Owner further understand and agree that liability of Owner is limited and confined to such liability as authorized or imposed by the Contract Documents or applicable law. 6.03 Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771(a), Contractor represents that it and all of its Subcontractors are currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. Contractor covenants that any additional or substitute Subcontractors will be similarly registered and qualified. 6.04 In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services or materials pursuant to a public works contract, Contractor or Subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. §15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with §16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time Owner tenders final payment to Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 6.05 Copies of the general prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to execute the Contract, as determined by Director of the State of California Department of Industrial Relations, are on file at the Owner’s Facilities Development and Management Division, may be obtained from the California Department of Industrial Relations website [http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/DPreWageDetermination.htm] and are deemed included in the Contract Documents, and shall be made available to any interested party on request. Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1860 and 1861, in accordance with Labor Code Section 3700, every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to their employees. Contractor represents that it is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700 that require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and Contractor shall comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of the Contract Documents. 6.06 This Agreement and the Contract Documents shall be deemed to have been entered into in the Town of Tiburon, State of California, and governed in all respects by California law (excluding choice of law rules). The exclusive venue for all disputes or litigation hereunder shall be in the Superior Court for the County of Marin, California. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement in quadruplicate the day and year first above written. CONTRACTOR: Bell Products, Inc. By: By: _ (Signature) (Signature) Its: _ _ Its: _ Title (If Corporation: Chairman, President Title (If Corporation: Secretary, Assistant or Vice President) Secretary, Chief Financial Officer or Assistant Treasurer) OWNER: TOWN OF TIBURON By: (Signature) (Print Name) (Title) Attest: Secretary (Print Name) APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY THIS __ DAY OF , [20 ] By: Attorney for Owner (Print Name) EXHIBIT 3 Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Title Page 00 0101 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 0101 _ _ _ PROJECT MANUAL for Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project Project No. 21-FS-01 TOWN OF TIBURON Town of Tiburon Public Works Department 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Terry Wong, P.E. Date _ _ _ 11/18/2022 Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Title Page 00 0101 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Table of Contents 00 1110 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division Section Title INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00 0101 Title Page 00 0110 Table of Contents BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 00 1113 Notice Inviting Bids 00 2113 Instructions to Bidders 00 3132 Geotechnical Data and Existing Conditions BID FORMS AND BID SUBMITTALS 00 4113 Bid Form 00 4313 Bond Accompanying Bid 00 4314 Bidder Registration Form 00 4336 Subcontractors List 00 4513 Statement of Qualifications for Construction Work 00 4519 Non-Collusion Affidavit 00 4546 Bidder Certifications CONTRACT FORMS 00 5100 Notice of Award 00 5200 Agreement 00 5500 Notice to Proceed 00 6113.13 Construction Performance Bond 00 6113.16 Construction Labor and Material Payment Bond 00 6290 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention 00 6325 Substitution Request Form 00 6530 Agreement and Release of Any and All Claims 00 6536 Guaranty CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00 7200 General Conditions 00 7316 Supplementary Conditions – Insurance and Indemnification 00 7380 Apprenticeship Program 00 9113 Addenda Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Table of Contents 00 1110 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Division Section Title GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1100 Summary 01 2000 Measurement and Payment 01 2600 Modification Procedures 01 3119 Project Meetings 01 3200 Progress Schedules and Reports 01 3300 Submittals 01 4100 Regulatory Requirements 01 4200 References and Definitions 01 7700 Contract Closeout TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Division 22 Plumbing 22 0529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing and Equipment 22 0553 Identification for Plumbing and Equipment 22 1316 Waste and Vent Piping Division 23 HVAC 23 0517 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC 23 0518 Escutcheons for HVAC Piping 23 0529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 0713 Duct Insulation 23 0719 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0900 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 2300 Refrigerant Piping 23 3113 Metal Ducts 23 3300 Air Duct Accessories 23 8126 Split-System Air-Conditioners Division 26 Electrical 26 0500 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 0519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0553 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 2816 Enclosed Switches END OF DOCUMENT 1.INVITATION TO BID DOCUMENT 00 1113 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Rev. 0 Nov 2022 1.01 Notice Inviting Bids: Owner will receive sealed Bids, made to the Attention of David Eshoo, bymail or in-person at the Town of Tiburon Public Works, located at 1505 Tiburon Boulevard, Tiburon, California, until 2:00 PM on January 5, 2023 for the following public work: TOWN OF TIBURON Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project PROJECT NO. 21-FS-01 1.02 Project Description: The work to be done, in general, consists of replacing the major HVAC equipment located in the mechanical room and building exterior, replacing the refrigerant lines, and providing a new energy management system (EMS) as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Work shall be completed within One-hundred eighty (180) Work Days from the date when Contract Time commences to run. The Engineer's Opinion of Probable Costs is approximately $600,000 to $650,000. 1.03 Procurement of Bidding Documents: Bidding Documents contain the full description of the Project. Work shall be done in accordance with official plans and specifications, which are available at no cost to the Contractor on the Town's website www.TownoITiburon.org under "Bids and RFPs". Bidders shall be responsible for paying reasonable copying costs to obtain Bidding Documents. 1.04 Instructions: Bidders shall refer to Document 00 2113 {Instructions to Bidders) for required documents and items to be submitted as set forth in Paragraph 1.01 above. 1.05 1.06 1.07 Mandatory Pre-Bid Site Visit and Meeting: Owner will conduct a Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting and Site Visit at 10:00 AM on Thursday, December 15, 2022 at the Tiburon Town Hall 1505 Tiburon Blvd, Tiburon CA, 94920. The Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting and Site Visit will last approximately two hours. Bid Preparation Cost: Bidders are solely responsible for the cost of preparing their Bids. Reservation of Rights: Owner specifically reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any or all Bids, to re-bid, or to waive inconsequential defects in bidding not involving time, price or quality of the work. Owner may reject any and all Bids and waive any minor irregularities in the Bids. 2.LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2.01 Required Contractor's License(s): A A California class "B", and class "C" contractor's license are required to bid this contract. Joint ventures must secure a joint venture license prior to award of this Contract. 2.02 Required Contractor and Subcontractor Registration A Owner shall accept Bids only from Bidders that (along with all Subcontractors listed in Document 00 4336, Subcontractor List) are currently registered and qualified to perform public workpursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5.B.Subject to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 (c) and ( d), any Bid not complying with paragraph 2.02Aabove shall be returned and not considered; provided that if Bidder is a joint venture (Business & Professions Code Section 7029.1) or if federal funds are involved in the Contract (Labor CodeSection 1771.1 (a)), Owner may accept a non-complying Bid provided that Bidder and all listedSubcontractors are registered at the time of Contract award. Notice Inviting Bids 00 1113 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Notice Inviting Bids 00 1113 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Instructions to Bidders 00 2113 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Bids are requested by Owner, for a general construction contract, or work described in general, as set forth in Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids) in accordance with the following additional terms. ARTICLE 1 - PROCEDURES FOR SUBMISSION OF BIDS 1.01 Pre-Bid Conference and Site Visit A. The Site Visit indicated in Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids), may be the Bidders’ only opportunity to investigate conditions at the Site. Other Pre-Bid Site Visits may be scheduled at Owner’s sole discretion, depending on staff availability. B. Owner may issue Minutes of the Pre-Bid Conference, which shall constitute the sole and exclusive record and statement of the results of the Pre-Bid Conference. The Minutes issued by Owner are not Contract Documents. 1.02 Required Pre-Bid Investigations A. Prior to submission of Bid, Bidder must conduct a careful examination of Bidding Documents and understand the nature, extent, and location of Work to be performed. Refer to Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) on required pre-bid investigations. B. Bidders may examine any available existing conditions information (e.g., record documents, specifications, studies, drawings of previous work), as well as applicable environmental assessment information (if any) regarding the Project, by giving Owner reasonable advanced notice. Owner will make copies available for a fee. A Bidder must give five (5) days advanced notice if copies are desired. 1.03 Bidder Questions and Answers A. Bidders must direct all questions about the meaning or intent of Bidding Documents to Owner in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Owner in response to such questions will be issued by written Addenda mailed, faxed, or delivered to all parties recorded by Owner as having received Bidding Documents. Owner may not answer questions received less than 4 Days prior to the date for opening Bids. B. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Any other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect, and Bidders shall not rely on oral statements. 1.04 Addenda A. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner. Addenda shall be acknowledged by number in Document 00 4113 (Bid Form) and shall be part of the Contract Documents. A complete listing of Addenda may be secured from Owner. ARTICLE 2 - RECEIPT OF BIDS 2.01 Date and Time A. Sealed Bids will be received by the Owner until the date and time indicated in Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids). All Bid envelopes will be time-stamped to reflect their submittal time. Owner shall reject all Bids received after the specified time and will return such Bids to Bidders unopened. Bidders must submit Bids in accordance with this Document 00 2113. 2.02 Bid Submission: A. Owner will receive Bids in an opaque sealed 10 inch x 13 inch envelope, containing the required items described herein. B. Bidders should mark their Bid envelopes using the name, address, identifying information and contract number, indicated in Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids). Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Instructions to Bidders 00 2113 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2.03 Required Contents of “Envelope A – Bid Submittals” A. Document 00 4113 (Bid Form). Bidders must submit Bids on Document 00 4113 (Bid Form) in accordance with the provisions of Document 00 4113. Bidders must complete all Bid items and supply all information required by Bid documents and specifications. B. Document 00 4313 (Bond Accompanying Bid). Bidders must submit Document 00 4313 (Bond Accompanying Bid) accompanied by a cashier’s check, certified check (certified without qualification and drawn on a solvent bank of the State of California or a National Bank doing business in the State of California) or completed form of Document 00 4313 of not less than 10% of the base Bid, payable to Owner and completed in accordance with the provisions of Document 00 4313. C. Document 00 4314 (Bidder Registration Form). Bidders must submit Document 00 4314 (Bidder Registration Form), completed in accordance with the provisions of Document 00 4314. D. Document 00 4336 (Subcontractors List). Bidders must submit Document 00 4336 (Subcontractors List) completed in accordance with the provisions of Document 00 4336. The Subcontractors List must include the names, location, place of business, and other information required by Document 00 4336, of all subcontractors who will perform any portion of work, including labor, rendering of service, or specially fabricating and installing a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in excess of one half of one percent (0.5%) of the total Bid amount. Any violation of this requirement may result in a Bid being deemed non-responsive and not being considered. E. Document 00 4519 (Non-Collusion Affidavit). Bidders must submit Document 00 4519 (Non- Collusion Affidavit) completed in accordance with the provisions of Document 00 4519. F. Document 00 4546 (Bidder Certifications). Bidders must submit Document 00 4546 (Bidder Certification) completed in accordance with the provisions of Document 00 4546. ARTICLE 3 - BID OPENING AND EVALUATION 3.01 Determination of Apparent Low Bidder A. Owner will open each Bidders’ Envelope at the time and place indicated in Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids), initially evaluate them for responsiveness, and determine an Apparent Low Bidder as specified herein and in Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids) and Document 00 4113 (Bid Form). B. Apparent Low Bid will be determined solely on the Total Bid Price (including any alternates) based on terms contained in Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids) and Document 00 4113 (Bid Form), or as set forth in Paragraph 2.03 of Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids). All Bidders are required to submit Bids on all Bid items (including any alternates). C. If Apparent Low Bidder is determined to be non-responsive or non-responsible, then Owner may proceed to the next Apparent Low Bidder’s Bid pursuant to any procedures determined in its reasonable discretion and proceed for all purposes as if this Apparent Low Bidder were the original Apparent Low Bidder. 3.02 Evaluation of Bids A. Bids must be full, complete, clearly written and using the required forms. Bidders shall make any change in the Bid by crossing out the original entry, entering and initialing the new entry. Bidder’s failure to submit all required documents strictly as required entitles Owner to reject the Bid as non- responsive. All Bidders must submit Bids containing each of the fully executed documents supplied in this Project Manual. B. In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider Bidders’ qualifications, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data, as may be requested in Document 00 4113 (Bid Form) or prior to the Notice of Award. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Instructions to Bidders 00 2113 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Owner may conduct reasonable investigations and reference checks of Bidder and other persons and organizations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish Bidder’s responsibility, qualifications, financial ability, and capability to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner’s satisfaction within the prescribed time. Submission of a Bid constitutes Bidder’s consent to the foregoing. D. Owner shall have the right to consider information provided by sources other than Bidder. Owner shall also have the right to communicate directly with Bidder’s surety regarding Bidder’s bonds. E. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between written words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. F. Bids shall be deemed to include the written responses of the Bidder to any questions or requests for information of Owner made as part of Bid evaluation process after submission of Bid. 3.03 Reservation of Rights A. Owner reserves the right to: 1. Reject any or all nonconforming, non-responsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids, and 2. Reject the Bid of any Bidder as non-responsive as a result of any error or omission in the Bid, and 3. Reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive, the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability, or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner. B. For purposes of this paragraph, an “unbalanced Bid” is one having nominal prices for some Bid items and enhanced prices for other Bid items. C. Owner may retain Bid securities and Bid bonds of other than the Apparent Low Bidder for a period of 120 Days after award or full execution of the Contract, whichever first occurs. D. Owner may waive any informalities or minor irregularities in the Bids. E. Owner also reserves the right, in its discretion, to reject any or all Bids and to re-Bid the Project. 3.04 Required Contractor and Subcontractor Registration A. Owner shall accept Bids only from Bidders that (along with all Subcontractors listed in Document 00 4336, Subcontractors List) are currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. B. Subject to Labor Code Sections 1771.1(c) and (d), any Bid not complying with paragraph 3.04.A, above, shall be returned and not considered; provided that if Bidder is a joint venture (Business & Professions Code Section 7029.1) or if federal funds are involved in the Contract (Labor Code Section 1771.1(a)), Owner may accept a non-complying Bid provided that Bidder and all listed Subcontractors are registered at the time of Contract award. ARTICLE 4 - MANDATORY BID PROTEST PROCEDURES 4.01 Submission of Written Bid Protest A. Any Bid protest in connection with the construction contract or work described in general in Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids) must be submitted in writing to the Owner’s Authorized Representative, located at 1505 Tiburon Boulevard, Tiburon, California 94920, before 3:30 p.m. of the fifth business day following the opening of bids at Town Hall. Owner will use reasonable efforts to deliver by facsimile or email a copy of the bid results to all Bidders who submitted Bids no later than the Business Day after issuance, although any delay or failure to do so will not extend the Bid protest deadline described herein. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Instructions to Bidders 00 2113 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. The initial protest document must contain a complete statement of the basis for the protest. C. The protest must refer to the specific portion of the document that forms the basis for the protest. D. The protest must include the name, address, and telephone number of the person representing the protesting party. E. Only Bidders who the Owner otherwise determines are responsive and responsible are eligible to protest a Bid; protests from any other Bidder will not be considered. In order to determine whether a protesting Bidder is responsive and responsible, Owner may evaluate all information contained in any protesting Bidder’s Bid and conduct the same investigation and evaluation as Owner is entitled to take regarding an Apparent Low Bidder. F. The party filing the protest must concurrently transmit a copy of the initial protest document and any attached documentation to all other parties with a direct financial interest that may be adversely affected by the outcome of the protest. Such parties shall include all other Bidders who appear to have a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending upon the outcome of the protest. 4.02 Exclusive Remedy A. The procedure and time limits set forth in this Article 4 are mandatory and are Bidder’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of Bid protest. Bidder’s failure to comply with these procedures shall constitute a waiver of any right to further pursue the Bid protest, including filing a Government Code Claim or other legal proceedings. A Bidder may not rely on a protest submitted by another Bidder but must timely pursue its own protest. ARTICLE 5 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 5.01 Notice of Award and Submittal of Executed Contract Documents A. If Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible responsive Bidder. Such Award, if made, will be made within ninety (90) days after the opening of the Bid Proposals. B. Successful Bidder must execute and submit to Owner the “Required Contract Documents and Proof of Insurance” set forth below, by 5:00 p.m. of the 15th Day following the Notice of Award. 5.02 Required Contract Documents and Proof of Insurance A. Document 00 5200 (Agreement), fully executed by successful Bidder. Submit four originals, each bearing an original signature on the signature page and initials on each page. B. Document 00 6113.13 (Construction Performance Bond), fully executed by successful Bidder and surety, in the amount set forth in Document 00 6113.13. Submit one original. C. Document 00 6113.16 (Construction Labor and Material Payment Bond), fully executed by successful Bidder and surety, in the amount set forth in Document 00 6113.16. Submit three originals. D. Document 00 6536 (Guaranty), fully executed by successful Bidder. Submit one original, bearing an original signature on the signature page and initials on each page. E. Insurance certificates and endorsements required by Document 00 7316 (Supplementary Conditions—Insurance): Submit one original set. F. Any other items identified by Owner in Document 00 5100 (Notice of Award). 5.03 Failure to Execute and Deliver Documents: A. If Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded, within the period described in this Document 00 2113, fails or neglects to execute and deliver all required Contract Documents and file all required bonds, insurance certificates, and other documents, Owner may, in its sole discretion, rescind the award, recover on Bidder’s surety bond, or deposit Bidder’s cashier’s check or certified check for collection, and retain the proceeds thereof as liquidated damages for Bidder’s failure to enter into the Contract Documents. Bidder agrees that calculating the damages Owner may suffer as a result of Bidder’s failure to execute and deliver all required Contract Documents would be extremely difficult and Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Instructions to Bidders 00 2113 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement impractical and that the amount of Bidder’s required Bid security shall be the agreed and presumed amount of Owner’s damages. B. Upon Bidder’s failure to timely deliver all required Contract Documents as set forth herein, Owner may determine the next Apparent Low Bidder and proceed accordingly. ARTICLE 6 - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS 6.01 Modification of Commencement of Work: A. Owner expressly reserves the right to modify the date for the Commencement of Work under the Contract and to independently perform and complete work related to Project. Owner accepts no responsibility to Contractor for any delays attributed to its need to complete independent work at the Site. B. Owner shall have the right to communicate directly with Apparent Low Bidder’s proposed performance bond surety, to confirm the performance bond. Owner may elect to extend the time to receive faithful performance and labor and material payment bonds. 6.02 Payment Bond: A. The successful Bidder must file a payment bond with and approved by Owner prior to entering upon the performance of the Work, in accordance with Civil Code Section 9550, et seq. 6.03 Wage Rates: A. Copies of the general prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to execute the Contract, as determined by Director of the State of California Department of Industrial Relations, are on file at the Owner’s Facilities Development and Management Division and may be obtained from the California Department of Industrial Relations website [http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/DPreWageDetermination.htm] and are deemed included in the Bidding Documents. Upon request, Owner will make available copies to any interested party. Also, Contractor shall post the applicable prevailing wage rates at the Site. 6.04 Withdrawal of Bids: A. Bidders may withdraw their Bids at any time prior to the Bid opening time fixed in this Document 00 2113, only by written request for the withdrawal of Bid filed with Owner at the Town Office, located at 1505 Tiburon Boulevard, Tiburon, California. Bidder or its duly authorized representative shall execute request to withdraw Bid. 6.05 Ineligible Contractors and Subcontractors: A. Owner will reject a Bid from a Bidder who is ineligible to bid or work on, or be awarded, a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7. Bidders and the Contractor who is awarded the project contract shall not utilize, or allow work by, any subcontractor who is ineligible to bid or work on, or be awarded, a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7. (See Public Contract Code Section 6109.) The California Division of Labor Standards Enforcement publishes a list of debarred contractors and subcontractors on the Internet at www.dir.ca.gov/DLSE/debar.html. 6.06 Substitutions: A. Bidders must base their Bids on products and systems specified in Contract Documents or listed by name in Addenda. Owner will consider substitution requests only for “or equal items.” Bidders wanting to use “or equal” item(s) may submit Document 00 6325 (Substitution Request Form) no later than 15 Days after Notice of Award. To assess “or equal” acceptability of product or system, request(s) for substitution must contain the information required in Document 00 6325. Insufficient information will be grounds for Town to reject the substitution. Town will, within a reasonable time, after having received a request for substitution, issue in writing its decision as to whether the proposed substitution is an “or equal” item compatible to Town systems, durability, and quality. City’s decision shall be conclusive as to all Bidders. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Instructions to Bidders 00 2113 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Prior to bid, requests for substitution will not be considered unless Document 00 6325 is received at least seven days prior to Bid day. Substitutions approved before Bid day will be listed in Addenda and become part of the Contract Documents. As a limitation on Bidder's privilege to request substitution of “or equal” items, Owner has found that certain items are designated as Owner standards and certain items are designated to match existing items in use on a particular public improvement either completed or in the course of completion or are available from one source. As to such items, Owner will not permit substitution. Such items (if any) are described in Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids). 6.07 Definitions: A. All abbreviations and definitions of terms used in this Document 00 2113 are set forth in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) and Section 014200 (References and Definitions). END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Instructions to Bidders 00 2113 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Geotechnical Data and Existing Conditions 00 3132 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 3132 GEOTECHNICAL DATA AND EXISTING CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - REPORTS AND INFORMATION ON EXISTING CONDITIONS 1.01 Inspection of Reports: A. Owner, its consultants, and prior contractors may have collected documents providing a general description of the Site and conditions of the Work. These documents may consist of geotechnical reports for and around the Site, contracts, contract specifications, tenant improvement contracts, as-built drawings, utility drawings, information regarding Underground Facilities, and hazardous material surveys or information (collectively, Existing Conditions Data.) B. Bidders may inspect Geotechnical and Existing Conditions Data. These documents are listed in Section 011100 (Summary of Work) and are available for review at the address identified therein. Copies may be obtained for the cost of reproduction and handling upon Bidder’s payment for the costs. C. Existing Conditions Data is for information purposes only and does not describe labor, materials or equipment furnished by Contractor, but rather, information regarding conditions of the work. Such Existing Conditions Data is not a Contract Document. ARTICLE 2 - USE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS DATA 2.01 Above-Ground Existing Conditions: A. Owner makes no warranty or representation of existing aboveground conditions, as-built conditions, or other aboveground actual conditions verifiable by reasonable independent investigation. These conditions are verifiable by Bidder by the performance of its own independent investigation that Bidder must perform prior to bidding and Bidder must not rely on the information supplied by Owner regarding such existing conditions. B. Bidder represents and agrees that in submitting its Bid, it is not relying on any information regarding above-ground existing conditions supplied by Owner. 2.02 Underground Facilities: A. Information supplied regarding existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information furnished to Owner by others (e.g., the builders of such Underground Facilities or others). B. Owner assumes responsibility for only the general accuracy, completeness or thoroughness of information regarding Underground Facilities that are owned by Owner. This express assumption of responsibility applies only if Bidder has conducted the independent investigation required of it under Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) and discrepancies were not apparent. Bidder is solely responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from this information. Owner is not responsible for information regarding Underground Facilities that are owned by others. 2.03 Hazardous Materials Surveys: A. Bidders may rely on this data and information for general accuracy regarding the locations of potentially hazardous materials subject of the Work. Owner does not warrant and makes no representation regarding the completeness or thoroughness of any data or information regarding existing conditions or hazardous materials including, without limitation, quantities, characteristics, volumes, or associated structural features. Bidder represents and agrees that in submitting a Bid it is not relying on any such data, information or deductions. B. Data and information regarding the locations of hazardous materials are not part of Contract Documents. 2.04 Except as expressly set forth in this Document 00 3132, Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Geotechnical Data and Existing Conditions 00 3132 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement A. Owner does not warrant, and makes no representation regarding, the accuracy or thoroughness of any geotechnical and existing conditions data. B. Bidder represents and agrees that in submitting its Bid, it is not relying on any geotechnical and existing conditions data supplied by Owner, except as specifically set forth herein. ARTICLE 3 - INVESTIGATIONS 3.01 Required Investigations: A. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall be responsible to obtain such additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site or otherwise, which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder and safety precautions and programs incident thereto or which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of Contract Documents. B. Bidders shall advise Owner in writing during the Bid period of any questions, suppositions, inferences or deductions Bidders may have for Owner’s review and response. C. Owner has provided time in the period prior to bidding for Bidder to perform these investigations. 3.02 Access to Site for Investigations: A. During the Pre-Bid Site Visit(s), Owner will provide each Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies, as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid, provided that invasive testing will be permitted only to the extent provided in Document 00 2113 (Instructions to Bidders). Bidders must fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. Such investigations may be performed only under the provisions of Document 00 2113 (Instructions to Bidders) and Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) including, without limitation, proof of insurance and obligation to indemnify against claims arising from such investigation work. Each Bidder shall supply all equipment required to perform any investigations as each Bidder deems necessary. Owner has the right to limit the number of pieces of machinery operating at any one time due to safety concerns or in order to protect or maintain the Site from potential damage or interruption to general operational activities. An encroachment permit may be required for any investigatory work. END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bid Form 00 4113 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 4113 BID FORM TO THE TOWN OF TIBURON THIS BID IS SUBMITTED BY: _ _ _ (Firm/Company Name) Re: Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement at Tiburon, California, Project Number 21-FS-01 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with the TOWN OF TIBURON in the form included in the Contract Documents, Document 00 5200 (Agreement), to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Sum and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, Document 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids), and Document 00 2113 (Instructions to Bidders) including, without limitation, those dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 Days after the day of Bid opening, unless there is a bid protest, then 90 days after the day of bid opening. 3. In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that Bidder has examined all of the Contract Documents, performed all necessary Pre-Bid investigations, attended the mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting, if any, received the Pre-Bid Meeting minutes (if any), and received the following Addenda: Addendum Number ADDENDUM DATE Signature of Bidder 4. Based on the foregoing, Bidder proposes and agrees to fully perform the Work within the time stated and in strict accordance with the Contract Documents for the following sums of money listed in the following Schedule of Bid Prices: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bid Form 00 4113 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SCHEDULE OF BID PRICES All Bid items, including lump sums, unit prices and alternates (if any), must be filled in completely. Bid items are described in Section 01 1100 (Summary of Work). Quote in figures only, unless words are specifically requested. ITEM DESCRIPTION TS REF EST QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL 1 Condensate Drain Piping 22 1316 LF $ $ 2 Testing, Adjusting, & Balancing 23 0593 LS $ $ 3 Controls 23 0900 LS $ $ 4 Refrigerant Piping 23 2300 LF $ $ 5 Metal Ducts 23 3113 LBS $ $ 6 Air Duct Accessories 23 3300 LS $ $ 7 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 23 3713 EA $ $ 8 Fan Coil - 875 CFM 23 8126 EA $ $ 9 Fan Coil – 1095 CFM 23 8126 EA $ $ 10 Fan Coil – 400 CFM 23 8126 EA $ $ 11 Heat Pump – 155.8 MBH 23 8126 EA $ $ 12 Heat Pump – 101.3 MBH 23 8126 EA $ $ 13 Heat Pump – 61.4 MBH 23 8126 EA $ $ 14 Branch Circuit Controller 8 Port 23 8126 EA $ $ 15 Branch Circuit Controller 6 Port 23 8126 EA $ $ 16 Low-Voltage Power Conductors 26 0619 LF $ $ 17 Conduit 26 0533 LF $ $ 18 100A Disconnect 26 2816 EA $ $ 19 60A Disconnect 26 2816 EA $ $ ALTERNATE NO. DESCRIPTION ALTERNATE PRICE 1 I.T Room Exhaust Fan and Thermostat $ 2 Airborne Pathogen Mitigation $ TOTAL BID PRICE $ Total Bid Price: _ _ _ _ (Indicate Bid Price in Words) Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bid Form 00 4113 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 5. The undersigned acknowledges that the Apparent Low Bidder will be determined as provided in Documents 00 1113 (Notice Inviting Bids) and Document 00 2113 (Instruction to Bidders). 6. Subcontractors for work are listed on Document 00 4336 (Subcontractors List), submitted herewith. 7. The undersigned Bidder understands that Owner reserves the right to reject this Bid. 8. If written notice of the acceptance of this Bid, hereinafter referred to as Notice of Award, is mailed or delivered to the undersigned Bidder within the time described in Paragraph 2 of this Document 00 4113 or at any other time thereafter before it is withdrawn, the undersigned Bidder will execute and deliver the documents required by Document 00 2113 (Instructions to Bidders) within the times specified therein. 9. Notice of Award or request for additional information may be addressed to the undersigned Bidder at the address set forth below. 10. The undersigned Bidder herewith encloses cash, a cashier’s check, or certified check of or on a responsible bank in the United States, or a corporate surety bond furnished by a surety authorized to do a surety business in the State of California, in form specified in Document 00 2113 (Instructions to Bidders), in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the Total Bid Price and made payable to the TOWN OF TIBURON. 11. The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence Work under the Contract Documents on the date established in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) and to complete all Work within the time specified in Document 00 5200 (Agreement). 12. The undersigned Bidder agrees that, in accordance with Document 00 7200 (General Conditions), liquidated damages for failure to complete all Work in the Contract within the time specified in Document 00 5200 (Agreement) shall be as set forth in Document 00 5200. 13. The names of all persons interested in the foregoing Bid as principals are: IMPORTANT NOTICE: If Bidder or other interested person is a corporation, give the legal name of corporation, state where incorporated, and names of president and secretary thereof; if a partnership, give name of the firm and names of all individual co-partners composing the firm; if Bidder or other interested person is an individual, give first and last names in full. NAME OF BIDDER: _ _ licensed in accordance with an act for the registration of Contractors, and with license number: _ Expiration: _ . _ _ _ (Place of Incorporation, if Applicable) (Principal) _ __ (Principal) _ __ (Principal) I certify (or declare) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct. _ (Signature of Bidder) Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bid Form 00 4113 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, set forth the legal name of the corporation together with the signature of the officer or officers authorized to sign contracts on behalf of the corporation. If Bidder is a partnership, set forth the name of the firm together with the signature of the partner or partners authorized to sign contracts on behalf of the partnership. Business Address: _ _ _ Contractor’s Representative(s): _ (Name/Title) _ (Name/Title) _ (Name/Title) Officers Authorized to Sign Contracts _ (Name/Title) _ (Name/Title) _ (Name/Title) Telephone Number(s): _ (Area Code) (Number) _ (Area Code) (Number) Fax Number(s): _ (Area Code) (Number) _ (Area Code) (Number) Date of Bid: _ END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bid Form 00 4113 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bond Accompanying Bid 00 4313 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 4313 BOND ACCOMPANYING BID KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That the undersigned , (Name of Contractor) as Principal and the undersigned as Surety are held and firmly bound unto Owner, TOWN OF TIBURON, a political subdivision of the state of California, as obligee, in the penal sum of (Dollar Amount In Words) Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States of America being at least ten percent (10%) of the aggregate amount of said Principal’s base Bid, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Principal is submitting a Bid for Owner Contract Number 21-FS-01, Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project at Tiburon, California. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Bid submitted by the said Principal be accepted and the Contract be awarded to said Principal and said Principal shall within the required periods enter into the Contract so awarded and provide the required Construction Performance Bond, Construction Labor and Material Payment Bond, insurance certificates, Guaranty, and all other endorsements, forms, and documents required under Document 00 2113 (Instructions to Bidders), then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument this _ day of _ , 20_ . (Month) (Corporate Seal) By Principal By Surety (Corporate Seal) By Attorney in Fact END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bond Accompanying Bid 00 4313 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bidder Registration Form 00 4314 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 4314 BIDDER REGISTRATION FORM INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION Contractor’s License # Date: Fed Tax I.D. # Full Corporate Name of Company: Street Address: Mailing Address: Phone: Fax: Name of Principal Contact: Type of Business: Sole Proprietor _ Partnership Non-Profit 501(c)(3) _ Corporation other (please explain: ) INSURANCE (Complete all items listed below that are applicable and/or are required by Document 00 7316, Supplementary Conditions – Insurance and Indemnification) Workers’ Compensation: Carrier: Address: Phone and Fax: Policy Number: General Liability: Carrier: Address: Phone and Fax: Policy Number: Policy Limits: $ Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bidder Registration Form 00 4314 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement A.M. Best Rating: Automobile Liability: Carrier: Address: Phone and Fax: Policy Number: Policy Limits: $ A.M. Best Rating: All-Risk Course of Construction (IF APPLICABLE): Carrier: Address: Phone and Fax: Policy Number: Policy Limits: $ A.M. Best Rating: Pollution Legal Liability Insurance (IF APPLICABLE): Carrier: Address: Phone and Fax: Policy Number: Policy Limits: $ A.M. Best Rating: Excess Liability Insurance (IF APPLICABLE): Carrier: Address: Phone and Fax: Policy Number: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bidder Registration Form 00 4314 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Policy Limits: $ A.M. Best Rating: BIDDER CERTIFIES, UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY, THAT THE FOREGOING INFORMATION IS CURRENT AND ACCURATE AND AUTHORIZES OWNER, AND ITS AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES TO OBTAIN A CREDIT REPORT AND/OR VERIFY ANY OF THE ABOVE INFORMATION. BIDDER: _ _ (COMPANY NAME) By: _ NAME TITLE By: _ SIGNATURE DATE Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bidder Registration Form 00 4314 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Subcontractors List 00 4336 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 4336 SUBCONTRACTORS LIST [See Instructions to Bidders para. 2.03 regarding option (Public Contract Code §4104(a)(2)(A)) to permit certain information to be provided up to 24 hours after bid submission deadline.] Name of Subcontractor and Location of Place of Business Description of Work Subcontractor’s License No. DIR Registration Number (Bidder to attach additional sheets if necessary) END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Subcontractors List 00 4336 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Statement of Qualifications For Construction Work 00 4513 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 4513 STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK ARTICLE 1 – GENERAL INFORMATION 1.01 Minimum Bidder Qualifications. A. Bidders must be duly licensed, pursuant to the license requirements in Document 00 0113, Article 2.01, and in accordance with the California Business & Professions Code §§7006, et seq., and have a history of work performance sufficient to meet the requirements of a responsible bidder in the Public Contract Code Section 1103. B. Bidders must have three (3) years’ experience as a continuously operating entity engaged in the performance of similar work. 1.02 Measurement. A. Bidder’s compliance with the minimum qualification requirements will be measured by Bidder’s experience as an operating entity and also by the experience of the supervisory personnel who will have responsible charge of the various major components of the Work. B. If Bidder subcontracts portions of the Work, Owner, in its determination of whether the minimum qualification requirements have been met, may consider the qualifications of the Subcontractor’s supervisory personnel. 1.03 Other Requirements. A. Bidder's attention is called to the following minimum requirements for a Bidder to be found responsible to perform the Work: 1. Building Capacity. Ability to secure, in accordance with the Contract documents, the required forms of Construction Performance Bond and Construction Labor and Material Payment Bond. Ability to obtain required insurance with coverage values that meet minimum requirements. 2. Projects Public Experience. Evidence that Bidder and its team, including without limitation its Subcontractors (hereafter, including Bidder if Bidder performs such Work itself, "designated Subcontractor(s)"), have the human and physical resources of sufficient quantity and quality to perform the Work under Contract documents in a timely and Specification- compliant manner, to include: a. Construction and management organizations with sufficient personnel and -requisite disciplines, licenses, skills, experience, and equipment for the Project. b. Minimum licensing requirements including evidence of a valid California contractor's license for the Bidder. c. Bidder's safety record. d. Minimum experience requirements of the prime contractor including the completion of 3 projects of similar nature and complexity involving within the past 2 years. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Statement of Qualifications For Construction Work 00 4513 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement PART C: EXPERIENCE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR The nature of this Project requires prior similar experience for the firm and the Key Personnel assigned. Summarize similar project experience below and provide the detailed project information requested: Prime Contractor. List [three (3)] projects of similar size and scope to the Work of the Contract, completed in the past [two (2)] years, and indicate who were the superintendent, project manager and scheduler. NOTE: This listing will be used to assess compliance with the stated minimum qualifications in Paragraph 1.01. Project Name Construction Cost ($) Year Completed Name of Project Superintendent Name of Project Manager Name of Project Scheduler Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Statement of Qualifications For Construction Work 00 4513 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Non-Collusion Affidavit 00 4519 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 4519 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE §7106 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) ) ss. TOWN OF TIBURON ) _ _ , being first duly sworn, (Name of Principal of Bidder) deposes and says that they are _ (Office of Affiant) of _ _ _ , the party (Name of Bidder) making the foregoing Bid, that the Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham Bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham Bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding, and that the Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication or conference with anyone to fix the Bid price of Bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the Bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against Owner, or anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the Bid are true; and further, that Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted its Bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, Bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham Bid. Executed under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California: (Name of Bidder) (Signature of Principal) Subscribed and sworn before me This day of _ , 20 Notary Public of the State of _ _ In and for the County of_ _ _ My Commission expires _ __ (Seal) Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Non-Collusion Affidavit 00 4519 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement NOTE: If Bidder is a partnership or a joint venture, this affidavit must be signed and sworn to by every member of the partnership or venture. NOTE: If Bidder [including any partner or venturer of a partnership or joint venture] is a corporation, this affidavit must be signed by the Chairman, President, or Vice President and by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Chief Financial Officer, or Assistant Treasurer. NOTE: If Bidder’s affidavit on this form is made outside the State of California, the official position of the person taking such affidavit shall be certified according to law. END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bidder Certifications 00 4546 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 4546 BIDDER CERTIFICATIONS TO BE EXECUTED BY ALL BIDDERS AND SUBMITTED WITH BID The undersigned Bidder certifies to Owner as set forth in sections 1 through 7 below: 1. STATEMENT OF CONVICTIONS By my signature hereunder, I hereby swear, under penalty of perjury, that no more than one final, unappealable finding of contempt of court by a Federal Court has been issued against Bidder within the past two years because of failure to comply with an order of a Federal Court or to comply with an order of the National Labor Relations Board. 2. CERTIFICATION OF WORKER’S COMPENSATION INSURANCE By my signature hereunder, as the Contractor, I certify that I am aware of the Labor Code Section 3700, which requires every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract. 3. CERTIFICATION OF PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND RECORDS By my signature hereunder, as the Contractor, I certify that I am aware of Labor Code Section 1773, which requires the payment of prevailing wage on public projects. Contractor and any subcontractors under the Contractor shall comply with Labor Code Section 1776 regarding wage records, and with Labor Code Section 1777.5 regarding the employment and training of apprentices. Contractor is responsible to ensure compliance by any and all subcontractors performing work under this Contract. 4. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH PUBLIC WORKS CHAPTER OF LABOR CODE By my signature hereunder, as the Contractor, I certify that I am aware of Labor Code Sections 1777.1 and 1777.7 Code, and Contractor and Subcontractors are eligible to bid and work on public works projects. 5. CERTIFICATION OF NON-DISCRIMINATION By my signature hereunder, as the Contractor, I certify that there will be no discrimination in employment with regard to race, color, religion, gender, sexual orientation, age or national origin; that all federal, state, and local directives and executive orders regarding non-discrimination in employment will be complied with; and that the principal of equal opportunity in employment will be demonstrated positively and aggressively. 6. CERTIFICATION OF NON-DISQUALIFICATION By my signature hereunder, as the Contractor, I swear, under penalty of perjury, that the below indicated Bidder, any officer of Bidder, or any employee of Bidder who has a proprietary interest in such Bidder, has never been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing a Federal, State, or local government project because of a violation of law or safety regulation, except as indicated on the separate sheet attached hereto entitled “Previous Disqualifications.” If a statement of “Previous Disqualifications” is attached, please explain the circumstances. 7. CERTIFICATION OF ADEQUACY OF CONTRACT AMOUNT By my signature hereunder, as the Contractor, pursuant to Labor Code Section 2810(a), I certify that, if awarded the Contract based on the undersigned’s Bid, the Contract will include funds sufficient to allow the Contractor to comply with all applicable local, state, and federal laws or regulations governing the labor or services to be provided. I understand that Owner will be relying on this certification if it awards the Contract to the undersigned. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Bidder Certifications 00 4546 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 8. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DIR CONTRACTOR / SUBCONTRACTOR REGISTRATION By my signature hereunder, as the Contractor, I certify that Contractor, and all Subcontractors listed on Document 00 4330 (Subcontractors List) are the subject of current and active contractor registrations pursuant to Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with section 1720) of the California Labor Code. Contractor’s registration number is [please complete] . Subcontractors’ registration numbers are as indicated in Document 00 4336. BIDDER: (Name of Bidder) Date: , [201 ] By: (Signature) Name: (Print Name) Its: (Title) END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Notice of Award 00 5100 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 5100 NOTICE OF AWARD Dated TO: ADDRESS: CONTRACT NO.: __ CONTRACT FOR: TOWN OF TIBURON Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project AT 1505 Tiburon Boulevard, Tiburon, CA The Contract Sum of your contract is (Amount in Words) Dollars ($ ) 1. You must comply with the following conditions precedent by 5:00 p.m. of the 15th Day following the date of this Notice of Award, that is, by [Day of the Week, Month Day, 20 ]. a. Deliver to Owner two (2) fully executed counterparts of Document 00 5200 (Agreement). Each copy of Document 00 5200 (Agreement) must bear your original signature on the signature page and your initials on each page. b. Deliver to Owner one (1) originals of Document 00 6113.13 (Construction Performance Bond), executed by you and your surety. c. Deliver to Owner one (1) originals of Document 00 6113.16 (Construction Labor and Material Payment Bond), executed by you and your surety. d. Deliver to Owner original set of the insurance certificates with endorsements required under Document 00 7316 (Supplementary Conditions – Insurance). e. Deliver to Owner one fully executed Document 00 6536 (Guaranty), bearing your original signature on the signature page and your initials on each page. 2. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award, and to declare your Bid security forfeited. 3. Within 21 Days after you comply with the conditions in Paragraph 1 of this Document 00 5100, Owner will return to you one fully signed counterpart of Document 00 5200 (Agreement) with 2 copies of the Project Manual (including Specifications and Drawings) and 2 sets of full-size Drawings. 4. Before you may start any Work at the Site, you must attend a pre-construction conference. The pre-construction conference may be arranged through David Eshoo (415) 435-7354. Questions regarding bonds and insurance may be directed to David Eshoo at the same number. All other inquiries regarding the Project should be directed to David Eshoo (415)-435-7354. 5. Upon commencement of the Work, you and each of your Subcontractors shall certify and provide Owner copies of payroll records in accordance with Labor Code Section 1776. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Notice of Award 00 5100 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement OWNER: TOWN OF TIBURON BY: TOWN ENGINEER (Print Name) AUTHORIZED BY TOWN OF TIBURON MINUTE ORDER NO.: _ APPROVED DATE: _ _ _ _ END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Notice of Award 00 5100 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Agreement 00 5200 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 5200 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, dated this [date] day of [Month], [20__], by and between [Enter Name of Contractor] whose place of business is located at [Address of Contractor] (Contractor), and TOWN OF TIBURON, a political subdivision of the state of California (Owner), acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in Owner by the laws of the State of California. WHEREAS, Owner, through its BOARD on _ day of awarded to Contractor the following Contract: TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC SYSTEMS UPGRADE/REPLACEMENT PROJECT PROJECT No. 21-FS-01 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, Contractor and Owner agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 – SCOPE OF WORK OF THE CONTRACT 1.01 Work of the Contract A. Contractor shall complete all Work specified in the Contract Documents, in accordance with the Specifications, Drawings, and all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents (Work). 1.02 Price for Completion of the Work A. Owner shall pay Contractor the following Contract Sum (Contract Sum) for completion of Work in accordance with Contract Documents as set forth in Contractor’s Bid, attached hereto. B. The Contract Sum includes all allowances (if any). [ATTACHMENT] The Contract Sum is all inclusive and includes all Work; all federal, state, and local taxes on materials and equipment, and labor furnished by Contractor, its subcontractors, subconsultants, architects, engineers, and" vendors or otherwise arising out of Contractor's performance of the Work, including any increases in any such taxes during the term of this Agreement; and any duties, fees, and royalties imposed with respect to any materials and equipment, labor or services. The taxes covered hereby include (but are not limited' to) occupational, sales, use, excise, unemployment, FICA, and income taxes, customs, duties, and any and all other taxes on any item or service that is part of the Work, whether such taxes are normally included in the price of such item or service or are normally stated separately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party shall bear such state or local inventory, real property, personal property or fixtures taxes as may be properly assessed against it by applicable taxing authorities. ARTICLE 2 – COMMENCEMENT AND Completion of Work 2.01 Commencement of Work A. Contractor shall commence Work on the date established in the Notice to Proceed (Commencement Date). B. Owner reserves the right to modify or alter the Commencement Date. 2.02 Completion of Work Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Agreement 00 5200 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement A. Contractor shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work within One Hundred Eighty (180) Work Days from the Commencement Date. ARTICLE 3 – PROJECT REPRESENTATIVES 3.01 Owner’s Project Manager A. Owner has designated the Town Engineer as its Project Manager to act as Owner’s Representative in all matters relating to the Contract Documents. If Project Manager is an employee of Owner, Project Manager is the beneficiary of all Contractor obligations to Owner including, without limitation, all releases and indemnities. B. Project Manager shall have final authority over all matters pertaining to the Contract Documents and shall have sole authority to modify the Contract Documents on behalf of Owner, to accept work, and to make decisions or actions binding on Owner, and shall have sole signature authority on behalf of Owner. C. Owner may assign all or part of the Project Manager’s rights, responsibilities and duties to a Construction Manager, or other Owner Representative. 3.02 Contractor’s Project Manager and Other Key Personnel A. Contractor has designated [ _] as its Project Manager to act as Contractor’s Representative in all matters relating to the Contract Documents. B. Contractor has designated the following other Key Personnel for the Project: Name Position ARTICLE 4 – LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY IN COMPLETION OF WORK 4.01 Liquidated Damage Amounts A. As liquidated damages for delay Contractor shall pay Owner two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) for each Day that expires after the time specified herein for Contractor to achieve Final Completion of the entire Work, until achieved. 4.02 Scope of Liquidated Damages A. Limitations and stipulations regarding liquidated damages are set forth in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). ARTICLE 5 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.01 Contract Documents consist of the following documents, including all changes, Addenda, and Modifications thereto: Document 00 5100 Notice of Award Document 00 5200 Agreement Document 00 5500 Notice to Proceed Document 00 6113.13 Construction Performance Bond Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Agreement 00 5200 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Document 00 6113.16 Construction Labor and Material Payment Bond Document 00 6290 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits Document 00 6325 Substitution Request Form Document 00 6530 Release of Claims Document 00 6536 Guaranty Document 00 7200 General Conditions Document 00 7301 Supplemental General Conditions Document 00 7316 Supplementary Conditions – Insurance and Indemnification Document 00 7380 Apprenticeship Program Document 00 9113 Addenda 5.02 There are no Contract Documents other than those that are listed above. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). ARTICLE 6 – Miscellaneous 6.01 Terms and abbreviations used in this Agreement are defined in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) and Section 01 4200 (References and Definitions) and will have the meaning indicated therein. 6.02 Contractor and Owner understand and agree that in no instance are the persons signing this Agreement for or on behalf of Owner or acting as an employee, agent, or representative of Owner, liable on this Agreement or any of the Contract Documents, or upon any warranty of authority, or otherwise. Contractor and Owner further understand and agree that liability of Owner is limited and confined to such liability as authorized or imposed by the Contract Documents or applicable law. 6.03 Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771(a), Contractor represents that it and all of its Subcontractors are currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. Contractor covenants that any additional or substitute Subcontractors will be similarly registered and qualified. 6.04 In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services or materials pursuant to a public works contract, Contractor or Subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. §15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with §16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time Owner tenders final payment to Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 6.05 Copies of the general prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to execute the Contract, as determined by Director of the State of California Department of Industrial Relations, are on file at the Owner’s Facilities Development and Management Division, may be obtained from the California Department of Industrial Relations website [http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/DPreWageDetermination.htm] and are deemed included in the Contract Documents, and shall be made available to any interested party on request. Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1860 and 1861, in accordance with Labor Code Section 3700, every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to their employees. Contractor represents that it is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700 that require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and Contractor shall comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of the Contract Documents. 6.06 This Agreement and the Contract Documents shall be deemed to have been entered into in the Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Agreement 00 5200 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Town of Tiburon, State of California, and governed in all respects by California law (excluding choice of law rules). The exclusive venue for all disputes or litigation hereunder shall be in the Superior Court for the County of Marin, California. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement in quadruplicate the day and year first above written. CONTRACTOR: [CONTRACTOR’S NAME] By: By: _ (Signature) (Signature) Its: _ _ Its: _ Title (If Corporation: Chairman, President Title (If Corporation: Secretary, Assistant or Vice President) Secretary, Chief Financial Officer or Assistant Treasurer) OWNER: TOWN OF TIBURON By: (Signature) (Print Name) (Title) Attest: Secretary (Print Name) APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY THIS __ DAY OF , [20 ] By: Attorney for Owner (Print Name) END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Agreement 00 5200 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Notice to Proceed 00 5500 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 5500 NOTICE TO PROCEED Dated: , 20__ To: (Contractor) Address: CONTRACT FOR: TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC SYSTEMS UPDATE/REPLACEMENT PROJECT, PROJECT NO. 21-FS-01 You are notified that the Contract Time under the above Contract will commence to run on _ [20 ]. On that date, you are to start performing your obligations with respect to Work at the Site under the Contract Documents. In accordance with Article 2 of Document 00 5200 (Agreement), the date of Final Completion for the entire Work is _ _, [20 ]. Before you may start any Work at the Site, you must: 1. Submit certified Safety Program and related information 2. Submit copies of applicable permits 3. [Other] OWNER: TOWN OF TIBURON By: _ _ Its: _ _ END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Notice to Proceed 00 5500 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Construction Performance Bond 00 6113.13 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 6113.13 CONSTRUCTION PERFORMANCE BOND THIS CONSTRUCTION PERFORMANCE BOND (Bond) is dated _ , 201_ is in the amount of [ ] (Penal Sum),which is 100% of the Contract Sum and is entered into by and between the parties listed below to ensure the faithful performance of the Contract identified below. This Bond consists of this page and the Bond Terms and Conditions, Paragraphs 1 through 14 attached to this page. Any singular reference to [Insert name of Contractor] (Contractor), [Insert name of Surety] (Surety), Town of Tiburon (Owner), or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR: SURETY: [Insert name of Contractor] [Insert name of Surety] Address Principal Place of Business City/State/Zip City/State/Zip CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT: Agreement for the Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Project, located at the Tiburon, California, dated ], 20_, in the amount of [ ]). CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corp. Seal) Company: (Corp. Seal) Signature: Signature: Name: Name: Title: Title: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Construction Performance Bond 00 6113.13 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement BOND TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to Owner and the State of California for the complete and proper performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. If Contractor completely and properly performs all of its obligations under the Construction Contract, Surety and Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. 3. If there is no Owner Default, Surety’s obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 3.1. Owner provides Surety with written notice that Owner has declared a Contractor Default under the Construction Contract pursuant to the terms of the Construction Contract; and 3.2. Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Sum: 3.2.1. To Surety in accordance with the terms of this Bond and the Construction Contract; or 3.2.2.To a Contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract in accordance with the terms of this Bond and the Construction Contract. 4. When Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3 above, Surety shall promptly (within 40 Days) and at Surety’s expense elect to take one of the following actions: 4.1. Arrange for Contractor, with consent of Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract (but Owner may withhold consent, in which case the Surety must elect an option described in Paragraphs 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4 below); or 4.2. Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or through independent contractors or Construction entities; provided, that Surety may not select Contractor as its agent or independent contractor or Contractor without Owner’s consent; or 4.3. Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract by obtaining bids from qualified contractors or Construction entities acceptable to Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract and, upon determination by Owner of the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by Owner and the contractor or Contractor selected with Owner’s concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract; and, if Surety’s obligations defined in Paragraph 6 below, exceed the Balance of the Contract Sum, then Surety shall pay to Owner the amount of such excess; or 4.4. Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor or Contractor, and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances and, after investigation and consultation with Owner, determine in good faith its monetary obligation to Owner under Paragraph 6 below, for the performance and completion of the Construction Contract and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment therefor to Owner with full explanation of the payment’s calculation. If Owner accepts Surety’s tender under this Paragraph 4.4, Owner may still hold Surety liable for future damages then unknown or unliquidated resulting from the Contractor Default, as agreed by Owner and Surety at the time of tender. If Owner disputes the amount of Surety’s tender under this Paragraph 4.4, Owner may exercise all remedies available to it at law to enforce Surety’s liability under Paragraphs 6 and 7 below. 5. At all times Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner at law or under the Construction Contract including, without limitation, and by way of example only, rights to perform work, Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Construction Performance Bond 00 6113.13 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement protect Work, mitigate damages, advance critical Work to mitigate schedule delay, and coordinate Work with other consultants or contractors. 6. If Surety elects to act under Paragraphs 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 above, within the time period provided in Paragraph 4, above, and complies with its obligations under this Bond, Surety’s obligations under this Bond are commensurate with Contractor’s Construction Contract obligations. Surety’s obligations include, but are not limited to: 6.1. Contractor’s obligations to complete the Construction Contract and correct Defective Work; 6.2. Contractor’s obligations to pay liquidated damages; and 6.3. To the extent otherwise required of Contractor under the Construction Contract, Contractor’s obligations to pay additional legal, design professional, and other costs not included within liquidated damages resulting from Contractor Default (but excluding attorney’s fees incurred to enforce this Bond). 7. If Surety does not elect to act under Paragraphs 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, or 4.4, above, within the time period provided in Paragraph 4, above, or comply with its obligations under this Bond, then Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond ten Days after receipt of an additional written notice from Owner to Surety demanding that Surety perform its obligations under this Bond. Such Surety default shall be independent of the Contractor Default. To the extent Surety’s independent default causes Owner to suffer damages including, but not limited to, delay damages, which are different from, or in addition to (but not duplicative of) damages which Owner is entitled to receive under the Construction Contract, Surety shall also be liable for such damages. In the event any Surety obligation following its independent default is inconsistent or conflicts with California Civil Code Section 2809, or any other law which either prohibits, restricts, limits or modifies in any way any obligation of a surety which is larger in amount or in any other respect more burdensome than that of the principal, Surety hereby waives the provisions of such laws to that extent. 8. If Surety elects to act under Paragraphs 4.1, 4.3 or 4.4 above, within the time period provided in Paragraph 4, above, and complies with all obligations under this Bond, Surety’s monetary obligation under this Bond is limited to the Penal Sum. 9. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than Owner or its successors or assigns. 10. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, alteration or addition to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, design agreements, purchase orders and other obligations, including changes of time, and of any Owner action in accordance with Paragraph 5 above. Surety consents to all terms of the Construction Contract, including provisions on changes to the Contract. No extension of time, change, alteration, Modification, deletion, or addition to the Contract Documents, or of the Work (including services) required thereunder, or any Owner action in accordance with Paragraph 5 above shall release or exonerate Surety on this Bond or in any way affect the obligations of Surety on this Bond, unless such action is an Owner Default. 11. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond shall be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction where a proceeding is pending between Owner and Contractor regarding the Construction Contract, or in the Superior Court of the County of Marin, California, or in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work is located. Communications from Owner to Surety under Paragraph 3.1 above shall be deemed to include the necessary agreements under Paragraph 3.2 above unless expressly stated otherwise. 12. All notices to Surety or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered (at the address set forth on the signature page of this Bond), and all notices to Owner shall be mailed or delivered as provided in Document Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Construction Performance Bond 00 6113.13 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 005200 (Agreement). Actual receipt of notice by Surety, Owner or Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the foregoing addresses. 13. Any provision in this Bond conflicting with any statutory or regulatory requirement shall be deemed deleted here from and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. 14. Definitions 14.1. Balance of the Contract Sum: The total amount payable by Owner to Contractor pursuant to the terms of the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made under the Construction Contract, for example, deductions for progress payments made, and increases/decreases for approved Modifications to the Construction Contract. 14.2. Construction Contract: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the signature page of this Bond, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 14.3. Contractor Default: Material failure of Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Construction Contract, limited to “default” or any other condition allowing a termination for cause as provided in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). 14.4. Owner Default: Material failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay Contractor progress payments due under the Construction Contract or to perform other material terms of the Construction Contract, if such failure is the cause of the asserted Contractor Default and is sufficient to justify Contractor termination of the Construction Contract. END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Construction Labor and Material 00 6113.16 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 006113.16 CONSTRUCTION LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: 1.01 THAT WHEREAS, TOWN OF TIBURON (Owner) has awarded to as Principal, Contract Number dated the day of , 20 (the Contract), titled THE TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC SYSTEMS UPDATE/REPLACEMENT PROJECT in the amount of $ , which Contract is by this reference made a part hereof, for the work of the following Contract: The work to be done, in general, consists of replacing the major HVAC equipment located in the mechanical room and building exterior, replacing the refrigerant lines, and providing a new energy management system (EMS) as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. 1.02 AND WHEREAS, Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with the Contract to secure the payment of claims of laborers, mechanics, material suppliers, and other persons as provided by law; 1.03 NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal and (Name of Surety) , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Owner in the sum of 100% OF THE CONTRACT PRICE ($ ), for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 1.04 THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if Principal, or its executors, administrators, successors, or assigns approved by Owner, or its subcontractors shall fail to pay any of the persons named in California Civil Code Section 9100, or amounts due under the State of California Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed under the Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the State of California Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the State of California Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, that Surety will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this bond, plus reasonable attorneys’ fees, otherwise the above obligation shall become and be null and void. 1.05 This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code Section 9100, as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. The intent of this bond is to comply with the California Mechanic’s Lien Law. 1.06 Surety, for value received, hereby expressly agrees that no extension of time, change, modification, alteration, or addition to the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder, shall in any way affect the obligation of this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such extension of time, change, modification, alteration, or addition to the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 1.07 Surety’s obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other surety for the payment of claims of laborers, mechanics, material suppliers, and other persons in connection with Contract; and suit may be brought against Surety and such other sureties, jointly and severally, or Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Construction Labor and Material 00 6113.16 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement against any one or more of them, or against less than all of them without impairing Owner’s rights against the other. 1.08 Correspondence or claims relating to this bond shall be sent to Surety at the address set forth below. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands this day of , 20 _. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corp. Seal) Company: (Corp. Seal) Signature Signature Name Name Title Title Street Address Street Address City, State, Zip Code City, State, Zip Code END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention 00 6290 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 6290 ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT IN LIEU OF RETENTION Public Contract Code Section 22300 THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT (“Escrow Agreement”) is made and entered into this day of _, 20 , by and between TOWN OF TIBURON , (“Owner”), whose address is 1505 Tiburon Boulevard, Tiburon, CA 94920, [_ ] (“Contractor”), whose principal place of business is located at (Address), and Owner, as escrow agent [OR] [ _ ] (Name of Bank), a state or federally chartered bank in the State of California, whose place of business is located at (Address) (“Escrow Agent”). For the consideration hereinafter set forth, Owner, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: 1. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor has the option to deposit securities with Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by Owner pursuant to Contract Number entered into between Owner and Contractor for THE PROJECT located at in the amount of $ dated , 20__ (the “Contract”). Alternatively, on written request of Contractor, Owner shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to Escrow Agent. When Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, Escrow Agent shall notify Owner within ten Days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of substitution shall be at least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under terms of Contract between Owner and Contractor. Securities shall be held in name of , and shall designate Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. Owner shall make progress payments to Contractor for those funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to Contract provisions, provided that Escrow Agent holds securities in form and amount specified in Paragraph 1 of this Document 006290. 3. When Owner makes payment(s) of retention earned directly to Escrow Agent, Escrow Agent shall hold said payment(s) for the benefit of Contractor until the time that the escrow created under this Escrow Agreement is terminated. Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this Escrow Agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when Owner pays Escrow Agent directly. 4. Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account, and all expenses of Owner. Such expenses and payment terms shall be determined by Owner, Contractor, and Escrow Agent. 5. Interest earned on securities or money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to Owner. 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from Owner to Escrow Agent that Owner consents to withdrawal of amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. 7. Owner shall have the right to draw upon the securities in event of default by Contractor. Upon seven Days written notice to Escrow Agent from Owner of the default, Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by Owner. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from Owner certifying that the Contract is final and complete, and that Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention 00 6290 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. Escrow Agent shall rely on written notifications from Owner and Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 5 through 8, inclusive, of this Document 006290 and Owner and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent’s release and disbursement of securities and interest as set forth. 10. Names of persons who are authorized to give written notice or to receive written notice on behalf of Owner and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: ON BEHALF OF OWNER: ON BEHALF OF CONTRACTOR: _ _ _ Title Title _ _ _ Name Name _ _ _ Signature Signature _ _ _ Address Address _ _ _ City/State/Zip Code City/State/Zip Code ON BEHALF OF ESCROW AGENT: _ Title _ Name _ Signature _ Address _ City/State/Zip Code IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Escrow Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. OWNER: CONTRACTOR TOWN OF TIBURON _ _ _ Title Title _ _ Name Name _ _ Signature Signature Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention 00 6290 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement ATTEST _ Signature _ Print Name Secretary ESCROW AGENT _ _ Title _ Print Name _ Signature [IF REQUIRED] REVIEWED AS TO FORM: _ Counsel for Owner _ Print Name _ Date At the time the Escrow Account is opened, Owner and Contractor shall deliver to Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Document 00 6290. END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention 00 6290 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Substitution Request Form 00 6325 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Substitution Request By: DOCUMENT 00 6325 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM To: TOWN OF TIBURON, Owner Phone Number (415) 435-7388 Transmittal Record Attn: Firm: Date Sent: Date Rec’d: Date Due: Contractor to Owner Contractor to Architect/Engineer Owner / Architect to Consultant Architec/Engineer t to Owner Representative Owner Representative to Contractor We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the Project: Section / Drawing Article Specified Item Proposed Substitution: We have (a) attached manufacturer’s literature, including complete technical data and laboratory test results, if applicable, (b) attached an explanation of why proposed substitution is a true equivalent to specified item, (c) included complete information on changes to Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation, and (d) filled in the blanks below: Firm: Contractor: Owner Project No: PROJECT: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Substitution Request Form 00 6325 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Contractor to complete the questions that follow and certify to the accuracy of all answers: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes __ / No . If No, please explain proposed mitigation and why substitution is equivalent to originally specified item: B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes __ / No . If No, please state reasons explain why substitution is equivalent to originally specified item: C. What effect does the substitution have on other trades? No effect: __ / Some effect . If substitution will affect other trades, please explain the effect and why substitution is equivalent to originally specified item: D. Will substitution cause change to Project Schedule, or to critical delivery dates? Add? Shorten? If the substitution will add to schedule dates or affect critical activities, please explain why substitution is equivalent to originally specified item: E. Please describe differences between proposed substitution and specified item? Please explain and identify any and all differences, and please explain why substitution is equivalent to originally specified item: F. What is the Cost Differential to Contractor in original specified item and proposed substitution including all mark-ups? [If substitution requested during bid period, skip this question.] G. Are Manufacturer's guarantees for the proposed item the same as for item specified? Yes _ ; No . If No, please explain why substitution is equivalent to originally specified item: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Substitution Request Form 00 6325 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement We certify that the function, appearance, and quality of the proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to those of the specified item, except as we may specifically state otherwise in this request. Submitted by: Signature: Firm: Date: Address: Phone/ Fax: Remarks: Consultant Owner Representative Response: Response: o Accepted o Accepted o Not Accepted o Not Accepted o Accepted As Noted o Accepted As Noted o Received Too Late o Received Too Late Remarks: Remarks: By: By: END OF DOCUMENT Contractor states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item? Yes / No . If No, please explain why substitution is equivalent to originally specified item: I. Contractor accepts full responsibility for delays caused by redesign of other items of the Work necessitated by substitution? Yes / No __. If No, please state reasons and explain why substitution is equivalent to originally specified item: H. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Substitution Request Form 00 6325 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Agreement and Release of All Claims 00 6530 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 6530 AGREEMENT AND RELEASE OF ANY AND ALL CLAIMS [Public Contract Code Section 7100] THIS AGREEMENT AND RELEASE OF ANY AND ALL CLAIMS (Agreement and Release), made and entered into this [ _ ] day of [ _ ], [20 _], by and between TOWN OF TIBURON (Owner), and [ ] (Contractor), whose place of business is at [ _ _ ]. RECITALS A. Owner and Contractor entered into Contract (the “Contract”) for construction of Owner Del Mar Middle School Traffic Calming Improvements Project No. 21-FS-01 located in Tiburon CA.. B. The Work under the Contract has been completed. AGREEMENT NOW THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor as follows: 1. Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages except as detailed below: Original Contract Sum $ Modified Contract Sum $ Payment to Date $ Liquidated Damages $ Payment Due Contractor $ 2. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and Release, Owner will forthwith pay to Contractor the sum of [ _ _ Dollars and Cents ($_ )] under the Contract, less any amounts withheld under the Contract or represented by any Notice to Withhold Funds on file with Owner as of the date of such payment. 3. Contractor acknowledges and hereby agrees that there are no unresolved or outstanding claims in dispute against Owner arising from the Contract, except for the claims described in Paragraph 4 of this Document 00 6530. It is the intention of the parties in executing this Agreement and Release that this Agreement and Release shall be effective as a full, final and general release of all claims, demands, actions, causes of action, obligations, costs, expenses, damages, losses and liabilities of Contractor against Owner, and all if its agents, employees, consultants, inspectors, representatives, assignees and transferees, except for the Disputed Claims set forth in Paragraph 4 of this Document 00 6530. Nothing in this Agreement and Release shall limit or modify Contractor’s continuing obligations described in Paragraph 6 of this Document 00 6530. 4. The following claims submitted under Document 00 7200 (General Conditions), Article 12, are disputed (Disputed Claims) and are specifically excluded from the operation of this Agreement and Release. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Agreement and Release of All Claims 00 6530 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [Insert information in Chart below, affix attachment if necessary] CLAIM NO. DATE SUBMITTED DESCRIPTION OF CLAIM AMOUNT OF CLAIM 5. Consistent with California Public Contract Code Section 7100, Contractor hereby agrees that, in consideration of the payment set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Document 00 6530, Contractor hereby releases and forever discharges Owner, and all of its agents, employees, consultants, inspectors, assignees and transferees from any and all liability, claims, demands, actions or causes of action of whatever kind or nature arising out of or in any way concerned with the Work under the Contract. 6. Guarantees and warranties for the Work, and any other continuing obligation of Contractor, shall remain in full force and effect as specified in the Contract Documents. 7. Contractor shall immediately defend, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, any of the Owner’s Representatives, Project Manager, and all of their agents, employees, consultants, inspectors, assignees and transferees, from any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of action, obligations, costs, expenses, damages, losses and liabilities that may be asserted against them by any of Contractor’s suppliers and/or Subcontractors of any tier and/or any suppliers to them for any and all labor, materials, supplies and equipment used, or contemplated to be used in the performance of the Contract, except for the Disputed Claims set forth in Paragraph 4 of this Document 00 6530. 8. Contractor hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provide as follows: A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN THEIR FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY THEM, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED THEIR SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR. 9. The provisions of this Agreement and Release are contractual in nature and not mere recitals and shall be considered independent and severable, and if any such provision or any part thereof shall be at any time held invalid in whole or in part under any federal, state, county, municipal or other law, ruling, or regulation, then such provision, or part thereof shall remain in force and effect only to the extent permitted by law, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement and Release shall also remain in full force and effect, and shall be enforceable. 10. Contractor represents and warrants that it is the true and lawful owner of all claims and other matters released pursuant to this Agreement and Release, and that it has full right, title and authority to enter into this instrument. Each party represents and warrants that it has been represented by counsel of its own choosing in connection with this Agreement and Release. 11. All rights of Owner shall survive completion of the Work or termination of the Contract, and execution of this Agreement and Release. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Agreement and Release of All Claims 00 6530 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement * * * CAUTION: THIS IS A RELEASE - READ BEFORE EXECUTING * * * OWNER: TOWN OF TIBURON By: _ _ Signature Name: _ Print Its: _ Title [CONTRACTOR] By: _ _ Signature Name: _ Print Its: _ Title [CONTRACTOR] By: _ _ Signature Name: _ Print Its: _ Title END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Agreement and Release of All Claims 00 6530 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Guaranty 00 6536 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 6536 GUARANTY TO: The TOWN OF TIBURON (Owner), for construction of the PROJECT, located at , California. The undersigned guarantees all construction performed on this Project and also guarantees all material and equipment incorporated therein. 1.01 Contractor hereby grants to Owner for a period of one year following the date of Final Acceptance of the Work completed, or such longer period specified in the Contract Documents, its unconditional warranty of the quality and adequacy of all of the Work including, without limitation, all labor, materials and equipment provided by Contractor and its Subcontractors of all tiers in connection with the Work. 1.02 Neither final payment nor use nor occupancy of the Work performed by the Contractor shall constitute an acceptance of Work not done in accordance with this Guaranty or relieve Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibilities for faulty materials or workmanship. Contractor shall remedy any defects in the Work and pay for any damage resulting therefrom, which shall appear within one year, or longer if specified, from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work completed. 1.03 If within one year after the date of Final Acceptance, or such other period of time as may be prescribed by laws or regulations, or by the terms of Contract Documents or any extended warranty or guaranty, any Work is found to be Defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions, correct such Defective Work. Contractor shall remove any Defective Work rejected by Owner and replace it with Work that is not Defective, and satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor fails to comply promptly with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the Defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay for all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement. Where Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or defects are discovered outside the correction period, Owner shall have all rights and remedies granted by law. 1.04 Observation and inspection of the Work shall not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations under the Contract Documents. Even though equipment, materials, or Work required to be provided under the Contract Documents have been inspected, accepted, and estimated for payment, Contractor shall, at its own expense, replace or repair any such equipment, material, or Work found to be Defective or otherwise not to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents up to the end of the guaranty period. 1.05 This Guaranty is in addition to any other Contractor warranties contained in the Contract Documents, and not in lieu of, any and all other Contractor liability imposed under the Contract Documents or at law. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Guaranty and any Contractor warranty or obligation Contractor under the Contract Documents or at law, such inconsistency or conflict shall be resolved in favor of the greater protection to Owner. Date: , 20_ Contractor's name By: Signature Print Name Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Guaranty 00 6536 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Title Street Address City, State, Zip code END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 7200 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.01 Interpretation of Documents A. Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. B. Individual Contract Documents subdivide at first level into Articles, and then into paragraphs. 1.02 Order of Precedence of Documents A. In the case of discrepancy or ambiguity in the Contract Documents, the following order of precedence shall prevail: 1. Modifications in inverse chronological order (i.e., most recent first), and in the same order as specific portions they are modifying; 2. Agreement Forms (Document 00 5200 and other 5000 and 6000 series Documents), and terms and conditions referenced therein; 3. Supplementary General Conditions (Document 00 7301 and other 7300 series Documents), if included; 4. General Conditions (Document 00 7200); 5. 2018 California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and any revisions thereto 6. 2018 California Department of Transportation Standard Plans and any revisions thereto 7. Division 01 General Requirements, if included; 8. Drawings and Technical Specifications (Division 02 and above); 9. Written words over figures, unless obviously incorrect; 10. Figured dimensions over scaled dimensions; 11. Large-scale Drawings over small-scale Drawings. B. Any conflict between Drawings and Technical Specifications (Division 2 and above) will be resolved in favor of the document of the latest date (i.e., the most recent document), and if the dates are the same or not determinable, then in favor of Specifications. C. Any conflict between a bill or list of materials shown in the Contract Documents and the actual quantities required to complete Work required by Contract Documents, will be resolved in favor of the actual quantities. D. All Technical Specifications included in the Project manual shall be included within the Contract Documents unless identified otherwise. ARTICLE 2 - PRE-BID INVESTIGATIONS 2.01 Pre-Bid Investigations Required A. Prior to and as a condition of submitting a Bid and executing Document 00 5200 (Agreement), Contractor shall make reasonable efforts to investigate fully the Work of the Contract. Contractor shall visit the Site, examine thoroughly and understand fully the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, Site, locality, actual conditions and as-built conditions. B. Contractor’s investigation shall include, without limitation, requesting and thoroughly examining of all reports of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions, as-built drawings, drawings, product specification(s) or reports, made available by Owner for pre-bidding or contracting purposes or during Contractor’s pre-bid investigations, of existing above ground and (to the extent applicable) below ground conditions (together, Existing Conditions Data), including, as applicable, Underground Facilities, geotechnical data, as-built data, utility surveys, record documents of all types, hazardous materials surveys, or similar materials which may appear or be referenced in the Project Manual or the in the Contract Documents, and all local conditions, and federal, state and local laws and regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Contractor’s investigations shall consider fully the fact that Existing Conditions Data is in many cases based on information furnished to Owner by others (e.g., the prior owner or builders), and that due to their age or their chain of custody since preparation, may not meet current industry standards for accuracy. Contractor shall also: (i.) provide Owner with prompt written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies of any type, that it discovered in or among the Contract Documents and the Existing Conditions Data, and (ii.) subject to Owner’s approval, conduct any such additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data compilations, concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site or otherwise, which Contractor may deem necessary in order to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the terms and conditions of Contract Documents. D. During performance of the Contract, Contractor will be charged with knowledge of all information that it should have learned in performing these pre-bid investigations and other obligations, and shall not be entitled to Change Orders (time or compensation) due to any information, error, inconsistency, omission, or conditions that Contractor should have known as a part of this Work. Contractor shall be responsible for the resultant losses, including, without limitation, the cost of correcting Defective Work. 2.02 Limited Reliance Permitted On Owner’s Existing Conditions Data A. Regarding aboveground and as-built conditions shown on the Contract Documents or supplied by Owner, such information has been compiled in good faith, however, Owner does not expressly or impliedly warrant or represent that such information is correctly shown or indicated, or otherwise complete for construction purposes. Contractor must independently verify such information as part of its pre-bid investigations, and where conditions are not reasonably verifiable or discrepancies are identified, bring such matters to Owner’s attention through written question issued during the bid period. In executing Document 00 5200 (Agreement), Contractor shall rely on the results of its own independent investigation and shall not rely on Owner-supplied information regarding aboveground conditions and as-built conditions, and Contractor shall accept full responsibility for its verification work sufficient to complete the Work as intended. ARTICLE 3 - SUBCONTRACTORS 3.01 Subcontractor Listing Law A. Contractor shall comply with the Subcontractor Listing law, Public Contract Code Sections 4101, et seq. Contractor shall not substitute any other person or firm in place of any Subcontractor listed in the Bid except as may be allowed by law. B. Subcontractors shall not assign or transfer their subcontracts or permit them to be performed by any other contractor without Owner’s written approval. At Owner’s request, Contractor shall provide Owner with a complete copy of all executed subcontracts or final commercial agreements with Subcontractors and/or suppliers. 3.02 Subcontracts A. Subcontract agreements shall preserve and protect the rights of Owner under the Contract Documents so that subcontracting will not prejudice such rights. To the extent of the Work to be performed by a Subcontractor, Contractor shall require the Subcontractor’s written agreement (i) to be bound to the terms of Contract Documents and (ii) to assume vis-à-vis Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities that Contractor assumes toward Owner under the Contract Documents. (These agreements include for example, and not by way of limitation, all warranties, claims procedures and rules governing submittals of all types to which Contractor is subject under the Contract Documents.) B. Contractor shall provide for the assignment to Owner of all rights any Subcontractor (of any tier) may have against any manufacturer, supplier, or distributor for breach of warranties and guarantees relating to the Work performed by the Subcontractor under the Contract Documents. Subcontracts shall provide and acknowledge Owner as an intended third-party beneficiary of each subcontract and supply contract (of any tier). Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement ARTICLE 4 - DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 4.01 Intent of Drawings and Specifications A. Contractor shall interpret words or phrases used to describe Work (including services), materials, or equipment that have well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning in accordance with that meaning. Drawings’ intent specifically includes the intent to depict construction that complies with all applicable laws, codes and standards. B. As part of the “Work,” Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, machinery, tools, facilities, services, employee training and testing, hoisting facilities, Shop Drawings, storage, testing, security, transportation, disposal, the securing of all necessary or required field dimensions, the cutting or patching of existing materials, notices, permits, documents, reports, agreements and any other items required or necessary to timely and fully complete Work described and the results intended by Contract Documents and, in particular, Drawings and Specifications. Divisions and Specification Sections and the identification on any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing Work among Subcontractors or suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. C. Contractor shall perform reasonably implied parts of Work as “incidental work” although absent from Drawings and Specifications. Incidental work includes any work not shown on Drawings or described in Specifications that is necessary or normally or customarily required as a part of the Work shown on Drawings or described in Specifications. Incidental work includes any work necessary or required to make each installation satisfactory, legally operable, functional, and consistent with the intent of Drawings and Specifications or the requirements of Contract Documents. Contractor shall perform incidental work without extra cost to Owner. Incidental work shall be treated as if fully described in Specifications and shown on Drawings, and the expense of incidental work shall be included in price Bid and Contract Sum. 4.02 Checking of Drawings and Specifications A. Before undertaking each part of Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown in the Contract Documents and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall be responsible for any errors that might have been avoided by such comparison. Figures shown on Drawings shall be followed; Contractor shall not scale measurements. Contractor shall promptly report to Owner, in writing, any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy that Contractor may discover. Contractor shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Owner before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. Contractor shall provide Owner with a follow-up correspondence every ten Days until it receives a satisfactory interpretation or clarification. 4.03 Interpretation of Drawings and Specifications A. A typical or representative detail on Drawings shall constitute the standard for workmanship and material throughout corresponding parts of Work. Where necessary, and where reasonably inferable from Drawings, Contractor shall adapt such representative detail for application to such corresponding parts of Work. The details of such adaptation shall be subject to prior approval by Owner. Repetitive features shown in outline on Drawings shall be in exact accordance with corresponding features completely shown. B. Should any discrepancy appear or any misunderstanding arise as to the import of anything contained in Drawings and Specifications, or should Contractor have any questions or requests relating to Drawings or Specifications, Contractor shall refer the matter to Owner, in writing, with a copy to the Architect/Engineer. Owner will issue (or cause to be issued) with reasonable promptness written responses, clarifications or interpretations as Owner may determine necessary. All written responses, clarifications and interpretations under this Paragraph shall be consistent with the intent of and be reasonably inferable from Contract Documents, and binding upon Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written response, clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Contractor shall give Owner prompt written notice. If the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent of the adjustment, if any, then Contractor shall perform the Work in conformance with Owner’s response, clarification, or interpretation and may make a written claim for the adjustment as provided in Article 12. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. The following general specifications shall apply wherever in the Specifications, or in any directions given by Owner in accordance with or supplementing Specifications, it is provided that Contractor shall furnish materials or manufactured articles or shall do Work for which no detailed specifications are shown. Materials or manufactured articles shall be of the best grade, in quality and workmanship, obtainable in the market from firms of established good reputation. If not ordinarily carried in stock, the materials or manufactured articles shall conform to industry standards for first class materials or articles of the kind required, with due consideration of the use to which they are to be put. Work shall conform to the usual standards or codes, such as those cited herein, for first class work of the kind required. Contractor shall specify in writing to Owner, at least 10 Business Days prior to furnishing such materials or performing such Work, the materials to be used or Work to be performed under this Paragraph. 4.04 Use of Drawings and Specifications. A. Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents were prepared for use for Work of Contract Documents only. No part of Contract Documents shall be used for any other construction or for any other purpose except with the written consent of Owner. Any unauthorized use of Contract Documents is prohibited and at the sole liability of the user. ARTICLE 5 - COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 5.01 Submission of Required Schedules A. Contractor shall submit to Owner in draft for review and discussion at the Preconstruction Conference, and in final prior to the first payment application, the following schedules: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Progress Schedule, and 3. Schedule of Submittals. B. No progress payment shall be due or owing to Contractor until such schedules are submitted to and acceptable to Owner and/or Architect/Engineer as meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. In Owner’s sole discretion, Owner may elect to instead withhold a portion of any progress payment for unacceptable compliance with contract requirements for such schedules. C. Owner’s acceptance of Contractor’s schedules will not create any duty of care or impose on Owner any responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of Work nor will it interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefore. 5.02 Commencement Date of Contract Time A. The Contract Time will commence to run on the 60th Day after the issuance of the Notice of Award or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. B. Owner may give a Notice to Proceed at any time within 60 Days after the Notice of Award. Contractor shall not do any Work at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR’S ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT 6.01 Contractor’s Legal Address A. Address and facsimile number given in Contractor’s Bid are hereby designated as Contractor’s legal address and facsimile number. Contractor may change its legal address and facsimile number by notice in writing, delivered to Owner, which in conspicuous language advises Owner of a change in legal address or facsimile number, and which Owner accepts in writing. Delivery to Contractor’s legal address or depositing in any post office or post office box regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, in a wrapper with postage affixed, directed to Contractor at Contractor’s legal address, or of any drawings, notice, letter or other communication, shall be deemed legal and sufficient service thereof upon Contractor. Facsimile to Contractor’s designated facsimile number of any letter, memorandum, or other communication on standard or legal sized paper, with proof of facsimile transmission, shall be deemed legal and sufficient service thereof upon Contractor. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 6.02 Contractor’s Superintendents Or Forepersons A. Contractor shall designate a superintendent for the project. The designated superintendent shall be available on site at all times to receive and carry out any instructions that Owner may give, and shall be liable for faithful observance of instructions delivered to Contractor or to authorized representative or representatives on Site. 6.03 Proficiency In English A. Supervisors, security guards, safety personnel and employees who have unescorted access to the Site shall possess proficiency in the English language in order to understand, receive and carry out oral and written communications or instructions relating to their job functions, including safety and security requirements. 6.04 Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ Employees A. Contractor shall employ, and shall permit its Subcontractors to employ, only competent and skillful personnel to do Work. If Owner notifies Contractor that any of its employees, or any of its Subcontractors’ employees on Work is incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly or profane, or fails to observe customary standards of conduct or refuses to carry out any provision of the Contract Documents, or uses threatening or abusive language to any person on Work representing Owner, or violates sanitary rules, or is otherwise unsatisfactory, and if Owner requests that such person be discharged from Work, then Contractor or its Subcontractor shall immediately discharge such person from Work and the discharged person shall not be re-employed on the Work except with consent of Owner. 6.05 Contractor’s Use of The Site A. Contractor shall not make any arrangements with any person to permit occupancy or use of any land, structure or building within the limits of the Work, for any purpose whatsoever, either with or without compensation, in conflict with any agreement between Owner and any Owner, former Owner or tenant of such land, structure or buildings. Contractor may not occupy Owner-owned property outside the limit of the Work as indicated on the Drawings unless it obtains prior approval from Owner. ARTICLE 7 - OWNER’S ADMINISTRATION OF WORK 7.01 Owner’s Representative(s) A. Owner’s Representative(s) will have limited authority to act on behalf of Owner as set forth in the Contract Documents. B. Except as otherwise provided in these Contract Documents or subsequently identified in writing by Owner, Owner will issue all communications to Contractor through Owner’s Representative, and Contractor shall issue all communications to Owner through Owner’s Representative in a written document delivered to Owner. C. Should any direct communications between Contractor and Owner’s consultants, architects or engineers not identified in Article 2 of Document 00 5200 (Agreement) occur during field visits or by telephone, Contractor shall immediately confirm them in a written document copied to Owner. 7.02 Owner’s Observation of The Work A. Work shall be performed under Owner’s general observation and administration. Contractor shall comply with Owner’s directions and instructions in accordance with the terms of Contract Documents, but nothing contained in these General Conditions shall be taken to relieve Contractor of any obligations or liabilities under the Contract Documents. Owner’s failure to review or, upon review, failure to object to any aspect of Work reviewed, shall not be deemed a waiver or approval of any non-conforming aspect of Work. B. Subject to those rights specifically reserved in the Contract Documents, Owner will not supervise, or direct, or have control over, or be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or Contractor’s failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to the furnishing or Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement performance of Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with Contract Documents. 7.03 Consultant’s Observation of Work A. Owner may engage one or more of the following to assist in administering the Work: an Architect/Engineer, Project Manager, Construction Manager, or any other independent consultant (collectively for purposes of this Article 7, Consultant). If so engaged, Consultant will advise and consult with Owner, but will have authority to act on behalf of Owner only to extent provided in the Contract Documents or as set forth in writing by Owner. Consultant will not be responsible for and will not have control or charge of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with Work. Consultant will not be responsible for or have control over the acts or omissions of Contractor, Subcontractors or their agents or employees, or any other persons performing Work. B. Consultant may review Contractor’s Submittals, such as Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, but only for conformance with design concept of Work and with information given in the Contract Documents. C. Consultant may visit the Site at intervals appropriate to stage of construction to become familiar generally with the progress and quality of Work and to determine in general if Work is proceeding in accordance with Contract Documents. Based on its observations, Consultant may recommend to Owner that it disapproves or rejects Work that Consultant believes to be Defective or will not produce a complete Project that conforms to Contract Documents, or will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by Contract Documents. Consultant may also recommend to Owner special inspection or testing of Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. D. Consultant may conduct observations or inspections to recommend to Owner the dates that Contractor has achieved specified milestone dates and Final Completion, and will receive and forward to Owner for review written warranties and related documents required by Contract Documents. 7.04 Owner’s and Consultant’s Exercise of Contract Responsibilities A. Owner, Consultant, and all Owner’s representatives, in performing their duties and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, accept no duties, responsibilities or duty of care, nor may the same be implied or inferred, towards Contractor, any Subcontractor, sub-Subcontractor or supplier, except those set forth expressly in the Contract Documents. 7.05 Owner’s Right of Access To The Work A. During performance of Work, Owner, Consultant, and all Owner’s representatives may at any time enter upon Work, shops or studios where any part of the Work may be in preparation, or factories where any materials for use in Work are being or are to be manufactured, and Contractor shall provide proper and safe facilities for this purpose, and shall make arrangements with manufacturers to facilitate inspection of their processes and products to such extent as Owner’s interests may require. Other contractors performing work for Owner may also enter upon Work for all purposes required by their respective contracts. Subject to the rights reserved in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall have sole care, custody, and control of the Site and its Work areas. 7.06 Owner’s Right of Separate Construction A. Owner may perform with its own forces, construction or operations related to the Project, or the Site during Contractor’s operations. Owner may also award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations, on the Site or areas contiguous to the Site, under conditions similar to these Contract Documents, or may have utility Owners perform other work. B. Contractor shall adjust its schedule and fully coordinate with and shall afford all other contractors, utility districts and Owner (if Owner is performing work with its own forces), proper and safe access to the Site, and reasonable opportunity for the installation and storage of their materials. Contractor shall ensure that the execution of its Work properly connects and coordinates with others’ work, do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement together properly and integrate with such other work, and shall cooperate with them to facilitate the progress of the Work. C. To the extent that any part of Contractor’s Work is to interface with work performed or installed by other contractors or utility owners, Contractor shall inspect and measure the in-place work. Contractor shall promptly report to Owner in writing any defect in in-place work that will impede or increase the cost of Contractor’s interface unless corrected. ARTICLE 8 - CONTRACTOR’S PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 8.01 Contractor To Supervise The Work A. Subject to those rights specifically reserved in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall supervise, direct, have control over, and be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, safety precautions and programs incident thereto, and compliance with laws and regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of Work. B. Contractor shall keep on the Site at all times during Work progress a competent resident Superintendent, who shall not be replaced without Owner’s express written consent and, if applicable, payment of liquidated damages as required by Document 00 5200 (Agreement). The Superintendent shall be Contractor’s representative at the Site and shall have complete authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to and from the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to or by Contractor. C. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct Work competently and efficiently, devoting the attention and applying such personal skills and expertise as may be required and necessary to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control and charge of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with Contract Documents. D. Contractor is fully responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Contractor is responsible for all acts and omissions of its Subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work, labor, materials, or equipment under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. E. Contractor shall conduct monthly Contractor Safety Committee meetings, and weekly toolbox safety talks. 8.02 Contractor To Maintain Cost Data A. Contractor shall maintain full and correct information as to the number of workers employed in connection with each subdivision of Work, the classification and rate of pay of each worker in form of certified payrolls, the cost to Contractor of each class of materials, tools and appliances used by Contractor in Work, and the amount of each class of materials used in each subdivision of Work. Contractor shall provide Owner with monthly summaries of this information. If Contractor maintains or is capable of generating summaries or reports comparing actual Project costs with Bid estimates or budgets, Contractor shall provide Owner with a copy of such report upon Owner’s request. B. Contractor shall maintain daily job reports recording all significant activity on the job, including the number of workers on Site, Work activities, problems encountered and delays. Contractor shall provide Owner with copies for each Day Contractor works on the Project, to be delivered to Owner either the same Day or the following morning before starting work at the Site. Contractor shall take pre-construction and monthly progress photographs of all areas of the Work. Contractor shall maintain copies of all correspondence with Subcontractors and records of meetings with Subcontractors. C. Owner shall have the right to audit and copy Contractor’s books and records of any type, nature or description relating to the Project (including, without limitation, financial records reflecting in any way costs claimed on the Project), and to inspect the Site, including Contractor’s trailer, or other job Site office, and this requirement shall be contained in the subcontracts of Subcontractors working on Site. By way of example, Owner shall have the right to inspect and obtain copies of all Contract Documents, planning and design documents, Bid proposal and negotiation documents, cost records and job cost variance reports, design modification proposals, value engineering or other cost reduction proposals, revisions made to the original design, job progress reports, Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement photographs, and as-built drawings maintained by Contractor. Owner and any other applicable governmental entity shall have the right to inspect all information and documents maintained hereunder at any time during the Project and for a period of five years following Final Completion, in accordance with the provisions of Government Code Section 8546.7. This right of inspection shall not relieve Contractor of its duties and obligations under the Contract Documents. This right of inspection shall be specifically enforceable in a court of law, either independently or in conjunction with enforcement of any other rights in the Contract Documents. 8.03 Contractor To Supply Sufficient Workers and Materials A. Unless otherwise required by Owner under the terms of Contract Documents, Contractor shall at all times keep on the Site materials and employ qualified workers sufficient to prosecute Work at a rate and in a sequence and manner necessary to complete Work within the Contract Time. This obligation shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding disputes or claims of any type. B. At any time during progress of Work should Contractor directly or indirectly (through Subcontractors) refuse, neglect, or be unable to supply sufficient materials or employ qualified workers to prosecute the Work as required, then Owner may require Contractor to accelerate the Work and/or furnish additional qualified workers or materials as Owner may consider necessary, at no cost to Owner. If Contractor does not comply with the notice within three Business Days of date of service thereof, Owner shall have the right (but not a duty) to provide materials and qualified workers to finish the Work or any affected portion of Work, as Owner may elect. Owner may, at its discretion, exclude Contractor from the Site, or portions of the Site or separate work elements during the time period that Owner exercises this right. Owner will deduct from moneys due or which may thereafter become due under the Contract Documents, the sums necessary to meet expenses thereby incurred and paid to persons supplying materials and doing Work. Owner will deduct from funds or appropriations set aside for purposes of Contract Documents the amount of such payments and charge them to Contractor as if paid to Contractor. Contractor shall remain liable for resulting delay, including liquidated damages and indemnification of Owner from claims of others. C. Exercise by Owner of the rights conferred upon Owner in this subparagraph is entirely discretionary on the part of Owner. Owner shall have no duty or obligation to exercise the rights referred to in this subparagraph and its failure to exercise such rights shall not be deemed an approval of existing Work progress or a waiver or limitation of Owner’s right to exercise such rights in other concurrent or future similar circumstances. (The rights conferred upon Owner under this subparagraph are, like all other such rights, cumulative to Owner’s other rights under any provision of the Contract Documents.) 8.04 Contractor To Maintain Project Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Contract Modifications, Change Orders, Work Directives, Force Account orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show all as-built changes made during construction. These Project Record Documents, together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings, shall be maintained and available to Owner for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver to Owner, the Project Record Documents, Samples and Shop Drawings and as-built drawings. B. Throughout Contractor’s performance of the Work of the Project, Contractor shall maintain construction records to include: shop drawings; product data/material data sheets; samples; submittal; purchases; materials; equipment; inspections; applicable handbooks; applicable codes and standards; maintenance and operating manuals and instructions; RFI Log; Submittal Log; other related documents and revisions which arise out of the Construction Contracts. Contractor shall maintain records of principal building layout lines, elevations for the bottom of footings, floor levels, and key site elevations (certified by a qualified surveyor or professional engineer). Contractor shall make all records available to Owner. At the completion of the Project, Contractor shall deliver all such records to the Owner to have a complete set of record as-built drawings. 8.05 Contractor To Not Disrupt Owner Operation Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 9 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement A. Contractor shall schedule and execute all Work in a manner that does not interfere with or disrupt Owner operations including, without limitation, parking, utilities (electricity, gas, water), noise, access by employees and administration, access by vendors, physicians, patients and any other person or entity using Owner facilities or doing business with Owner. Contractor shall produce and supply coordination plans and requests to Owner, following Owner procedures, for all necessary interference of construction with Owner, which Owner will reasonably cooperate with. 8.06 Contractor To Provide Temporary Facilities and Controls A. Unless expressly provided otherwise in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide all temporary utilities (including without limitation electricity, water, natural gas), lighting, heating, cooling and ventilating devices, telephone, sanitary facilities, barriers, fences and enclosures, tree and plant protection, fire protection, pollution, erosion, Storm Water Pollution Prevention controls, noise and traffic control, and any other necessary services required for construction, testing or completion of the Work. ARTICLE 9 - WARRANTY, GUARANTY, AND INSPECTION OF WORK 9.01 Warranty and Guaranty A. General Representations and Warranties: Contractor represents and warrants that it is and will be at all times fully qualified and capable of performing every Phase of the Work and to complete Work in accordance with the terms of Contract Documents. Contractor warrants that all construction services shall be performed in accordance with generally accepted professional standards of good and sound construction practices and all requirements of Contract Documents. Contractor warrants that Work including, without limitation, each item of materials and equipment incorporated therein, shall be new, of suitable grade of its respective kind for its intended use, and free from defects in design, engineering, materials, construction and workmanship. Contractor warrants that Work shall conform in all respects with all applicable requirements of federal, state and local laws, applicable construction codes and standards, licenses, and permits, Drawings and Specifications and all descriptions set forth therein, and all other requirements of Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be responsible, however, for the negligence of others in the specification of specific equipment, materials, design parameters and means or methods of construction where that is specifically shown and expressly required by Contract Documents. B. Extended Warranties: Any warranty exceeding one year provided by the supplier or manufacturer of any equipment or materials used in the Project shall be extended for such term. Contractor expressly agrees to act as co-guarantor of such equipment and materials and shall supply Owner with all warranty and guarantee documents relative to equipment and materials incorporated in the Project and guaranteed by their suppliers or manufacturers. C. Environmental and Toxics Warranty: The covenants, warranties and representations contained in this Paragraph are effective continuously during Contractor’s Work on the Project and following cessation of labor for any reason including, without limitation, Project completion. Contractor covenants, warrants and represents to Owner that: 1. To Contractor’s knowledge after due inquiry, no lead or Asbestos-containing materials were installed or discovered in the Project at any time during Contractor’s construction thereof. If any lead or Asbestos-containing materials were discovered, Contractor made immediate written disclosure to Owner. 2. To Contractor’s knowledge after due inquiry, no electrical transformers, light fixtures with ballasts or other equipment containing PCBs are or were located on the Project at any time during Contractor’s construction thereof. 3. To Contractor’s knowledge after due inquiry, no storage tanks for gasoline or any other toxic substance are or were located on the Project at any time during Contractor’s construction thereof. If any such materials were discovered, Contractor made immediate written disclosure to Owner. 4. Contractor’s operations concerning the Project are and were not in violation of any applicable environmental federal, state, or local statute, law or regulation dealing with hazardous materials substances or toxic substances and no notice from any governmental body has Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 10 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement been served upon Contractor claiming any violation of any such law, ordinance, code or regulation, or requiring or calling attention to the need for any Work, repairs, construction, alteration, or installation on or in connection with the Project in order to comply with any such laws, ordinances, codes, or regulations, with which Contractor has not complied. If there are any such notices with which Contractor has complied, Contractor shall provide Owner with copies thereof. 9.02 Inspection of Work A. Work and materials, and manufacture and preparation of materials, from beginning of construction until Final Completion and acceptance of Work, shall be subject to inspection and rejection by Owner, its agents, representatives or independent contractors retained by Owner to perform inspection services, or governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s Site safety procedures and program so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Upon request or where specified, Owner shall be afforded access for inspection at the source of supply, manufacture or assembly of any item of material or equipment, with reasonable accommodations supplied for making such inspections. B. Contractor shall furnish, in such quantities and sizes as may be required for proper examination and tests, Samples or test specimens of all materials to be used or offered for use in connection with Work. Contractor shall prepare Samples or test specimens at its expense and furnish them to Owner. Contractor shall submit all Samples in ample time to enable Owner to make any necessary tests, examinations, or analyses before the time it is desired to incorporate the material into the Work. C. Contractor shall give Owner timely notice of readiness of Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. D. Upon advance notice as set forth above, Owner will endeavor to schedule required inspections, but if resources are not available, Contractor may need to reschedule the Work at no additional cost to the Owner. E. If applicable laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, and furnish Owner with the required certificates of inspection, or approval. Owner will pay the cost of initial testing and Contractor shall pay all costs in connection with any follow-up or additional testing. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for the acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. F. If Contractor covers any Work, or the work of others, prior to any required inspection, test or approval without written approval of Owner, Contractor shall uncover the Work at Owner’s request. Contractor shall bear the expense of uncovering Work and replacing Work. In any case where Contractor covers Work contrary to Owner’s request, Contractor shall uncover Work for Owner’s observation or inspection at Owner’s request. Contractor shall bear the cost of uncovering Work. G. Whenever required by Owner, Contractor shall furnish tools, labor and materials necessary to make examination of Work that may be completed or in progress, even to extent of uncovering or taking down portions of finished Work. Should Work be found unsatisfactory, cost of making examination and of reconstruction shall be borne by Contractor. If Work is found to be satisfactory, Owner, in manner herein prescribed for paying for alterations, Modifications, and extra Work, except as otherwise herein specified, will pay for examination. H. Inspection of the Work by or on behalf of Owner, or Owner’s failure to do so, shall not under any circumstances be deemed a waiver or approval of any non-conforming aspect of the Work. Contractor shall have an absolute duty, in the absence of a written Change Order signed by Owner, to perform Work in conformance with the Contract Documents and to immediately correct Defective Work immediately upon Contractor’s knowledge. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 11 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement I. Any inspection, evaluation, or test performed by or on behalf of Owner relating to the Work is solely for the benefit of Owner, and shall not be relied upon by Contractor. Contractor shall not be relieved of the obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, nor relieved of any guaranty, warranty, or other obligation, as a result of any inspections, evaluations, or tests performed by Owner, whether or not such inspections, evaluations, or tests are permitted or required under the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for testing and inspecting Work already performed to determine whether such Work is in proper condition to receive later Work. 9.03 Correction of Defective Work A. Owner may direct Contractor to correct any Defective Work or remove it from the Site and replace it with Work that is not Defective and satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting from the correction or removal. Also, if Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers, suitable materials or equipment, or to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to Contract Documents, Owner may direct Contractor to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, correct or replace any such Defective Work, or stop any portion of Work. B. Owner may correct and remedy the Defective Work or perform any other work, corrective or otherwise, if, after five Days’ written notice to Contractor, Contractor fails to correct Defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work; or provide a plan for correction of Defective Work acceptable to Owner; or perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site; take possession of all or part of Work and suspend Contractor’s Work related thereto; take possession of all or part of Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site; and incorporate in Work any materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, its representatives, agents, employees, and other contractors and consultants’ access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising rights and remedies under this Paragraph. Contractor shall be responsible for any and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal. A Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work and the Contract Sum. If the parties are unable to agree to the amount of an appropriate decrease in the Contract Sum, Owner may decide the proper amount or, in its discretion may elect to leave the Contract Sum unchanged and deduct from monies due Contractor, all such claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from exercising its rights and remedies. If Contractor disagrees with Owner’s calculations, it may make a claim as provided in Article 12 of this Document 00 7200. D. These Owner rights and remedies are entirely discretionary on the part of Owner, and shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise the rights for the benefit of Contractor or any other party. Owner’s rights under this Paragraph shall be in addition to any other rights it may have under the Contract Documents or by law. 9.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may in its sole discretion elect to accept Defective Work. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such Defective Work. If Owner accepts any Defective Work prior to final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work and the Contract Sum. If the parties are unable to agree to the amount of an appropriate decrease in the Contract Sum, Owner may deduct from monies due Contractor, all claims, costs, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities attributable to the Defective Work. If Contractor disagrees with Owner’s calculations, Contractor may make a claim as provided in Article 12 of this Document 00 7200. If Owner accepts any Defective Work after final payment, Contractor shall pay to Owner, an appropriate amount as determined by Owner. 9.05 Rights Upon Inspection, Correction Or Acceptance Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 12 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement A. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of its rights and remedies under this Article. Where Owner exercises its rights under this Article, it retains and may still exercise all other rights it has by law or under the Contract Documents including, without limitation, the right to terminate Contractor’s right to proceed with the Work under the Contract Documents for cause and/or make a claim or back charge where a Change Order cannot be agreed upon. B. Observation or inspection by Owner or its authorized agents or representatives shall not relieve Contractor of its obligation to have furnished material and workmanship in accordance with Contract Documents. Payment for Work completed through periodic progress payments, final payment or otherwise shall not operate to waive Owner’s right to require full compliance with Contract Documents and shall in no way be deemed as acceptance of any defective Work paid therefor. Contractor’s obligation to complete the Work in accordance with Contract Documents shall be absolute, unless Owner agrees otherwise in writing. 9.06 Proof of Compliance of Contract Provisions A. In order that Owner may determine whether Contractor has complied or is complying with requirements of Contract Documents not readily enforceable through inspection and tests of Work and materials, Contractor shall at any time, when requested, submit to Owner properly authenticated documents or other satisfactory proofs of compliance with all applicable requirements. B. Before commencing any portion of Work, Contractor shall inform Owner in writing as to time and place at which Contractor wishes to commence Work, and nature of Work to be done, in order that proper provision for inspection of Work may occur, and to assure measurements necessary for record and payment. Information shall be given to Owner a reasonable time in advance of time at which Contractor proposes to begin Work, so that Owner may complete necessary preliminary work without inconvenience or delay to Contractor. 9.07 Correction Period and Project Warranty Period: A. If within one year after the date of Final Acceptance, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by laws, regulations or by the terms of Contract Documents or any extended warranty or guaranty, any Work (completed or incomplete) is found to be Defective, Contractor shall promptly without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions, correct such Defective Work. Contractor shall remove any Defective Work rejected by Owner and replace it with Work that is not Defective, and satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor fails to promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the Defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay for all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement. Where Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or defects are discovered outside the correction period, Owner shall have all rights and remedies granted by law. B. In special circumstances where a part of the Work is occupied or a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that part of Work or that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided by Change Order. C. Where Defective Work or rejected Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed, or replaced under this Paragraph after the commencement of the correction period, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work shall be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 9.08 No Waiver A. Neither recordation of Final Acceptance nor final certificate for payment nor provision of the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy of premises by Owner shall constitute acceptance of Work not done in accordance with Contract Documents nor relieve Contractor of liability in respect to express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. B. If, after installation, operation, or use of materials or equipment to be provided under Contract proves to be unsatisfactory to Owner, Owner shall have right to operate and use materials or Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 13 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement equipment until said materials and equipment can, without damage to Owner, be taken out of service for correction or replacement. Period of use of Defective materials or equipment pending correction or replacement shall in no way decrease guarantee period required for acceptable corrected or replaced items of materials or equipment. C. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed to limit, relieve, or release Contractor’s, Subcontractors’, and equipment suppliers’ liability to Owner for damages sustained as result of latent defects in materials or equipment caused by negligence of Contractor, its agents, suppliers, employees, or Subcontractors. ARTICLE 10 - MODIFICATIONS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10.01 Owner’s Right To Direct Changed Work. A. Owner may, without notice to the sureties and without invalidating the Contract, make changes in the Work (Changed Work), including without limitation: alterations, deviations, additions to, or deletions from Contract Documents; increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the Work; expand, reduce or otherwise change the Contract Time; delete any item or portion of the Work; and require extra Work. Contractor shall perform such Work under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, unless specifically provided otherwise at the time the change is ordered. In the case of any ordered extra Work, Owner reserves the right to furnish all or portions of associated labor, material, and equipment, which Contractor shall accept and use without payment for costs, markup, profit, or otherwise for such Owner-furnished labor, materials, and equipment. B. If Changed Work is of such a nature as to increase or decrease the time or cost of any part of Work, price fixed in Contract shall be increased or decreased by amount as the Contractor and Owner may agree upon as reasonable and proper allowance for increase or decrease in cost of Work using the cost guidelines set forth in this Article, and absent such agreement, then as Owner may direct (with Contractor retaining its rights under Article 12 herein). 10.02 Required Documentation For Changed Work A. Changes affecting the Contract Time or Contract Sum of the Work shall be set forth in a written Change Order or Change Directive that shall specify: 1. The Work performed in connection with the change to be made; 2. The amount of the adjustment of the Contract Sum, if any, and the basis for compensation for the Work ordered; and 3. The extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. B. A Change Order or Change Directive will become effective when signed by Owner, notwithstanding that Contractor has not signed it. A Change Order will become effective without Contractor’s signature, provided Owner indicates same thereon (by indicating it as a “unilateral change order”). C. All changes in any plans and specifications approved by any authority with jurisdiction may also require addenda or change orders approved by that authority. D. Where Owner requests, a performance bond rider covering the changed Work must be executed and delivered to Owner before proceeding with the changed Work or shortly in time thereafter. 10.03 Procedures and Pricing of Changed Work A. Procedures for changed work and pricing of changed work, claims and all forms of extra compensation, are set forth in Section 01 2600 (Modification Procedures). ARTICLE 11 - TIME ALLOWANCES 11.01 Time Allowances A. Time is of the essence. Contract Time may only be changed by Change Order, and all time limits stated in the Contract Documents are to mean that time is of the essence. B. Float. Float shall be treated as a Project resource. Contractor shall not be entitled to a time extension for impacts that consume float, but do not impact the critical path. C. Time extensions will not be granted unless substantiated by the Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule, and then not until the CPM project float becomes zero. If Contractor fails to submit a Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 14 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement TIE, as required by Section 01 2600 (Modification Procedures) and Section 01 3200 (Progress Schedules and Reports), within the required time period, then Contractor shall be deemed to have agreed that there is no time impact and that Contractor has irrevocably waived its rights to any additional Contract Time. 11.02 Excusable Delay and Inexcusable Delay Defined. A. Excusable Delay. Subject to the provisions on Notice of Delay below, Contract Time may be adjusted in an amount equal to the time lost due to: 1. Changes in the Work ordered by Owner (Changes”); 2. Acts or neglect by Owner, Architect, any Owner Representative, utility owners or other contractors performing other work, not permitted or provided for in the Contract Documents, provided that Contractor has performed its responsibilities under the Contract Documents (including, without limitation, pre-bid investigations) (Acts or Neglect); or 3. Fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions beyond the parameters otherwise set forth in this Article, earthquakes, civil or labor disturbances, or acts of God (together, “force majeure events”), provided damages resulting therefrom are not the result of Contractor’s failure to protect the Work as required by Contract Documents (Force Majeure). B. Inexcusable Delay. Contract Time shall not be extended for any period of time where Contractor (and/or any Subcontractor) is delayed or prevented from completing any part of the Work due to a cause that is within Contractor’s risk or responsibility under the Contract Documents. Delays attributable to or within the control of a Subcontractor, or its subcontractors, or supplier, are deemed delays within the control of Contractor. 11.03 Notice of Delay A. Within seven Days of the beginning of any delay (excepting adverse weather delays), Contractor shall notify Owner in writing, by submitting a notice of delay that shall describe the anticipated delays resulting from the delay event in question. If Contractor requests an extension of time, Contractor shall submit a TIE, in accordance with by Section 01 2600 (Modification Procedures) and Section 01 3200 (Progress Schedules and Reports), within ten days of the notice of delay. Owner will determine all claims and adjustments in the Contract Time. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time will be valid and such claim will be waived if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this subparagraph. In cases of substantial compliance with the seven-day notice requirement here (but not to exceed twenty-one days from the beginning of the delay event), Owner may in its sole discretion recognize a claim for delay accompanied with the proper TIE, provided Contractor also shows good faith and a manifest lack of prejudice to Owner from the late notice. 11.04 Compensable Time Extensions A. Subject to other applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, Contractor may be entitled to adjustment in Contract Sum in addition to Contract Time for: 1. Excusable delay caused solely by Changes in the Work ordered by Owner, as provided above, and/or 2. Excusable delay caused solely by Acts or Neglect by Owner or other person, as provided above. 11.05 Non-Compensable Time Extensions A. Subject to other applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, Contractor may be entitled to adjustment in Contract Time only, without adjustment in Contract Sum, for 1. Periods of excusable delay caused solely by weather or Force Majeure events as provided above in this Article, or 2. Periods of concurrent delay, where delay results from two or more causes, one of which is compensable (resulting from Changes or Acts or Neglect as set forth above in this Article), and the other of which is non-compensable or unexcusable, such as: acts or neglect of Contractor, Subcontractors or others for whom Contractor is responsible; other acts, Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 15 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement omissions and conditions which would not entitle Contractor to adjustment in Contract Time; adverse weather; and/or actions of Force Majeure as provided above in this Article. 11.06 Adverse Weather A. Adverse weather delays may be allowed only if the number of workdays of adverse weather exceeds the parameters listed or referenced immediately below in this subparagraph and Contractor proves that adverse weather actually caused delays to work on the critical path. Contractor shall give written notice of intent to claim an adverse weather day within one Day of the adverse weather day occurring. B. Claims for extension of time for rain delay will not be granted unless the number of days work is prevented by rain exceeds 100% of the historical average number of rain days for the period of the Contract Time, based on the records of the National Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) weather station closest to the Project Site, as measured and reported by NOAA. (For example, for California, Oregon and Washington, these figures are contained in the “>=0.10 inch” column at the applicable weather station’s “General Climate Summary Table” for “Precipitation” at http://www.wrcc.dri.edu/climate-summaries/), pro-rated in the individual month Contractor starts and finishes Work. Delays due to adverse weather conditions will not be allowed for weather conditions that fall within these parameters. C. In order to qualify as an adverse weather delay with respect to the foregoing parameters, (i.) daily rainfall must exceed 0.1 inch, and/or (ii.) daily snowfall must exceed 1.0 inch or more, at the NOAA station located closest to the Project site, as measured and reported by NOAA. Notwithstanding these allowances, Contractor shall at all times employ all available mitigation measures to enable Work to continue, Contractor shall take reasonable steps to mitigate potential weather delays, such as dewatering the Site, lime treatment, and covering Work and material that could be affected adversely by weather. Failure to do so shall be cause for Owner to not grant a time extension due to adverse weather, where Contractor could have avoided or mitigated the potential delay by exercising reasonable care. D. Contractor shall include the foregoing precipitation parameters as a monthly activity in its progress schedule. As Work on the critical path is affected by precipitation, Contractor shall notify Owner and request that the days be moved to the affected activities. Any adverse weather days remaining shall be considered Project float available to either Owner or Contractor. E. Adverse weather delay for precipitation shall be recognized for the actual period of time Contractor proves it was delayed by precipitation exceeding the specified parameters. For example, and not by way of limitation, if precipitation exceeding the specified parameters does not in fact delay Contractor’s progress on the critical path, then no time extension shall be recognized; and conversely, if Contractor proves to Owner’s satisfaction that precipitation exceeding the specified parameters causes delay to Contractor for a period longer than the number of precipitation days incurred (e.g., if it rains or snows during grading work), then Contractor shall be entitled to a time extension equal to the actual period of such delay. F. During unfavorable weather, wet ground, or other unsuitable construction conditions, Contractor shall employ best practices to protect the Work, manage the construction site and rainwater during inclement weather. Persons performing the Work shall examine surfaces to receive their Work and shall report in writing to Contractor, with copy to Owner representative and the Architect conditions detrimental to the Work. Failure to examine and report discrepancies makes the Contractor responsible, at no increase in Contract Sum, for corrections Owner may require. Commencement of Work constitutes acceptance of surface. 11.07 Liquidated Damages A. Time is of the essence. Execution of Contract Documents by Contractor shall constitute its acknowledgement that Owner will actually sustain damages in the form of Contract administration expenses (such as Project management and consultant expenses) in the amount fixed in the Contract Documents for each and every Day during which completion of Work required is delayed beyond expiration of time fixed for completion plus extensions of time allowed pursuant to provisions hereof. B. Contractor and Owner agree that because of the nature of the Project, it would be impractical or extremely difficult to fix the amount of such actual damages incurred by Owner because of a delay Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 16 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement in completion of all or any part of the Work. Contractor and Owner agree that specified measures of liquidated damages shall be presumed to be the amount of such damages actually sustained by Owner, and that because of the nature of the Project, it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix the actual damages. C. Liquidated damages for delay shall cover administrative, overhead, interest on bonds, and general loss of public use damages suffered by Owner as a result of delay. Liquidated damages shall not cover the cost of completion of the Work, damages resulting from Defective Work, lost revenues or costs of substitute facilities, or damages suffered by others who then seek to recover their damages from Owner (for example, delay claims of other contractors, subcontractors, tenants, or other third- parties), and defense costs thereof. Owner may deduct from any money due or to become due to Contractor subsequent to time for completion of entire Work and extensions of time allowed pursuant to provisions hereof, a sum representing then-accrued liquidated damages. D. Contractor and Owner agree that the Key Personnel listed in Contractor’s Statement of Qualifications (Document 00 4513) were a material factor in Owner’s assessment of Contractor’s experience and the adequacy of Contactor’s supervisory personnel. Accordingly, Contractor and Owner agree that Contractor shall not remove, reassign or make changes to any of the Key Personnel without Owner’s prior written approval. In the event that any Key Personnel leaves the Project, is reassigned and/or is removed and replaced by Contractor before Project Final Completion, for any reason whatsoever, Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as set forth in the Agreement (Document 00 5200), unless Contractor can demonstrate to Owner’s satisfaction that the Key Personnel were reassigned and/or removed and replaced for reasons beyond Contractor’s control. ARTICLE 12 - CLAIMS BY CONTRACTOR 12.01 Obligation to File Claims for Disputed Work A. Should it appear to Contractor that the Work to be performed or any of the matters relative to the Contract Documents are not satisfactorily detailed or explained therein, or should any questions arise as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents, or should any dispute arise regarding the true value of any work performed, work omitted, extra work that the Contractor may be required to perform, time extensions, payment to the Contractor during performance of this Contract, performance of the Contract, and/or compliance with Contract procedures, or should Contractor otherwise seek extra time or compensation FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER, then Contractor shall first follow procedures set forth in the Contract Documents (including, without limitation, Paragraphs 11.03, 11.04, 13.03 and 13.04 of this Document 00 7200 and Section 01 2600). If a dispute remains, then Contractor shall give written notice to Owner that expressly invokes this Article 12. Owner shall decide the issue in writing within 15 days; and Owner’s written decision shall be final and conclusive. If Contractor disagrees with Owner’s decision, or if Contractor contends that Owner failed to provide a decision timely, then Contractor’s SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY is to promptly file a written claim setting forth Contractor’s position as required herein. B. Contractor shall present as its claims all Subcontractor, sub-Subcontractor and supplier claims of any type, and prove them under the terms of the Contract Documents. Owner shall not be directly liable to any Subcontractor, any supplier, or any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages or extra costs of any type arising out of or resulting from the Project. 12.02 Form and Contents of Claim A. Contractor’s written claim must be submitted via registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested and must identify itself as a “Claim” under this Article 12 and must include the following: (i) a narrative of pertinent events; (ii) citation to contract provisions; (iii) theory of entitlement; (iv) complete pricing of all cost impacts; (v) a time impact analysis of all time delays that shows actual time impact on the critical path; (vi) reasonable documentation supporting items (i) through (v); and (vii) a verification under penalty of perjury of the claim’s accuracy. The Claim shall be submitted to Owner within thirty (30) calendar days of receiving Owner’s written decision, or the date Contractor contends such decision was due, shall be priced like a change order according to Section 01 2600, and must be updated monthly as to cost and entitlement if a continuing claim. Routine contract Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 17 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement materials, for example, correspondence, RFI, Change Order requests, or payment requests shall not constitute a Claim. Contractor shall bear all costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a Claim. B. Upon receipt of a Claim, Owner shall conduct a reasonable review of the Claim. Within 45 days, or such expended period as Owner and Contractor may agree, shall provide Contractor with a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. C. If Owner’s governing body must approve Owner’s response to the Claim and the governing body has not met within the 45-day (or extended) period, then Owner shall provide its written statement within three (3) days of the governing body’s meeting. D. Owner shall pay the undisputed portions of the Claim within 60 days of the issuance of a written statement identifying an undisputed portion. E. Claims must be filed on or before the day of final payment. F. Notwithstanding and pending the resolution of any claim or dispute, Contractor shall diligently prosecute the disputed work to final completion in accordance with Owner’s determination. 12.03 Informal Conference After Claim Submission A. If the Contractor disputes Owner’s response to its Claim, including a failure to respond, it may submit via registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, a written demand for an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Owner shall schedule such a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. B. Within ten (10) days of the meet and confer conference Owner shall provide Contractor with a written statement identifying the portion of the Claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. C. Owner shall pay the undisputed portions of the Claim within 60 days of the issuance of a written statement identifying an undisputed portion. 12.04 Mediation A. If the Contractor disputes Owner’s statement provided under Paragraph 12.03(B) it shall inform Owner and the parties shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days of the written statement. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. B. Mediation shall be confidential and non-binding. Unless otherwise agreed, by the parties or as provided in this Paragraph 12.04, the mediation shall be pursuant to the construction mediation procedures of JAMS and held at the JAMS office closest to the Project site. C. The cost of mediation shall be equally shared by all parties to the mediation. The parties shall, prior to the commencement of mediation upon notice of the other party, exchange relevant, non- privileged project documents in compliance with Code of Civil Procedure Sections 2031.010 et seq. The parties may agree mutually to engage in additional discovery prior to mediation. Should the parties proceed with additional discovery, they shall, unless mutually agreed otherwise, comply with Code of Civil Procedure Sections 2019, et. seq. The mediator will undertake to resolve any discovery disputes relating to the mediation. D. For Claims under $375,000, unless the parties agree otherwise in writing, mediation pursuant to this Paragraph 12.04 shall excuse the mediation obligation under Public Contract Code Section 20104.4(a). E. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the Claim remaining in dispute shall be resolved as otherwise provided by the Contract and applicable law. F. Following receipt of a Claim, the parties may mutually agree, in writing, to waive the mediation requirements of this Paragraph 12.04 and proceed to the commencement of a civil action . G. In the event a mediator is selected, all statutes of limitation shall be tolled from the date of the selection until the date two weeks following the mediation’s conclusion. 12.05 Other Matters A. The provisions of this Article 12 constitute a non-judicial claim settlement procedure that, pursuant to Government Code Section 930.2, shall constitute a condition precedent to submission of a valid Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 18 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Government Code Claim under the Government Code. Contractor shall bear all costs incurred in the preparation, submission and administration of a claim. Any claims presented in accordance with the Government Code must affirmatively indicate Contractor’s prior compliance with the claims procedure herein and the previous dispositions under Paragraphs 12.03 and 12.04 above of the claims asserted. No suit may be brought against Owner arising out of or in connection with the Project unless and until Contractor presents to Owner a statutory Government Code Claim, in accordance with Government Code Sections 910, et seq. Pursuant to Government Code Section 930.2, the one-year period in Government Code Section 911.2 shall be reduced to 150 days from either accrual of the cause of action, substantial completion or termination of the contract, whichever occurs first; in all other respects, the Government Code shall apply unchanged. B. Failure to submit and administer claims as required in Article 12 shall waive Contractor’s right to claim on any specific issues not included in a timely submitted claim. Claim(s) or issue(s) not raised in a timely protest and timely claim submitted under this Article 12 may not be asserted in any subsequent litigation, Government Code Claim, or legal action. C. Contractor shall submit Subcontractor claims in the same manner as other Claims. In the event a Subcontractor (on behalf of the Subcontractor or a lower-tier subcontractor) requests Contractor in writing to present a Claim to the Owner and furnishes reasonable documentation supporting the Claim, Contractor shall, within 45 days of receipt of the written request, notify the Subcontractor in writing as to whether the Contractor presented the claim to Owner and, if the Contractor did not present the Claim, provide the Subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not doing so. D. All waivers or modifications of this Article 12 may only be made a writing signed by Owner and Contractor, and approved as to form by legal counsel for both; oral or implied modifications shall be ineffective. E. Any failure by Owner to respond within any time frame contained in Paragraphs 12.02 through 12.05 of this Article shall result in the Claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. No failure to meet a time requirement shall constitute an adverse finding with regards to the merits of the Claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the Contractor. 12.06 Compliance With Statutory Procedures A. The foregoing provisions of Paragraphs 12.02 through 12.05 are intended to comply with Public Contract Code Section 9204 and, to the extent applicable, Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq. In the event of any conflict, the applicable Public Contract Code provision will apply. ARTICLE 13 - UNDERGROUND CONDITIONS 13.01 Contractor To Locate Underground Facilities. A. During construction, Contractor shall comply with Government Code Sections 4216 to 4216.9, and in particular Section 4216.2 which provides, in part: “Except in an emergency, every person planning to conduct any excavation shall contact the appropriate regional notification center at least two working days, but no more than 14 calendar days, prior to commencing that excavation, if the excavation will be conducted in an area which is known, or reasonably should be known, to contain subsurface installations other than the underground facilities owned or operated by the excavator, and, if practical, the excavator shall delineate with white paint or other suitable markings the area to be excavated. The regional notification center shall provide an inquiry identification number to the person who contacts the center and shall notify any member, if known, who has a subsurface installation in the area of the proposed excavation.” B. Contractor shall contact USA, and schedule the Work to allow ample time for the center to notify its members and, if necessary, for any member to field locate and mark its facilities. Contractor is charged with knowledge of all subsurface conditions reflected in USA records. Prior to commencing excavation or trenching work, Contractor shall provide Owner with copies of all USA records secured by Contractor. Contractor shall advise Owner of any conflict between information provided in Document 00 3132 (Geotechnical Data and Existing Conditions), the Drawings and that provided by USA records. Contractor’s excavation shall be subject to and comply with the Contract Documents. C. Contractor shall also investigate the existence of existing service laterals, appurtenances or other types of utilities, indicated by the presence of an underground transmission main or other visible Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 19 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement facilities, such as buildings, manholes, new asphalt, meters and junction boxes, on or adjacent to the Site, even if not shown or indicated in Existing Conditions Data, Contract Documents, or USA records, or discovered during Contractor’s pre- or post-bid investigation. Contractor shall immediately secure all such available information and notify Owner and the utility owner, in writing, of its discovery. 13.02 Contractor To Protect Underground Facilities. A. At all times during construction, all operating Underground Facilities shall remain in operation, unless the Contract Documents expressly indicate otherwise. Contractor shall maintain such Underground Facilities in service where appropriate; shall repair any damage to them caused by the Work; and shall incorporate them into the Work, including reasonable adjustments to the design location (including minor relocations) of the existing or new installations. Contractor shall take immediate action to restore any in service installations damaged by Contractor’s operations. B. Prior to performing Work at the Site, Contractor shall lay out the locations of Underground Facilities that are to remain in service and other significant known underground installations indicated by the Existing Conditions Data, Contract Documents, USA records, or any material otherwise reasonably available to Contractor or discovered during Contractor’s pre- or post-bid investigations. Contractor shall further locate, by carefully excavating with small equipment, potholing and principally by hand, all such utilities or installations that are to remain and that are subject to damage. If additional utilities whose locations are unknown are discovered, Contractor shall immediately report to Owner for disposition of the same. Additional compensation or extension of time on account of utilities not shown or otherwise brought to Contractor’s attention, including reasonable action taken to protect or repair damage, shall be determined as provided in this Document 00 7200. C. If during construction, an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown, indicated, or discovered in the materials and investigations described in Paragraph 13.02B, above, then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby (and in no event later than seven Days), and prior to performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. D. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Sum and Contractor shall have full responsibility for (a) reviewing and checking all available information and data including, without limitation, Existing Conditions Data, and information on file at USA; (b) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or reasonably available information, or indicated by visual observation including, without limitation, and by way of example only, through performance of all pre-Bid investigations required by this Document 00 7200 and Bidding Documents and post-Bid investigations required by this Document 00 7200, and by engaging qualified locating services and all necessary backhoeing and potholing; (c) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction; and (d) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. E. Consistent with Government Code Section 4215, as between Owner and Contractor, Owner will be responsible for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunk line utility facilities located on the Site only if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents or information made available for bidding. Owner will compensate for the cost of locating and repairing damage not due to Contractor’s failure to exercise reasonable care, removing and relocating such main or trunk line utility facilities not indicated in the Contract Documents or information made available for bidding with reasonable accuracy, and equipment on the Project necessarily idled during such Work. Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the Project, when such delay was caused by the failure of Owner or the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities. 13.03 Concealed Or Unknown Conditions A. If either of the following conditions is encountered at Site when digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface, Contractor shall give a written Notice of Differing Site Conditions to Owner promptly before conditions are disturbed, except in an Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 20 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement emergency as set forth in this Document 00 7200, and in no event later than seven Days after first observance of: 1. Subsurface or Latent physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature or which differ materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. B. In response to Contractor’s Notice of Differing Site Conditions under this Paragraph, Owner will investigate the identified conditions, and if they differ materially and cause increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, Owner will negotiate the appropriate change order following the procedures set forth in the Contract Documents. If Owner determines that physical conditions at the Site are not Latent or are not materially different from those indicated in Contract Documents or that no change in terms of the Contract Documents is justified, Owner will so notify Contractor in writing, stating reasons (with Contractor retaining its rights under Article 12 of this Document 00 7200.) C. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time regarding claimed Latent or materially different Site conditions (whether above or below grade) if Contractor knew or should have known of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor submitted its Bid, failed to give proper notice, or relied upon information, conclusions, opinions or deductions of the kind that the Contract Documents preclude reliance upon. D. Regarding Underground Facilities, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that is owned and was built by Owner only where the Underground Facility: 1. Was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or in the information supplied for bidding purposes or in information on file at USA; and 2. Contractor did not know of it; and 3. Contractor could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of it or to have anticipated it from the information available. (For example, if surface conditions such as pavement repairs, valve covers, or other markings, indicate the presence of an Underground Facility, then an increase in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time will not be due, even if the Underground Facility was not indicated in the Contract Documents, in the information supplied to Contractor for bidding purposes, in information on file at USA, or otherwise reasonably available to Contractor.) E. Contractor shall bear the risk that Underground Facilities not owned or built by Owner may differ in nature or locations shown in information made available by Owner for bidding purposes, in information on file at USA, or otherwise reasonably available to Contractor. Underground Facilities are inherent in construction involving digging of trenches or other excavations on Owner’s Project, and Contractor is to apply its skill and industry to verify the information available. F. Contractor’s compensation for claimed Latent or materially different Site conditions shall be limited to the actual, reasonable, incremental increase in cost of that portion of the Work, resulting from the claimed Latent or materially different Site conditions. Such calculation shall take into account the estimated value of that portion of the Work and the actual value of that portion of the Work, using for guidance Contractor’s or its subcontractor’s bid amount and actual amounts incurred for that portion of the Work and the reasonable expectation (if any) of differing or difficult site conditions in the Work area based on the available records and locale of the Work. For example, if Contractor excavates in an area unexpected, then such costs would be recoverable entirely; while if Contractor extends an existing excavation, then such costs would be recoverable if the resulting excavation costs in that work area exceeded the reasonable expectations therefore. 13.04 Notice of Hazardous Waste Or Materials Conditions A. Contractor shall give a written Notice of Hazardous Materials Condition to Owner promptly, before any of the following conditions are disturbed (except in an emergency as set forth in this Document 00 7200), and in no event later than 24 hours after first observance of any: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 21 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Material that Contractor believes may be hazardous waste or hazardous material, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code (including, without limitation, Asbestos, lead, PCBs, petroleum and related hydrocarbons, and radioactive material) that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law (hazardous material); or 2. Other material that may present an imminent substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with Work at the Site (other materials). B. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or as provided by applicable law, Contractor shall not be required to give any notice for the disturbance or observation of any such hazardous materials or other materials where such matter is disturbed or observed as part of the scope of Work under the Contract Documents (such as hazardous waste or hazardous material investigation, remediation or disposal activities which are identified as the subject of Work under the Contract Documents), where Contractor complies with all requirements in the Contract Documents and applicable law respecting such materials. C. Contractor’s Notice of Hazardous Materials Condition shall indicate whether the hazardous materials or other materials were shown or indicated in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of Work, and whether the hazardous materials or other materials were brought to the Site by Contractor, its Subcontractors, suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time regarding claimed hazardous waste or materials if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of such hazardous materials or other materials at the time Contractor submitted its Bid; or 2. Contractor should have known of the existence of such hazardous material or other materials as a result of its having the responsibility to obtain additional or supplementary examinations, investigation, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning the conditions at or contiguous to the Site prior to submitting its Bid; or 3. Contractor failed to give the written notice within the required timeframe set forth below. E. If Owner determines that conditions involve hazardous materials or other materials and that a change in Contract Document terms is justified, Owner will issue either a Request for Proposal or Construction Change Directive under the procedures described in the Contract Documents. If Owner determines that conditions do not involve hazardous materials or other materials or that no change in Contract Document terms is justified, Owner will notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons for its determination. F. In addition to the parties’ other rights under this Document 00 7200, if Contractor does not agree to resume Work based on a reasonable belief that it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume Work under special conditions, Owner may order the disputed portion of Work deleted from the Work, or performed by others, or Owner may invoke its right to terminate Contractor’s right to proceed under the Contract Documents in whole or in part, for convenience or for cause as the facts may warrant. G. If Contractor does not agree with any Owner determination of any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time under this Article, Contractor may make a claim as provided in Article 12 of this Document 00 7200. ARTICLE 14 - LEGAL AND MISCELLANEOUS 14.01 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall keep fully informed of and shall comply with all laws, ordinances, regulations and orders of any properly constituted authority affecting the Contract Documents, Work and persons connected with Work, and shall protect and indemnify Owner and its officers, employees, consultants and agents against any claim or liability, including attorney’s fees, arising from or based on violation of law, ordinance, regulation or order, whether by Contractor or by Subcontractors, employees or agents. Authorized persons may at any time enter upon any part of Work to ascertain compliance of all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and orders. 14.02 Permits and Taxes Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 22 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement A. Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses applicable to the Work (including environmental matters to the extent applicable); pay all charges and fees, including fees for street opening permits; comply with, implement and acknowledge effectiveness of all permits; initiate and cooperate in securing all required notifications or approvals therefore; and give all notices necessary and incident to due and lawful prosecution of Work, unless otherwise provided herein. Owner will pay applicable building permits, sanitation and water fees for the completed construction, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall pay all sales and/or use taxes levied on materials, supplies, or equipment purchased and used on or incorporated into Work, and all other taxes properly assessed against equipment or other property used in connection with Work, without any increase in the Contract Sum. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements with proper authorities having jurisdiction over roads, streets, pipelines, navigable waterways, railroads, and other works in advance of operations, even where Owner may have already obtained permits for the Work. 14.03 Communications and Information Distribution A. All communications recognized under the Contract Documents shall be in writing, in the form of a serialized document, by type of communication. For example, RFI’s shall be serialized beginning with RFI No. 1; payment applications shall be serialized beginning with Payment Application No. 1, submittals shall be serialized per specification section and transmitted with transmittal sheets beginning with Transmittal No. 1; and correspondence shall be serialized beginning with letter No. 1. Contractor may propose other record management and identification systems or protocols, intended to facilitate orderly transmittal of project information, storage and retrieval of such information, which Owner will review consistent with these stated objectives, and accept or reject in its sole discretion. B. Documents Requiring Signatures. All documents requiring signatures for approval prior to implementing action, as stipulated in other portions of Contract Documents, shall require a manually signed, serialized letter delivered to the other party at its address for notice otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, either personally or by mail. C. Electronic data transfer of such correspondence will serve to expedite preliminary concurrence of information, only. Receipt of “hard copy” signature on forms is required prior to implementing action or work as the conditions may require. For example, change orders and authorizations for extra cost, require signatures. A party may acknowledge receipt of PDF copies of required correspondence by e-mail, but in the absence of such acknowledgment, mail or personal delivery is required. D. All emails shall be copied to Owner’s and Contractor’s Project Representative. Owner reserves the right to preclude e-mail communication, in whole or in part, as Project needs may require. Communication between Owner and Contractor shall not be via Twitter, Facebook, or other types of instant text message systems. Any such communications shall be inadmissible for any purpose related to this Contract. 14.04 Suspension of Work A. Owner may, without cause, order Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt Work in whole or in part for such period of time as Owner may determine. An adjustment shall be made for increases in cost of performance of Work of the Contract Documents caused by any such suspension, delay or interruption, calculated using the measures set forth in Section 01 2600 (Modification Procedures). No adjustment shall be made to extent that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which Contractor is responsible. 14.05 Termination of Contract For Cause A. The Contractor shall be in default of the Contract Documents and Owner may terminate the Contractor's right to proceed under the Contract Documents, for cause, in whole or in part, should the Contractor commit a material breach of the Contract Documents and not cure such breach within ten (10) calendar days of the date of notice from Owner to the Contractor demanding such cure; or, if such breach is curable but not curable within such ten (10) day period, within such period of time as is reasonably necessary to accomplish such cure. (In order for the Contractor to avail Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 23 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement itself of a time period in excess of 10 calendar days, the Contractor must provide Owner within the ten (10) day period with a written plan acceptable to Owner that demonstrates actual resources, personnel and a schedule to promptly to cure said breach, and then diligently commence and continue such cure according to the written plan). B. In the event of termination by Owner for cause as provided herein, the Contractor shall deliver to Owner possession of the Work in its then condition including, without limitation, all designs, engineering, Project records, cost data of all types, plans and specifications and contracts with vendors and subcontractors, all other documentation associated with the Project, and all construction supplies and aids dedicated solely to performing the Work which, in the normal course of construction, would be consumed or only have salvage value at the end of the construction period. The Contractor shall remain fully liable for the failure of any Work completed and materials and equipment provided through the date of such termination to comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Section shall not be interpreted to diminish any right that Owner may have to claim and recover damages for any breach of the Contract Documents or otherwise, but rather, the Contractor shall compensate Owner for all loss, cost, damage, expense, and/or liability suffered by Owner as a result of such termination and/or failure to comply with the Contract Documents. C. In the event a termination for cause is later determined to have been made wrongfully or without cause, then the termination shall be treated as a termination for convenience, and the Contractor shall have no greater rights than it would have had following a termination for convenience. Any Contractor claim arising out of a termination for cause shall be made in accord with Article 12 herein. No other loss, cost, damage, expense or liability may be claimed, requested or recovered by the Contractor. 14.06 Termination of Contract For Convenience A. Owner may terminate performance of the Work under the Contract Documents in accordance with this clause in whole, or from time to time in part, whenever Owner shall determine that termination is in Owner’s best interest. Termination shall be effected by Owner delivering to the Contractor notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of the Work under the Contract Documents is terminated, and the effective date of the termination. B. Contractor shall comply strictly with Owner’s direction regarding the effective date of the termination, the extent of the termination, and shall stop work on the date and to the extent specified. C. Contractor shall be entitled to a total payment on account of the Contract work so terminated measured by (i.) the actual cost to Contractor of Work actually performed, up to the date of the termination, with profit and overhead limited to twelve percent (12%) of actual cost of work performed, up to but not exceeding the actual contract value of the work completed as measured by the Schedule of Values and Progress Schedule, (ii.) offset by payments made and other contract credits. In connection with any such calculation, however, Owner shall retain all rights under the Contract Documents including, without limitation, claims, indemnities, or setoffs. D. Under no circumstances may Contractor recover legal costs of any nature, nor may Contract recover costs incurred after the date of the termination. 14.07 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts A. Contractor hereby assigns to Owner each Subcontract for a portion of the Work, provided that: 1. The assignment is effective only after Owner’s termination of Contractor’s right to proceed under the Contract Documents (or portion thereof relating to that Subcontract) as set forth herein. 2. The assignment is effective only for the Subcontracts which Owner expressly accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing; 3. The assignment is subject to the prior rights, if any, of the Surety, obligated by Document 00 6113.13 (Construction Performance Bond) provided under the Contract Documents, where the Surety exercises its rights to complete the Contract; Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 24 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 4. After the effectiveness of an assignment, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense (except as otherwise provided in this Document 00 7200), sign all instruments and take all actions reasonably requested by Owner to evidence and confirm the effectiveness of the assignment in Owner; and 5. Nothing in this Paragraph shall modify or limit any of Contractor’s obligations to Owner arising from acts or omissions occurring before the effectiveness of any Subcontract assignment including, without limitation, all defense, indemnity and hold-harmless obligations arising from or related to the assigned Subcontract. 14.08 Remedies and Contract Integration A. Subject to Contract Documents provisions regarding Contractor claims, claim review, and claim resolution, and subject to the limitations therein, the exclusive jurisdiction and venue for resolving all claims, counter claims, disputes and other matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to Contract Documents, any breach thereof or the Project shall be the applicable court of competent jurisdiction located in the State and County where the Project is located. All Owner remedies provided in the Contract Documents shall be taken and construed as cumulative and not exclusive; that is, in addition to each and every other remedy herein provided; and in all instances Owner shall have any and all other equitable and legal rights and remedies which it would have according to law. B. The Contract Documents, any Contract Modifications and Change Orders, shall represent the entire and integrated agreement between Owner and Contractor regarding the subject matters hereof and thereof and shall constitute the exclusive statement of the terms of the parties’ agreement. The Contract Documents, and any Contract Modifications and Change Orders, shall supersede any and all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, written or oral, express or implied, that relate in any way to the subject matter of the Contract Documents or written Modifications. Owner and Contractor represent and agree that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, they are entering into the Contract Documents and any subsequent written Modification in sole reliance upon the information set forth or referenced in the Contract Documents or Contract Modifications; the parties are not and will not rely on any other information, which shall be inadmissible in any proceeding to enforce these documents. C. Either party’s waiver of any breach or failure to enforce any of the terms, covenants, conditions or other provisions of the Contract Documents at any time shall not in any way affect, limit, modify or waive that party’s right thereafter to enforce or compel strict compliance with every term, covenant, condition or other provision hereof, any course of dealing or custom of the trade or oral representations notwithstanding. D. Neither acceptance of the whole or any part of Work by Owner nor any verbal statements on behalf of Owner or its authorized agents or representatives shall operate as a waiver or modification of any provision of the Contract Documents, or of any power reserved to Owner herein nor any right to damages provided in the Contract Documents. 14.09 Interpretation. A. Should any part, term or provision of this Agreement or any of the Contract Documents, or any document required herein or therein to be executed or delivered, be declared invalid, void or unenforceable, all remaining parts, terms and provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be invalidated, impaired or affected thereby. If the provisions of any law causing such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability may be waived, they are hereby waived to the end that this Agreement and the Contract Documents may be deemed valid and binding agreements, enforceable in accordance with their terms to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law. In the event any provision not otherwise included in the Contract Documents is required to be included by any applicable law, that provision is deemed included herein by this reference (or, if such provision is required to be included in any particular portion of the Contract Documents, that provision is deemed included in that portion). B. Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind between (i) Project Manager or any Owner’s representative and Contractor; (ii) Owner and/or its Representatives and a Subcontractor, sub-Subcontractor, or supplier of any Project labor, materials, or equipment; or (iii) between any persons or entities other than Owner and Contractor. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 25 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 14.10 Patents A. Fees or claims for any patented invention, article or arrangement that may be used upon or in any manner connected with performance of the Work or any part thereof shall be included in the Bid price for doing the Work. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and each of its officers, employees, consultants and agents including, without limitation, the Board and each Owner’s Representative, from all damages, claims for damages, costs or expenses in law or equity, including attorney’s fees, arising from or relating to any claim that any article supplied or to be supplied under the Contract Documents infringes on the patent rights, copyright, trade name, trademark, service mark, trade secret or other intellectual property right of any person or persons or that the person or entity supplying the article does not have a lawful right to sell the same. Such costs or expenses for which Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the above indemnities include but are not limited to any and all license fees, whether such fees are agreed by any indemnitee or ordered by a court or administrative body of any competent jurisdiction. 14.11 Substitution For Patented and Specified Articles A. Except as noted specifically in the instructions to Bidders or in Contract Documents, whenever in Specifications, material or process is designated by patent or proprietary name or by name of manufacturer, such designation shall be deemed to be used for purpose of facilitating description of material and process desired, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “or Approved Equal” and Contractor may offer any substitute material or process that Contractor considers “equal” in every respect to that so designated and if material or process offered by Contractor is, in opinion of Owner, Equal in every respect to that so designated, its use will be approved. However, Contractor may utilize this right only by timely submitting Document 00 6325 (Substitution Request Form) as provided in Document 00 2113 (Instructions to Bidders). A substitution will be approved only if it is a true “or equal” item in every aspect of its design and quality including, without limitation, its dimensions, weights, service requirements, durability, functioning, impact on contiguous construction elements, overall schedule and design. 14.12 Interest of Public Officers A. No representative, officer, or employee of Owner no member of the governing body of the locality in which the Project is situated, no member of the locality in which Owner was activated, and no other public official of such locality or localities who exercises any functions or responsibilities with respect to the Project, during the tenure of the official or for one year thereafter, shall, as principal, agent, attorney or otherwise, be directly or indirectly interested, in the Contract Documents or the proceeds thereof. 14.13 Limit of Liability A. Owner, and each of its officers, board members, employees, consultants and agents including, without limitation, project manager and each other owner representative, shall have no liability to contractor for special, consequential, or incidental damages, except to the limited extent that these contract documents or applicable public contracting statutes may specify their recovery. ARTICLE 15 - WORKING CONDITIONS AND PREVAILING WAGES 15.01 Use of Site/Sanitary Rules A. All portions of the Work shall be maintained at all times in neat, clean and sanitary condition. Contractor shall furnish toilets for use of Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ employees on the Site where needed, and their use shall be strictly enforced. All toilets shall be properly secluded from public observation, and shall be located, constructed and maintained subject to Owner’s approval. B. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Site and land areas identified in and permitted by Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by applicable laws and regulations, rights of way, permits and easements or as designated by Owner, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 26 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement for any damage to any such land or area, any improvement located thereon, or to Owner or occupant thereof resulting from the performance of Work. C. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the Site and the Project free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, Contractor shall clean the site, remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the Site as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall leave the premises clean and ready for occupancy by Owner at Final Completion of Work. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by Contract Documents. D. Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure or pavement to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure or pavement, nor shall Contractor subject any part of Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Contractor shall conduct all necessary existing conditions investigation regarding structural, mechanical, electrical or any other system existing, shall perform Work consistent with such existing conditions, and shall have full responsibility for insufficiencies or damage resulting from insufficiencies of existing systems, equipment or structures to accommodate performing the Work. 15.02 Protection of Work, Persons, and Property A. Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety and site security precautions and programs in connection with Work, and shall develop and implement a site security and safety plan throughout construction. Contractor shall comply with all safety requirements specified in any safety program established by Owner, or required by state, federal or local laws and ordinances. Contractor shall be responsible for all theft or damage to Work, property or structures, and all injuries to persons, either on the Site or constituting the Work (e.g., materials in transit), arising from the performance of Work of the Contract Documents from a cause. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify Owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility Owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall remedy all damage, injury or loss to any property referred to above in this Article, caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, supplier, or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. Contractor’s duties and responsibility for safety and for protection of Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Final Acceptance of the Work. Owner and its agents do not assume any responsibility for collecting any indemnity from any person or persons causing damage to Contractor’s Work. D. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. E. Owner may, at its option, retain such moneys due under the Contract Documents as Owner deems necessary until any and all suits or claims against Contractor for injury to persons or property shall be settled and Owner receives satisfactory evidence to that effect. F. Work within the right-of-way lines of the City, County and/or State shall be done in accordance with the standards and specifications of the controlling agency. Permit for such work shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor before executing the work within such right-of-ways. 15.03 Responsibility For Safety and Health A. Contractor shall ensure that its and each tier of Subcontractors’ employees, agents and invitees comply with applicable health and safety laws while at the Site. These laws include the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and rules and regulations issued pursuant thereto, and Owner’s safety regulations as amended from time to time. Contractor shall comply with all Owner directions regarding protective clothing and gear. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 27 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety of its and its Subcontractors’ employees, agents and invitees on the Site. Contractor shall notify Owner, in writing, of the existence of hazardous conditions, property or equipment at the Site that are not under Contractor’s control. Contractor shall be responsible for taking all the necessary precautions against injury to persons or damage to the property of Contractor, Subcontractors or persons from recognized hazards until the responsible party corrects the hazard. C. Contractor shall confine all persons acting on its or its Subcontractors’ behalf to that portion of the Site where Work under the Contract Documents is to be performed, Owner-designated routes for ingress and egress thereto, and any other Owner-designated area. Except those routes for ingress and egress over which Contractor has no right of control, within such areas, Contractor shall provide safe means of access to all places at which persons may at any time have occasion to be present. 15.04 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from Owner, is obligated to act to prevent threat and damage, injury or loss, until directed otherwise by Owner. Contractor shall give Owner prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in Work or variations from Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Owner determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change Order or Construction Change Directive will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 15.05 Use of Roadways and Walkways A. Contractor shall not unnecessarily interfere with use of any roadway, walkway or other facility for vehicular or pedestrian traffic. Before beginning any interference and only with Owner’s prior concurrence, Contractor may provide detour or temporary bridge for traffic to pass around or over the interference, which Contractor shall maintain in satisfactory condition as long as interference continues. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall bear the cost of these temporary facilities. 15.06 Nondiscrimination A. No person or entity shall discriminate in the employment of persons upon public works because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, marital status, sexual preference, or gender of such persons, except as provided in Government Code Section 12940. Every contractor for public works violating the provisions of Labor Code Section 1735 is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2 of the California Labor Code. 15.07 Prevailing Wages and Working Hours A. Work shall be performed between the hours of 8am-5pm. Pedestrian traffic must be maintained during construction. B. Contractor shall pay to persons performing labor in and about Work provided for in the Contract Documents an amount equal to or more than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for (i) work of a similar character in the locality in which the Work is performed and (ii) legal holiday and overtime work in said locality. The per diem wages shall be an amount equal to or more than the stipulated rates contained in a schedule that has been ascertained and determined by the Director of the State Department of Industrial Relations and Owner to be the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute this Contract. Contractor shall also cause a copy of this determination of the prevailing rate of per diem wages to be posted at each Site. C. Contractor shall forfeit, as a penalty to Owner, $200.00 for each laborer, worker, or mechanic employed in performing labor in and about the Work provided for in the Contract Documents for each Day, or portion thereof, that such laborer, worker or mechanic is paid less than the said stipulated rates for any Work done under the Contract Documents by him or her or by any Subcontractor under him or her, in violation of Articles 1 and 2 of Chapter 1 of Part 7 of Division II Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 28 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement of the Labor Code. The sums and amounts that are forfeited pursuant to this Paragraph and the terms of the Labor Code shall be withheld and retained from payments due to Contractor under the Contract Documents, pursuant to this Document 00 7200 and the Labor Code, but no sum shall be so withheld, retained or forfeited except from the final payment without a full investigation by either the State Department of Industrial Relations or by Owner. The Labor Commissioner pursuant to Labor Code Section 1775 shall determine the final amount of forfeiture. D. Contractor shall insert in every subcontract or other arrangement which Contractor may make for performance of Work or labor on Work provided for in the Contract, provision that Subcontractor shall pay persons performing labor or rendering service under subcontract or other arrangement not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the Work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work fixed in the Labor Code. E. Contractor stipulates that it shall comply with all applicable wage and hour laws, including without limitation, Labor Code Sections 1776 and 1810-1815. Failure to so comply shall constitute a default under this Contract. F. Contractor and its Subcontractors shall be responsible for compliance with Labor Code Sections 1810-1815. 1. Eight hours of labor performed in execution of the Contract constitutes a legal day’s work. The time of service of any worker employed on the Project is limited and restricted to 8 hours during any one calendar day, and 40 hours during any one calendar week. 2. Contractor and its Subcontractors shall keep an accurate record showing the name of and actual hours worked each calendar day and each calendar week by each worker employed by him or her in connection with the Project. The record shall be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection Owner and to the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. 3. Contractor or its Subcontractors shall, as a penalty to Owner, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the execution of the Contract Documents by the respective Contractor or Subcontractor for each calendar day during which the worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1810-1815. 4. Work performed on the Project by employees of Contractor or its Subcontractors in excess of 8 hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week, shall be permitted upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours per day at not less than 1 1/2 times the basic rate of pay. G. Contractor and its Subcontractors shall be responsible for compliance with Labor Code Section 1776. This Project is subject to prevailing wage compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. 1. Contractor and Subcontractors must keep accurate payroll records, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with the Work of the Contract Documents. Each payroll record shall contain or be verified by a written declaration as required by Labor Code Section 1776. 2. The payroll records enumerated above must be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the Contractor as required by Labor Code Section 1776. a. Contractor shall inform Owner of the location of records enumerated above, including the street address, city and county, and shall, within five working days, provide a notice of a change of location and address. b. Contractor or Subcontractor has 10 days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of a written notice requesting the records enumerated above. In the event that the Contractor or Subcontractor fails to comply with the ten-day period, they shall, as a penalty to Owner on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded, forfeit $100.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 29 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due. Contractor is not subject to a penalty assessment pursuant to this Paragraph due to the failure of a Subcontractor to comply with this Paragraph. 3. With each application for payment, Contractor shall also deliver certified payrolls to Owner as set forth above in this Document 00 7200 (General Conditions), and concurrently therewith (but in no event less frequently than monthly) directly to the Labor Commissioner in the format prescribed by the Labor Commissioner. 4. Contractor shall post all jobsite notices if and when prescribed by regulation. 15.08 Environmental Controls A. Contractor shall comply with all rules, regulations, ordinances, and statutes that apply to any Work performed under the Contract Documents including, without limitation, any toxic, water, stormwater management and soil pollution controls and air pollution controls specified in Government Code Section 11017. Contractor shall be responsible for insuring that Contractor’s Employees, Subcontractors, and the public are protected from exposure to airborne hazards or contaminated water, soil, or other toxic materials used during or generated by activities on the Site or associated with the Project. END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 General Conditions 00 7200 - 30 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Supplementary Conditions – Insurance and Indemnification 00 7316 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 7316 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION ARTICLE 1 - INSURANCE 1.01 At or before the date specified in Document 00 2113 (Instructions to Bidders), Contractor shall furnish to Owner satisfactory proof that Contractor has taken out for the entire period covered by the Contract the following classes of insurance in the form and with limits and deductibles specified below, unless otherwise specified in Contract Documents: A. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance covering claims for personal injury, bodily injury and property damage arising out of the Work and in a form providing coverage not less than that of a Standard Commercial General Liability Insurance policy (Occurrence Form). Such insurance shall provide for all operations and include independent contractors, products liability, completed operations for one year after Final Completion and acceptance of the final payment for the Work, contractual liability, and coverage for explosion, collapse, and underground hazards. The limits of such insurance shall not be coverage of less than [$5,000,000] each occurrence, [$5,000,000] general aggregate limit, and [$5,000,000] aggregate for products and completed operations. The policy shall be endorsed to provide Broad Form Property Damage Coverage. B. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance covering all owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles. Such insurance shall provide coverage not less than the standard Comprehensive Automobile Liability policy with limits not less than [$2,000,000] each person Bodily Injury, [$2,000,000] each occurrence Bodily Injury, and [$2,000,000] each occurrence Property Damage. C. Workers’ Compensation Insurance for all persons whom the Contractor may employ in carrying out Work contemplated under Contract Documents, in accordance with the Act of Legislature of State of California, known as “Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Safety Act,” approved May 26, 1913, and all acts amendatory or supplemental thereto, in the statutory amount. 1.02 If Contractor normally carries insurance in an amount greater than the minimum amounts required by Owner in Paragraph 1.01 above, that greater amount shall become the minimum required amount of insurance for purposes of the Contract. Therefore, Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that all insurance carried by it shall be deemed liability coverage for all actions it performs in connection with the Contract. 1.03 All policies of insurance shall be placed with insurers acceptable to Owner. Required minimum amounts of insurance may be increased should conditions of Work, in opinion of Owner, warrant such increase. Contractor shall increase required insurance amounts upon direction by Owner. 1.04 Required Endorsements: The policies required under Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) and this Document 00 7316 (including any umbrella or excess liability policy(ies)) shall be endorsed as follows: A. Name Town of Tiburon, its elected and/or appointed governing body and boards, employees, representatives, consultants, and agents, and Project Manager as additional insureds, but only with respect to liability arising out of the activities of the named insured. Additional insured language must be at least as broad as the Insurance Services Office (ISO) forms GC 20 38 04 13 and GC 20 37 04 13. B. Each such policy shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limit of the insurance company’s liability required hereunder. Should any of the policies identified herein contain a “cross-suits” exclusion, such exclusion must not apply to any additional insureds. C. Insurance shall be primary to Owner and no other insurance or self-insured retention carried or held by Owner shall be called upon to contribute to a loss covered by insurance for the named insured. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Supplementary Conditions – Insurance and Indemnification 00 7316 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement D. All endorsements shall include the applicable policy number, the named insured(s) and policy terms. E. Contractor or its insurance broker shall submit to Owner a copy of the “Declarations Page” for each policy identified under Paragraph 1.01 above. The Declarations Page shall include the name of the insurance carrier, the applicable policy number, the types of coverage and limits of insurance provided, the effective date(s) of the policy, the insurance broker’s name and license number, and a list of all coverage forms and endorsements. 1.05 Certificates of insurance and endorsements shall have clearly typed thereon Owner Contract Number and title of Contract Documents. Written notice of cancellation, non-renewal, or reduction in coverage of any policy shall be mailed to Owner (Attention: Owner Risk Manager / Purchasing Agent) at the address listed in Document 00 5200 (Agreement), 60 Days in advance of the effective date of the cancellation, non-renewal, or reduction in coverage. Written notice of cancellation for non-payment shall be mailed within 10 Days of cancellation. Contractor shall maintain all insurance in full force and effect during entire period of performance of Contract Documents, including warranty and guarantee periods. However, Contractor may discontinue All-Risk Course of Construction Insurance after Final Payment and shall maintain General Liability Insurance throughout the entire Extended Term specified Paragraph 1.01 above. At time of making application for extension of time, and during all periods exceeding the Contract Time resulting from any cause, Contractor shall submit evidence that insurance policies will be in effect during requested additional period of time. Upon Owner’s request, Contractor shall submit to Owner, within 30 Days, copies of the actual insurance policies or renewals or replacements. 1.06 Contractor shall pay all insurance premiums, including any charges for required waivers of subrogation or the endorsement of additional insureds. If Contractor fails to maintain insurance, Owner may take out comparable insurance, and deduct and retain amount of premium from any sums due Contractor under Contract Documents. 1.07 If injury occurs to any employee of Contractor, Subcontractor or sub-subcontractor for which the employee, or the employee’s dependents in the event of employee’s death, is entitled to compensation from Owner under provisions of the Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Safety Act, as amended, or for which compensation is claimed from Owner, Owner may retain out of sums due Contractor under Contract Documents, amount sufficient to cover such compensation, as fixed by the Act, as amended, until such compensation is paid, or until it is determined that no compensation is due. If Owner is compelled to pay compensation, Owner may, in its discretion, either deduct and retain from the Contract Sum the amount so paid, or require Contractor to reimburse Owner. 1.08 Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting in any way the extent to which Contractor or any Subcontractor may be held responsible for payment of damages resulting from their operations. 1.09 Except for Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, of which Subcontractors need only obtain $1,000,000 in coverage, all Subcontractors shall maintain the same insurance required to be maintained by Contractor with respect to their portions of the Work unless otherwise indicated in Contract Documents, and Contractor shall cause the Subcontractors to furnish proof thereof to Owner within ten Days of Owner’s request. ARTICLE 2 - RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR AND INDEMNIFICATION 2.01 Owner and each of its officers, employees, consultants and agents including, without limitation, the Board, Project Manager and each Owner’s Representative, shall not be liable or accountable in any manner for loss or damage that may happen to any part of the Work; loss or damage to materials or other things used or employed in performing the Work; injury, sickness, disease, or death of any person; or damage to property resulting from any cause whatsoever except their sole negligence, willful misconduct or active negligence, attributable to performance or character of the Work, and Contractor releases all of the foregoing persons and entities from any and all such claims. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Supplementary Conditions – Insurance and Indemnification 00 7316 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2.02 To the furthest extent permitted by law (including, without limitation, Civil Code Section 2782), Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless, Owner and each of its officers, employees, consultants and agents including, without limitation, the Board, Project Manager and each Owner’s Representative, from claims, suits, actions, losses and liability of every kind, nature and description including, without limitation, claims and fines of regulatory agencies and attorney’s fees and consultant’s fees, directly or indirectly arising out of, connected with, or resulting from performance of the Work, failure to perform the Work, or condition of the Work that is caused in whole or part by any act or omission of Contractor, Subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, resulting from any cause whatsoever except for liability for loss, damage, or expense arising from Owner’s sole negligence, willful misconduct, or active negligence. 2.03 With respect to third-party claims against Contractor, Contractor waives any and all rights to any type of express or implied indemnity including, without limitation, costs of defense, against Owner and each of its officers, employees, consultants and agents including, without limitation, Owner, the Board, Project Manager and each Owner’s Representative. Owner shall provide timely notice to Contractor of any third-party claim relating to the Contract Documents, in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 9201. 2.04 Approval or purchase of any insurance contracts or policies shall in no way relieve from liability nor limit the liability of Contractor, its Subcontractors of any tier, or the officers or agents of any of them. 2.05 To the furthest extent permitted by law (including, without limitation, Civil Code §2782), the indemnities, releases of liability and limitations of liability, claims procedures, and limitations of remedy expressed throughout Contract Documents shall apply even in the event of breach of Contract, passive negligence, fault or strict liability of the party(ies) indemnified, released, or limited in liability, and shall survive the termination, rescission, breach, abandonment, or completion of the Work or the terms of the Contract Documents. If Contractor fails to perform any of these defense or indemnity obligations, Owner may in its discretion back charge Contractor for Owner’s costs and damages resulting therefrom and withhold such sums from progress payments or other Contract moneys which may become due. END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Supplementary Conditions – Insurance and Indemnification 00 7316 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Apprenticeship Program 00 7380 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 7380 APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM ARTICLE 1 - COMPLIANCE REQUIRED 1.01 Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with the requirements of Labor Code Sections 1776, 1777.5, and 1777.6 concerning the employment of apprentices by Contractor or Subcontractors. Willful failure to comply may result in penalties, including loss of the right to Bid on or receive public works contracts. ARTICLE 2 - CERTIFICATION OF APPROVAL 2.01 Labor Code Section 1777.5, as amended, requires a Contractor or Subcontractor employing tradespersons in any apprenticeable occupation to apply to the joint apprenticeship committee nearest the site of a public works project and which administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certification of approval. The certificate shall also fix the ratio of apprentices to journeypersons that will be used in performance of the Contract. The ratio of work performed by apprentices to journeypersons in such cases shall not be less than one hour of apprentices work for every five hours of labor performed by journeypersons (the minimum ratio for the land surveyor classification shall not be less than one apprentice for each five journeypersons), except: A. When unemployment for the previous three month period in the area exceeds an average of 15 percent; B. When the number of apprentices in training in the area exceeds a ratio of one to five; C. When a trade can show that it is replacing at least 1/30 of its membership through apprenticeship training on an annual basis state-wide or locally; or D. Assignment of an apprentice to any work performed under a public works contract would create a condition which would jeopardize their life or the life, safety, or property of fellow employees or the public at large or if the specific task to which the apprentice is to be assigned is of such a nature that training cannot be provided by a journeyperson. ARTICLE 3 - FUND CONTRIBUTIONS 3.01 Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established for administration of apprenticeship programs if Contractor employs registered apprentices or journeypersons in any apprenticeable trade on such contracts and if other contractors on the public works site are making such contributions. ARTICLE 4 - APPRENTICESHIP STANDARDS 4.01 Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules, and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices. END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Apprenticeship Program 00 7380 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Addenda 00 9113 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DOCUMENT 00 9113 ADDENDA TOWN OF TIBURON TOWN HALL HVAC SYSTEMS UPDATE/REPLACEMENT PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER 21-FS-01 [DOCUMENT TO BE COMPLETED AS ADDENDA DURING BID PERIOD] [If a conformed copy is created, delete bracketed line above and replace with the following:] The following Addenda were issued, modifying the Project Manual: Addendum No. 1, issued on [date] Addendum No. 2, issued on [date] [Continue as appropriate] (Addenda have been incorporated into the conformed Project Manual.) END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Addenda 00 9113 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Summary 01 1100 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 1100 SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Summary. A. Section includes Summary of Work and Work Restrictions including: 1. Work Covered By Contract Documents 2. Bid Item, Allowances and Alternates 3. Specialty Items 4. Work Under Other Contracts 5. Future Work 6. Work Sequence 7. Work Days and Hours 8. Shutdown for Discovery of Cultural Resources 9. Cooperation of Contractor and Coordination with Other Work 10. Partial Occupancy/Utilization Requirements 11. Contractor Use of Site 12. Air Quality Standards 13. Construction Staking and Monument Protection 14. Protection of Existing Structures and Underground Facilities 15. Permits 16. Owner-Furnished Products 1.02 Work Covered by Contract Documents. A. Work comprises of the construction of Owner’s Town Hall HVAC Update/Replacement Project located at Tiburon, CA. The work to be done, in general, consists of replacing the major HVAC equipment located in the mechanical room and building exterior, replacing the refrigerant lines, and providing a new energy management system (EMS) as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.. Contract Documents fully describe the Work. B. The Work of this Contract comprises construction of all the Work indicated, described in the Specifications, or otherwise required by the Contract Documents. Unless provided otherwise in the Contract Documents, all risk of loss to Work covered by Contract Documents shall rest with Contractor until Final Acceptance of the Work. Cost of maintenance of systems and equipment prior to Final Acceptance will be considered as included in prices Bid and no direct or additional payment will be made therefore. C. For all Bid items, furnish and install all Work, including connections to existing systems, indicated and described in Specifications and all other Contract Documents. Work and requirements applicable to each individual Bid item, or unit of Work, shall be deemed incorporated into the description of each Bid item (whether Lump Sum or Unit Price). Any Bid item may be deleted from the Work and Contract Sum, in total or in part, prior to or after award of Contract without compensation in any form or adjustment of other Bid items or prices therefore. D. Allowance Work shall be done as Change Orders and as specified in Section 01 2600 (Modification Procedures). Identify Allowance Items (See Document 00 4113 [Bid Form]) work on the Progress Schedules and on Applications for Payment. The Amount given on Document 00 4113 (Bid Form) under each Allowance Item is the sum of money set aside for each Allowance Item. These amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum on the Bid Form. If the cost of Work done under any Allowance Item is less than the amount given on the Bid Form under that Allowance Item, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the difference between the amount given in the Bid Form and the cost of Work actually done. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Summary 01 1100 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.03 Bid Items, Allowances and Alternates. A. Descriptions of Lump Sum Items (listed by Bid item numbers): 6. Air Duct Accessories B. Descriptions of Unit Price Items and Basis of Measurement for Payment (listed by Bid item numbers): C. Allowances: (N/A) D. Bid Alternates: 1. Provide an emergency exhaust fan and line voltage thermostat in the I.T. room. 2. COVID Mitigation: Replace the existing system with an upsized split-system heat pump and provide an “Outside Air Mode” with 24 V motorized dampers and a 2000 CFM exhaust fan, and a “UV Disinfection Mode” with 720 micro-watt UV-C bulbs and modified ductwork and integrate new equipment into the controls and distribution system. 1.2 Work Days and Hours. A. Work Days and hours: Monday-Friday inclusive 8:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. local time. B. Work at the Site on weekends or holidays is not permitted unless Contractor requests otherwise from Owner in writing at least 48 hours in advance and Owner approves in its sole discretion. 1.3 Contractor Use of Site. A. Confine operations at Site to areas permitted by Contract Documents, permits, ordinances, and laws. Do not unreasonably encumber Site with materials or equipment. B. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products stored on premises. Move any stored products that interfere with operations of Owner or other contractor. C. Coordinate parking, storage, staging, and Work areas with Owner. Owner will provide a storage area for Contractor's equipment and materials. Do not store construction materials in the dripline of any tree. D. The Contractor shall follow all County and Town ordinances in force during the duration of this Contract. E. It is essential that the Contractor perform the Work with as little interference and disturbance as possible to the surrounding neighborhood. Controls 3. Testing, Adjusting, & Balancing 2. 20 A Motor Rated Switch 21. 60 A Disconnect 20. 100 A Disconnect 19. Conduit 18. Low-Voltage Power Conductors 17. Branch Circuit Controller 8 Port Branch Circuit Controller 6 Port 15. 16. Heat Pump – 61.4 MBH 14. Heat Pump – 155.8 MBH Heat Pump – 101.3 MBH 12. 13. Fan Coil – 400 CFM 11. Fan Coil – 1095 CFM 10. Fan Coil – 875 CFM 9. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 8. Exhaust Fans 7. Metal Ducts 5. Refrigerant Piping 4. Condensate Drain Piping 1. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Summary 01 1100 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement F. When suspect materials, outside the scope of Work, are encountered during the Work or restoration process, the Contractor shall immediately contact the Project Manager for evaluation and approval of the methods for dealing with the material. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Summary 01 1100 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.4 Actual Damages for Permit Violations. A. Contractor shall be liable for and shall pay Owner the amount of any actual losses in addition to liquidated damages or other remedies provided by the Contract Documents. B. The amount of liquidated damages provided in Document 00 5200 (Agreement) and Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) is not intended to include, nor does the amount include, any damages incurred by Owner for reasons other than those listed in that paragraph. Any money due or to become due to Contractor may be retained by Owner to cover both the liquidated and the actual damages described above and, should such money not be sufficient to cover such damages, Owner shall have the right to recover the balance from Contractor or its sureties. 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Owner-Furnished Products A. Owner-Furnished Products: 1. None B. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for delivery to Site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, Defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2. Receive and unload products at Site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install, and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 5. Install into Project per Contract Documents. 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Summary 01 1100 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Measurement and Payment 01 2000 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 2000 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes description of requirements and procedures for determining amount of Work performed and for obtaining payment for Work performed. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Public Contract Code B. Code of Civil Procedure C. Government Code D. Civil Code 1.03 COMPOSITION AND SCOPE OF CONTRACT SUM A. Scope of Contract Sum B. Unit Price items 1. Quantity of Work to be paid for under any item for which a unit price is fixed in Contract Documents shall be determined by Owner based on, so far as practicable, actual number of units satisfactorily completed, as determined by Owner and certified by Contractor, within prescribed or ordered limits, and no payment will be made for Work unsatisfactorily performed or done outside of limits. 2. Unit Prices shall apply to Work covered by unit prices so long as actual quantities performed on the Project are not less than 75 percent or greater than 125 percent of the estimated quantities bid or otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. If actual quantities exceed these parameters, then the unit price shall be adjusted by an amount to reflect the Contractor’s incremental cost differential resulting from increased or decreased economies of scale. C. Lump Sum Items 1. When estimated quantity for specific portion of Work is not indicated and/or Work is designated as lump sum, payment will be on a lump sum basis for Work satisfactorily completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. Payment for lump sum Work, or items of Work subject to a lump sum (e.g. without limitation, change order work), shall be made on the basis of satisfactory completion of such Work or work item, earned in progressive stages in accordance with the Contract Documents, up to but not exceeding the Contractor’s percentage completion of the Work or item. 3. Lump sum items shall be paid based upon the approved Schedule of Values, which shall be used to measure progressive payments based upon satisfactory progress towards completion of the item. D. Allowance Items 1. Allowances: Allowance Work will be authorized by Owner in writing, following change order procedures to determine cost, supporting documentation and authorization to proceed. Unused allowance amounts at Contract completion shall reduce the Contract price accordingly. 1.04 PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Schedule of Values: 1. Within ten Days from issuance of Notice of Award and prior to the Contractor’s first Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Measurement and Payment 01 2000 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit a detailed breakdown of its Bid by scheduled Work items and/or activities, including coordination responsibilities and Project Record Documents responsibilities. Where more than one Subcontractor comprises the work of a Work item or activity, the Schedule of Values shall show a separate line item for each subcontract. Contractor shall furnish such breakdown of the total Contract Sum by assigning dollar values (cost estimates) to each applicable Progress Schedule network activity, which cumulative sum equals the total Contract Sum. This breakdown shall be referred to as the Schedule of Values. 2. Contractor’s overhead, profit, insurance, cost of bonds (except to the extent expressly identified in a Bid item) and/or other financing, as well as “general conditions costs,” (e.g., Site cleanup and maintenance, temporary roads and access, off-Site access roads, temporary power and lighting, security, and the like), shall be prorated through all activities so that the sum of all the Schedule of Values line items equals Contractor’s total Contract Sum, less any allowances designated by Owner. Scheduling, record documents and quality assurance control shall be separate line items. 3. Owner will review the breakdown in conjunction with the Progress Schedule to ensure that the dollar amounts of this Schedule of Values are, in fact, reasonable cost allocations for the Work items listed. Upon favorable review by Owner, Owner will accept this Schedule of Values for use. Owner shall be the sole judge of fair market cost allocations. 4. Owner will reject any attempt to increase the cost of early activities, i.e., “front loading,” resulting in a complete reallocation of moneys until such front loading is corrected. Repeated attempts at front loading may result in suspension or termination of the Work for default, or refusal to process progress payments until such time as the Schedule of Values is acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor’s Requests for Progress Payments 1. If requested by Contractor, progress payments will be made monthly, under the following conditions: 2. On or before the 25th Day of each month, Contractor shall submit to Owner five copies of an Application for Payment for the cost of the Work put in place during the period from the date of the previous payment request the date of the current payment request, along with one copy of an updated Progress Schedule. Such Applications for Payment shall be for the total value of activities completed or partially completed, based upon Schedule of Values prices (or Bid item prices if unit price) of all labor and materials incorporated in the Work when the payment request is submitted, less the aggregate of previous payments. Accumulated retainage shall be shown as separate item in payment summary. Owner and Contractor will reconcile any differences in the field, based on the reconciled monthly report sheets. If Contractor is late submitting its Application for Payment, that Application may be processed at any time during the succeeding one-month period, resulting in processing of Contractor’s Application for Payment being delayed for more than a Day for Day basis. 3. Except as otherwise provided in a labor compliance program applicable to the Work or as otherwise required by Owner, concurrently with each Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Owner Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ certified payroll records required to be maintained pursuant to Labor Code Section 1776 for all labor performed during pay periods ending during the period covered by the Application for Payment. 4. No progress payment will be processed prior to Owner receiving all requested, acceptable schedule update information and certified payrolls, and in Owner’s sole and absolute discretion, Owner may deny the entire Application for Payment for noncompliance. 5. Each Application for Payment shall list each Change Order and Construction Change Directive (CCD) executed prior to date of submission, including the Change Order/CCD Number, and a description of the Work activities, consistent with the descriptions of original Work activities. Contractor shall submit a monthly Change Order/CCD status log to Owner. 6. If Owner requires substantiating data, Contractor shall submit information requested by Owner, with cover letter identifying Project, Application for Payment number and date, and detailed list of enclosures. Contractor shall submit one copy of substantiating data and cover Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Measurement and Payment 01 2000 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement letter for each copy of Application for Payment submitted. 7. If Contractor fails or refuses to participate in monthly Work reconciliations or other construction progress evaluation with Owner, Contractor shall not receive current payment until Contractor has participated fully in providing construction progress information and schedule update information to Owner. C. Owner’s Review of Progress Payment Applications 1. Owner will review Contractor’s Application for Payment following receipt and during the Progress Schedule and Billing Meeting. If adjustments need to be made to percent of completion of each activity, Owner will make appropriate notations and return to Contractor. Contractor shall revise and resubmit. All parties shall update percentage of completion values in the same manner, i.e., express value of an accumulated percentage of completion to date. 2. If Owner determines that portions of the Application for Payment are not proper or not due under the Contract Documents, then Owner may approve the other portions of the Application for Payment, and in the case of disputed items or Defective Work not remedied, may withhold up to 150 percent of the disputed amount from the progress payment. 3. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, if Owner fails to make any progress payment within 30 Days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted Application for Payment from Contractor, Owner shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rates set forth in Code of Civil Procedure Section 685.010(a). The 30-Day period shall be reduced by the number of Days by which Owner exceeds the seven-Day return requirement set forth herein. 4. As soon as practicable after approval of each Application for Payment for progress payments, Owner will pay to Contractor in manner provided by law, an amount equal to 95 percent of the amounts otherwise due as provided in the Contract Documents, or a lesser amount if so provided in Contract Documents and by law, provided that payments may at any time be withheld if, in judgment of Owner, Work is not proceeding in accordance with Contract, or Contractor is not complying with requirements of Contract, or to comply with stop notices or to offset liquidated damages accruing or expected. In Owner’s sole discretion, if Contractor has failed to comply with either its Progress Schedule update or project record documents requirements, Owner may retain an additional 5% of any earned amounts until such requirements are satisfied. 5. Before any progress payment or final payment is due or made, Contractor shall submit satisfactory evidence that Contractor is not delinquent in payments to employees, Subcontractors, suppliers, or creditors for labor and materials incorporated into Work. This specifically includes, without limitation, conditional lien release forms for the current progress payment and unconditional release forms for past progress payments. This also includes copies of certified payroll from contractor and subcontractors for the current payment period. D. Payment for Material and Equipment Not Yet Incorporated Into the Work 1. No payment shall be made for materials or equipment not yet incorporated into the Work, except as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents or as may be agreed to by Owner in its sole discretion. Where Contractor requests payment on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work, Contractor must satisfy the following conditions: 2. The materials and/or equipment shall be delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another local location agreed to in writing, for example, a mutually acceptable bonded and insured warehouse. 3. Full title to the materials and/or equipment shall vest in Owner at the time of delivery to the Site, warehouse or other storage location. Obtain a negotiable warehouse receipt, endorsed over to Owner for materials and/or equipment stored in an off-site warehouse. No payment will be made until such endorsed receipts are delivered to Owner. 4. Stockpiled materials and/or equipment shall be available for Owner inspection, but Owner shall have no obligation to inspect them and its inspection or failure to inspect shall not relieve Contractor of any obligations under the Contract Documents. Materials and/or Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Measurement and Payment 01 2000 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement equipment shall be segregated and labeled or tagged to identify these specific Contract Documents. 5. After delivery of materials and/or equipment, if any inherent or acquired defects are discovered, defective materials and/or equipment shall be removed and replaced with suitable materials and/or equipment at Contractor’s expense. 6. At Contractor’s expense, insure the materials and/or equipment against theft, fire, flood, vandalism, and malicious mischief, as well as any other coverages required under the Contract Documents. 7. Contractor’s Application for Payment shall be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect Owner interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. This documentation shall include, without limitation, conditional releases of mechanics’ liens and stop notices from all those providing materials and equipment as to which the Application for Payment relates, as well as unconditional releases of the same from the same as to the previous Application for Payment for which they have not already been provided. Amounts previously paid for materials and equipment prior to incorporation into the Work shall be deducted from amounts otherwise due Contractor as they are incorporated. 1.05 FINAL PAYMENT A. Final Payment 1. As soon as practicable after all required Work is completed in accordance with Contract Documents, including punchlist, testing, record documents and Contractor maintenance after Final Acceptance, Contractor shall submit its Application for Final Payment. 2. Provided Contractor has met all conditions required for Final payment, Owner will pay to Contractor, in manner provided by law, unpaid balance of Contract Sum of Work (including, without limitation, retentions), or whole Contract Sum of Work if no progress payment has been made, determined in accordance with terms of Contract Documents, less sums as may be lawfully retained under any provisions of Contract Documents or by law. B. Final Accounting 1. Prior progress payments and change orders shall be subject to audit and correction in the final payment. 2. Contractor and each assignee under an assignment in effect at time of final payment shall execute and deliver at time of final payment, and as a condition precedent to final payment, Document 00 6530 (Agreement and Release of Claims). 1.06 SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES A. Public Contract Code Section 22300. In accordance with the provisions of Public Contract Code Section 22300, substitution of securities for any moneys withheld under Contract Documents to ensure performance is permitted under following conditions: 1. At request and expense of Contractor, securities listed in Section 16430 of the Government Code, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed to by Contractor and Owner which are equivalent to the amount withheld under retention provisions of Contract shall be deposited with Controller or with a state or federally chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent, who shall then pay such moneys to Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of Contract, securities shall be returned to Contractor. 2. Alternatively, Contractor may request and Owner shall make payment of retentions earned directly to the escrow agent at the expense of Contractor. At the expense of Contractor, Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities and receive the interest earned on the investments upon the same terms provided for securities deposited by Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the work of the Contract Documents, Contractor Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Measurement and Payment 01 2000 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement shall receive from escrow agent all securities, interest, and payments received by the escrow agent from Owner. Consistent with Public Contract Code Section 7107(d), Contractor shall then pay to each Subcontractor, not later than seven Days after receipt of the payment, the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to retention withheld from each Subcontractor, on the amount of retention withheld to insure the performance of Contractor. 3. Contractor shall be beneficial owner of securities substituted for moneys withheld and shall receive any interest thereon. 4. Contractor may enter into an escrow agreement, form included in Contract Documents, as authorized under Public Contract Code Section 22300, specifying amount of securities to be deposited, terms and conditions of conversion to cash in case of default of Contractor, and termination of escrow upon completion of Contract Documents. 5. Public Contract Code Section 22300, in effect on Bid Day, is hereby incorporated in full by this reference and shall supersede anything inconsistent therewith. PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Measurement and Payment 01 2000 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 2600 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements that supplement the paragraphs of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). B. Description of procedures for modifying the Contract Documents and determining costs for changes in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 1.02 PROCEDURES FOR CONTRACTOR INITIATED CHANGE ORDER A. CONTRACTOR-INITIATED CHANGE PROPOSAL REQUEST (CPR) AND PROCEDURES: 1. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a Change Proposal Request (CPR). 2. Whenever Contractor elects or is entitled to submit a CPR, Contractor shall prepare and submit to Owner for consideration a CPR using the Cost Proposal Form attached to this Section 01 2600 or otherwise included in this Project Manual. All CPR’s must contain a complete breakdown of costs of credits, deducts and extras; itemizing labor, materials, equipment, markup, bonds, insurance and taxes; and any requested changes to Contract Time. All Subcontractor Work shall be so indicated. Individual entries on the CPR form shall include applicable Schedule of Values code, with all amounts determined as provided herein. After receipt of a CPR with a detailed breakdown, Owner will act promptly thereon. 3. If Owner accepts a CPR, Owner will prepare a Change Order for Owner and Contractor signatures. 4. If CPR is not acceptable to Owner because it does not agree with Contractor’s proposed cost and/or time, Owner will provide comments thereto. Contractor will then, within seven (7) Days (except as otherwise provided herein), submit a revised CPR. 5. When necessity to proceed with a change does not allow Owner sufficient time to conduct a proper check of a CPR (or revised CPR), Owner may issue a Change Directive (CD) as provided below. B. CONTRACTOR-INITIATED REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) PROCEDURES, REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS: 1. Contractor may submit RFI’s for clarifications in Owner-prepared Contract Documents, which may result in the Contractor submitting a CPR. 2. Whenever Contractor requires information regarding the Project or Owner-prepared Contract Documents, or receives a request for such information from a Subcontractor, Contractor may prepare and deliver an RFI to Owner. Contractor shall use RFI format provided on approval by Owner. Contractor shall not issue an RFI to Owner solely to clarify Contractor-prepared Construction Documents. Contractor must submit time critical RFIs at least 30 days before scheduled start date of the affected Work activity. Contractor shall reference each RFI to an activity of Progress Schedule and shall note time criticality of the RFI, indicating time within which a response is required. Contractor’s failure to reference RFI to an activity on the Progress Schedule and note time criticality on the RFI shall constitute Contractor’s waiver of any claim for time delay or interruption to the Work resulting from any delay in responding to the RFI. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for its costs to implement and administer RFIs throughout the Contract duration. Regardless of the number of RFIs submitted, Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for the effort required to submit the RFIs. Contractor shall be responsible for Owner’s administrative costs for answering RFIs where the answer could reasonably be found by reviewing the Contract Documents, as determined by Owner; at Owner discretion, such costs may be deducted from progress payments or final payment. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 4. Owner will respond within ten (10) days from receipt of RFI with a written response to Contractor. Contractor shall distribute response to all appropriate Subcontractors. 5. If Contractor is satisfied with the response and does not request a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, then the response shall be executed without a change. 6. If Contractor believes the response is incomplete, Contractor shall issue another RFI (with the same RFI number with the letter “A” indicating it is a follow-up RFI) to Owner clarifying original RFI. Additionally, Owner may return RFI requesting additional information should original RFI be inadequate in describing condition. C. TIME REQUIREMENTS: 1. If Contractor believes that an Owner response to an RFI, submittal or other Owner direction, results in change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, Contractor shall notify Owner with the issuance of a preliminary CPR within 10 Days after receiving Owner’s response or direction, and in no event after starting the disputed work or later than the time allowed under Article 12 of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). If Contractor also requests a time extension, or has issued a notice of delay or otherwise requests a time extension with a CPR, then Contractor shall submit the TIE required in these Contract Documents, including Section 01 3200 (Progress Schedules and Reports), concurrently with the CPR and in no event later than 10 Days after providing the notice of delay. 2. If Contractor requires more time to accurately identify the required changes to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Contractor may submit an updated and final CPR and TIE within 14 days of submitting the preliminary CPR. 3. If Owner agrees with Contractor’s CPR and/or TIE, then Owner will prepare a Change Order for Owner and Contractor signatures. If Owner disagrees with Contractor, then Contractor may give notice of potential claim as provided in Article 12 of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions), and proceed thereunder. 4. Contractor must submit all CPR’s (preliminary and final), notices of potential claim and Claims, and TIE’s within the required time periods. Any failure to do so waives Contractor’s right to submit a CPR or file a Claim. D. COST ESTIMATE INFORMATION: 1. Contractor and subcontractors shall, upon Owner’s request, permit inspection of the original unaltered cost estimates, subcontract agreements, purchase orders relating to the change, and documents substantiating all costs associated with its CPR or Claims arising from changes in the Work. 1.03 PROCEDURES FOR OWNER INITIATED CHANGE ORDERS A. OWNER INITIATED CHANGE DIRECTIVES (CD): 1. Owner may, by Change Directive (CD) or initially by Instruction Bulletin or by following the procedures for disputed work herein, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, with or without adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. If at any time Owner believes in good faith that a timely Change Order will not be agreed upon using the foregoing procedures, or at any other time, Owner may issue a CD with its recommended cost and/or time adjustment (if any). Upon receipt of CD, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change of Work involved and respond to Owner within ten (10) Days. 3. Contractor’s response must be any one of following: a. Return CD signed, thereby accepting Owner response, including adjustment to time and cost (if any). b. Submit a (revised if applicable) Cost Proposal with supporting documentation (if applicable, reference original Cost Proposal number followed by letter A, B, etc. for each revision), if Owner so requests. c. Give notice of intent to submit a claim as described in Article 12 of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions), and submit its claim as provided therein. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 4. If CPR or the CD provides for an adjustment to any Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: a. Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation. b. Contractor to proceed on cost reimbursable (force account) basis while negotiating towards a firm price. c. Cost to be determined in a manner agreed. 5. Change Directive signed by Contractor indicates the agreement of Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be finalized as a Change Order. Where Owner authorizes CD work on a time and materials basis up to a maximum amount, then Contractor shall promptly advise Owner upon reaching 75% of such maximum amount, otherwise Contractor shall accept fully the risk of completing the CD work without exceeding such maximum amount. 6. If Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment (or non-adjustment) in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by Owner on the basis of the Contract Documents and the reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change. If the parties still do not agree on the proper adjustment due to a Change Directive, Contractor may file a Claim per Article 12 of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) and/or Owner may direct the changed work through a unilateral change order. Contractor shall keep and present an itemized accounting in a manner consistent with the SOV, together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this paragraph shall be limited to those provided herein. 7. Pending final determination of cost to Owner, Contractor may include amounts not in dispute in its Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by Owner. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for Markup shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. B. OWNER INITIATED CHANGE ORDER (CO) OR REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP): 1. Owner may initiate changes in the Work or Contract Time by issuing a Request for Proposal (RFP) or Change Order (CO) to Contractor. 2. Owner may issue an RFP to Contractor. Any RFP will detail all proposed changes in the Work and request a quotation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time from Contractor. 3. In response to an RFP, Contractor shall furnish a Change Proposal Request (CPR) within twenty-one (21) Business Days of Owner’s RFP. Upon approval of CPR, Owner may issue a Change Directive directing Contractor to proceed with extra Work. 4. If the parties agree on price and time for the work, the Owner will issue a Contact Change Order. If the parties do not agree on the price or time for a CPR, Owner may either issue a CD or decide the issue per Article 12 of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). Contractor shall perform the changed Work notwithstanding any claims or disagreements of any nature. 1.04 PROCEDURES THAT APPLY TO CONTRACTOR- AND OWNER-INITIATED CHANGE ORDERS A. ADJUSTMENT OF SCHEDULES TO REFLECT CHANGE ORDERS OR CDS: 1. Contractor shall revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order or CD as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown thereon prior to the next monthly pay period. 2. Contractor shall revise the Progress Schedules prior to the next monthly pay period, to reflect CO or CD. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3. Contractor shall enter changes in Project Record Documents prior to the next monthly pay period. B. REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION FOR ADJUSTMENTS TO CONTRACT AMOUNTS: 1. For all changes and cost adjustments requested, Contractor shall provide documentation of change in Contract Amounts asserted, with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the proposal. 2. In all requests for compensation, cost proposals, estimates, claims and any other calculation of costs made under the Contract Documents, Contractor shall breakout and quantify costs of labor, equipment and materials identified herein, for Contractor and subcontractors of any tier. 3. Contractor shall, on request, provide additional data to support computations for: a. Quantities of products, materials, labor and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Justification for any change in Contract Time and new Progress Schedule showing revision due, if any. d. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 4. Contractor shall support each claim or computation for additional cost, with additional information including: a. Origin and date of claim or request for additional compensation. b. Dates and times Work was performed and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, materials, equipment and subcontracts, similarly documented. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. C. RESPONSES AND DISPUTES: 1. For all responses for which the Contract Documents do not provide a specific time period, recipients shall respond within a reasonable time. 2. For all disputes arising from the procedures herein, Contractor shall follow Article 12 of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). 1.05 COST DETERMINATION FOR CHANGES IN CONTRACT AMOUNTS A. CALCULATION OF TOTAL COST OF EXTRA WORK: 1. If the changed Work involves the same type of labor and materials as the Work, the adjustments to the Contractor’s compensation will be calculated at the amounts set forth in the Contractor’s bid for said labor and material. 2. If the changed Work directs additional work that does not correspond to a stipulated bid price, the Owner and the Contractor will attempt to negotiate the amount of the adjustment based on current prevailing prices for materials, labor, plant, overhead, and profit., 3. If neither A(1) or (A)(2) results in an agreed upon compensation for changed Work, then the Contractor’s compensation will be calculated as follows: total cost of changed Work, extra Work or of Work omitted shall be the sum of three components defined immediately below as: Component 1 (Direct Cost of Construction or Direct Costs); Component 2 (Markup); and, Component 3 (Bonds, Insurance, Taxes) 4. Component 1: Direct Costs of labor, equipment and materials, is calculated based upon actually incurred (or omitted) labor costs, equipment rental costs, and material costs, as defined herein; 5. Component 2: Markup on such actually incurred Direct Costs, is applied in the percentages identified below; and 6. Component 3: Actual additional costs for any additionally required bonds, insurance, and/or taxes by Contractor, Subcontractors, or other forces, defined herein, is calculated without markup. 7. All amounts payable to Subcontractors under Components 1, 2, and 3: must be earned under the terms of the applicable Subcontracts; must be properly requested, documented and Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement permitted under the terms of the applicable subcontract(s) and Contract Documents; and shall be payable only if changed Work complies with terms of Contract Documents. 1.06 MEASUREMENT OF DIRECT COST OF CONSTRUCTION (COST COMPONENT 1) A. COMPOSITION OF COMPONENT 1 (DIRECT COST OF CONSTRUCTION): 1. Component 1 has three subcomponents, also referred to as labor, equipment, and materials (LEM): a. Labor (Component 1A) b. Equipment (Component 1B) c. Materials (Component 1C) B. MEASUREMENT OF COST OF LABOR (COMPONENT 1A): 1. Cost of Labor shall be calculated as: Cost of labor for workers (including forepersons when authorized by Owner) used in actual and direct performance of the subject work, whether employer is Contractor, Subcontractor or other forces, in the sum of the following: a. Actual Wages: Actual wages paid shall include any employer payments to or on behalf of workers for health and welfare, pension, vacation, and similar purposes. b. Labor surcharge: Payments imposed by local, county, state, and federal laws and ordinances, and other payments made to, or on behalf of, workers, other than actual wages as defined, such as worker’s compensation insurance. Such labor surcharge shall not exceed generally accepted standards in the State for labor rates in effect on date upon which extra Work is accomplished. c. Cost of labor shall include no other costs, fees or charges. 2. Labor cost for operators of equipment owned and operated by Contractor or any Subcontractor, shall be no more than rates of such labor established by collective bargaining agreements for type of worker and location of Work, whether or not owner-operator (i.e., Contractor or Subcontractor) is actually covered by such an agreement. 3. Cost of labor shall be recorded and documented in certified payroll records, maintained in the form customary and/or required in the State, and delivered to Owner weekly. C. MEASUREMENT OF COST OF EQUIPMENT (COMPONENT 1B): 1. Measurement of Component 1B (Cost of Equipment). Cost of Equipment shall be calculated as: Cost of equipment used in actual and direct performance of the subject work, whether by Contractor, Subcontractor or other forces. Cost of Equipment shall be calculated as herein described. 2. For rented equipment, cost will be based on actual rental invoices, appropriate for the use and duration of the work. Equipment used on extra Work shall be of proper size and type. If, however, equipment of unwarranted size or type and cost is used, cost of use of equipment shall be calculated at rental rate for equipment of proper size and type, as determined by Owner. 3. Equipment rental cost for Contractor or Subcontractor-owned equipment, shall be determined by reference to, and not in excess of, the generally accepted standards in the State for equipment rental rates in effect on date upon which extra Work is accomplished. If there is no applicable rate for an item of equipment, then payment shall be made for Contractor or Subcontractor-owned equipment at rental rate listed in the most recent edition of the Caltrans Standard Schedules and Specifications, and absent a rental rate therein, then the Association of Equipment Distributors (AED) book. 4. In all cases, rental rates paid shall be deemed to cover cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. 5. Unless otherwise specified, manufacturer’s ratings, and manufacturer-approved modifications, shall be used to classify equipment for determination of applicable rental rates. Individual pieces of equipment or tools not listed in said publication and having a replacement value of $100 or less, whether or not consumed by use, shall be considered to Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement be small tools and no payment will be made therefore as payment is included in payment for labor. Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns. 6. For equipment on Site, rental time to be paid for equipment shall be time equipment is in operation on extra Work being performed or on standby as approved by Owner. The following shall be used in computing rental time of equipment: a. When hourly rates are listed, less than 30 minutes of operation shall be considered to be ½ hour of operation. b. When daily rates are listed, less than four hours of operation shall be considered to be ½ Day of operation. c. Rates shall correspond to actual rates paid by Contractor, i.e., if Contractor pays lower weekly or monthly rates, then same shall be charged to Owner. 7. For equipment that must be brought to Site to be used exclusively on extra Work, cost of transporting equipment to Site and its return to its original location shall be determined as follows: a. Owner will pay for costs of loading and unloading equipment. b. Cost of transporting equipment in low bed trailers shall not exceed hourly rates charged by established haulers. c. Cost of transporting equipment shall not exceed applicable minimum established rates of California Public Utilities Commission or appropriate State Dept. of Transportation. d. Owner will not make any payment for transporting and loading and unloading equipment if equipment is used on Work in any other way than upon extra Work. e. Rental period may begin at time equipment is unloaded at Site of extra Work and terminate at end of the performance of the extra Work or Day on which Owner directs Contractor to discontinue use of equipment, whichever first occurs. Excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Owner legal holidays, unless equipment is used to perform extra Work on such Days, rental time to be paid per Day shall be four hours for zero hours of operation, six hours for four hours of operation and eight hours for eight hours of operation, time being prorated between these parameters. Hours to be paid for equipment that is operated less than eight hours due to breakdowns, shall not exceed eight less number of hours equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns. 8. Employee vehicles are not part of Component 1A, rather, are included within Component 2 (Markup). 9. Cost of Equipment shall include no other costs, fees or charges. D. MEASUREMENT OF COST OF MATERIAL (COMPONENT 1C): 1. Cost of Material shall be calculated as herein described. Cost of such materials will be cost to purchaser (Contractor, Subcontractor or other forces) from supplier thereof, except as the following are applicable: 2. If cash or trade discount by actual supplier is offered or available to purchaser, it shall be credited to Owner notwithstanding fact that such discount may not have been taken. 3. For materials salvaged upon completion of Work, salvage value of materials shall be deducted from cost, less discounts, of materials. 4. If cost of a material is, in opinion of Owner, excessive, then cost of material shall be deemed to be lowest current wholesale price at which material is available in quantities concerned delivered to Site, less any discounts as provided in this Paragraph. 5. Cost of Material shall include no other costs, fees or charges. 1.07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT OF MARKUP (COST COMPONENT 2) A. MARKUP PERCENTAGES FOR CHANGED WORK (COMPONENT 2): 1. Markup on Direct Cost of labor, materials and equipment for extra Work pursuant to the Contract Documents performed by Contractor shall be 15%. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. When extra Work is performed by Subcontractors, regardless of the number of tiers, total Markup on Component 1 Direct Costs shall be 20%. Contractor and its Subcontractors shall divide the 20% as they may agree. 3. Under no circumstances shall the total Markup on any extra Work exceed 20%, stated as a percent of the Direct Cost of labor, equipment and materials. This limitation shall apply regardless of the actual number of subcontract tiers. 4. On proposals covering both increases and decreases in Contract Sum, Markup shall be allowed on the net increase only as determined above. When the net difference is a deletion, no percentage for Markup shall be allowed, but rather an appropriate percentage deduction shall be issued in the amount of the net difference. B. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT OF MARKUP (COMPONENT 2): 1. Markup (Component 2) provides complete compensation to Contractor and all Subcontractors for: a. All Contractor and Subcontractor profit; b. All Contractor and Subcontractor home-office overhead; c. All Contractor and Subcontractor assumption of risk assigned to Contractor under the Contract Documents; d. Subject to the qualifications below regarding self-performed work, all General Conditions and General Requirements of Contractor (and, if applicable, Subcontractors). 2. Profit. Compensation for profit included within Component 2 (Markup), includes without limitation: Fees of all types, nature and description; and Profit and margins of all types, nature and description. 3. Home Office Expenses. Compensation for home office expenses included within Component 2 (Markup), includes without limitation: Salaries and other compensation of any type of Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s personnel (management, administrative and clerical), and all direct and indirect operating, travel, payroll, safety, storage, quality control, maintenance and overhead costs of any nature whatsoever, incurred by Contractor and Subcontractors at any location other than the Project specific site office, including without limitation, Contractor’s principal or branch offices; insurance premiums other than those for Project specific insurance directed by the Owner in a change order; all hardware, software, supplies and support personnel necessary or convenient for Contractor’s capture, documentation and maintenance of its costs and cost accounting data and cost accounting and control systems and work progress reporting. 4. Assumption of Risk. Compensation for Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s assumption of risk under the Contract Documents, included within Component 2 (Markup), includes, without limitation loss, cost, damage, expense or liability resulting directly or indirectly from any of the following causes (unallowable costs), for Contractor and Subcontractors of any tier: noncompliance with the Contract Documents, fault or negligence, defective or non- conforming Work, by Contractor or any Subcontractor or Vendor of any tier or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or for whose acts or omissions any of them are responsible or liable at law or under the Contract Documents; cost overruns of any type; costs in excess of any lump sum, not to exceed amount or GMP; costs resulting from bid or “buy out” errors, unallocated scope, or incomplete transfer of scope or contract terms to Subcontractors; any costs incurred by Contractor relating to a Change in the Work without a Change Order or Change Directive in accordance with the Contract Documents; costs for work or materials for which no price is fixed in the Contract Documents, unless it is expressly specified that such work or material is to be paid for as extra work. 5. General Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. Compensation for Contractor’s (and, if applicable Subcontractors’) General Conditions and General Requirements Costs included within Component 2 (Markup) includes compensation for: Contractor’s direct costs, without overhead or profit, for salaries and related forms of compensation and employer’s costs for labor and personnel costs, of Contractor’s employees and subconsultant’s employees (if any), while and only to the extent they are performing Work at the Project Site, Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement and all “General Requirements Costs” below. Personnel and Work compensated by this Component include, without limitation: All required Project management responsibilities; all on-site services; monthly reporting and scheduling; routine field inspection of Work; general superintendence; general administration and preparation of cost proposals, schedule analysis, change orders and other supporting documentation as necessary; salaries of project superintendent, project engineers, project managers, safety manager, other manager, timekeeper, and secretaries; all cost estimates and updates thereto; development, validation and updates to the project schedule; surveying; and estimating. General Requirements Costs included within Component 2 (Markup) include, without limitation: all scheduling hardware, software, licenses, equipment, materials and supplies; purchase, lease or rental, build out, procurement, supporting equipment and maintenance of temporary on-Site facilities, Project field and office trailers and other temporary facilities, office equipment and supporting utilities; platforms, fencing, cleanup and jobsite security; temporary roads, parking areas, temporary security or safety fencing and barricades, etc.; all Contractor’s motor vehicles used by any Contractor’s personnel, and all costs thereof; all health and safety requirements, required by law or Owner procedures; all surveying; all protection of Work; handling and disposal fees; final cleanup; repair or maintenance; other incidental Work; all items, activities and function similar to any of those described above; all travel, entertainment, lodging, board and the like. 6. Personnel compensated by the Markup Component do not include workers of foreman level or below in the case of self-performed work; rather, such personnel shall be treated as a Direct Cost of Construction. Costs compensated by Component 2 (Markup) do not include temporary measures specifically required by the changed work, not otherwise required or ongoing in the prosecution of the Work, that commence specifically to support the changed work and conclude with the completion of the changed work. Such costs shall be treated as Direct Costs of Construction. Examples of General Requirements costs that this component may not cover are the following: temporary barricades or fencing of specific areas required specifically for the changed work; cranes required specifically for the changed work; and extra security required specifically for the changed work. 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT OF BONDS, INSURANCE, TAXES (COMPONENT 3) A. MEASUREMENT OF BONDS, INSURANCE, TAXES (COMPONENT 3): 1. Component 3 (Bonds, Insurance, Taxes) consists of the cost of bonds, insurance and taxes, also referred to as BIT. All State sales and use taxes, applicable County and applicable Town sales taxes, shall be included. Federal and Excise tax shall not be included. 2. There is no markup on BIT. 1.09 EFFECT OF PAYMENT A. CHANGE ORDER COMPENSATION IS ALL INCLUSIVE. 1. Except as provided expressly below regarding changes that extend the Contract Time, payment of calculated cost of extra work constitutes full and complete compensation for costs or expense arising from the extra Work, and is intended to be all inclusive. 2. Payment for Direct Cost of Construction (Component 1 or LEM) is intended to be all- inclusive. Any costs or risks not delineated within cost of labor, equipment or materials herein, shall be deemed to be within the costs and risks encompassed by the applicable Markups and unallowable in any separate amount. 3. Payment of Markup (Component 2) is intended to be all-inclusive. Contractor waives claims for any further or different payment of cost and risk items delineated herein, other than the allowable percentage markup on costs set forth in the Contract Documents; such separate, further or different cost or risk items shall be unallowable, waived and liquidated within the allowable percentage markup. 4. Contractor shall recover no other costs or markups on extra work of any type, nature or description. B. EXCEPTION FOR CHANGES EXTENDING THE CONTRACT TIME. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 9 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Where a change in the Work extends the Contract Time, Contractor may request and recover additional, actual direct LEM costs, provided Contractor can demonstrate such additional costs are (i.) actually incurred performing the Work, (ii.) not compensated by Component 2 (Markup), and (iii) directly result from the extended Contract Time. Contractor shall make such request and provide such documentation following all required procedures, documentation and time requirements in the Contract Documents, and subject to all contract limitations of liability. Contractor may not seek or recover such costs using formulas (e.g., Eichleay). C. LIMITS OF LIABILITY/ACCORD AND SATISFACTION. 1. The foregoing limits of compensation apply in all cases of claims for changed Work, whether calculating Change Proposal Requests, Change Orders or CDs, or calculating claims and/or damages of all types, and applies even in the event of fault, negligence, strict liability, or tort claims of all kinds, including strict liability or negligence. Contractor may recover no other costs arising out of or connected with the performance of extra Work, of any nature. 2. Under no circumstances may Contractor claim or recover special, incidental or consequential damages against Owner, its representatives or agents, whether arising from breach of contract, negligence, strict liability or other tort or legal theory, unless specifically and expressly authorized in the Contract Documents. 3. No change in Work shall be considered a waiver of any other condition of Contract Documents. No claim shall be made for anticipated profit, for loss of profit, for damages, or for extra payment whatever, except as expressly provided for in Contract Documents. 4. Accord and Satisfaction: Every Change Order and accepted CD shall constitute a full accord and satisfaction, and release, of all Contractor (and if applicable, Subcontractors) claims for additional time, money or other relief arising from or relating to the subject matter of the change including, without limitation, impacts of all types, cumulative impacts, inefficiency, overtime, delay and any other type of claim. Contractor may elect to reserve its rights to disputed claims arising from or relating to the changed Work at the time it signs a Change Order or approves a CD, but must do so expressly in a writing delivered concurrently with the executed Change Order or approved CD, and must also submit a Claim for the reserved disputed items pursuant to Article 12 of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) no later than thirty (30) days after Contractor’s first written notice of its intent to reserve rights. Execution of any Change Order or CD shall constitute Contractor’s representation of its agreement with this provision. 1.10 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIRMENTS D. OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS. 1. Owner reserves right to furnish materials as it deems advisable, and Contractor shall have no claims for costs and Markup on such materials. E. RECORDS AND CERTIFICATION. 1. All charges shall be recorded daily and summarized in Change Proposal Request form attached hereto. Contractor or authorized representative shall complete and sign form each day. Contractor shall also provide with the form: the names and classifications of workers and hours worked by each; an itemization of all materials used; and a list by size type and identification number of equipment and hours operated. 2. Owner shall have the right to audit all records in possession of Contractor relating to activities covered by Contractor’s claims for modification of Contract, including CD Work. This right shall be specifically enforceable, and any failure of Contractor to voluntarily comply shall be deemed an irrevocable waiver and release of all claims then pending that were or could have been subject to Article 12 of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 10 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement END OF SECTION [COST PROPOSAL FORM FOLLOWS ON NEXT PAGE] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 11 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement COST PROPOSAL FORM Town Hall HVAC Update/Replacement Project CP Number: Date: Project Number 21-FS-01 In Response To (RFP #, etc.) To: Town of Tiburon Attention: [_ __] 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Phone: (4157) 565 - 2550 Fax: ( ) _ - From: [Insert Contractor’s Name/Address] This Cost Proposal is in response to the above-referenced [insert RFP, etc. as applicable]. Brief description of change(s): ITEM DESCRIPTION PRIME CONTRACTOR SUB 1 SUB 2 SUB 3 SUB 4 TOTAL LABOR EQUIPMENT MATERIAL TOTAL DIRECT COST OF CONSTRUCTION (LEM) MARKUP FOR PRIME CONTRACTOR’S SELF- PERFORMED WORK (15%) MARKUP FOR SUBCONTRACTOR- PERFORMED WORK (20%) BONDS, INSURANCE AND TAXES GRAND TOTAL REQUESTED CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIME (DAYS) (Time Impact Evaluation Enclosed) _ _ _ By Contractor: Signature: Date: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Modification Procedures 01 2600 - 12 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Project Meetings 01 3119 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 3119 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes description of required project meetings. 1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Preconstruction Conference. Owner will call for and administer Preconstruction Conference at time and place to be announced (usually the week prior to start of Work at the Site). Contractor, all major Subcontractors, and major suppliers shall attend Preconstruction Conference. Agenda may include, without limitation, the following items: 1. Schedules 2. Personnel and vehicle permit procedures 3. Use of premises 4. Location of the Contractor’s on-Site facilities 5. Security 6. Housekeeping 7. Submittal and RFI procedures 8. Inspection and testing procedures, on-Site and off-Site 9. Utility shutdown procedures 10. Control and reference point survey procedures 11. Injury and Illness Prevention Program 12. Contractor’s Initial Progress Schedule 13. Contractor’s Schedule of Values 14. Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals 15. Jurisdictional agency requirements 16. Owner will distribute copies of minutes to attendees. Attendees shall have seven Days to submit comments or additions to minutes. Minutes will constitute final memorialization of results of Preconstruction Conference. 1.03 PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND BILLING MEETINGS A. A meeting will be held on approximately the 20th of each month to review the schedule update submittal and progress payment application. B. At this meeting, at a minimum, the following items will be reviewed: 1. Percent complete of each activity; 2. Time impact evaluations for Change Orders and Time Extension Request; 3. Actual and anticipated activity sequence changes; 4. Actual and anticipated duration changes; and 5. Actual and anticipated Contractor delays. C. These meetings are considered a critical component of overall monthly schedule update submittal and Contractor shall have appropriate personnel attend. At a minimum, Contractor’s General Superintendent and Scheduler shall attend these meetings. PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Project Meetings 01 3119 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Progress Schedules and Reports 01 3200 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 3200 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT BASELINE AND PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Contractor shall submit an Initial Contract Schedule no later than the Pre-Construction Kickoff Meeting. Contractor’s Initial Contract Schedule is subject to Owner’s review and comments. The approved Initial Contract Schedule shall be referred to as the Baseline Schedule. 1.02 SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS. A. Unless Owner agrees in writing otherwise, progress schedules shall also show early and late start and finish dates and total available float (float to the successor activity’s late start date) for each activity. B. Owner has no obligation to accept an early completion schedule. 1.03 MONTHLY UPDATES A. Contractor’s progress schedule shall be updated monthly to reflect actual progress. The schedule shall be subject to Owner’s review and acceptance for use in monitoring Contractor’s Work and evaluating Applications for Payment. B. Contractor shall supply Owner with an electronic copy of the updated progress schedule with each monthly payment application. 1.04 RECOVERY SCHEDULE A. Owner may request a recovery schedule should Contractor fall 21 or more Days behind any schedule Milestone, which schedule shall show Contractor’s plan and resources committed to retain Contract completion dates. B. The recovery schedule shall show the intended critical path. If Owner requests, Contractor shall also: 1. Secure and demonstrate appropriate Subcontractor and supplier consent to the recovery schedule. 2. Submit a written plan and narrative explaining on trade flow and construction flow changes and man-hour loading assumptions for major Work activities and/or Subcontractors. 1.05 TIME IMPACT EVALUATION (TIE) FOR CHANGE ORDERS, TIME EXTENSIONS AND DELAYS A. When Contractor requests a time extension for any reason, Contractor shall submit a TIE, in accordance with Article 11 of Document 00 7200 and Section 01 2600, Article 1.02.C that provides information justifying the request and stating the extent of the adjustment requested for each specific change or alleged delay. Each TIE shall be in a form and content that is acceptable to Owner and that includes both a written narrative and a schedule diagram depicting how the changed Work or other impact affects other schedule activities. The schedule diagram shall show how Contractor proposes to incorporate the changed Work or other impact in the schedule and how it impacts the current Schedule update critical path or otherwise. Contractor is also responsible for establishing time extensions based on the TIE’s impact on the critical path. The diagram shall be tied to the main sequence of scheduled activities to enable Owner to evaluate the impact of changed Work to the scheduled critical path. B. Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with preparing TIE’s, and the process of Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Progress Schedules and Reports 01 3200 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement incorporating TIE’s into the current schedule update. Contractor shall provide Owner with four copies of each TIE. PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Progress Schedules and Reports 01 3200 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Submittals 01 3300-1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 3300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes description of requirements and procedures for submittals. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall prepare for Owner’s review and acceptance prior to commencement of work on the Site, for purposes of contract administration, a schedule of submittals (also referred to as a submittal register) required to complete the Work, prepared by Contractor and accepted by Owner for contract administration. Schedule of submittals shall include, for each submittal: the specification or drawing reference requiring the submittal, if applicable; the material, item, or process for which the submittal is required; the submittal number and identifying title of the submittal; the Contractor's anticipated submission date and the approval need date. B. Contractor shall update monthly the schedule of submittals to reflect actual submission and acceptance dates for submittals. Review by Owner of schedule of submittals does not excuse Contractor of obligation to supply, schedule and coordinate all submittals required by the Contract Documents. 1.03 CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SUBMITTALS. A. Contractor shall review for compliance with Contract Documents, approve and submit to Owner Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall schedule and submit concurrently submittals covering component items forming a system or items that are interrelated. Contractor shall include certifications to be submitted with the pertinent drawings at the same time. C. Contractor shall coordinate scheduling, sequencing, preparing and processing of all submittals with performance of work so that work will not be delayed by submittal processing. D. Submittals shall specifically identify any Work depicted that does not conform to the Contract Documents. 1.04 OWNER REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SUBMITTALS. A. After review by Owner of each Submittal, material will be returned to Contractor with actions defined as follows: 1. NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN - Accepted subject to its compatibility with general design concept of the Work, future Submittals and additional partial Submittals for any portions of the Work not covered in this Submittal. Does not constitute acceptance or deletion of specified or required items not shown on the Submittal. 2. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED (NO RESUBMISSIONS REQUIRED) - Same as item 1 above, except that minor corrections as noted shall be made by Contractor. 3. REVISE AS NOTED AND RESUBMIT - Rejected because of major inconsistencies or errors that shall be resolved or corrected by Contractor prior to subsequent review by Owner. 4. REJECTED - RESUBMIT - Submitted material does not conform to Drawings and/or Specifications in major respect, i.e.: wrong size, model, capacity, or material. B. Owner’s review will not constitute acceptance by Owner of any responsibility for the accuracy, coordination, or completeness of the Submittals. Accuracy, coordination, and completeness of Submittals shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive responsibility including responsibility to back- check comments, corrections, and modifications from Owner’s review before fabrication. Contractor, Subcontractors, or suppliers may prepare Submittals. Contractor submission of any Submittal is a representation that Contractor has confirmed that the Submittal meets requirements of Contract Documents including, without limitation, conforming to structural space and access Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Submittals 01 3300-2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement conditions at point of installation. Owner’s review will be only to assess if the items covered by the Submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as indicated by the Contract Documents. Owner’s review of Submittal, method of Work, or information regarding materials and equipment Contractor proposes to furnish shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as assumption of risks or liability by Owner, or any officer or employee thereof. Contractor shall have no claim under Contract Documents on account of failure or partial failure or inefficiency or insufficiency of any plan or method of Work or material and equipment so accepted. Owner’s review shall be considered to mean merely that Owner has no objection to Contractor using, upon Contractor’s own full responsibility, plan or method of Work proposed, or furnishing materials and equipment proposed. C. Unless otherwise specified, Owner’s review will not extend to the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. D. Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the Owner has reviewed respective Submittal and the Work described in the Submittal is authorized to proceed in accordance with paragraphs 1.04.A.1 or 2, above. Otherwise, any such Work is at Contractor’s sole risk for removal and replacement, at Owner’s sole discretion, and at Contractor’s sole expense. PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Submittals 01 3300-3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Regulatory Requirements 01 4100- 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 4100 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. Regulatory requirements applicable to Contract Documents 2. Required provisions under Local Agency Disputes Act 3. Required references under federal law 1.02 GENERAL A. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS 1. Conform to all applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, which shall have full force and effect as though printed in full in these Specifications. Codes, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and ordinances (Regulatory Requirements) are not furnished to Contractor, because Contractor is assumed to be familiar with these requirements. 2. Any listing of Regulatory Requirements for hazardous waste abatement Work in the Contract Documents is supplied to Contractor as a courtesy and shall not limit Contractor’s responsibility for complying with all applicable Regulatory Requirements having application to the Work. Where conflict among the Regulatory Requirements or with these Specifications occurs, the most stringent requirements shall be used. 3. Specific reference in the Specifications to codes and regulations or requirements of regulatory agencies shall mean the latest printed edition of each adopted by the regulatory agency in effect at the time of the opening of Bids, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. B. PRECEDENCE 1. Where specified requirements differ from Regulatory Requirements, the more stringent requirements shall take precedence. Where Drawings or Specifications require or describe products or execution of better quality, higher standard or greater size than required by Regulatory Requirements, then Drawings and Specifications shall take precedence so long as such increase is legal. Where no requirements are identified on Drawings or in Specifications, comply with all Regulatory Requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Should any conditions develop not covered by the Contract Documents wherein the finished Work will not comply with current codes, a Change Order detailing and specifying the required Work shall be submitted to and approved by Owner before proceeding with the Work. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. APPLICABLE CODES 1. Codes that apply to Contract Documents include all Codes applicable to construction, including, without limitation, the following: a. California Building Code (2019 Edition or latest applicable code) as amended by applicable local ordinances for all construction work. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Regulatory Requirements 01 4100- 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement b. California Electrical Code (2019 Edition or latest applicable code) as amended by applicable local ordinances for all construction work. c. California Plumbing Code (2019 Edition or latest applicable code) as amended by applicable local ordinances for plumbing, sewage disposal and health requirements. d. California Mechanical Code (2019 Edition or latest applicable code) as amended by applicable local ordinances for all construction work. e. California Fire Code (2019 Edition or latest applicable code) as amended by applicable local ordinances for all construction work. f. California Administrative Code Titles 15, 19 and 24 (with California amendments), and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) accessibility guidelines, whichever is more stringent. g. All State laws and Town and County Ordinances, rules of the State or Town or County Health Departments, rules of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and National Fire Protection Associations, and local power company regulations for mechanical and electrical work. B. APPLICABLE LAWS, STATUTES, ORDINANCES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS 1. During prosecution of Work to be done under Contract Documents, Contractor shall comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations including, without limitation, the following: a. Federal: 1) Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 2) 29 CFR, Section 1910.1001, Asbestos 3) 40 CFR, Subpart M, National Emission Standards for Asbestos 4) Executive Order 11246 5) Federal Endangered Species Act 6) Clean Water Act b. State of California: 1) Code of Regulations, Titles 5, 8, 17, 19, 21, 22, 24 and 25 2) Public Contract Code 3) Health and Safety Code 4) Government Code 5) Labor Code 6) Civil Code 7) Code of Civil Procedure 8) CPUC General Order 95, Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction 9) CPUC General Order 128, Rules for Construction of Underground Electric Supply and Communications Systems 10) Cal/OSHA 11) OSHA: Hazard Communications Standards 12) California Endangered Species Act 13) Water Code 14) Fish and Game Code c. State of California Agencies: 1) State and Consumer Services Agency 2) Office of the State Fire Marshall 3) Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (if applicable) 4) Department of Fish and Game 5) All Air Quality Management Districts with jurisdiction 6) All Regional Water Quality Control Boards with jurisdiction 7) Division of the State Architect (if applicable) 8) Department of Transportation Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Regulatory Requirements 01 4100- 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement d. All Local Agencies with jurisdiction (cities, counties, fire departments) C. CHANGE ORDERS AND CLAIMS: 1. The Public Contract Code including, without limitation, Section 7105(d)(2), and the Government Code Section 930.2, et seq., apply to all contract procedures for changes, time extensions, change orders (time or compensation) and claims. Federal law (U.S. v. Holpuch 326 U.S. 234) shall supplement California law on the enforceability of these requirements. 2. Any change, waiver, or omission to implement contract change order and claim procedures shall have no legal effect unless expressly permitted in a fully executed change order approved by Contractor and Owner and approved as to form by their respective legal counsel. D. REQUIRED PROVISIONS ON CONTRACT CLAIM RESOLUTION 1. Public Contract Code Section 9204 specifies provisions on resolving contract claims of any size, and Public Contract Code Section 201014, et seq., specifies required provisions on resolving contract claims less than $375,000. Those statutes constitute a part of this Contract. In the event any other Contract provision violates such statutes, the applicable statute controls. 2. Public Contract Code Section 9204 provides: a. For the purposes of this section, “Claim” means a separate demand by Contractor for (1) a time extension, (2) payment or money or damages arising from Work done by or on behalf of Contractor arising under the Contract Documents and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the Claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (3) an amount the payment of which is disputed by Owner. b. Procedure: 1) Upon receipt of a Claim the Owner shall conduct a reasonable review of the Claim and within 45 days, or if Owner’s governing body must approve Owner’s response to the Claim and the governing body has not met within the 45 days then within three (3) days of the governing body’s meeting, shall provide Contractor with a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Should Owner take no action on the Claim within 45 days of submission, it shall be deemed denied. 2) If the Contractor disputes Owner’s response to its Claim, including a failure to respond, it may submit via registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, a written demand for an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Owner shall schedule such a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. Within ten (10) days of the meet and confer conference Owner shall provide Contractor with a written statement identifying the portion of the Claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. If the Contractor disputes Owner’s statement it shall inform Owner and they shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days of the written statement. 3) Owner shall pay the undisputed portions of the Claim within 60 days of the issuance of a written statement identifying an undisputed portion. 4) Any disputed portion of the Claim, as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the Owner and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The Owner and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the Claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Regulatory Requirements 01 4100- 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement applicable procedures outside this section. 5) For claims under $375,000, unless the parties agree otherwise in writing, mediation pursuant to these provisions shall excuse the mediation obligation under Public Contracting Code section 20104.4(a). 6) The parties may mutually agree, in writing, to waive the mediation requirements of this subsection and proceed to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable. 7) Failure by the Owner to respond to a Claim from a Contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A Claim that is denied by reason of the public entity’s failure to have responded to a Claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the Claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. 8) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. 9) If a Subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against Owner because privity of contract does not exist, the Contractor may present to the Owner a claim on behalf of a Subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A Subcontractor may request in writing, either on their own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the Contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the Subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the Subcontractor. The Subcontractor requesting that the Claim be presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the Contractor shall notify the Subcontractor in writing as to whether the Contractor presented the claim to the Owner and, if the original Contractor did not present the claim, provide the Subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. 10) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon an Owner that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations. 11) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date. 3. To the extent applicable, Public Contract Code Section 20104, et seq. provide. a. For the purposes of this section, “Claim” means a separate demand by Contractor of $375,000 or less for (1) a time extension, (2) payment or money or damages arising from Work done by or on behalf of Contractor arising under the Contract Documents and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the Claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (3) an amount the payment of which is disputed by Owner. Separate Contractor Claims that together total more than $375,000 do not qualify as a “separate demand of $375,000 or less,” as referenced above, and are not subject to this section. b. Caution. This section does not apply to tort claims, and nothing in this section is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 and Chapter 2 of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. c. Procedure: 1) The Claim must be in writing, submitted in compliance with all requirements of Document 00 7200 (General Conditions), Article 12 including, without limitation, the time prescribed by and including the documents necessary to substantiate the Claim, pursuant to Document 00 7200 (General Conditions), Paragraph 12.02. Nothing in this section is intended to extend the time limit or supersede Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Regulatory Requirements 01 4100- 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement notice requirements for the filing of claims as set forth in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions), Article 12 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2) For Claims of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) or less, Owner shall respond in writing within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the Claim, or Owner may request in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Claim, any additional documentation supporting the Claim or relating to any defenses or claims Owner may have against Claimant. If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided in accordance with this section upon mutual agreement of Owner and Claimant. Owner’s written response to the Claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to Claimant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of further documentation or within a period of time no greater than taken by Claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. 3) For Claims over Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to $375,000: Owner shall respond in writing within sixty (60) days of receipt of the Claim, or Owner may request in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Claim, any additional documentation supporting the Claim or relating to any defenses or claims Owner may have against Claimant. If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided in accordance with this section, upon mutual agreement of Owner and Claimant; Owner’s written response to the Claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to Claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of further documentation or within a period of time no greater than taken by Claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. 4) Meet and Confer: If Claimant disputes Owner’s written response, or Owner fails to respond within the time prescribed above, Claimant shall notify Owner, in writing, either within fifteen (15) days of receipt of Owner’s response or within fifteen (15) days of Owner’s failure to timely respond, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon demand Owner will schedule a meet and confer conference within thirty (30) days for settlement of the dispute. 5) Following the meet and confer conference, if the Claim or any portion remains in dispute, Claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time Claimant submits its written claim as set forth herein, until the time that Claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. E. COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT 1. Contractor acknowledges that, pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), programs, services and other activities provided by a public entity to the public, whether directly or through a Contractor, must be accessible to the disabled public. Contractor shall provide the services specified in the Contract Documents in a manner that complies with the ADA and any and all other applicable federal, state and local disability rights legislation. Contractor agrees not to discriminate against disabled persons in the provision of services, benefits or activities provided under the Contract Documents and further agrees that any violation of this prohibition on the part of Contractor, its employees, agents or assigns shall constitute a material breach of the Contract Documents. F. COMPLIANCE WITH IRCA 1. Contractor acknowledges that Contractor, and all subcontractors hired by Contractor to perform services under this Agreement, are aware of and understand the Immigration Reform and Control Act (IRCA). Contractor is and shall remain in compliance with the IRCA and shall ensure that any subcontractors hired by Contractor to perform services under this Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Regulatory Requirements 01 4100- 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Agreement are in compliance with the IRCA. In addition, Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner, its agents, officers and employees, from any liability, damages or causes of action arising out of or relating to any claims that Contractor’s employees, or employees of any subcontractor hired by Contractor, are not authorized to work in the United States for Contractor or its subcontractor and/or any other claims based upon alleged IRCA violations committed by Contractor or Contractor’s subcontractors. PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Regulatory Requirements 01 4100- 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 References and Definitions 01 4200 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 4200 REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Reference standards, abbreviations, symbols, and definitions used in Contract Documents. 2. Full titles are given in this Section for standards cited in other Sections of Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCE TO STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF TECHNICAL SOCIETIES; REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES A. References 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code, or laws or regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. If during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such law or regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual, or code or of any instruction of any supplier, Contractor shall report it in writing at once to Owner’s Representative and Architect/Engineer, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby until consent to do so is given by Owner. B. Precedence 1. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by Change Order, CCD, or Supplemental Instruction, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. The provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. The provisions of any such laws or regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such law or regulation). 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Owner’s Representative, Architect/Engineer or Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to Owner, Architect/Engineer, or any of their consultants, agents, representatives or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 References and Definitions 01 4200 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Referenced Grades, Classes, and Types: 1. Where an alternative or optional grade, class, or type of product or execution is included in a reference but is not identified in Drawings or in Specifications, provide the highest, best, and greatest of the alternatives or options for the intended use and prevailing conditions. D. Edition Date of References: 1. When an edition or effective date of a reference is not given, it shall be understood to be the current edition or latest revision published as of the date of opening Bids. 2. All amendments, changes, errata and supplements as of the effective date shall be included. E. ASTM and ANSI References: Specifications and Standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) are identified in the Drawings and Specifications by abbreviation and number only and may not be further identified by title, date, revision, or amendment. It is presumed that Contractor is familiar with and has access to these nationally- and industry-recognized specifications and standards. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Meaning of Words and Phrases Wherever any of the words or phrases defined below, or a pronoun used in place thereof, is used in any part of the Contract Documents, it shall have the meaning here set forth. Where abbreviations and symbols are used, such abbreviations and symbols shall be given their common meaning in the construction industry. In the Contract Documents, the neuter gender includes the feminine and masculine, and the singular number includes the plural. While Owner has made an effort to identify all defined terms with initial caps, the following definitions shall apply regardless of case unless the context otherwise requires: 1. Addenda: Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids, which clarify, correct, or change the bidding requirements or the Contract Documents. Addenda shall not include the minutes of the Pre-Bid Conference and/or Site Visit. 2. Agreement (Document 00 5200): Agreement is the basic Contract Document that binds the parties to construction Work. Agreement defines relationships and obligations between Owner and Contractor and by reference incorporates Conditions of Contract, Drawings, and Specifications and contains Addenda and all Modifications subsequent to execution of Contract Documents. 3. Alternate: Work added to or deducted from the base Bid, if accepted by Owner. 4. Application for Payment: Written application for monthly or periodic progress or final payment made by Contractor complying with the Contract Documents. 5. Approved Equal: Approved in writing by Owner as being of equivalent quality, utility and appearance. 6. Architect/Engineer: If used elsewhere in the Contract Documents, “Architect/Engineer” shall mean a person (or that person’s firm) holding a valid California State Architect’s or Engineer’s license representing the Owner in the administration of the Contract Documents. Architect/Engineer may be an employee of or an independent consultant to Owner. When Architect/Engineer is referred to within the Contract Documents and not an employee of Owner, Architect/Engineer shall be construed to include employees of Architect/Engineer and/or employees that Architect/Engineer supervises. When the designated Architect/Engineer is an employee of Owner, their authorized representatives on the Project will be included under the term Architect/Engineer. If Architect/Engineer is an employee of Owner, Architect/Engineer is the beneficiary of all Contractor obligations to Owner, including without limitation, all releases and indemnities. Architect/Engineer may also be referred to as Architect or Engineer. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 References and Definitions 01 4200 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 7. Asbestos: Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by OSHA or Cal/OSHA. 8. Bid: The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form(s) setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 9. Bidder: One who submits a Bid. 10. Bidding Documents: All documents comprising the Project Manual (including all documents and Specification Sections listed in Document 00 0110 [Table of Contents]), including documents supplied for bidding purposes only and Contract Documents. 11. Board: The governing body of the Owner. 12. Business Day: Any Day other than Saturday, Sunday, and the following days that have been designated as holidays by Owner. If a holiday falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday will be the holiday. If a holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday will be the holiday. a. New Year’s Day, January 1; b. Martin Luther King Jr.’s Birthday, third Monday in January; c. Lincoln’s Birthday, February 12; d. Presidents’ Day, third Monday in February; e. Memorial Day, last Monday in May; f. Independence Day, July 4; g. Labor Day, first Monday in September; h. Veterans’ Day, November 11; i. Thanksgiving Day, as designated by the President; j. The Day following Thanksgiving Day; k. Christmas Day, December 25; and l. Each day appointed by the Governor of California and formally recognized by the Governing Board as a day of mourning, thanksgiving, or special observance. 13. By Owner: Work that will be performed by Owner or its agents at the Owner’s expense. 14. By Others: Work that is outside scope of Work to be performed by Contractor under this Contract, which will be performed by Owner, other contractors, or other means. 15. Change Order: A written instrument prepared by Owner and signed by Owner and Contractor, stating their agreement upon all of the following: a. a change in the Work; b. the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and c. the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 16. Code Inspector: A local or state agency responsible for the enforcement of applicable codes and regulations. 17. Concealed: Work not exposed to view in the finished Work, including within or behind various construction elements. 18. Construction Change Directive (CCD): A written order prepared and signed by Owner, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. 19. Contract Amount: a change order price, line item price, Contract Sum, or other price assigned to a scope of work. 20. Contract Conditions or Conditions of the Contract: Consists of two parts: General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. a. General Conditions are general clauses that are common to the Owner Contracts, including Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). b. Supplementary Conditions modify or supplement General Conditions to meet specific requirements for Contract Documents, including Documents 00 7300, et seq. (Supplementary Conditions). Rev. 0 Nov 2022 References and Definitions 01 4200 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 21. Contract Documents and Contract: Contract Documents and Contract shall consist of the documents identified as the Contract Documents in Document 00 5200 (Agreement), plus all changes, Addenda, and modifications thereto. 22. Contract Modification: Either: a. a written amendment to Contract signed by Contractor and Owner; or b. a Change Order; or c. a Construction Change Directive; or d. a written directive for a minor change in the Work issued by Owner. 23. Contract Sum: The sum stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work and the Contract Documents. The Contract Sum is also sometimes referred to as the Contract Price or the Contract Amount. 24. Contract Time: The number or numbers of Days or the dates stated in the Agreement to achieve designated Milestones; and/or to achieve Final Completion of the Work so that it is ready for final payment and is accepted. 25. Contractor: The person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and neutral in gender. The term “Contractor” means the Contractor or its authorized representative. 26. Contractor’s Employees: Persons engaged in execution of Work under Contract as direct employees of Contractor, as Subcontractors, or as employees of Subcontractors. 27. County: The County in which Project is located. 28. Day: One calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight, unless the word “day” is specifically modified to the contrary. 29. Defective: An adjective which, when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory or unsuited for the use intended, faulty, or deficient, that does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents (including, without limitation, approval of Samples and “or equal” items), or has been damaged prior to final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner). Unapproved substitutions are defective. Owner is the judge of whether Work is Defective. 30. Drawings: The graphic and pictorial portions of Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. 31. Equal: Equal in opinion of Owner. Burden of proof of equality is responsibility of Contractor. 32. Final Acceptance or Final Completion: Owner’s acceptance of the Work as satisfactorily completed in accordance with Contract Documents. Requirements for Final Acceptance/Final Completion include, but are not limited to: a. Final cleaning is completed. b. All systems having been tested and accepted as having met requirements of Contract Documents. c. All required instructions and training sessions having been given by Contractor. d. All Project Record Documents having been submitted by Contractor, reviewed by Owner, and accepted by Owner. e. All punch list Work, as directed by Owner, having been completed by Contractor. f. Generally all Work, except Contractor maintenance after Final Acceptance/Final Completion, having been completed to satisfaction of Owner. 33. Force Account: Work directed to be performed without prior agreement as to lump sum or unit price cost thereof, and which is to be billed at cost for labor, materials, equipment, taxes, and other costs, plus a specified percentage for overhead and profit. 34. Exposed: Work exposed to view in the finished Work, including behind louvers, grilles, registers and various other construction elements. 35. Furnish: Supply only, do not install. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 References and Definitions 01 4200 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 36. Indicated: Shown or noted on the Drawings. 37. Install: Install or apply only, do not furnish. 38. Latent: Not apparent by reasonable inspection including, without limitation, the inspections and research required as a condition to bidding under Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). 39. Law: Unless otherwise limited, all applicable laws including without limitation all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, standards, rules, regulations, ordinances, and judicial and administrative decisions. 40. Material: This word shall be construed to embrace machinery, manufactured articles, materials of construction (fabricated or otherwise), and any other classes of material to be furnished in connection with Contract, except where a more limited meaning is indicated by context. 41. Milestone: A principal event specified in Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Final Completion of all Work. 42. Modification: Same as Contract Modification. 43. Not in Contract or “NIC”: Work that is outside the scope of Work to be performed by Contractor under Contract Documents. 44. Notice of Completion: Shall have the meaning provided in Civil Code Section 9202, and any successor statute. 45. Off Site: Outside geographical location of the Project. 46. Owner: Owner is defined in Document 00 5200 (Agreement). 47. Owner-Furnished, Contractor Installed: Items furnished by Owner at its cost for installation by Contractor at its cost under Contract Documents. 48. Owner’s Representative(s): See Document 00 5200 (Agreement). 49. Partial Utilization: Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all of the Work. 50. PCBs: Polychlorinated biphenyls. 51. Phase: A specified portion of the Work (if any) specifically identified as a Phase in Document 00 5200 (Agreement) or Section 01 1100 (Summary). 52. Product Data: That information (brochures, catalog sheets, manufacturer’s cut sheets, etc.) supplied by vendors having technical and commercial characteristics of the supplied equipment or materials and accompanying commercial terms such as warranties, instructions, and manuals. 53. Progress Report: A periodic report submitted by Contractor to Owner with progress payment invoices accompanying progress schedule. See Document 00 7200 (General Conditions). 54. Project: Total construction of which Work performed under Contract Documents may be whole or part. 55. Project Manual: Project Manual consists of Bidding Requirements, Agreement, Bonds, Certificates, Contract Conditions, Drawings, and Specifications. 56. Project Record Documents: All Project deliverables required under the Contract Documents, including without limitation, as built drawings; Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manuals; and Machine Inventory Sheets. 57. Proposal: A Bid. 58. Provide: Furnish and install. 59. Request for Information (RFI): A document prepared by Contractor requesting information regarding the Project or Contract Documents. The RFI system is also a means for Owner to submit Contract Document clarifications or supplements to Contractor. 60. Request for Proposals (RFP): A document issued by Owner to Contractor whereby Owner may initiate changes in the Work or Contract Time as provided in Contract Documents. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 References and Definitions 01 4200 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 61. Request for Substitution (RFS): A document prepared by Contractor requesting substitution of materials as permitted and to the extent permitted in Contract Documents. 62. RFI-Reply: A document consisting of supplementary details, instructions, or information issued by Owner that clarifies or supplements Contract Documents, and with which Contractor shall comply. RFI-Replies do not constitute changes in Contract Sum or Contract Time except as otherwise agreed in writing by Owner. RFI-Replies will be issued through the RFI administrative system. 63. Samples: Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 64. Shop Drawings: All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 65. Shown: As indicated on Drawings. 66. Site: The particular geographical location of Work performed pursuant to the Contract Documents. 67. Specifications: The written portion of the Contract Documents consisting of requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship for the Work; performance of related services. 68. Specified: As written in Specifications. 69. Subcontractor: A person or entity that has a direct contract with Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the Site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and neutral in gender and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term Subcontractor does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 70. Supplemental Instruction: A written directive from Owner to Contractor ordering alterations or Modifications that do not result in change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, and do not substantially change Drawings or Specifications. 71. Technical Specifications: Specification Sections included within Division 02 and above. 72. Testing and Special Inspection Agency: An independent entity engaged to inspect and/or test the workmanship, materials, or manner of construction of buildings or portions of buildings, to determine if such construction complies with the Contract Documents and applicable codes. 73. TIE: Time Impact Evaluation; see Section 01 2600 (Modification Procedures). May also be referred to as Time Impact Analysis (TIA). 74. Town: The Town of Tiburon. 75. Underground Facilities: All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities that have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, chemicals, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems, or water. 76. Unit Price Work: Shall be the portions of the Work for which a unit price is provided in Document 00 5200 (Agreement) or Section 01 1100 (Summary). 77. Work: The entire completed construction, or the various separately identifiable parts thereof, required to be furnished under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents including everything shown in the Drawings and set forth in the Specifications. Wherever the word “work” is used, rather than the word “Work,” it shall be understood to have its ordinary and customary meaning. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 References and Definitions 01 4200 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Other Defined Terms The following terms are not necessarily identified with initial caps; however they shall have the meaning set forth below: 1. Wherever words “as directed,” “as required,” “as permitted,” or words of like effect are used, it shall be understood that direction, requirements, or permission of Owner is intended. Words “sufficient,” “necessary,” “proper,” and the like shall mean sufficient, necessary, or proper in judgment of Owner. Words “approved,” “acceptable,” “satisfactory,” “favorably reviewed,” or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to, or favorably reviewed by Owner. 2. Wherever the word “may” or “ought” is used, the action to which it refers is discretionary. Wherever the word “shall” or “will” is used, the action to which it refers is mandatory. PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 References and Definitions 01 4200 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Contract Closeout 01 7700 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 7700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 3.1 SUMMARY A. Section describes requirements and procedures for: 1. Project cleaning 2. Testing of equipment and systems 3. Final Completion 4. Close Out 5. Warranties 3.2 FINAL COMPLETION A. Requirements. 1. Final Completion occurs when Work meets requirements for Owner’s Final Acceptance. 2. Examples, without limitation, of things that must be complete include: (i) removal of all temporary construction facilities, (ii) cleaning of all areas affected by Work, including the repair of any damage caused by the Work or installation of temporary construction facilities, and (ii) demonstration that any installed equipment any systems conform to contract standards and manufacturer’s guarantees. B. Procedure. 1. When Contractor considers Work is Finally Complete, submit written certification that: a. Contractor has inspected Work for compliance with Contract Documents, and all requirements for Final Acceptance have been met. b. Except for Contractor maintenance after Final Acceptance, Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of Owner, and are operative. c. Project Record Documents are completed and turned over to Owner, and Work is complete and ready for final inspection. 2. In addition to submittals required by Contract Documents, provide submittals required by governing authorities and submit final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 3. Should Owner determine that Work is incomplete or Defective, Owner promptly will so notify Contractor, in writing, listing the incomplete or Defective items. Contractor shall promptly remedy the deficiencies and notify the Owner when it is ready for reinspection. C. Final Adjustments of Accounts. 1. Submit a final statement of accounting to Owner, showing all adjustments to the Contract Sum and complete and execute Document 00 6530 (Agreement and Release of Claims). 2. If so required, Owner shall prepare a final Change Order for submittal to Contractor, showing adjustments to the Contract Sum that were not previously made into a Contract Modification. D. Warranties. 1. Execute Contractor’s Submittals and assemble warranty documents, and Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manuals, executed or supplied by Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in 8½ inches by 11 inches three-ring binder with durable plastic cover, appropriately separated and organized. Assemble in Specification Section order. If possible, provide a copy in electronic format, preferably in Adobe with character recognition. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Contract Closeout 01 7700 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. Submit material prior to final Application for Payment. For equipment put into use with Owner’s permission during construction, submit within 14 Days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Final Completion, provide updated Submittal within 14 Days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 3. Warranty Forms: Submit drafts to Owner for approval prior to execution. Forms shall not detract from or confuse requirements or interpretations of Contract Documents. Warranty shall be countersigned by manufacturers. Where specified, warranty shall be countersigned by Subcontractors and installers. 4. Rejection of Warranties: Owner reserves right to reject unsolicited and coincidental product warranties that detract from or confuse requirements or interpretations of Contract Documents. 5. Term of Warranties: For materials, equipment, systems, and workmanship, warranty period shall be one year minimum from date of Final Completion of entire Work except where: a. Detailed Specifications for certain materials, equipment or systems require longer warranty periods. b. Materials, equipment or systems are put into beneficial use of Owner prior to Final Completion as agreed to in writing by Owner. E. Warranty of Title. 1. No material, supplies, or equipment for Work under Contract shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage, security agreement, or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest therein or any part thereof is retained by seller or supplier. Contractor warrants good title to all material, supplies, and equipment installed or incorporated in Work and agrees upon completion of all Work to deliver premises, together with improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by Contractor, to Owner free from any claim, liens, security interest, or charges, and further agrees that neither Contractor nor any person, firm, or corporation furnishing any materials or labor for any Work covered by Contract shall have right to lien upon premises or improvement or appurtenances thereon. Nothing contained in this paragraph, however, shall defeat or impair right of persons furnishing materials or labor under bond given by Contractor for their protection or any rights under law permitting persons to look to funds due Contractor in hands of Owner. F. Release of Claims. Contract Documents will not be closed out and final payment will not be due or made until Document 00 6530 (Agreement and Release of Claims) is completed and executed by Contractor and Owner. G. Fire Inspection Coordination. Coordinate fire inspection and secure sufficient notice to Owner to permit convenient scheduling (if applicable). H. Building Inspection Coordination. Coordinate with Owner a final inspection for the purpose of obtaining an occupancy certificate (if applicable). 4 PRODUCTS NOT USED 5 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Appendix A 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Appendix B 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Appendix C 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0529 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 22 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Fastener systems. 4. Pipe positioning systems. 5. Equipment supports. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer licensed in the State of California, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for plumbing piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7-05, Section 13.6 as modified by the 2019 CBC Chapter 16. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Equipment supports. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer licensed in the State of California responsible for their preparation. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0529 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pre-galvanized or hot dipped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. B. Stainless-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. C. Copper Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory- fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-coated steel. 2.02 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. 2.03 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2.04 PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS A. Description: IAPMO PS 42, positioning system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0529 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2.05 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon-steel shapes. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, non-shrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Non-staining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field- fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Pipe Positioning-System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture. E. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. F. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0529 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. H. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. I. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, 2- 1/2 in and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. J. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. K. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. L. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 3.02 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.03 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0529 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.05 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.06 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and metal trapeze pipe hangers and attachments for general service applications. F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel attachments for hostile environment applications. G. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and tubing. H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. I. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of non- insulated or insulated, stationary pipes ½ in to 30 in. 2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F, pipes 4 in to 24 in, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes ¾ in to 36 in, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of non-insulated, stationary pipes ½ in to 8 in. 5. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes ½ in to 30 in. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0529 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 6. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes 4 in to 36 in, with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate. 7. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes 4 in to 36 in, with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 8. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes 1 in to 30 in, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 9. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes 2 in to 42 in if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. J. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers ¾ in to 24 in. 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers ¾ in to 24 in if longer ends are required for riser clamps. K. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. L. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar- joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. 8. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 9. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. M. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Piping and Equipment HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. N. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches. 2. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. 3. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. O. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. P. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. Q. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. END OF SECTION Hangers and Supports for Plumbing 22 0529 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0553 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 22 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Aluminum, 0.032-inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032- inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black. 3. Background Color: White. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0553 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11- inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.02 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pre-tensioned Pipe Labels: Pre-coiled, semi-rigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 3/4 inches high. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.02 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.03 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0553 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 20 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. B. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Condensate Drain Piping: a. Background Color: White. b. Letter Color: Black. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Waste and Vent Piping 22 1316 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 22 1316 WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Specialty pipe fittings. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Soil, waste, and vent piping and support and installation shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.02 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. B. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought copper, solder-joint fittings. C. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead free with ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping at indicated slopes. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Waste and Vent Piping 22 1316 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Install piping free of sags and bends. D. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. E. Install seismic restraints on piping. F. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. G. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Condensate Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller. H. Install aboveground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." I. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved Owner. 3.02 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join copper tube and fittings with soldered joints according to ASTM B 828. Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux and ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder. 3.03 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices. B. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting. C. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve if indicated and union for each connection. C. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment. D. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Waste and Vent Piping 22 1316 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify Owner at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of Owner. 1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by Owner to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Re-inspection: If Owner find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for re-inspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by Owner. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Waste and Vent Piping 22 1316 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. 3.08 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Condensate drain piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Sleeves and Seals for HVAC Piping 23 0517 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 0517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Stack-sleeve fittings. 3. Sleeve-seal systems. 4. Sleeve-seal fittings. 5. Grout. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Cast-Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel collar; zinc coated. C. Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. D. PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. E. Galvanized-Steel-Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. F. Molded-PE or -PP Sleeves: Removable, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. G. Molded-PVC Sleeves: With nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. 2.2 STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. 2. Zurn Specification Drainage Operation; Zurn Plumbing Products Group. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Sleeves and Seals for HVAC Piping 23 0517 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Description: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.3 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 5. Proco Products, Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.4 SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Pre-sealed Systems. B. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve-type, waterstop assembly made for imbedding in concrete slab or wall. Unit has plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 2.5 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. B. Characteristics: Non-shrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Sleeves and Seals for HVAC Piping 23 0517 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded-PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 3. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. E. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. 3.2 STACK-SLEEVE-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install stack-sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed. 1. Install fittings that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 2. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Comply with requirements for flashing specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 3. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. 4. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 5. Using grout, seal the space around outside of stack-sleeve fittings. B. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.4 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Sleeves and Seals for HVAC Piping 23 0517 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron wall sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized-steel-sheet sleeves. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Escutcheons for HVAC Piping 23 0518 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 0518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS A. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener. B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. C. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. D. Split-Casting Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and with concealed hinge and setscrew. E. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With chrome-plated finish, hinge, and spring-clip fasteners. 2.2 FLOOR PLATES A. One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. B. Split-Casting Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Escutcheons for HVAC Piping 23 0518 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast- brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type. 2. Escutcheons for Existing Piping: a. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. b. Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with hinge. c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with hinge. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with hinge. g. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with hinge. i. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting brass type with polished, chrome- plated finish. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with hinge. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor-plate type. 2. Existing Piping: Split-casting, floor-plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0529 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems. 5. Equipment supports. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer licensed in the State of California, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7-05, Section 13.6 as modified by the 2019 CBC, Chapter 16. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Equipment supports. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer licensed in the State of California responsible for their preparation. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0529 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pre-galvanized or hot dipped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. B. Stainless-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. C. Copper Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel 2.2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. 2.3 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. B. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with 100-psig minimum compressive strength. C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. D. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. E. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0529 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2.5 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon-steel shapes. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, non-shrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Non-staining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. D. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. F. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0529 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. H. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. I. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. J. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. K. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. L. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate-insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0529 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.3 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and metal trapeze pipe hangers and attachments for general service applications. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0529 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel or corrosion-resistant attachments for hostile environment applications. G. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and tubing. H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. I. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. J. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of non-insulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F, pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of non-insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 5. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 6. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel- pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate. 7. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 8. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 9. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. K. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24. 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. L. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. M. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0529 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. 8. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 9. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. N. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. O. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1/4 inches. 2. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. 3. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. P. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0553 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black. 3. Background Color: White. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0553 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: Black. C. Background Color: White. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pre-tensioned Pipe Labels: Pre-coiled, semi-rigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 0553 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. B. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Refrigerant Piping: a. Background Color: Green. b. Letter Color: Black. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 0593 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Balancing Air Systems: a. Constant-volume air systems. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. B. Certified TAB reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB. 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB. 2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB as a TAB technician. B. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. C. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Architect. D. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation." E. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing." Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 0593 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement F. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing." PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" and are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required. F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. I. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. K. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 0593 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement L. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B. Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 4. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 5. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 6. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 7. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance", NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems", SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and in this Section. 1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements. E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust- air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 0593 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components. L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts." 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Measure total airflow. a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow. 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment. a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured. 4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat- recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. 5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 6. Obtain approval from Architect for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Sections for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air-handling-unit performance. 7. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan- motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-cooling, full-heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, sub-main ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure airflow of sub-main and branch ducts. a. Where sufficient space in sub-main and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 0593 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. 3. Re-measure each sub-main and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust sub-main and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS A. Verify proper rotation of fans. B. Measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures. C. Record compressor data. 3.8 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3.9 REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: Prepare weekly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 0593 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.10 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB contractor. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. d. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. e. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. f. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 3. Terminal units. 4. Balancing stations. 5. Position of balancing devices. 3.11 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 0593 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 0713 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following duct services: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 3. Outdoor, concealed supply and return. 4. Outdoor, exposed supply and return. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "HVAC Piping Insulation." 2. Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to engineer of record. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type I. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. e. Owens Corning; SOFTR All-Service Duct Wrap. G. Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. b. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. c. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. d. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. e. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board. f. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. 2.2 FIRE-RATED INSULATION SYSTEMS A. Fire-Rated Blanket: High-temperature, flexible, blanket insulation with FSK jacket that is tested and certified to provide a 1-hour fire rating by an NRTL acceptable to engineer of record. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; FlameChek. b. Johns Manville; Firetemp Wrap. c. Nelson Fire Stop Products; Nelson FSB Flameshield Blanket. d. Thermal Ceramics; FireMaster Duct Wrap. e. 3M; Fire Barrier Wrap Products. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-127. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60/85-70. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-82. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-50. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." D. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone. b. Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. c. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. d. Speedline Corporation; Polyco VP Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.4 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-80/30-90. b. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-10. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 550. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 46-50. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. e. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.5 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: Aluminum. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: White. 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.6 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 4. FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 5. Vinyl Jacket: White vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. 2.7 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in., in a Leno weave, for ducts. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Mast-A-Fab. b. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894. 2.8 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil-face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. C. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Johns Manville; Zeston. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. c. Proto Corporation; LoSmoke. d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: White. D. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminum and Stainless Steel Jacketing. c. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. 2. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 3. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil-thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 4. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil-thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. E. Self-Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60-mil-thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement rubberized bituminous resin on a cross-laminated polyethylene film covered with aluminum-foil facing. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Polyguard Products, Inc.; Alumaguard 60. 2.9 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836. c. Compac Corporation; 104 and 105. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. c. Compac Corporation; 110 and 111. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 370 White PVC tape. b. Compac Corporation; 130. c. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 6 mils. 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width. D. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 488 AWF. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement c. Compac Corporation; 120. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils. 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch in width. 2.10 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with seal. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals. b. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs. B. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Perforated Base Insul-Hangers. 2) GEMCO; Perforated Base. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle. b. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. c. Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 2. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) GEMCO; Nylon Hangers. 2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Nylon Insulation Hangers. b. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 1-1/2 inches in diameter. c. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106-inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 3. Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Self-Adhering Insul-Hangers. 2) GEMCO; Peel & Press. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement b. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. c. Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover. 4. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-thick, galvanized-steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150. 2) GEMCO; R-150. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips. b. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. 5. Non-metal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) GEMCO. 2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc. C. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-wide, stainless steel or Monel. D. Wire: 0.080-inch nickel-copper alloy. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. C & F Wire. 2.11 CORNER ANGLES A. PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color-coded to match adjacent surface. B. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings. B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 9 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 10 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. D. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor-discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 11 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches. 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. B. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor-discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 12 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches. 5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 3.5 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch-wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic. B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. C. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. 3.6 FIRE-RATED INSULATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Where fire-rated insulation system is indicated, secure system to ducts and duct hangers and supports to maintain a continuous fire rating. B. Insulate duct access panels and doors to achieve same fire rating as duct. C. Install firestopping at penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. 3.7 FINISHES A. Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size. B. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. C. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 13 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.9 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 5. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 6. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 7. Outdoor, concealed supply and return. 8. Outdoor, exposed supply and return. B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Fibrous-glass ducts. 2. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 3. Factory-insulated flexible ducts. 4. Factory-insulated plenums and casings. 5. Flexible connectors. 6. Vibration-control devices. 7. Factory-insulated access panels and doors. 3.10 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed, Supply-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75- lb/cu. ft. nominal density. B. Concealed, Return-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75- lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 3.11 ABOVEGROUND, OUTDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a duct system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Concealed, Supply-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75- lb/cu. ft. nominal density. C. Concealed, Return-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75- lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Systems Update/Replacement D. Exposed, Supply-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75- lb/cu. ft. nominal density. E. Exposed, Return-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75- lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 3.12 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Ducts and Plenums, Concealed: 1. None. 2. PVC: 20 mils thick. 3. Aluminum: 0.016 inch thick. D. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed: 1. None. 2. PVC: 20 mils thick. 3. Aluminum: 0.016 inch thick. 3.13 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Ducts and Plenums, Concealed: 1. None. 2. PVC: 20 mils thick. 3. Aluminum: 0.016 inch thick. D. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed, up to 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up to 72 Inches: 1. Aluminum: 0.016 inch thick. E. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed, Larger Than 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces Larger Than 72 Inches: 1. Aluminum with 1-1/4-Inch-Deep Corrugations. END OF SECTION Duct Insulation 23 0713 - 14 Town of Tiburon Town Hall Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 0719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems: 1. Refrigerant piping. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation." 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to engineer of record. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. C. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. D. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. E. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. c. K-Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K-FLEX LS. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. d. K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.3 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-80/30-90. b. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above-ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-10. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 550. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 46-50. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. e. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.4 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. 5. Color: White or gray. 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: Aluminium. 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: White. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.5 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminium-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminium-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 4. FSP Jacket: Aluminium-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 5. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil-thick, white PVDC bi-axially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perm when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. 6. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6-mil- thick, white PVDC bi-axially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perm when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. 7. PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. 8. Vinyl Jacket: White vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. 2.6 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in., in a Leno weave, for pipe. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Mast-A-Fab. b. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminium-foil face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. C. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Johns Manville; Zeston. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. c. Proto Corporation; LoSmoke. d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: White. 4. Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories. D. Aluminium Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminium and Stainless Steel Jacketing. c. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. 2. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 3. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil-thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 4. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil-thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 5. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers: a. Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. b. Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows. c. Tee covers. d. Flange and union covers. e. End caps. f. Beveled collars. g. Valve covers. h. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not available. E. Self-Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60-mil-thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin on a cross-laminated polyethylene film covered with aluminium- foil facing. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Polyguard Products, Inc.; Alumaguard 60. F. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil-thick, white PVDC bi-axially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M and with a Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film. G. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6-mil-thick, white PVDC bi-axially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. H. PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. 2.8 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836. c. Compac Corporation; 104 and 105. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. c. Compac Corporation; 110 and 111. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 370 White PVC tape. b. Compac Corporation; 130. c. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 6 mils. 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width. D. Aluminium-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 488 AWF. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. c. Compac Corporation; 120. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils. 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch in width. E. PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Tape. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Film Thickness: 4 mils. 4. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils. 5. Elongation at Break: 145 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch in width. F. PVDC Tape for Outdoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Tape. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Film Thickness: 6 mils. 4. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils. 5. Elongation at Break: 145 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch in width. 2.9 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminium Bands: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with seal. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals. b. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs. B. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-wide, stainless steel or Monel. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Wire: 0.080-inch nickel-copper alloy. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. C & F Wire. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 9 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. C. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. D. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 10 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.4 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 11 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless- steel or aluminium bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.6 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch-wide joint strips at end joints. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 12 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic. B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. C. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. D. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket. 2. Wrap factory-pre-sized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install pre-sized jacket with an approximate overlap at butt joint of 2 inches over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around overlapped butt joint. 3. Continuous jacket can be spiral-wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond. 4. Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems with an outer circumference of 33-1/2 inches or less. The 33-1/2-inch-circumference limit allows for 2-inch-overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows for longer sections of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint. 5. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and wrapping a minimum of 1-1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges. 3.7 FINISHES A. Pipe Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminium or stainless-steel jackets. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 13 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.9 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.10 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping: 1. Flexible elastomeric: 1 inch thick. B. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing: 1. Flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick. 3.11 OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick. B. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing: Insulation shall be[ one of] the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick. 3.12 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Concealed: 1. None. 2. PVC: 20 mils thick. 3. Aluminium: 0.016 inch thick. D. Piping, Exposed: 1. PVC: 20 mils thick. 2. Aluminium: 0.016 inch thick. Rev. 0 Nov 2022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 0719 - 14 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.13 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Concealed: 1. PVC: 20 mils thick. 2. Aluminium: 0.016 inch thick. D. Piping, Exposed: 1. PVC: 20 mils thick. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide a native BACnet Energy Management System (EMS) as specified herein. The operator’s workstation, all building controllers, application controllers, and all input/output devices shall com- municate using the protocols and network standards as defined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135- 2008, BACnet devices. No gateways shall be used for communication to controllers installed under this section. Gateways may be used for communication to existing systems. B. The native BACnet EMS shall be as specified herein and consist of a high-speed, peer-to-peer local area network of Direct Digital Control (DDC) controllers connected to a dedicated Server PC and other client workstation PC’s and Lap Top computers as specified. All HVAC system points monitored and controlled by the EMS, including the building floor plans as well as all control devices will be depicted by point-and-click graphics. C. Provide all necessary BACnet-compliant hardware and software to meet the system’s functional specifications. Provide Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) for Windows- based control software and every controller in system, including unitary controllers. All controller devices must be BTL tested and listed by the official BACnet Testing Laboratory, having the BTL approval mark issued. D. All devices in this project facility location shall be accessible from a graphical user interface. E. Prepare individual hardware layouts, interconnection drawings, and software configuration from project design data. F. Design, provide, and install all equipment cabinets, panels, data communication network cables needed, and all associated hardware. G. Furnish and install the required software to produce a complete and operational native BACnet EMS as specified herein. H. Provide complete manufacturer’s specifications for all items that are supplied. Include vendor name of every item supplied. I. Provide supervisory specialists, including a dedicated project manager, and technicians throughout the duration of the project to assist in all phases of EMS system installation, startup, and commis- sioning. J. Provide a comprehensive operator and technician training program as described herein. K. Provide as-built documentation, operator’s terminal software, diagrams, and all other associated project operational documentation (such as technical manuals) on approved media, the sum total of which accurately represents the final system. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. A distributed logic control system complete with all software and hardware functions shall be pro- vided and installed. System shall be completely based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2008, Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement BACnet and achieved listing under the BACnet Testing Laboratories BACnet - Advanced Work- station Software (B-AWS). This system is to control mechanical equipment using native BACnet- compliant components. Non-BACnet-compliant or proprietary equipment or systems (including gateways) shall not be acceptable and are specifically prohibited. B. Operator’s workstation software shall use the latest version Windows as the computer operating system. The Energy Management and Control System (EMCS) application program shall be written to communicate specifically utilizing BACnet protocols. Software functions delivered on this project shall include password protection, scheduling (including optimum start), alarming, logging of his- torical data, full graphics including animation, after-hours billing program, demand limiting, and a full suite of field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications. Systems us- ing operating systems other than that described above are strictly prohibited. All software required to program EMS application specific controllers and all field level devices and controllers will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to the system will also become the property of the owner. All software required to make any program changes anywhere in the system, along with scheduling and trending applications, will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to schedules, trends and related program changes will also become the property of the owner. All software required for all field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to field engineering tools, including graphical programming and applications will be left with the owner. C. Building controllers shall include complete energy management software, including scheduling building control strategies with optimum start and logging routines. All energy management soft- ware and firmware shall be resident in field hardware and shall not be dependent on the operator’s terminal. Operator’s terminal software is to be used for access to field-based energy management functions only. Provide zone-by-zone direct digital logic control of space temperature, scheduling, runtime accumulation, equipment alarm reporting, and override timers for after-hours usage. D. Room sensors shall be sense temperature. E. All application controllers for every terminal unit, air handler, all central plant equipment, and any other piece of controlled equipment shall be fully programmable. Application controllers shall be mounted next to controlled equipment and communicate with building controller through BACnet LAN. F. System Architecture 1. Contractor shall utilize Owner’s IT WAN for connection from BACnet Server to all Building Control Modules (BCM’s) furnished and installed as part of this project. Connection shall be by way of BACnet/IP as defined in Addendum A (Annex J) of the ANSI/ASHRAE Stand- ard for BACnet. Connection between all Building Control Modules, the BACnet Server and any client work stations (PC’s or Lap Tops) shall be high-speed, peer-to-peer Ethernet as per Standard IEEE802.3. Owner will furnish and maintain IT WAN infrastructure. 2. Contractor shall provide and install a dedicated MS/TP LAN extending from all BCM’s to distributed field level controller BACnet devices. 3. Distributed field level controllers are responsible for directly controlling and monitoring HVAC and Electrical system points throughout the facility. 4. The BACnet Server hosts system configurations, programming databases and stores all trend log data. The Server maintains all backup files for system configuration and pro- gramming located on BCM’s and field level controllers and is capable of directly uploading or downloading information from the controllers. 5. An operator’s workstation and/or any designated portable operator’s terminal (if specified) shall be used as a graphical user interface to provide system supervision, management report generation and alarm annunciation. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.03 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Approved Control Manufacturers: 1. Alerton 2. Automated Logic Corporation (ALC) 3. Johnson Controls Inc. 4. Or approved equal. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the manufacturing, installation and maintenance of EMS systems and shall have demonstrated technical expertise and experience in the manufacture, installation and maintenance of EMS systems similar in size and complexity to this project. B. The EMS system shall be designed, installed, commissioned, and serviced by manufacturer-au- thorized and trained personnel. System provider shall have an in-place support facility within 50 miles of the Site with technical staff, spare parts inventory and necessary test and diagnostic equip- ment. C. To provide the level of support and response required by the Owner, the Contractor shall have a fully staffed service department with the following minimum personnel and service offerings for a period of one (1) year: 1. Minimum of 1 (one) Dedicated Support Technician located at a fixed location with access to a network for remote access to the Site. 2. Minimum of 1 (one) Dedicated Service Dispatcher to route calls and prioritize service re- sponse. 3. Minimum of 5 (five) Dedicated Field Service Technicians. To ensure that there are per- sonnel available to respond to service requests in a timely manner, these technicians are to be dedicated to service and not used on construction projects. 4. Maintain a 24/7 Service Call Center staffed by live operators enabling immediate response to Owner’s critical emergency EMS concerns. D. The Contractor shall provide an on-site, experienced project manager for this Work who is respon- sible for direct supervision of the installation, start up and commissioning of the EMS system. E. Contractor shall have a proven record of successful native BACnet installations and maintenance of equivalent native BACnet systems for a minimum period of 5 years utilizing the same native BACnet manufacturer’s products that the Contractor proposes to use on this project. F. Materials and equipment shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements. G. All BAS peer-to-peer network controllers, central system controllers and local user displays shall be UL Listed under Standard UL 916, category PAZX. H. All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation, Part 15, Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference and be so labeled. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Reference Standards: Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). 2. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2008, BACnet. 3. California Building Code (CBC), including local amendments. 4. UL 916 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Energy Management Equipment. Canada and the US. 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class A. 7. EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (European CE Mark). 8. UL-864 UUKL listing for Smoke Controls for any equipment used in smoke control se- quences. B. Federal regulations and codes in effect as of contract date. C. Except as otherwise indicated, Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, inspections, and certifications required for this Work, and arrange for necessary approvals by the governing author- ities. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit engineered drawings, control sequence, and bill of materials. B. System Documentation Include the following: 1. System configuration diagrams in simplified block format. 2. All input/output object listings and an alarm point summary listing. 3. Electrical drawings that show all system internal and external connection points, terminal block layouts, and terminal identification. 4. Complete bill of materials, valve schedule and damper schedule. 5. Manufacturer's instructions and drawings for installation, maintenance, and operation of all purchased items. 6. Overall system operation and maintenance instructions—including preventive mainte- nance and troubleshooting instructions. 7. For all system elements—operator’s station(s), building controller(s), application control- lers, routers, and repeaters—provide BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statements (PICS) as per ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001. 8. Provide complete description and documentation of any proprietary (non-BACnet) services and/or objects used in the system. 9. A list of all functions available and a sample of function block programming that shall be part of delivered system. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Contractor warranty shall cover all costs for parts, labor, associated travel, and expenses for a period of one (1) year from completion of system acceptance. B. Hardware and software personnel supporting this warranty agreement shall provide on-site or off- site service in a timely manner after failure notification to the vendor. C. This warranty shall apply equally to both hardware and software. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OPERATOR’S WORKSTATION A. General structure of workstation interaction shall be a standard client/server relationship. Server shall be used to archive data and store system database for the BACnet network as specified in these contract document Specifications and project Plan Drawings. Clients shall access server for all archived data. Each thick client shall include flexibility to access graphics from server or local drive. Server shall support a minimum of 50 simultaneous clients. B. BACnet Conformance 1. Operator workstation shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the BACnet Advanced Workstation requirements. 2. Please refer to Section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard, for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the func- tional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thor- oughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types accessed by the workstation shall include as a minimum: Analog Value, Analog Input, Analog Output, Binary Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Calendar, Device, Event Enrollment, File, Notification Class, Program, and Schedule ob- ject types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly docu- mented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 4. The operator’s workstation shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. Workstation shall support Foreign Device Registration to allow temporary workstation con- nection to IP network. C. Displays 1. Operator’s workstation shall display all data associated with project as called out on draw- ings and/or object type list supplied. Graphic files shall be created using digital, full color photographs of system installation, AutoCAD or Visio drawing files of field installation draw- ings and wiring diagrams from as-built drawings. Operator’s workstation shall display all data using three-dimensional graphic representations of all mechanical equipment. System shall be capable of displaying graphic file, text, and dynamic object data together on each display and shall include animation. Information shall be labeled with descriptors and shall be shown with the appropriate engineering units. All information on any display shall be dynamically updated without any action by the user. Workstation shall allow user to change all field-resident EMCS functions associated with the project, such as set points, weekly schedules, exception schedules, etc., from any screen, no matter if that screen shows all text or a complete graphic display. This shall be done without any reference to object ad- dresses or other numeric/mnemonic indications. 2. All displays and programming shall be generated and customized by the local EMS Con- tractor. Systems requiring factory development of graphics or programming of DDC logic are specifically prohibited. 3. Binary objects shall be displayed as ACTIVE/INACTIVE/NULL or with customized text such as Hand-Off-Auto. Text shall be justified left, right or center as selected by the user. Also, allow binary objects to be displayed as individual change-of-state graphic objects on the display screen such that they overlay the system graphic. Each binary object displayed in this manner shall be assigned up to three (3) graphic files for display when the point is ON, OFF or in alarm. For binary outputs, toggle the object’s commanded status when the Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement graphic item is selected with the system mouse. Similarly, allow the workstation operator to toggle the binary object’s status by selecting with the mouse, for example, a graphic of a switch or light, which then displays a different graphic (such as an “ON” switch or lighted lamp. Additionally, allow binary objects to be displayed as an animated graphic. Animated graphic objects shall be displayed as a sequence of multiple graphics to simulate motion. For example, when a pump is in the OFF condition, display a stationary graphic of the pump. When the operator selects the pump graphic with the mouse, the represented ob- ject’s status is toggled and the graphic of the pump’s impeller rotates in a time-based ani- mation. The operator shall be able to click an animated graphical object or switch it from the OFF position to ON, or ON to OFF. Allow operator to change graphic file assignment and also create new and original graphics online. System shall be supplied with a library of standard graphics, which may be used unaltered or modified by the operator. Systems that do not allow customization or creation of new graphic objects by the operator (or with third-party software) shall not be allowed. 4. Analog objects shall be displayed with operator modifiable units. Analog input objects may also be displayed as individual graphic items on the display screen as an overlay to the system graphic. Each analog input object may be assigned a minimum of five (5) graphic files, each with high/low limits for automatic selection and display of these graphics. As an example, a graphic representation of a thermometer would rise and fall in response to either the room temperature or its deviation from the controlling set point. Analog output objects, when selected with the mouse, shall be displayed as a prompted dialog (text only) box. Selection for display type shall be individual for each object. Analog object values may be changed by selecting either the “increase” or “decrease” arrow in the analog object spinner box without using the keypad. Pressing the button on the right side of the analog object spinner box allows direct entry of an analog value and accesses various menus where the analog value may be used, such as trend logs. 5. Analog objects may also be assigned to a system graphic, where the color of the defined object changes based on the analog object’s value. For example, graphical thermostat device served by a single control zone would change color with respect to the temperature of the zone or its deviation from set point. All editing and area assignment shall be created or modified online using simple icon tools. 6. A customized menu label (pushbutton) shall be used for display selection. Menu items on a display shall allow penetration to lower level displays or additional menus. Dynamic point information and menu label pushbuttons may be mixed on the same display to allow sub- displays to exist for each item. Each display may be protected from viewing unless operator has appropriate security level. A security level may be assigned to each display and system object. The menu label shall not appear on the graphic if the operator does not have the appropriate security level. 7. The BAS displays shall have the ability to link to content outside of the BAS system. Such content shall include but is not limited to: Launching external files in their native applications (for example, a Microsoft Word document) and launching a web browser resolving to a specified web address. 8. The BAS system shall have the ability to run multiple, concurrent displays windows show- ing continuously updated data. D. Password Protection 1. Provide security system that prevents unauthorized use unless operator is logged on. Ac- cess shall be limited to operator’s assigned functions when user is logged on. This includes displays as outlined above. 2. Each operator’s terminal shall provide security for a minimum of 200 users. Each user shall have an individual User ID, User Name, and Password. Entries are alphanumeric charac- ters only and are case sensitive (except for User ID). User ID shall be 0–8 characters, User Name shall be 0–29 characters, and Password shall be 4–8 characters long. Each system user shall be allowed individual assignment of only those control functions, menu items, and user specific system start display, as well restricted access to discrete BACnet devices Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement to which that user requires access. All passwords, user names, and access assignments shall be adjustable online at the operator’s terminal. Users should have the capability to be assigned to specific user type “groups” that can share the same access levels to speed setup. Users who are members of multiple “groups” shall have the ability to activate/deac- tivate membership to those groups while using the BAS (without logout). Users shall also have a set security level, which defines access to displays and individual objects the user may control. System shall include 10 separate and distinct security levels for assignment to users. 3. System shall include an Auto Logout Feature that shall automatically logout user when there has been no keyboard or mouse activity for a set period of time. Time period shall be adjustable by system administrator. Auto Logout may be enabled and disabled by system administrator. Operator terminal shall display message on screen that user is logged out after Auto Logout occurs. 4. The system shall permit the assignment of an effective date range, as well as an effective time of day, that the User IDs are permitted to authenticate. E. Operator Activity Log 1. Operator Activity Log that tracks all operator changes and activities shall be included with system. System shall track what is changed in the system, who performed this change, date and time of system activity, and value of the change before and after operator activity. Operator shall be able to display all activity, sort the changes by user and also by operation. Operator shall be able to print the Operator Activity log display. 2. Log shall be gathered and archived to hard drive on operator’s workstation as needed. Operator shall be able to export data for display and sorting in a spreadsheet. 3. Any displayed data that is changeable by the operator may be selected using the right mouse button and the operator activity log shall then be selectable on the screen. Selection of the operator activity log using this method shall show all operator changes of just that displayed data. F. Scheduling 1. Operator’s workstation shall show all information in easy-to-read daily format including cal- endar of this month and next. All schedules shall show actual ON/OFF times for day based on scheduling priority. Priority for scheduling shall be events, holidays and daily, with events being the highest. 2. Holiday and special event schedules shall display data in calendar format. Operator shall be able to schedule holidays and special events directly from these calendars. 3. Operator shall be able to change all information for a given weekly or exception schedule if logged on with the appropriate security access. 4. System shall include a Schedule Wizard for set up of schedules. Wizard shall walk user through all steps necessary for schedule generation. Wizard shall have its own pull-down selection for startup or may be started by right-clicking on value displayed on graphic and then selecting Schedule. 5. Scheduling shall include optimum start based on outside air temperature, current heat- ing/cooling set points, indoor temperature and history of previous starts. Each and every individual zone shall have optimum start time independently calculated based on all pa- rameters listed. User shall input schedules to set time that occupied set point is to be at- tained. Optimum start feature shall calculate the startup time needed to match zone tem- perature to set point. User shall be able to set a limit for the maximum startup time allowed. 6. Any displayed data that is changeable by the operator may be selected using the right mouse button and the schedule shall then be selectable on the screen. Selection of the schedule using this method shall allow the viewing of the assigned schedule or launch the Schedule Wizard to allow the point to be scheduled. G. Alarm Indication and Handling. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Operator’s workstation shall provide audible, visual, printed, and email means of alarm indication. The alarm dialog box shall always become the top dialog box regardless of the application(s) currently running. Printout of alarms shall be sent to the assigned terminal and port. Alarm notification can be filtered based on the User ID’s authorization level. 2. System shall provide log of alarm messages. Alarm log shall be archived to the hard disk of the system operator’s terminal. Each entry shall include a description of the event-initi- ating object generating the alarm. Description shall be an alarm message of at least 256 characters in length. Entry shall include time and date of alarm occurrence, time and date of object state return to normal, time and date of alarm acknowledgment, and identification of operator acknowledging alarm. 3. Alarm messages shall be in user-definable text (English or other specified language) and shall be delivered either to the operator’s terminal, client or through remote communication using email (Authenticated SMTP supported). 4. System shall include an Alarm Wizard for set up of alarms. Wizard shall walk user through all steps necessary for alarm generation. Wizard shall have its own pull-down selection for startup or may be started by right-clicking on value displayed on graphic and then selecting alarm setup. 5. Any displayed data that is changeable by the operator may be selected using the right mouse button and the alarm shall then be selectable on the screen. Selection of the alarm using this method shall allow the viewing of the alarm history or launch the Alarm Wizard to allow the creation of a new alarm. H. Trend Log Information 1. System server shall periodically gather historically recorded data stored in the building con- trollers and store the information in the system database. Stored records shall be appended with new sample data, allowing records to be accumulated. Systems that write over stored records shall not be allowed unless limited file size is specified. System database shall be capable of storing up to 50 million records before needing to archive data. Samples may be viewed at the operator’s workstation. Operator shall be able to view all trended records, both stored and archived. All trend log records shall be displayed in standard engineering units. 2. Software that is capable of graphing the trend logged object data shall be included. Soft- ware shall be capable of creating two-axis (X, Y) graphs that display up to 10 object types at the same time in different colors. Graphs shall show object values relative to time. Each trend log shall support a custom scale setting for the graph view that is to be stored con- tinuously. System shall be capable of trending on an interval determined by a polling rate, or change-of-value. 3. Operator shall be able to change trend log setup information. This includes the information to be logged as well as the interval at which it is to be logged. All input, output, and value object types in the system may be logged. All operations shall be password protected. Setup and viewing may be accessed directly from any and all graphics on which object is displayed. 4. System shall include a Trend Wizard for setup of logs. Wizard shall walk user through all necessary steps. Wizard shall have its own pull-down selection for startup, or may be started by right-clicking on value displayed on graphic, and then selecting Trend logs from the displayed menu. 5. System shall be capable of using Microsoft SQL as the system database. 6. Any displayed data that is changeable by the operator may be selected using the right mouse button and the trend log shall then be selectable on the screen. Selection of the trend log using this method shall allow the viewing of the trend log view or launch the Trend log wizard to allow the creation of a new trend. I. Demand Limiting – As Scheduled Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 9 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. System shall include demand limiting program that includes two types of load shedding. One type of load shedding shall shed/restore equipment in binary fashion based on energy usage when compared to shed and restore settings. The other type of shedding shall adjust operator selected control set points in an analog fashion based on energy usage when compared to shed and restore settings. Shedding may be implemented independently on each and every zone or piece of equipment connected to system. 2. Binary shedding shall include minimum of five (5) priority levels of equipment shedding. All loads in a given priority level shall be shed before any loads in a higher priority level are shed. Load shedding within a given priority level shall include two methods. In one, the loads shall be shed/restored in a “first off-first on” mode, and in the other the loads are just shed/restored in a “first off-last on” (linear) fashion. 3. Analog shed program shall generate a ramp that is independently used by each individual zone or individual control algorithm to raise the appropriate cooling setting and lower ap- propriate heating setting to reduce energy usage. 4. Status of each and every load shed program shall be capable of being displayed on every operator terminal connected to system. Status of each load assigned to an individual shed program shall be displayed along with English description of each load. J. Reports 1. System server shall be capable of periodically producing reports of trend logs, alarm his- tory, tenant activities, device summary, energy logs and override points. The frequency, content and delivery are to be user adjustable. 2. All reports shall be capable of being delivered in multiple formats including text- and comma-separated value (CSV) files. The files can be printed, emailed or saved to a folder, either on the server hard drive or on any network drive location. K. Configuration/Setup 1. Provide means for operator to display and change system configuration. This shall include, but not be limited to, system time, day of the week, date of daylight savings set forward/set back, printer termination, port addresses, modem port and speed, etc. Items shall be mod- ified using understandable terminology with simple mouse/cursor key movements. L. Field Engineering Tools 1. Operator’s workstation software shall include field engineering tools for programming all controllers supplied. All controllers shall be programmed using graphical tools that allow the user to connect function blocks on screen that provide sequencing of all control logic. Function blocks shall be represented by graphical displays that are easily identified and distinct from other types of blocks. Graphical programming that uses simple rectangles and squares is not acceptable. 2. User shall be able to select a graphical function block from menu and place on screen. Provide zoom in and zoom out capabilities. Function blocks shall be downloaded to con- troller without any reentry of data. 3. Programming tools shall include a real-time operation mode. Function blocks shall display real-time data and be animated to show status of data inputs and outputs when in real-time operation. Animation shall show change of status on logic devices and countdown of timer devices in graphical format. 4. Field engineering tools shall also include a database manager of applications that include logic files for controllers and associated graphics. Operator shall be able to select unit type, input/output configuration and other items that define unit to be controlled. Supply minimum of 250 applications as part of workstation software. 5. Field engineering tool shall include Device Manager for detection of devices connected anywhere on the BACnet network by scanning of the entire network. This function shall Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 10 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement display device instance, network identification, model number, and description of con- nected devices. It shall record and display software file loaded into each controller. A copy of each file shall be stored on the computer’s hard drive. If needed, this file shall be down- loaded to the appropriate controller using the mouse. 6. System shall automatically notify the user when a device that is not in the database is added to the network. 7. System shall include backup/restore function that will back up entire system to selected medium and then restore system from that media. The system shall be capable of creating a backup for the purpose of instantiating a new client PC. 8. The system shall provide a means to scan, detect, interrogate, and edit third-party BACnet devices and BACnet objects within those devices. M. Workstation Hardware 1. Provide operator’s workstation(s) at location(s) noted on the plans. 2. Workstation/server computer minimum requirements a. Server including: PC Minitower with Intel® Core™ i7-10700, 16GB 2X8GB DDR4 2666MHz or 2933MHz b. Windows 10 Pro 64bit English c. AutoCAD 2018 d. Browser/client requirements: Internet Explorer N. Software 1. At the conclusion of project, contractor shall leave with owner a DVD ROM that includes the complete software operation system and project graphics, set points, system parame- ters, etc. This backup shall allow the owner how to completely restore the system in the case of a computer malfunction. 2.02 CONTROL PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE A. All DDC programming throughout the EMS network shall adhere to the following standards: 1. Programming on all controllers must be completely operator definable and modifiable and must use a single common programming language for all control devices. Use of pre- canned, factory burned-in DDC programming on controllers is not acceptable and is grounds for rejection of EMS system. 2. Programming shall be developed in an object-oriented graphical programming environ- ment. Line by line code programming is specifically prohibited and is not acceptable. 3. Programming must accommodate all written sequences of operations. 4. Programming shall be modifiable from any server PC, operator console PC and/or portable laptop PC workstation without requiring the burning of new chips or having to directly ac- cess the local controller. Software shall accommodate the downloading of programming via established network Ethernet or modem connections. 5. Programming must support the use of virtual software points in the same manner as all physical points are supported. 6. All programming points, virtual or real, for any specific device in the entire EMS network shall be accessible to all other network devices at any given time, regardless of physical location. 7. All programming shall adhere to the BACnet protocols for Standard Command Priorities. 8. Programming software must include a pre-developed cohesive PID (proportional-integral- derivative) algorithm whereby a user can adjust gain and anti-windup coefficients accord- ingly to effectively accomplish advanced sequence of operation requirements. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 11 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2.03 WEB INTERFACE A. General 1. BAS supplier shall provide web-based access to the system as part of standard installation. User must be able to access all displays of real-time data that are part of the BAS using a standard web browser. Web browser shall tie into the network through owner-supplied Ethernet network connection. The webpage software shall not require a per-user licensing fee or annual fees. The webpage host must be able to support on average 50 simultaneous users with the ability to expand the system to accommodate an unlimited number of users. B. Browser Technology 1. Browser shall be latest version of Internet Explorer. No special vendor-supplied software shall be needed on computers running browser. All displays shall be viewable and the webpage host shall directly access real-time data from the BAS BACnet network. Data shall be displayed in real-time and update automatically without user interaction. User shall be able to change data on displays if logged in with the appropriate user name and pass- word. C. Communications 1. Webpage host shall include Ethernet network connections to facilitate communication with the BAS BACnet network and the Internet or an IP-based WAN. 2. BAS BACnet Ethernet network shall be provided and installed by the BAS supplier. Owner will provide and incur any monthly charges of WAN/Internet connection. D. Display of Data 1. Webpage graphics shown on browser shall be replicas of the BAS displays. User shall need no additional training to understand information presented on webpages when com- pared to what is shown on BAS displays. Webpage displays shall include animation just as BAS displays. Fans shall turn, pilot lights shall blink, coils shall change colors, and so on. 2. Real-time data shall be shown on all browser webpages. This data must be directly gath- ered using the BACnet network and automatically updated on browser webpage displays without any user action. Data on the browser shall automatically refresh as changes are detected without re-drawing the complete display. 3. It shall be possible for user from browser webpage to change data if the user is logged on with the appropriate password. Clicking on a button or typing in a new value shall change digital data. Using pull-down menus or typing in a new value shall change analog data. 4. Data displays shall be navigated using pushbuttons on the displays that are simply clicked on with the mouse to select a new display. Alternatively, the standard back and forward buttons of the browser can be used for display navigation. E. Time Schedule Adjustment 1. Web access shall allow user to view and edit all schedules in the system. This includes standard, holiday and event schedules as described in BAS specification. Display of sched- ules shall show interaction of all schedules on a single display so user sees an overview of how all work together. User shall be able to edit schedules from this display. 2. Display of all three schedules must show all ON times for standard, holiday and event schedules in different colors on a given day. In addition, OFF times for each must also be shown in additional colors. User shall be able to select from standard calendar what days are to be scheduled and same display shall show all points and zones affected. User shall Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 12 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement be able to set time for one day and select all days of the week that shall be affected as a recurrence of that same schedule for that given day. 3. Schedule list shall show all schedules currently defined. This list shall include all standard, holiday and event schedules. In addition, user shall be able to select a list that shows all scheduled points and zones. F. Logging of Information 1. User shall use standard browser technology to view all trend logs in system. User shall be able to view logged data in tabular form or graphical format. User shall be able to adjust time interval of logged data viewed and shall be able to adjust Y axis of data viewed in graphical format. User shall also be able to download data through the web interface to local computer. Data shall be in CSV format. G. Alarm Handling 1. Web interface shall display alarms as they occur. User shall be able to acknowledge alarms using browser technology. In addition, user shall be able to view history of alarm occur- rence over a user-selected time frame. In addition, those alarms may be filtered for viewing per user-selected options. A single selection shall display all alarms that have not been acknowledged. H. Webpage Generation 1. Webpages shall be automatically generated from the BAS displays that reside on the BAS server. User shall access webpage host through the network and shall initiate a webpage generation utility that automatically takes the BAS displays and turns them into webpages. The webpages generated are automatically installed on the webpage host for access using any computer’s standard browser. Any system that requires use of an HTML editor for generation of webpages shall not be considered. I. Password Security and Activity Log 1. Access through web browser shall utilize the same hierarchical security scheme as BAS system. User shall be asked to log on once the browser makes connection to webpage host. Once the user logs in, any and all changes that are made shall be tracked by the BAS system. The user shall be able to change only those items he or she has authority to change. A user activity report shall show any and all activity of the users who have logged in to the system, regardless of whether those changes were made using a browser or through the BAS workstation. J. BACnet Communication 1. Web server shall directly communicate to all devices on the BAS network using BACnet protocol. No intermediate devices shall be necessary for BACnet communication. 2.04 BUILDING CONTROLLER A. General Requirements 1. BACnet Conformance a. Building Controller shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the BACnet Building Con- troller requirements. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 13 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement b. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard, for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the func- tional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thor- oughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 2. Building controller shall be of modular construction such that various modules may be se- lected to fit the specific requirements of a given project. At a minimum, modules shall con- sist of a power supply module and a BACnet Ethernet-MS/TP (master slave token passing) module. Those projects that require special interfaces may use Modbus modules as needed. However, all Ethernet communications and all controllers—including central plant controllers, advanced application controllers and unitary controllers—supplied by BAS manufacturer shall utilize the BACnet protocol standard. 3. Modules shall be selected to fit the particular project application. Up to seven (7) modules shall be powered by a single power supply module. All modules shall be panel-mounted on DIN rail for ease of addition and shall be interconnected using a simple plug-in cable. A module in the middle shall be replaceable without removing any other modules. 4. All modules shall be capable of providing global control strategies for the system based on information from any objects in the system, regardless if the object is directly monitored by the building controller module or by another controller. The software program implementing these strategies shall be completely flexible and user-definable. All software tools neces- sary for programming shall be provided as part of project software. Any systems utilizing factory pre-programmed global strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on- site, using a WAN or downloaded through remote communications are not acceptable. Changing global strategies using firmware changes is also unacceptable. 5. Programming shall be object-oriented using control function blocks, and support DDC func- tions, 1000 Analog Values and 1000 Binary Values. All flowcharts shall be generated and automatically downloaded to controller. Programming tool shall be supplied and be resi- dent on workstation. The same tool shall be used for all controllers. 6. Provide means to graphically view inputs and outputs to each program block in real-time as program is executing. This function may be performed using the operator’s workstation or field computer. 7. Controller shall have sufficient memory to ensure high performance and data reliability. Battery shall provide power for orderly shutdown of controller and storage of data in non- volatile flash memory. Battery backup shall maintain real-time clock functions for a mini- mum of 20 days. 8. Global control algorithms and automated control functions shall execute using 32-bit pro- cessor. 9. Schedules a. Each building controller module shall support a minimum of 80 BACnet Schedule Objects and 80 BACnet Calendar Objects. b. Building controller modules shall provide normal 7-day scheduling, holiday scheduling and event scheduling. 10. Logging Capabilities a. Each building controller shall log as minimum 320 values. Any object in the system (real or calculated) may be logged. Sample time interval shall be adjustable at the operator’s workstation. b. Logs may be viewed both on-site or off-site using WAN or remote communication. c. Building controller shall periodically upload trended data to networked operator’s work- station for long-term archiving, minimum of two (2) years. d. Archived data stored in database format shall be available for use in third-party spread- sheet or database programs. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 14 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 11. Alarm Generation a. Alarms may be generated within the system for any object change of value or state (ei- ther real or calculated). This includes things such as analog object value changes, binary object state changes, and various controller communication failures. b. Each alarm may be dialed out as noted elsewhere. c. Alarm log shall be provided for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on-site at the opera- tor’s terminal or off-site using remote communications. d. Controller must be able to handle up to 320 alarm setups stored as BACnet event enroll- ment objects, with system destination and actions individually configurable. 12. Demand Limiting a. Demand limiting of energy shall be a built-in, user-configurable function. Each controller module shall support shedding of up to 200 loads using a minimum of two types of shed programs. b. Load shedding programs in building controller modules shall operate as defined in sec- tion 2.1.J of this specification. 13. Tenant Activity Logging a. Tenant Activity logging shall be supported by building controller module. Each independ- ent module shall support a minimum of 80 zones. b. Tenant Activity logging shall function as defined in section 2.1.K of this specification. B. Ethernet – MS/TP Module 1. Ethernet – MS/TP Module shall support every function as listed under paragraph A, Gen- eral Requirements, of this section and the following. 2. All communication with operator’s workstation and all application controllers shall be through BACnet. Building controller Ethernet – MS/TP module shall incorporate as a mini- mum, the functions of a 2-way BACnet router. Controller shall route BACnet messages between the high-speed LAN (Ethernet 10/100MHz) and MS/TP LAN. Ethernet – MS/TP module shall also route messages from all other building controller modules onto the BAC- net Ethernet network. a. MS/TP LAN must be software-configurable from 9.6 to 76.8Kbps. b. The RJ-45 Ethernet connection must accept either 10Base-T or 100Base-TX BACnet over twisted pair cable (UTP). 3. BACnet Conformance a. Ethernet – MS/TP module shall, as a minimum, support MS/TP and Ethernet BACnet LAN types. It shall communicate directly using these BACnet LANs as a native BACnet device and shall support simultaneous routing functions between all supported LAN types. Global controller shall be approved by the BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) as meeting the BACnet Building Controller requirements. b. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. c. The building controller shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP con- nections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. Must support interoperability on WANs and CANs and function as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD). Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 15 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. MS/TP Module 1. MS/TP module shall support every function as listed under paragraph A, General Require- ments, of this section and the following. 2. Building controller MS/TP module communications shall be though BACnet MS/TP LAN to all advanced application and application-specific controllers. MS/TP module shall also route messages to Ethernet – MS/TP module for communication over WAN. a. MS/TP LAN must be software configurable from 9.6 to 76.8Kbps b. Configuration shall be through RS-232 connection. 3. BACnet Conformance a. MS/TP module shall be approved by the BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory) as meeting the BACnet Building Controller requirements. MS/TP module shall as a minimum support MS/TP BACnet LAN type. It shall communicate directly using this BACnet LAN as a na- tive BACnet device and shall support simultaneous routing functions between all sup- ported LAN types. b. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include, as a minimum, Analog Value, Bi- nary Value, Calendar, Device, File, Group, Notification Class, Program, and Schedule object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly docu- mented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. D. Power Supply Module 1. Power supply module shall power up to seven (7) building controller modules. Input for power shall accept between 17–30VAC, 47–65Hz. 2. Power supply module shall include rechargeable battery for orderly shutdown of controller modules including storage of all data in flash memory and for continuous operation of real- time clocks for minimum of 20 days. E. Modbus Module 1. Modbus Module shall support every function as listed under paragraph A, General Re- quirements, of this section and the following. 2. Building Controller Modbus module communications shall be via one of three types of ports: EIA-485, EIA-422 or RS-232 connection. Modbus module shall convert Modbus data into BACnet objects. Modbus module shall also route messages to Ethernet-MS/TP mod- ule for BACnet Ethernet communication over WAN. a. Modbus Module shall support ASCII or RTU Modbus communication at 9600 or 4800 baud. b. EIA-422 and EIA-232 connection shall support one connection of Modbus unit. c. EIA-485 connection shall support connection of up to 247 Modbus units. d. Configuration shall be via RS-232 connection. 3. BACnet Translation a. All Modbus data shall be translated into BACnet objects by the Modbus module. All con- figuration tools shall be supplied to assure data is translated as necessary to the correct format and value. b. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum: Analog Value, Bi- nary Value, Calendar, Device, File, Group, Notification Class, Program and Schedule ob- Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 16 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement ject types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly docu- mented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 2.05 ADVANCED APPLICATION CONTROLLERS A. Provide one or more native BACnet advanced application controllers for HVAC equipment requiring DDC standalone control independent of building control module operation. All controllers shall interface to building controller through either MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol, or Ethernet LAN using BACnet over Ethernet or BACnet TCP/IP. No gateways shall be used. Controllers shall in- clude input, output and self-contained logic program as needed for complete control of units. Con- trollers shall be fully programmable using graphical programming blocks. Programming tool shall be resident on operator workstation and be the same tool as used for the building controller. No auxiliary or non-BACnet controllers shall be used. B. BACnet Conformance 1. Application controllers shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the BACnet Advanced Application Controller requirements. 2. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard, for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the func- tional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thor- oughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include, as a minimum, Analog Input, Ana- log Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Multi-state Values, Device, File, and Program object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. C. Application controllers shall include universal inputs with 12-bit resolution that accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–10VDC, Platinum 1000 Ohm RTD, 0–5VDC, 4–20mA and dry contact signals. Any input on a controller may be either analog or digital with a minimum of three (3) inputs that accept pulses. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor with digital display. Controller shall include binary and analog outputs on board. Ana- log outputs with 12-bit resolution shall support either 0–10VDC or 0–20mA. Binary outputs shall have LED indication of status. Software shall include scaling features for analog outputs. Applica- tion controller shall include 20VDC voltage supply for use as power supply to external sensors. 1. All outputs must have on-board Hand-Off-Auto (HOA) switches and a status indicator light. HOA switch position shall be monitored. Each analog output shall include a potentiometer for manually adjusting the output when the HOA switch is in the Hand position. The position of each and every HOA switch shall be available system wide as a BACnet object property. D. All program sequences shall be stored on board application controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller up to 20 times per second (minimum of 10 times per second) and capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. All calculations shall be completed using floating-point math and system shall support display of all information in floating-point nomenclature at operator’s terminal. 1. The following control blocks shall be supported: a. Natural Log b. Exponential c. Log base 10 Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 17 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement d. X to the power of Y e. Nth square root of X f. 5th Order Polynomial Equations g. Astronomical Clock (sunrise/sunset calculation) h. Time-based schedules E. Programming of application controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BAC- net LANs or remotely using modem interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graph- ically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Application controller shall be programmed using programming tools as described in operator’s terminal section. F. Application controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see Paragraph 2.9.B.) Dis- play on intelligent room sensor shall be programmable at application controller and include an op- erating mode and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in each mode, based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence of operation for specific display requirements at intelligent room sensor. G. Schedules 1. The controller shall support a minimum of three (3) BACnet Schedule Objects and have a real-time clock on board with battery backup to maintain time through a power loss. H. Logging Capabilities 1. Controller shall support a minimum of 50 trend logs. Any object in the controller (real or calculated) may be logged. Sample time interval shall be adjustable at the operator’s work- station. 2. Controller shall periodically upload trended data to system server for long-term archiving if desired. Archived data stored in (MS Jet Database or SQL) database form and shall be available for use in third-party spreadsheet or database programs. I. Alarm Generation 1. Alarms may be generated within the controller for any object change of value or state (ei- ther real or calculated). This includes things such as analog object value changes, and binary object state changes. 2. Alarm log shall be provided for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on-site at the operator’s terminal or off-site using remote communications. 3. Controller must be able to handle up to 25 alarm setups stored as BACnet event enrollment objects, with system destination and actions individually configurable. J. The controller processor shall be a 32-bit processor. K. The packaging of the controller shall provide operable doors to cover the terminals once installation is complete. The housing of the controller shall provide for DIN rail mounting and also fully enclose circuit board. 2.06 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS A. Provide one (1) native BACnet application controller for each piece of unitary mechanical equip- ment that adequately covers all objects listed in object list for unit. All controllers shall interface to building controller through MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol. No gateways shall be used. Con- trollers shall include input, output and self-contained logic program as needed for complete control of unit. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 18 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. BACnet Conformance 1. Application controllers shall, as a minimum, support MS/TP BACnet LAN types. They shall communicate directly using this BACnet LAN at 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 and 76.8 Kbps, as a native BACnet device. Application controllers shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the BAC- net Application Specific Controller requirements and support all BACnet services neces- sary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: a. Files Functional Group b. Reinitialize Functional Group c. Device Communications Functional Group 2. Please refer to Section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups in the BACnet standard, for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the func- tional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thor- oughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include, as a minimum, Analog Input, Ana- log Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Device, File, and Pro- gram Object Types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be sup- plied for working with proprietary information. C. Application controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that can accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–5VDC, 4–20mA, dry contact signals and a minimum of three (3) pulse inputs. Any input on controller may be either analog or digital. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor. Controller shall include binary out- puts on board with analog outputs as needed. D. All program sequences shall be stored on board controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller 10 times per second and shall be capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. Programming of application controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely through modem interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Application controller shall be pro- grammed using same programming tools as building controller and as described in operator work- station section. All programming tools shall be provided and installed as part of system. E. Application controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see Paragraph 2.9.B.) Dis- play on room sensor shall be programmable at controller and include an operating mode and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific con- troller data in each mode based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence of oper- ation for specific display requirements at intelligent room sensor. 2.07 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES A. Temperature Sensors 1. All temperature sensors to be solid-state electronic, interchangeable with housing appro- priate for application. Wall sensors to be installed as indicated on drawings. Mount 48 inches above finished floor. Duct sensors to be installed such that the sensing element is in the main air stream. Immersion sensors to be installed in wells provided by control con- tractor, but installed by mechanical contractor. Immersion wells shall be filled with thermal compound before installation of immersion sensors. Outside air sensors shall be installed Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 19 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement away from exhaust or relief vents, not in an outside air intake, and in a location that is in the shade most of the day. B. Wall Sensor 1. Standard wall sensor shall use solid-state sensor identical to intelligent room sensor and shall be packaged in aesthetically pleasing enclosure. Sensor shall provide port for plug-in of Field Service Tool for field adjustments. Override time shall be stored in controller and be adjustable on a zone-by-zone basis. All programmable variables shall be available to field service tool through wall sensor port. 2.08 ELECTRONIC ACTUATORS A. Quality Assurance for Actuators 1. UL Listed Standard 873 and C.S.A. Class 4813 02 certified. 2. NEMA 2 rated enclosures for inside mounting, provide with weather shield for outside mounting. 3. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Two-year unconditional and three-year product defect from date of installation. B. Actuators for damper 0.5–6 inches shall be electric unless otherwise specified, provide actuators as follows: 1. UL Listed Standard 873 and Canadian Standards Association Class 481302 shall certify actuators. 2. NEMA 2 rated actuator enclosures for inside mounting. Use additional weather shield to protect actuator when mounted outside. 3. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Two-year unconditional and three-year product defect from date of installation. 4. Mechanical spring shall be provided when specified. Capacitors or other non-mechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. 5. Position indicator device shall be installed and made visible to the exposed side of the actuator. For damper short shaft mounting, a separate indicator shall be provided to the exposed side of the actuator. 6. Overload Protection: Actuators shall provide protection against actuator burnout by using an internal current limiting circuit or digital motor rotation sensing circuit. Circuit shall insure that actuators cannot burn out due to stalled damper or mechanical and electrical parallel- ing. End switches to deactivate the actuator at the end of rotation are acceptable only for butterfly valve actuators. 7. A pushbutton gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring actuators. 8. Modulating actuators shall be 24 VAC and consume 10 VA power or less. 9. Conduit connectors are required when specified and when code requires it. C. Damper Actuators 1. Economizer actuators shall utilize analog control 2–10 VDC; floating control is not accepta- ble. 2. Electric damper actuators (including VAV box actuators) shall be direct shaft-mounted and use a V-bolt and toothed V-clamp causing a cold weld effect for positive gripping. Single bolt or set-screw type fasteners are not acceptable. 3. One (1) electronic actuator shall be direct shaft-mounted per damper section. No connect- ing rods or jackshafts shall be needed. Small outside air and return air economizer damp- ers may be mechanically linked together if one (1) actuator has sufficient torque to drive both and damper drive shafts are both horizontal installed. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 20 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 4. Multi-section dampers with electric actuators shall be arranged so that each damper sec- tion operates individually. One (1) electronic actuator shall be direct shaft-mounted per damper section. (See below execution section for more installation details.) 2.09 ENCLOSURES A. All controllers, power supplies and relays shall be mounted in enclosures. B. Enclosures may be NEMA 1 when located in a clean, dry, indoor environment. Indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12 when installed in other than a clean environment. Outdoor enclosures must be either NEMA 3R or NEMA 4. C. All temperature control panels shall be fabricated in a UL-listed panel shop. Field assembled tem- perature control panels are not allowed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting Work, carefully inspect installed Work of other trades and verify that such Work is complete to the point where Work of this section may properly commence. B. Notify the owner’s representative in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely com- pletion of the Work. C. Do not begin Work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. 3.02 INSTALLATION (GENERAL) A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections, installation, and program- ming required to ensure a complete operating system in accordance with the sequences of opera- tion and point schedules. 3.03 LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS A. Locate and install components for easy accessibility; in general, mount 48 inches above floor with minimum three (3) feet of clear access space in front of units. Obtain approval on locations from owner’s representative prior to installation. B. All instruments, switches, transmitters, etc., shall be suitably wired and mounted to protect them from vibration, moisture, and high or low temperatures. C. Identify all equipment and panels. Provide permanently mounted tags for all panels. D. Provide stainless steel or brass thermo-wells suitable for respective application and for installation under other sections and sized to suit pipe diameter without restricting flow. 3.04 INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL WIRING A. Provide all interlock and control wiring associated with the EMS system. All wiring shall be installed neatly and professionally, in accordance with all national, state and local electrical codes. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 21 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Provide wiring as required by functions as specified and as recommended by equipment manufac- turers, to serve specified control functions. Provide shielded low capacitance wire for all communi- cations trunks. C. Control wiring shall not be installed in power circuit raceways. Magnetic starters and disconnect switches shall not be used as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordi- nate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the owner's representative prior to rough-in. D. Provide auxiliary pilot duty relays on motor starters as required for control function. E. Provide power for all control components from nearest electrical control panel or as indicated on the electrical drawings; coordinate with electrical contractor. F. All control wiring in mechanical, electrical, telephone and boiler rooms to be installed in raceways. Exposed control wiring shall also be installed in raceways. All other control wiring to be installed without conduit neatly and inconspicuously per local code requirements. 3.05 DDC OBJECT TYPE SUMMARY A. Provide all database generation. B. Displays 1. System displays shall show all analog and binary object types within the system. They shall be logically laid out for easy use by the owner. Provide outside air temperature indication on all system displays associated with economizer cycles. C. Run Time Totalization 1. At a minimum, run time totalization shall be incorporated for each monitored supply fan, return fan, exhaust fan, hot water and chilled water pumps. Warning limits for each point shall be entered for alarm and or maintenance purposes. D. Trend Log 1. All binary and analog object types (including zones) shall have the capability to be auto- matically trended. E. Alarm 1. All analog inputs (High/Low Limits) and selected binary input alarm points shall be priori- tized and routed (locally or remotely) with alarm message per owner's requirements. F. Database Save 1. Provide backup database for all standalone application controllers on disk. 3.06 FIELD SERVICES A. Prepare and start logic control system under provisions of this section. B. Start up and commission systems. Allow sufficient time for startup and commissioning prior to plac- ing control systems in permanent operation. Rev. 0 May 2022 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 0900 - 22 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Provide the capability for off-site monitoring at control contractor's local or main office. At a mini- mum, off-site facility shall be capable of system diagnostics and software download. Owner will provide phone line for this service for one (1) year or as specified. D. Provide owner's representative with spare parts list. Identify equipment critical to maintaining the integrity of the operating system. 3.07 TRAINING A. Instruct Owner in operation of systems and equipment. B. Provide system operator’s training to include (but not be limited to) such items as the following: modification of data displays, alarm and status descriptors, requesting data, execution of com- mands and request of logs. Provide this training to a minimum of three persons. C. Provide on-site training above as required, up to 8 hours as part of this contract. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate complete operating system to owner's representative. B. Provide certificate stating that control system has been tested and adjusted for proper operation. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Refrigerant Piping 23 2300 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 2300 REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes refrigerant piping used for air-conditioning applications. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-407c: 1. Suction Lines for Air-Conditioning Applications: 185 psig. 2. Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: 325 psig. 3. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: 325 psig. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve and refrigerant piping specialty indicated. Include pressure drop based on manufacturer's test data. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout of refrigerant piping and specialties, including pipe, tube, and fitting sizes, flow capacities, valve arrangements and locations, slopes of horizontal runs, oil traps, double risers, wall and floor penetrations, and equipment connection details. Show interface and spatial relationships between piping and equipment. 1. Refrigerant piping indicated on Drawings is schematic only. Size piping and design actual piping layout, including oil traps, double risers, specialties, and pipe and tube sizes to accommodate, as a minimum, equipment provided, elevation difference between compressor and evaporator, and length of piping to ensure proper operation and compliance with warranties of connected equipment. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control test reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems." B. Comply with ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components." Rev. 0 May 2022 Refrigerant Piping 23 2300 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.7 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store piping in a clean and protected area with end caps in place to ensure that piping interior and exterior are clean when installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 280, Type ACR. B. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. C. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32. Use 95-5 tin antimony or alloy HB solder to join copper socket fittings on copper pipe. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8. F. Flexible Connectors: 1. Body: Tin-bronze bellows with woven, flexible, tinned-bronze-wire-reinforced protective jacket. 2. End Connections: Socket ends. 3. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 3/4-inch misalignment in minimum 7-inch- long assembly. 4. Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. 2.2 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES A. Diaphragm Pack-less Valves: 1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze; globe design with straight-through or angle pattern. 2. Diaphragm: Phosphor bronze and stainless steel with stainless-steel spring. 3. Operator: Rising stem and hand wheel. 4. Seat: Nylon. 5. End Connections: Socket, union, or flanged. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. B. Packed-Angle Valves: 1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze. 2. Packing: Molded stem, back seating, and replaceable under pressure. 3. Operator: Rising stem. 4. Seat: Nonrotating, self-aligning polytetrafluoroethylene. 5. Seal Cap: Forged-brass or valox hex cap. 6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 7. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. Rev. 0 May 2022 Refrigerant Piping 23 2300 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. C. Check Valves: 1. Body: Ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; globe pattern. 2. Bonnet: Bolted ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; or brass hex plug. 3. Piston: Removable polytetrafluoroethylene seat. 4. Closing Spring: Stainless steel. 5. Manual Opening Stem: Seal cap, plated-steel stem, and graphite seal. 6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 7. Maximum Opening Pressure: 0.50 psig. 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. D. Service Valves: 1. Body: Forged brass with brass cap including key end to remove core. 2. Core: Removable ball-type check valve with stainless-steel spring. 3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Copper spring. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. E. Safety Relief Valves: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 1. Body and Bonnet: Ductile iron and steel, with neoprene O-ring seal. 2. Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Seat Disc: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig. 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. F. Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with ARI 750. 1. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Forged brass or steel. 2. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Packing and Gaskets: Non-asbestos. 4. Capillary and Bulb: Copper tubing filled with refrigerant charge. 5. Suction Temperature: 44 deg F. 6. Superheat: Adjustable. 7. Reverse-flow option (for heat-pump applications). 8. End Connections: Socket, flare, or threaded union. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 700 psig. G. Straight-Type Strainers: 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating. 2. Screen: 100-mesh stainless steel. 3. End Connections: Socket or flare. 4. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. H. Angle-Type Strainers: 1. Body: Forged brass or cast bronze. Rev. 0 May 2022 Refrigerant Piping 23 2300 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. Drain Plug: Brass hex plug. 3. Screen: 100-mesh monel. 4. End Connections: Socket or flare. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. I. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: 1. Body: Forged brass. 2. Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating element protected by filter screen. 3. Indicator: Color coded to show moisture content in ppm. 4. Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity: Indicate moisture above 60 ppm. 5. End Connections: Socket or flare. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. J. Replaceable-Core Filter Dryers: Comply with ARI 730. 1. Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell with ductile-iron cover, stainless-steel screws, and neoprene gaskets. 2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina. 4. Designed for reverse flow (for heat-pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig. 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. K. Permanent Filter Dryers: Comply with ARI 730. 1. Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell. 2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina. 4. Designed for reverse flow (for heat-pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig. 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. L. Liquid Accumulators: Comply with ARI 495. 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating. 2. End Connections: Socket or threaded. 3. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. Rev. 0 May 2022 Refrigerant Piping 23 2300 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Suction Lines NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller for Conventional Air-Conditioning Applications: Copper, Type ACR, annealed-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. B. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: Copper, Type ACR, annealed-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. C. Safety-Relief-Valve Discharge Piping: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought- copper fittings with soldered joints. 3.2 VALVE AND SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS A. Install valves in suction and discharge lines of compressor. B. Install service valves for gage taps at strainers if they are not an integral part of strainers. C. Install a check valve at the compressor discharge and a liquid accumulator at the compressor suction connection. D. Except as otherwise indicated, install valves on inlet and outlet side of filter dryers. E. Install a full-sized, three-valve bypass around filter dryers. F. Install thermostatic expansion valves as close as possible to distributors on evaporators. 1. Install valve so diaphragm case is warmer than bulb. 2. Secure bulb to clean, straight, horizontal section of suction line using two bulb straps. Do not mount bulb in a trap or at bottom of the line. 3. If external equalizer lines are required, make connection where it will reflect suction-line pressure at bulb location. G. Install safety relief valves where required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Pipe safety-relief-valve discharge line to outside according to ASHRAE 15. H. Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid line at the inlet of the thermostatic expansion valve or at the inlet of the evaporator coil capillary tube. I. Install strainers upstream from and adjacent to the following unless they are furnished as an integral assembly for device being protected: 1. Solenoid valves. 2. Thermostatic expansion valves. 3. Compressor. J. Install filter dryers in liquid line between compressor and thermostatic expansion valve. K. Install flexible connectors at compressors. Rev. 0 May 2022 Refrigerant Piping 23 2300 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings. B. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15. C. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. J. Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbows, and fittings. K. Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of refrigeration equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection. L. Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to mechanical injury. M. Slope refrigerant piping as follows: 1. Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward away from compressor. 2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor. 3. Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs. 4. Liquid lines may be installed level. N. When brazing or soldering, remove solenoid-valve coils and sight glasses; also remove valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do not apply heat near expansion-valve bulb. O. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers or between pipes for insulation installation. P. Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Rev. 0 May 2022 Refrigerant Piping 23 2300 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 23 Section "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." B. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe and Tube." 1. Use Type BcuP, copper-phosphorus alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper pipe. 2. Use Type BAg, cadmium-free silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. 3.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger, support, and anchor products are specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet long. 2. Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 5. Copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. C. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2. NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3. NPS 1: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 4. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Comply with ASME B31.5, Chapter VI. Rev. 0 May 2022 HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. Test refrigerant piping and specialties. Isolate compressor, condenser, evaporator, and safety devices from test pressure if they are not rated above the test pressure. 3. Test high- and low-pressure side piping of each system separately at not less than the pressures indicated in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. a. Fill system with nitrogen to the required test pressure. b. System shall maintain test pressure at the manifold gage throughout duration of test. c. Test joints and fittings with electronic leak detector or by brushing a small amount of soap and glycerin solution over joints. d. Remake leaking joints using new materials, and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. 3.7 SYSTEM CHARGING A. Charge system using the following procedures: 1. Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers. If vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging. 3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig. 4. Charge system with a new filter-dryer core in charging line. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat. B. Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response to fluctuating suction pressure. C. Adjust set-point temperature of air-conditioning or chilled-water controllers to the system design temperature. D. Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration system, according to manufacturer's written instructions: 1. Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit. 2. Verify that compressor oil level is correct. 3. Open compressor suction and discharge valves. 4. Open refrigerant valves except bypass valves that are used for other purposes. 5. Check open compressor-motor alignment and verify lubrication for motors and bearings. E. Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after design flow rates and pressures are established. END OF SECTION Refrigerant Piping 23 2300 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Round ducts and fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Sealants and gaskets. 5. Hangers and supports. 6. Seismic-restraint devices. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, 2. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers and flexible ducts. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article. B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand the effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems. 1. Seismic Hazard Level A: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.48. 2. Seismic Hazard Level B: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.30. 3. Seismic Hazard Level C: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.15. C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings. 3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, and static-pressure classes. 4. Elevation of top of ducts. 5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 6. Fittings. 7. Reinforcement and spacing. 8. Seam and joint construction. 9. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 10. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, seismic restraints, and vibration isolation. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. 2. Suspended ceiling components. 3. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Perimeter moldings. B. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports. 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum," for aluminum supports. 3. AWS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.2 ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lindab Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. SEMCO Incorporated. d. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. e. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 inches in Diameter: Flanged. C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt-welded longitudinal seams. D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60. 2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized. Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Carbon-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, with oiled, matte finish for exposed ducts. D. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316, as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article; cold rolled, annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be No. 2B, No. 2D, No. 3, or No. 4 as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article. E. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 Alloy 3003, H14 temper; with mill finish for concealed ducts, and standard, one-side bright finish for duct surfaces exposed to view. F. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1. Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials. G. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 6-mm minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETS A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. B. Two-Part Tape Sealing System: 1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal. 2. Tape Width: 4 inches. 3. Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative. 7. Service: Indoor and outdoor. 8. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum. 10. For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 11. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent. 3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water). 7. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg positive and negative. 8. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. D. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric. 2. Type: S. 3. Grade: NS. 4. Class: 25. 5. Use: O. 6. For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." E. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with poly-isobutylene plasticizer. F. Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg at 10-inch wg and shall be rated for 2500 Pa static-pressure class, positive or negative. 2. EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. 3. Double-lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory-fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. 2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts. B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electro-galvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." D. Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. E. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. F. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device. G. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. H. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate. 2.6 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. Mason Industries. 5. TOLCO; a brand of NIBCO INC. Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 6. Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd. B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications shall be as defined in reports by an agency acceptable to engineer of reocrd. 1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. C. Channel Support System: Shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made of slotted steel channels rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces and with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end. Include matching components and corrosion-resistant coating. D. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603, galvanized-steel cables with end connections made of cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cable service; and with an automatic-locking and clamping device or double-cable clips. E. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Reinforcing steel angle clamped to hanger rod. F. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths. D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. E. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. I. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement J. Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. K. Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers. L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged. B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system. C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets. E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements. 3.3 DUCT SEALING A. Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." B. Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible": 1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2. Outdoor, Supply-Air Ducts: Seal Class A. 3. Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C. 4. Outdoor, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C. 5. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal Class B. 6. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal Class A. 7. Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C. 8. Unconditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B. 9. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal Class C. 10. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg Seal Class B. 11. Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B. 12. Conditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C. Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.5 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT-DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." 1. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet. 2. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet. B. Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads. C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. D. Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators. E. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to engineer of record. F. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and restraints to structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to concrete members. G. Drilling for and Setting Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items during drilling. Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 9 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement Notify the Architect if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid pre-stressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel anchors for applications exposed to weather. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.7 DUCT CLEANING A. Clean new and existing duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, condensate drain pans, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. Rev. 0 May 2022 Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 10 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. 3.8 START UP A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." 3.9 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows: B. Supply Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Variable-Air-Volume Air Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive 4-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. C. Return Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Air-Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 1-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. D. Exhaust Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.1, Class 1 and 2) Air: a. Pressure Class: Negative 1-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if positive pressure. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. E. Elbow Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Mitered Type RE 4 without vanes. b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. Rev. 0 May 2022 HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." c. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 2. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. c. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 3. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Minimum Radius-to-Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3-1, "Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have proportionately fewer segments. 1) Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and three segments for 90-degree elbow. 2) Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and four segments for 90-degree elbow. 3) Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and five segments for 90-degree elbow. 4) Radius-to Diameter Ratio: 1.5. b. Round Elbows, 12 inches and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated. c. Round Elbows, 14 inches and Larger in Diameter: Standing seam. F. Branch Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-6, "Branch Connection." a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry. b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Spin in. 2. Round: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct. a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 90-degree tap. b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: Conical tap. c. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 45-degree lateral. END OF SECTION Metal Ducts 23 3113 - 11 Town of Tiburon Town Hall Rev. 0 May 2022 Air Duct Accessories 23 3300 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manual volume dampers. 2. Flange connectors. 3. Turning vanes. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Flexible ducts. 6. Duct accessory hardware. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. 1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following: a. Special fittings. b. Manual volume damper installations. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60. 2. Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized. B. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304, and having a No. 2 finish for concealed ducts and 1-side bright finish for exposed ducts. Rev. 0 May 2022 Air Duct Accessories 23 3300 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14; with mill finish for concealed ducts and standard, 1-side bright finish for exposed ducts. D. Extruded Aluminum: Comply with ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063, Temper T6. E. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. F. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, ¼-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8- inches minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.3 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. b. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. c. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. d. McGill AirFlow LLC. e. Nailor Industries Inc. f. Pottorff. g. Ruskin Company. h. Trox USA Inc. i. Vent Products Company, Inc. 2. Standard leakage rating. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: a. Frame: Hat-shaped, 0.094-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel. b. Mitered and welded corners. c. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed-blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Galvanized-steel, 0.064 inch thick. 6. Blade Axles: Stainless steel. 7. Bearings: a. Stainless-steel sleeve. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. B. Standard, Aluminum, Manual Volume Dampers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. b. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. c. McGill AirFlow LLC. d. Nailor Industries Inc. e. Pottorff. f. Ruskin Company. g. Trox USA Inc. h. Vent Products Company, Inc. 2. Standard leakage rating. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. Rev. 0 May 2022 Air Duct Accessories 23 3300 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 4. Frames: Hat-shaped, 0.10-inch-thick, aluminum sheet channels; frames with flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed-blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Roll-Formed Aluminum Blades: 0.10-inch-thick aluminum sheet. e. Extruded-Aluminum Blades: 0.050-inch-thick extruded aluminum. 6. Blade Axles: Stainless steel. 7. Bearings: a. Stainless-steel sleeve. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum. C. Jackshaft: 1. Size: 0.5-inch diameter. 2. Material: Galvanized-steel pipe rotating within pipe-bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple-damper assemblies. 3. Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each damper in multiple-damper assembly. D. Damper Hardware: 1. Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch-thick zinc-plated steel, and a ¾-inch hexagon locking nut. 2. Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size. 3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. 2.4 FLANGE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Nexus PDQ; Division of Shilco Holdings Inc. 3. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Description: Add-on or roll-formed, factory-fabricated, slide-on transverse flange connectors, gaskets, and components. C. Material: Galvanized steel. D. Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork. 2.5 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Elgen Manufacturing. 4. METALAIRE, Inc. 5. SEMCO Incorporated. 6. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. Rev. 0 May 2022 Air Duct Accessories 23 3300 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. 1. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill. C. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Nonmetal Ducts: Fabricate curved blades of resin-bonded fiberglass with acrylic polymer coating; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. D. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 1. Vane Construction: Double wall. 2.6 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. D. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches wide attached to two strips of 2-3/4-inch-wide, 0.028-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch-thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp and 360 lbf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone. 1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 530 lbf/inch in the warp and 440 lbf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F. 2.7 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Non-insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring-steel wire. 1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 20 m/s. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 23 to plus 71 deg C. Rev. 0 May 2022 Air Duct Accessories 23 3300 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex adhesive supported by helically wound, spring-steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; aluminized vapor-barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 2500 Pa positive and 250 Pa negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F. 4. Insulation R-value: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. D. Flexible Duct Connectors: 1. Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action in sizes 3 through 18 inches, to suit duct size. 2. Non-Clamp Connectors: Adhesive plus sheet metal screws. 2.8 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts. B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts. D. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. E. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. F. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with maximum 12-inch lengths of flexible duct. Do not use flexible ducts to change directions. G. Connect diffusers to ducts directly or with maximum 60-inches lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. H. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws. I. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. Rev. 0 May 2022 HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. END OF SECTION Air Duct Accessories 23 3300 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall Rev. 0 May 2022 HVAC Power Ventilators 23 3423 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 3423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ceiling-mounted ventilators. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. AMCA Compliance: Fans shall have AMCA-Certified performance ratings and shall bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CEILING-MOUNTED VENTILATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Broan-NuTone LLC. 2. Broan-NuTone LLC; NuTone Inc. 3. Carnes Company. 4. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 5. Loren Cook Company. B. Housing: Steel, lined with acoustical insulation. C. Fan Wheel: Centrifugal wheels directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds, motor, and fan wheel shall be removable for service. D. Grille: Plastic louvered grille with flange on intake and thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. Rev. 0 May 2022 HVAC Power Ventilators 23 3423 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement E. Electrical Requirements: Junction box for electrical connection on housing and receptacle for motor plug-in. F. Accessories: 1. Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 to less than 50 percent. 2. Manual Starter Switch: Single-pole rocker switch assembly with cover and pilot light. 3. Time-Delay Switch: Assembly with single-pole rocker switch, timer, and cover plate. 4. Motion Sensor: Motion detector with adjustable shutoff timer. 5. Ceiling Radiation Damper: Fire-rated assembly with ceramic blanket, stainless-steel springs, and fusible link. 6. Filter: Washable aluminum to fit between fan and grille. 7. Isolation: Rubber-in-shear vibration isolators. 8. Manufacturer's standard roof jack or wall cap, and transition fittings. 2.2 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors. 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections. B. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Certify sound-power level ratings according to AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. B. Certify fan performance ratings, including flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure; use steel wire or metal straps. B. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. C. Label units according to requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Rev. 0 May 2022 HVAC Power Ventilators 23 3423 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." B. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance. C. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 5. Adjust belt tension. 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. 9. Disable automatic temperature-control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. 10. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators. 11. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. C. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. B. Adjust belt tension. Rev. 0 May 2022 HVAC Power Ventilators 23 3423 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. D. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow. E. Lubricate bearings. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 23 3713 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 3713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Adjustable bar registers and grilles. 2. Fixed face [registers] [grilles] [registers and grilles]. 3. Linear bar grilles. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume- control dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. Adjustable Bar Register: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Carnes. b. Krueger. c. METALAIRE, Inc. d. Nailor Industries Inc. e. Price Industries. f. Titus. 2. Material: Steel. 3. Finish: Baked enamel, white. 4. Face Blade Arrangement: Horizontal. 5. Rear-Blade Arrangement: Vertical spaced. 6. Frame: 1-1/4 inches wide. 7. Mounting: Countersunk screw. 8. Damper Type: Adjustable opposed blade. Rev. 0 May 2022 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 23 3713 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 9. Accessories: B. Fixed Face Register: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Krueger. b. Nailor Industries Inc. c. Price Industries. d. Titus. 2. Material: Steel. 3. Finish: Baked enamel, white. 4. Face Arrangement: 1/2-by-1/2-by-1/2-inch grid core. 5. Frame: 1-1/4 inches wide. 6. Mounting: Countersunk screw. 7. Damper Type: Adjustable opposed blade. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb. B. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Split-System Air-Conditioners 23 8126 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 23 8126 SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes split-system air-conditioning and heat-pump units consisting of separate evaporator-fan and compressor-condenser components. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems." 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 - "Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," Section 6 - " Procedures," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. Rev. 0 May 2022 Split-System Air-Conditioners 23 8126 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split-system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. For Compressor: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. b. For Parts: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. c. For Labor: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Daikin 2. Carrier 3. Mitsubishi Electric & Electronics USA, Inc.; HVAC Advanced Products Division. 2.2 INDOOR UNITS A. CONCEALED DUCTED FAN COIL UNIT 1. Cabinet a. The unit shall be, ceiling-concealed, ducted. b. The cabinet panel shall have provisions for a field installed filtered outside air intake. 2. Fan a. External static pressure settings from 0.14 to 0.60 in. WG. b. The indoor unit fan shall be an assembly with one or two fan(s) direct driven by a single motor. c. The indoor fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced and run on a motor with permanently lubricated bearings. d. The indoor fan shall consist of three (3) speeds, High, Mid, and Low plus the Auto- Fan function e. The indoor unit shall have a ducted air outlet system and ducted return air system. 3. Filter a. Return air shall be filtered by means of a standard factory installed return air filter. b. Optional return filter box (rear or bottom placement) with high-efficiency filter shall be available for indoor units. 4. Coil: a. The indoor coil shall be of nonferrous construction with smooth plate fins on copper tubing. b. The tubing shall have inner grooves for high efficiency heat exchange. c. All tube joints shall be brazed with phos-copper or silver alloy. d. The coils shall be pressure tested at the factory. e. A condensate pan and drain shall be provided under the coil. f. The condensate shall be gravity drained from the fan coil. Rev. 0 May 2022 Split-System Air-Conditioners 23 8126 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement g. Both refrigerant lines to the indoor units shall be insulated in accordance with the installation manual. 2.3 OUTDOOR UNITS A. General: 1. Outdoor unit shall have a sound rating no higher than 60 dB(A) individually or 64 dB(A) twinned. Units shall have a sound rating no higher than 50 dB(A) individually or 53 dB(A) twinned while in night mode operation. If an alternate manufacturer is selected, any addi- tional material, cost, and labor to meet published sound levels shall be incurred by the contractor. 2. Both refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the BC (Branch Circuit) Controller (Single or Main) shall be insulated. 3. There shall be no more than 3 branch circuit controllers connected to any one outdoor unit. 4. Outdoor unit shall be able to connect to up to 50 indoor units depending upon model. 5. The outdoor unit shall have an accumulator with refrigerant level sensors and controls. 6. The outdoor unit shall have a high pressure safety switch, over-current protection, crank- case heater and DC bus protection. 7. The outdoor unit shall have the ability to operate with a maximum height difference of 164 feet and have total refrigerant tubing length of 1804-2625 feet. The greatest length is not to exceed 541 feet between outdoor unit and the indoor units without the need for line size changes or traps. 8. The outdoor unit shall be capable of operating in heating mode down to -4°F ambient temperatures or cooling mode down to 23°F ambient temperatures, without additional low ambient controls. If an alternate manufacturer is selected, any additional material, cost, and labor to meet low ambient operating condition and performance shall be incurred by the contractor. 9. The outdoor unit shall have a high efficiency oil separator plus additional logic controls to ensure adequate oil volume in the compressor is maintained. 10. Unit must defrost all circuits simultaneously in order to resume full heating more quickly. Partial defrost which may extend “no or reduced heating” periods shall not be allowed. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. The casing(s) shall be fabricated of galvanized steel, bonderized and finished. Units cab- inets shall be able to withstand 960 hours per ASTM B117 criteria for seacoast protected models (–BS models only) C. Fan: 1. Each outdoor unit module shall be furnished with one direct drive, variable speed propel- ler type fan. The fan shall be factory set for operation under 0 in. w.g. external static pressure, but capable of normal operation under a maximum of 0.24 in. w.g. external static pressure via dipswitch. 2. All fan motors shall have inherent protection, have permanently lubricated bearings, and be completely variable speed. 3. All fan motors shall be mounted for quiet operation. 4. All fans shall be provided with a raised guard to prevent contact with moving parts. 5. The outdoor unit shall have vertical discharge airflow. D. Refrigerant Rev. 0 May 2022 Split-System Air-Conditioners 23 8126 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. R410A refrigerant shall be required for outdoor unit systems. 2. Polyolester (POE) oil shall be required. Prior to bidding, manufacturers using alternate oil types shall submit material safety data sheets (MSDS) and comparison of hygroscopic properties for alternate oil with list of local suppliers stocking alternate oil for approval at least two weeks prior to bidding. E. Coil: 1. The outdoor coil shall be of nonferrous construction with lanced or corrugated plate fins on copper tubing. 2. The coil fins shall have a factory applied corrosion resistant blue-fin finish. 3. The coil shall be protected with an integral metal guard. 4. Refrigerant flow from the outdoor unit shall be controlled by means of an inverter driven compressor. 5. The outdoor coil shall include 4 circuits with two position valves for each circuit, except for the last stage. F. Compressor: 1. Each outdoor unit module shall be equipped with one inverter driven scroll hermetic com- pressor. Non inverter-driven compressors, which cause inrush current (demand charges) and require larger wire sizing, shall not be allowed. 2. A crankcase heater(s) shall be factory mounted on the compressor(s). 3. The outdoor unit compressor shall have an inverter to modulate capacity. The capacity shall be completely variable with a turndown of 19%-5% of rated capacity, depending up- on unit size. 4. The compressor will be equipped with an internal thermal overload. 5. The compressor shall be mounted to avoid the transmission of vibration. 6. Field-installed oil equalization lines between modules are not allowed. Prior to bidding, manufacturers requiring equalization must submit oil line sizing calculations specific to each system and module placement for this project. G. Controls: 1. The outdoor unit shall have the capability of up to 8 levels of demand control for each re- frigerant system. 2.4 BRANCH CIRCUIT (BC) CONTROLLER A. General: 1. The BC (Branch Circuit) Controllers shall include multiple branches to allow simultaneous heating and cooling by allowing either hot gas refrigerant to flow to indoor unit(s) for heating or subcooled liquid refrigerant to flow to indoor unit(s) for cooling. Refrigerant used for cooling must always be subcooled for optimal indoor unit LEV performance; alternate branch devices with no sub-cooling risk bubbles in liquid supplied to LEV and are not allowed. 2. The BC (Branch Circuit) Controllers shall be specifically used with R410A systems. These units shall be equipped with a circuit board that interfaces to the controls system and shall perform all functions necessary for operation. The unit shall have a galvanized steel finish. The BC Controller shall be completely factory assembled, piped and wired. Each unit shall be run tested at the factory. This unit shall be mounted indoors, with Rev. 0 May 2022 Split-System Air-Conditioners 23 8126 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement access and service clearance provided for each controller. The sum of connected capacity of all indoor air handlers shall range from 50% to 150% of rated capacity. B. BC Unit Cabinet: 1. The casing shall be fabricated of galvanized steel. 2. Each cabinet shall house a liquid-gas separator and multiple refrigeration control valves. 3. The unit shall house two tube-in-tube heat exchangers. C. Refrigerant 1. R410A refrigerant shall be required. D. Refrigerant valves: 1. The unit shall be furnished with multiple branch circuits. 2. Each branch shall have multiple two-position valves to control refrigerant flow. 3. Service shut-off valves shall be field-provided/installed for each branch to allow service to any indoor unit without field interruption to overall system operation. 4. Linear electronic expansion valves shall be used to control the variable refrigerant flow. E. Future Use 1. Each VRF system shall include at least one (1) unused branches or branch devices for future use. Branches shall be fully installed & wired in central location with capped ser- vice shutoff valve & service port. F. Integral Drain Pan: 1. An integral drain pan and drain shall be provided 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Thermostat: Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan. B. Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. C. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends. D. Drain Hose: For condensate. E. Condensate Lift Pump PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. Rev. 0 May 2022 Split-System Air-Conditioners 23 8126 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Install evaporator-fan components and BC controller using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure. C. Install roof-mounted, compressor-condenser components on equipment supports. D. Install seismic restraints. E. Install and connect pre-charged refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of unit. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 0500 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 COORDINATION A. Cooperate with the other trades who may or may not be party to this Contract for the purpose of coordinating the electrical requirements and installation of equipment, materials, and furnishings provided by those other trades, including the Owner. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Provide equipment and materials which conform to, and perform the installation thereof in accordance with the following codes and industry standards: 1. California Electrical Code (CEC). 2. National Electrical Code (NEC). 3. Titles 8, 19 and 24 of the California Code of Regulations (CCR). 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 6. California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). 7. California Fire Code (CFC) 8. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). 9. Electrical Testing Laboratories Inc (ETL) 10. National Electrical Contractors' Association (NECA). 11. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA). 12. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) 13. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 14. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 15. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 16. International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) 17. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) - Electrical Safety Orders 18. Other applicable local codes and ordinances. B. The above referenced codes and standards are considered to be absolute minimum requirements. Nothing in these Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to allow Work not conforming to the applicable codes and standards. 1.3 UTILITY FEES A. Pay utility company charges for normal or after-hours shutdowns, service calls, repairs, and cable locating that are directly related to the installation of the Electrical Work. 1.4 WORKING SPACE A. Maintain adequate workspace around, and access to, electrical and mechanical equipment in strict accordance with the applicable Codes. Verify during the course of construction that sufficient space will be available for the installation and maintenance of equipment, fixtures, etc. Rev. 0 May 2022 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 0500 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.5 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Specific trade names are used in the Drawings and Specifications in order to establish the standard grade and characteristics of said items. This does not imply the right upon the part of the Contractor to use other materials or methods without the approval of the Owner. B. Electrical materials and equipment shall bear the label of, or be listed by, the UL wherever standards have been established and label service is regularly furnished by that agency. Comply with the installation and application requirements of UL as documented in their published directories. C. Maintain uniformity throughout the Project by making use of only one make or brand of material for each material used. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings for equipment and materials as noted in each specification section. Bind the submittals as complete volumes according to classification of equipment such as power, lighting, fire alarm, etc. When possible, make all electrical submittals at the same time. B. Arrange panelboard submittals to show bussing, circuit numbering, and branch circuit protective devices similar to the schedules included in the contract documents. Show elevations of switchboards, motor control centers, and distribution centers indicating the layout of devices, meters, handles, etc. Provide device ratings, circuit numbers, and nameplate descriptions in table form. Include terminal strip mounting arrangements on elevations for terminal cabinets. 1.7 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The data and information contained on the Drawings is as accurate as was reasonably possible at the time they were produced, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Exact locations, distances, elevations, etc., will be dictated by the actual building and the conditions at the Site. B. The layout of electrical equipment, wiring, and accessories is shown in a diagrammatic fashion (not pictorially) in order to achieve clarity and legibility. Although the size and location of electrical equipment is drawn to scale wherever possible, refer to all data in the Contract Documents and field verify this information as the project progresses. Examine architectural, structural, mechanical, and other drawings to determine the exact location of conduits, outlets, fixtures, and equipment and to note any conditions which may affect the electrical Work. C. Because the Electrical Drawings may be distorted for clarity of representation, it may be necessary to field verify the exact location of electrical outlets, lights, switches, etc. in order to conform to the architectural elements. The Owner reserves the right to make minor changes to the locations of equipment, devices, and wiring shown, at no additional cost, providing the changes are ordered before the rough-in of conduit, boxes, or related items is completed, and no extra material are required. D. Conduit quantities, sizes, termination points, and wiring are indicated. However, not all conduit bends or routing details are indicated. Route conduit so as to conform to the structural conditions, avoid obstructing other trades, maintain space restrictions and keep circulation areas and access openings clear. Rev. 0 May 2022 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 0500 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.8 WORKMANSHIP A. Constantly supervise the work personally or through an authorized and competent representative. Keep the same foreman or supervisor on the project from commencement through completion. B. All electrical work shall be supervised by an Electrician with a minimum of 10 years of experience on comparable projects or tasks. 1.9 MANUFACTURER’S DIRECTIONS A. Adhere to the manufacturer’s directions regarding the proper installation and configuration of electrical equipment where those directions cover points not included in these Drawings and Specifications. 1.10 PROTECTION AND STORAGE A. Deliver electrical materials to the Site new, and in unbroken packages. Protect electrical equipment and materials during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. B. During shipping storage and handling protect electrical materials from damage of any type including dust, water, over-spray, and temperature. Avoid damage during construction to the Work and materials of other trades as well as the electrical Work and material. Repair or replace, at the Contractor’s expense, defective or damaged items such that the entire Work is completed in a condition satisfactory to the Owner. 1.11 EXCAVATION, CUTTING, PATCHING, AND REPAIR A. Perform excavation and backfill required for the installation of electrical sub-structures. Restore grounds, walkways, roadways, curbs, walls, and other existing underground facilities to their original condition. B. Cut, core-drill, and demolish existing walls, floors, ceilings and other building surfaces as required for the installation of Electrical Work. Obtain the approval of the Owner prior to performing any operation which may affect any structural elements of the building. C. Patch and repair wood, plaster, tile, or concrete surfaces which have been damaged by the installation of the Electrical Work so that the finished surface matches the surrounding conditions. 1.12 FLASHING, WATERPROOFING AND SEALING A. In general, install in an approved watertight manner, Electrical Work which pierces exterior walls or waterproofing membranes. Flash and counter-flash roof and wall penetrations in a manner described in other applicable sections of this Specification and as approved by the Owner. B. Fit conduits passing through finished walls with steel escutcheon plates of brass, chrome, or painted finish as directed by the Owner. Grout penetrations of floor slabs, concrete or masonry walls with an approved grout or silicone elastomeric caulk. Rev. 0 May 2022 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 0500 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.13 CLEANING, ADJUSTING, AND TOUCH-UP A. Remove on a daily basis electrical debris, scraps, packaging material and other rubbish. Dispose of such items off-site in an approved manner and debris. Maintain the site free from physical hazards at all times in accordance with OSHA regulations. B. After installation, completely clean electrical equipment, fixtures, and materials of excess paint, over-spray, plaster, cement, insulating products, and other foreign matter. Leave the Electrical Work in a clean, finished, dry, level, like new condition. C. Touch-up paint scratches and scuffs on electrical equipment and lighting fixtures with paint recommended by the manufacturer and matching the original item finish. D. Make setting, adjustments, and programming in accordance with the manufactures’ operating and installation instructions. Settings and program variables will be issued by the Owner prior to commissioning of the electrical system. 1.14 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Arrange for the inspection of the Work at various stages of completion by the authority having jurisdiction, utility company representatives, and the Owner. Comply with all directions and remedial measures issued thereby. Any objections to these orders on the part of the Contractor must be presented to the Owner in writing within forty eight (48) hours of the inspection report. B. Coordinate the installation of the Work so that observation of all rough-in, concealed, or underground Work can take place by the Owner. C. Coordinate the provision of all Utility substructures, including but not limited to concrete pads, concrete pull and junction boxes, conduit, pull ropes, trenching, bedding, backfill, warning / locating tape, and associated accessories with Utility requirements. Coordinate all Utility inspections according to Utility requirements. Obtain Utility acceptance of substructures in writing prior to closing Utility trenches. Costs associated with opening trenches that have not been accepted by the Utility shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D. Perform tests of the electrical system during the course of the project and at project completion to ensure safe and proper function in accordance with the Contract Documents, manufacturers’ recommendations, and applicable codes. Testing shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Test for short circuits, open circuits, neutral leakage, and improper grounds on feeders and branch circuits. Perform this test with mains disconnected from feeders, branch circuits closed, fixtures and devices permanently connected, lamps removed from sockets and wall switches closed. 2. Test for proper phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral operating voltage on the main service and on each separately derived system. Perform this test at full load and at no load. With all circuits at full operating conditions, test the phase and neutral load currents using a clamp-on ammeter. 3. Tests as required by other sections of these Specifications. 4. Tests as prescribed by individual equipment manufacturers whether or not described in these Specifications. E. Demonstrate to the Owner that the entire installation is complete, in proper operation condition. Activate all circuits, lights, devices, and controls under full load and normal operating conditions. Identify faulty items and immediately replace or repair defective Rev. 0 May 2022 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 0500 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement equipment, workmanship, and materials to like new condition and retest in the presence of the Owner. F. Demonstrate to the Owner that the entire electrical system is free from short circuits and improper grounds, or upon request of the Owner anytime, make necessary tests under the observation of the Owner which will ensure that electrical equipment, materials and installation methods are as specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used) END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0519 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 26 0519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes building wire and cable, service entrance cable, control cables, wiring connectors and connections. B. All power and lighting circuit wiring and lighting control cables shall be installed in conduit. C. Wiring for auxiliary electrical systems such as fire alarm, security, telecommunications/data, and other similar systems shall be installed in conduit unless specifically noted otherwise in the drawings. 1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. ASTM B 3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire B. ASTM B 496 Compact Round Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors C. ASTM B 8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft D. ANSI C 2 National Electrical Safety Code – latest edition E. IEEE 242 Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. F. IEEE 399 Recommend Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System Analysis. G. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) - Standard of Installation. H. NEMA WC-26 Wire and Cable Packaging I. NETA ATS National Electrical Testing Association Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. J. NFPA 70 NEC. K. UL 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. L. UL 486A-486B Wire Connectors. M. UL 510 Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tapes. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The applications for required cable, wire, and connectors include, but are not limited to: 1. Power distribution circuitry. 2. Lighting circuitry. Rev. 0 May 2022 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0519 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3. Appliance and equipment circuitry. 4. Wiring for motors of mechanical equipment 5. Wiring from the motor(s) of mechanical equipment to the disconnect switches or junction boxes, including wiring for pushbuttons, pilot lights, interlocks and similar devices as directed, shown, or specified. 6. Wiring from the motors of mechanical equipment to motor starters, including other auxiliary wiring as may be required, directed, or shown. 7. Line voltage wiring as required by other Disciplines, and interlocking to motor starters. 8. Control wiring for motors, mechanical equipment, relays and switches, and similar mechanical-electrical devices. 9. Line voltage wiring to thermostats, alarm system components, security system components and other miscellaneous equipment. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. All lighting and branch circuit wiring shall be minimum No. 12 AWG copper conductor unless otherwise indicated. B. All building and large equipment feeder circuits shall be copper conductor, sized as noted in the drawings. C. Wire and cable routing indicated is diagrammatic unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as required to complement project conditions. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all raceways and raceway/cable supports in accordance with all other sections of these Specifications. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish products listed and classified by UL, ETL, or other recognized, acceptable testing and listing agencies as suitable for the purpose specified and shown. 1.6 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s catalog cuts and technical data for building wire and cables. B. Field Test Report: 1. Measure overall insulation resistance to ground for all conductors #2 AWG and larger. Provide test report with measured values. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit final certified test reports of all insulation resistance tests. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept cable and accessories on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. B. Store and protect cable and accessories from the environment in accordance with manufacturer’s published instructions. Provide adequate heating and ventilation to prevent condensation. Rev. 0 May 2022 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0519 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Damaged items shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing and lengths required. B. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. Include wire and cable lengths within 10 feet of length shown. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Building Wire and Cable 1. Southwire Co. 2. Cerrowire 3. General Cable Corp. 4. Okonite Co. 5. Approved Equal. 2.2 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE A. Lighting and branch circuit wire and cable shall be UL83 compliant, insulated, single conductor, copper, solid or stranded, rated for 600-volts AC. The insulation shall be rated for 90 degrees Celsius, THW, THHN/THWN-2, RHW or XHHW, per ANSI/NFPA 70. B. Feeder wire and cable #2 AWG and larger shall be UL83 compliant, insulated, single conductor, copper, compact stranded, rated for 600-volts AC. The insulation shall be rated for 90 degrees Celsius, THHN/THWN-2 or XHHW, per ANSI/NFPA 70. C. For Interior Dry Location: Use only building wire, THHN/THWN insulation rated 90 degree Celsius, in raceway. D. For Exterior Wet or Dry Locations: Use XHHW-2 or THHN/THWN-2 insulation rated for 90 degree Celsius, in raceway. E. For Underground Dry or Wet Locations: Use XHHW-2 or THHN/THWN-2 insulation rated 90 degree Celsius, in raceway. F. For connections to electrical equipment, coordinate wire type with equipment manufacturer. 2.3 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Split Bolt Connectors: 1. Burndy LLC. 2. Cooper Crouse Hinds. 3. O.Z./Gedney Co. 4. Thomas & Betts Co. 5. 3-M Co. 6. Or Approved Equal. Rev. 0 May 2022 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0519 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Solderless Pressure Connectors: 1. Burndy LLC. 2. Ideal Industries Co. 3. Thomas & Betts Co. 4. 3-M Co. 5. Or Approved Equal. C. Spring Wire Connectors: 1. Ideal Industries Co. 2. 3-M Co. 3. Or Approved Equal. D. Compression Connectors: 1. Burndy LLC. 2. Thomas & Betts Co. 3. 3-M Co. 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.4 WIRE COLOR CODE A. Color-code all conductors: 1. Wire sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller shall have integral color-coded insulation. 2. Wire sizes No. 8 AWG and larger may have black insulation but shall be identified by color-coded electrical tape at all junction, splice, pull, or termination points. Integral color coded insulation is also acceptable. 3. Color tape shall be applied to at least 3 inches of the conductor at the termination ends and in junction or pull boxes or where readily accessible. 4. Conductors for all systems shall not change color at splice points. 5. Where there are two or more neutrals in one conduit, each shall be individually identified with the proper circuit. 6. For No. 4 AWG and larger ground conductors, identify with green tape at both ends and all visible points, included in all junction boxes. B. Each phase wire shall be uniquely color-coded as indicated below: 1. 120/240-Volts a. Phase A – Black b. Phase B – Red c. Neutral - White d. Ground - Green 2. 120/208-Volts a. Phase A – Black b. Phase B – Red c. Phase C – Blue d. Neutral – White e. Ground – Green Rev. 0 May 2022 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0519 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3. 277/480-Volts a. Phase A - Brown b. Phase B - Orange c. Phase C – Yellow d. Neutral - White or Natural Gray e. Ground – Green 4. Isolated Grounds: Green with Yellow Stripes PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C. Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported as required by the specifications. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Test raceway with a mandrel and thoroughly swab out to remove foreign material before pulling cables. B. For conduits sizes less than 3 inches, draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles of earth, sand and gravel. C. For conduits sizes 3 inches and larger, draw a flexible testing mandrel approximately 12 inches long with a diameter less than the inside diameter of the conduit through the conduit. Then draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles of earth, sand and gravel. 3.3 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove exposed and/or abandoned wire and cable. Patch surfaces where removed cable pass through building finishes. B. Disconnect abandoned circuits and remove wire and cable. Remove abandoned boxes if wire and cable servicing them is abandoned and/or removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned boxes that are not removed. C. Ensure access to existing wiring connections which remain active and which require access. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. D. Extend existing circuits using materials and methods and compatible with existing electrical installations, or as otherwise specified. E. Tag and repair existing wire and cable that remain or are being reused. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Rev. 0 May 2022 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0519 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Install wire and cable in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NECA “Standard of Installation.” 2. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions. 3. Identify and color code wire and cable. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. 4. Protect exposed cable from damage. 5. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. 6. Unless specifically prohibited by manufacturer installation instructions, use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire No. 4 AWG and larger. Lubricant shall not be deleterious to the cable sheath, jacket or outer covering. 7. Do not exceed cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tension limits when installing wire or cable. 8. Support cables above accessible ceiling using standard support methods to support cables from structure. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels. 9. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards B. Cable and Wire Size: 1. Conductor sizes are based on copper. 2. Use conductor no smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. 3. Use conductor no smaller than No. 14 AWG for control circuits. 4. Use stranded conductor for all feeders, branch and control circuits. C. Cable Identification 1. Identify all wires and cables as specified in other sections of these Specifications. D. Special Techniques - Wiring Connections: 1. Use connectors listed for the wire material, size and insulation type. 2. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. Where an anti-oxidation lubricant is used, apply liberally, coating all exposed conductor surfaces. 3. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. 4. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. 5. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, No. 8 AWG and smaller. 6. Tape un-insulated conductors and connector with two layers of half-lapped rubber insulating compound tape and two layers of half-lapped, 7-mil electrical tape, Scotch 33+, or approved equal. 7. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, No. 10 AWG and smaller. 8. Stranded conductors for control circuits shall have ring terminals crimped on for all device terminations. Bare stranded conductors shall not be placed directly under the screws. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and test shall be performed under provisions of NETA ATS section 7.3 (2) - Low Voltage Cables, 600-Volt Maximum as follows. 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Compare cable data with drawings and specifications. Rev. 0 May 2022 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0519 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement b. Inspect exposed sections of cable for physical damage and correct connection in accordance with single-line diagram. c. Inspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods: (1) Use of low-resistance ohm-meter in accordance with NETA section 7.3.2.2 (Electrical Tests). (2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data from NETA ATS Table 10.12. d. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. e. Verify cable color coding with applicable specifications and National Electrical Code. 2. Electrical Tests a. Perform insulation-resistance test on each #4 AWG or lager conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Applied potential shall be 500 volts dc for 300 volt rated cable and 1000 volts dc for 600 volt rated cable. Test duration shall be one minute. b. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections with low- resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with Section 7.3.2.1 (Visual and Mechanical Inspection). c. Perform continuity test to insure correct cable connection. d. Correct malfunctions and/or deficiencies immediately as detected at no additional cost to the Owner, including additional verification testing. e. Subsequent to final wire and cable terminations, energize all circuitry and demonstrate functional adequacy in accordance with system requirements. 3. Test Values a. Compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar connections. b. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with NETA ATS unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer. c. Micro-ohm or milli-volt drop values shall not exceed the high levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer’s published data. If manufacturer’s data is not available, investigate any values which deviate from similar connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. d. Investigation shall include (but not be limited to): breaking splices in the cable and re-testing individual lengths, identifying lengths that are not achieving required test values, repairing or replacing those lengths, and remaking splices. Once the complete assembly tests within the required deviation, the investigation will be considered complete. Document all test procedures and results for review by the Engineer. e. Minimum insulation-resistance values should not be less than 50 meg-ohms. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0526 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes: 1. Furnishing of grounding electrodes and conductors; equipment grounding conductors; bonding methods and materials; conduit and equipment supports; anchors and fasteners; sealing and fireproofing of sleeves and openings between conduits and wall. 2. Inspection and testing of the Grounding and Bonding System; and Ground-Fault Protection Systems. 1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. The standards referenced herein, except as modified in the Contract Documents, shall have full force and effect as though included in these Specifications. 1. ASTM B 187 - Specifications for Copper Bus, Rod, and Shapes. 2. ASTM A 653 - Standard Specifications for Sheet Steel, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by Hot Dip Process 3. IEEE 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. 4. IEEE 1100 - Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment. 5. NECA - Standard of Installation. 6. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 7. NFPA 70 - NEC. 8. UL 467 - Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding electrode system consist of the following elements: 1. Metal underground water pipe 2. Metal frame of the building 3. Concrete encased electrode 4. Rod electrodes 5. Service equipment 6. Enclosures 7. Separately derived systems. B. Anchor and fasten electrical products to building elements and finishes as follows: 1. Concrete Structural Elements: Provide preset inserts. 2. Concrete Surfaces: Provide epoxy or expansion anchors. 3. Interior Structural Steel: Provide appropriate size beam clamps. 4. Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors and preset inserts. 5. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws. Rev. 0 May 2022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0526 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish products listed and classified by UL, ETL, or other recognized, acceptable testing and listing agencies as suitable for purpose specified and shown. B. Grounding shall be in accordance with the NEC. Where size, type, rating and quantities indicated or specified are in excess of NEC requirements, the more stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern. C. Select materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners, and supports to carry at least twice the loads of equipment and raceway, including weight of wire and cable in raceway. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Grounding electrodes and connections for fastening components; fire stopping material; and fireproofing sealants. B. Test Report: 1. Grounding & Bonding: certified test. 2. Ground-Fault Protection System: certified test report. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. 1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. B. Field testing shall be performed by a third party testing firm with certification from a recognized testing agency, with a minimum of five (5) years of testing experience. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING SYSTEM A. Except as indicated elsewhere, provide materials for electrical grounding system, including, but not limited to, cables, wires, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs) and exothermic welds, grounding rods and electrodes, bonding jumper and braided straps, and other items and accessories required for a complete installation. Where more than one type of material or equipment meets indicated requirements, selection shall be at Contractor's option. Where materials or components are not otherwise indicated, provide products as recommended by the accessories manufacturers and in compliance with the NEC and established industry standards. B. All grounding materials required shall be furnished new and undamaged in accordance with the requirements of these specifications: 2.2 WIRE A. Service Equipment Grounding Electrode Conductor: Bare, soft-drawn copper, Class AA stranding, ASTM B 8. Size per NEC Table 250-66, unless otherwise noted. Rev. 0 May 2022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0526 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Electrical Equipment Grounding Conductor: 1. For copper wire circuit makeups - Insulated, soft-drawn copper, Class B stranding or solid, with green colored or tape marked insulation per Section 26 05 19, LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. Size per NEC Article 250-122, unless otherwise noted. 2. For aluminum wire circuit makeups - Insulated, AA-8000 series compact stranded aluminum, with green colored insulation per Section 26 05 19, LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. Size per NEC Article 250-122, unless otherwise noted. Provide all connectors/splices, and accessories listed for use with aluminum conductors. 2.3 BUS AND BARS A. Silver plated, soft copper with cross section not less than 1 square inch per 1,000 ampere rating, but in no case less than 1/4-inch thick by 1-inch wide, ASTM B 187. Rating shall be per the NEC, unless otherwise noted. 2.4 EXOTHERMIC WELD CONNECTIONS A. Exothermic materials, accessories and tools for preparing and making permanent field connections between grounding system components. Molds, cartridges, materials, and accessories as recommended by the manufacturer of the molds for the items to be welded. B. Manufacturer: 1. Cadweld (Erico Products) "Exolon" Low Emission. Molds and powder shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. 2. Or Approved Equal. 2.5 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Mechanical connectors shall be permitted only when exothermic weld connections are not suitable or recommended by the manufacturer. B. Bolt-on bronze connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications in configurations required for the particular installation. C. Manufacturer 1. Burndy Corp. 2. Anderson 3. Thomas & Betts 4. 3-M Co. 5. Or Approved Equal 2.6 FLUSH GROUND PLATES A. Cadweld B-162 series, B-164 series, or Approved Equal. 2.7 FLEXIBLE JUMPER STRAP A. Flexible flat conductor, 480 strands of 30-gauge, bare copper wire; ¾-inch width, 9-1/2-inch- long; 48.25 kcMil, minimum. Protect braid with copper bolt-hole ends with holes sized for 3/8- inch diameter bolts. Rev. 0 May 2022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0526 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2.8 BONDING PLATES, CONNECTIONS, TERMINALS AND CLAMPS A. Provide electrical bonding plates, connectors, terminals and clamps, and accessories as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific applications. Components shall be high- strength, high-conductivity copper alloy. 2.9 UFER GROUND A. In accordance with the NEC. 2.10 ROD ELECTRODES A. Copper-clad steel, 5/8-inch (16 mm) minimum diameter, 10 feet (3,000 mm) long, coupling type unless otherwise noted. 2.11 GROUNDING WELL COMPONENTS A. Well Pipe: 8 inches NPS (DN200) by maximum 12 inches (300-mm) long, precast concrete or fiberglass pipe with belled end. B. Well Cover: Cast iron, high impact traffic rated cover with legend "GROUND" embossed on outer face. 2.12 ANCHORS AND FASTENERS A. Indoor Locations: Epoxy type anchors and heavy-duty, galvanized steel screws and bolts. B. Outdoor Locations: Epoxy type or Red Head anchor bolts and stainless steel screws and bolts. 2.13 SUPPORT CHANNEL A. All conduit and electrical equipment support channels for interior, exterior, wet and corrosive areas shall be galvanized steel. B. Support channels for free standing electrical equipment such as switchgear, switchboard antennas, and motor control centers, shall be: 1. Indoors: galvanized steel channel and hardware, minimum 12 gauge, ASTM A653 Grade 33 sheet steel, zinc coated by hot dip process. 2. Outdoors: 316 Stainless steel PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Modify existing grounding system to maintain continuity to accommodate renovations. B. Extend existing grounding system using materials and methods as specified. Rev. 0 May 2022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0526 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Install temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing grounding systems in service during construction. D. Perform work on energized equipment or circuits with experienced and trained personnel following all safety rules and procedures. E. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. F. Repair adjacent construction and finishes that are damaged during demolition and extension work. G. Remove exposed and/or abandoned grounding and bonding components, fasteners, supports and electrical identification labels. Cut embedded support elements below surface of walls and floors. Patch surfaces damaged by removal of existing components to match surrounding finishes. 3.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING INSTALLATION: A. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. B. Install grounding well with cover at rod locations as indicated. Install well top flush with finished grade. C. Installation: 1. Remove paint, rust, mill-oils, and surface contaminants at connection points. 2. Install grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in slab or foundation. 3. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground. 4. Bond together reinforcing steel and metal accessories. 5. Connect to site grounding system. 6. Install continuous grounding using underground cold water system and building steel as grounding electrode. Where water piping is not available, provide an artificial station ground by means of driven rods or buried electrodes. 7. Permanently ground entire light and power system in accordance with NEC, including service equipment, distribution panels, lighting panel boards, switch and starter enclosures, motor frames, grounding type receptacles, and other exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment. 8. Install branch circuits feeding isolated ground receptacles with separate insulated grounding conductor, connected only at isolated ground receptacle, ground terminals, and at ground bus of serving panel in accordance with IEEE 1100. 9. Accomplish grounding of electrical system by installing insulated grounding conductor with each feeder and branch circuit conductor in conduit. Install separate insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. Size grounding conductor in accordance with the NEC. 10. Install grounding conductor from ground bus of serving panel to ground bus of served panel, grounding screw of receptacles, lighting fixture housing, light switch outlet boxes, and metal enclosures of service equipment. 11. Bond all metallic conduits to grounding bus at service panel by means of grounding bushings using minimum No. 12 AWG conductor. 12. Ground electrical system using continuous metal raceway system enclosing circuit conductors in accordance with NEC. Bond together each metallic raceway, pipe, duct and other metal object entering enclosures and exiting slabs. 13. Permanently bond all equipment, grounding conductors, lightning protection system and grounding system prior to energizing equipment. Rev. 0 May 2022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0526 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.4 GROUND CONDUCTORS A. Grounding conductors shall be located and connected as indicated or as required by Code. B. Ground conductors under buildings or structures shall be buried with at least 6 inches of earth cover. Buried grounding conductors extending beyond the foundations of buildings or structures shall have at least 18 inches of earth cover. C. Exposed conductors shall be installed inconspicuously in vertical or horizontal positions on supporting structures. When located on irregular supporting surfaces or equipment, the conductors shall run parallel to or normal to dominant surfaces. D. Conductors routed over concrete, steel, or equipment surfaces shall be kept in close contact with those surfaces by using fasteners located at intervals not to exceed 3 feet. E. Conductors passing through floor slabs shall be installed in conduit sleeves that extend above the floor slab, a minimum of 1-1/2 inches to provide protection. Sleeves shall be sealed to maintain fireproof integrity. F. Provide isolated grounding conductor for circuits supplying equipment and systems as indicated. G. Provide a separate equipment-grounding conductor for low voltage distribution systems, single or three phase feeder circuit and each branch circuit with single or three phase protective devices. Install a grounding conductor in conduit with phase and neutral conductors. Single- phase branch circuits for 120 and 277 volt lighting, receptacles, and motors shall have a phase, neutral, and ground conductors installed in the common conduit. Provide suitable bonding jumpers and approved grounding type bushings for flexible conduits used for equipment connection utilized in conjunction with the above branch circuits. Single-phase circuits for equipment and all branch circuits installed in non-metallic or flexible conduits shall be provided with a separate grounding conductor. H. Ground the neutral of separately derived systems with a bare copper conductor, installed in conduit, from the neutral directly to the building interior cold water pipe or nearest solidly grounded structural reinforcing steel, in accordance with the provisions of NEC Article 250-24. Use bolted accessible connections to the ground system so that the neutral ground can be disconnected for test. Ground the system ground conduit as detailed on drawing. Size the grounding electrode conductors in accordance with the NEC, Table 250-66, or as indicated. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. All connections shall be made by the exothermic welding process, except where otherwise indicated. The manufacturer's instructions on the use of exothermic welding materials shall be followed in all details. Powder and molds shall be kept dry and warm until use. Worn or damaged molds shall not be used. B. All surfaces to be joined by the welds shall be thoroughly cleaned. Paint, scale, and other deleterious substances shall be removed from surfaces of ungalvanized structural steel members by grinding. Galvanized steel surfaces shall be cleaned with emery paper. C. All exothermic welded connections shall successfully resist moderate hammer blows. Any connection which fails such test or which, upon inspection, indicates a porous or deformed weld, shall be remade. D. All exothermic welds shall encompass 100 percent of the ends of the materials being welded. Welds, which do not meet this requirement, shall be remade. Rev. 0 May 2022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0526 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement E. Worn, damaged, incorrectly sized, or improperly shaped molds which, in the opinion of the Owner and/or Engineer, do not make satisfactory welds, shall be removed from the jobsite after being physically rendered inoperable. F. All contact surfaces of bolted and screwed connections shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with oxide inhibitor before being securely tightened. 3.6 CONDUIT GROUNDING A. All grounding bushings within all enclosures, including equipment enclosures, shall be wired together and connected internally to the enclosure grounding lug or grounding bus with a bare copper conductor. Grounding bushings shall be grounded with conductors sized in accordance with NEC, but not smaller than No. 8 AWG. 3.7 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Comply with NEC 250, except where larger sizes or more conductors are indicated. 1. All electrical equipment shall be connected to the grounding system with an insulated, green, stranded or solid copper equipment-grounding conductor. 2. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. The term "electrical equipment", as used in this article, shall include, but not be limited to, all enclosures containing electrical connections or bare conductors, except that individual devices, such as solenoids, pressure switches, and limit switches, shall be exempt from this requirement, unless the device requires grounding for proper operation. 3. Large equipment, such as metal-clad or metal-enclosed switchgear, will be furnished with a grounding bus that shall be connected to the grounding system. 4. Most other equipment will be furnished with grounding pads and/or grounding lugs which shall be connected to the grounding system. All ground connection surfaces shall be cleaned immediately prior to connection. 5. Contractor shall furnish all grounding material required, if not furnished with the equipment. B. Install equipment grounding system such that all metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, machine frames, portable equipment and other conductive items in close proximity with electrical circuits will operate continuously at ground potential and provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault currents. C. Where grounding system extension stingers are indicated to be provided for connection to electrical equipment, the Contractor shall connect the bare grounding conductor to the equipment ground bus, pad, or lug. Except where otherwise indicated, all equipment ground conductors that are not an integral part of a cable assembly, shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of NEC. All ground conductors installed in conduit shall be insulated. D. Suitable grounding facilities, acceptable to the Owner, shall be furnished on electrical equipment not so equipped. The grounding facilities shall consist of compression type terminal connectors bolted to the equipment frame or enclosure and providing a minimum of joint resistance. E. The conduit system is not considered to be a grounding conductor, except for lighting fixtures. No grounding conductor shall be smaller in size than No. 12 AWG, unless it is a part of an acceptable cable assembly. Rev. 0 May 2022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0526 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.8 GROUND SYSTEM RESISTANCE A. Ground resistance of the system shall be no greater than five (5) ohms. 3.9 ANCHORS, FASTENERS AND SUPPORT A. Installation: 1. Locate and install anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA “Standard of Installation”. 2. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 3. Do not use spring steel clips and clamps. 4. Do not use powder-actuated anchors. 5. Do not drill or cut structural members. B. Supports: 1. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel members. Rigidly weld members or install hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Install spring lock washers under nuts. 2. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panel board with minimum of four (4) anchors. 3. Use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panel boards one (1) inch off wall. 4. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panel boards recessed in hollow partitions. 3.10 ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Grounding and Bonding: Perform inspections and tests as outlined below (NETA ATS, Section 7.13 – Grounding Systems). 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection a. Verify ground system is in compliance with drawings and specifications. b. Electrical Tests c. Perform fall-of-potential test or alternative in accordance with IEEE Standard 81 “IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potential of a Ground System.” on the main grounding electrode or system. Instrumentation utilized shall be as defined in Section 12 of the above guide and shall be specifically designed for ground impedance testing. Provide sufficient spacing so that the plotted curves flatten in the 62% area of the distance between the item under test and the current electrode. d. Perform point-to-point tests to determine the resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, system neutral, and/or derived neutral points. e. When sufficient spacing of electrodes per Electrical Tests is impractical, perform ground impedance measurements utilizing either the intersecting curves method or the slope method. (Ref. Nos. 40 and 41 in IEEE Std. 81). f. Utilize two-point method of IEEE Std. 81. Measure between equipment ground being tested and known low-impedance grounding electrode or system. g. Test shall be performed after a minimum of ten (10) calendar days of dry weather so that the ground is not wet. 2. Test Values Rev. 0 May 2022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 0526 - 9 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement a. The resistance between the main grounding electrode and ground shall be greater than five (5) ohms for commercial or industrial systems and one (1) ohm or less for generating or transmission station grounds unless otherwise specified by the Owner. (Reference: ANSI/IEEE Standard 142.) b. Where the resistance to ground test indicates a result in excess of (5) ohms to ground, additional ground rods and associated grounding electrode conductor shall be installed at the contractor’s expense to lower the resistance value below the required level. Ground rods shall be installed between 6 and 10 feet apart with a full size grounding electrode conductor (bare copper) between them. c. Investigate point-to-point resistance values which exceed 0.5 ohm. Investigation shall include (but not be limited to): breaking cable splices and/or mechanical connectors and re-testing individual cable lengths, identifying lengths that are not achieving required test values, repairing or replacing those lengths, and remaking splices. Once the complete assembly tests within the required deviation, the investigation will be considered complete. Document all test procedures and results for review by the Engineer. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes conduit and tubing, surface and buried raceways, wireways, outlet boxes, pull boxes, junction boxes, hand holes and concrete manholes. B. Due to the naturally corrosive environment of the coastal region, exterior conduit shall be PVC-coated rigid steel conduit. Alternate rigid conduits, such as UV stabilized fiberglass, may be proposed in outdoor areas not subject to physical damage provided they are listed for use in that environment. 1.2 REFERENCES - CODES AND STANDARDS A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated B. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated C. ANSI C80.6 - American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit D. ASTM A 48 - Standard Specification for Grey Iron Castings E. NECA - Standard of Installation F. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies G. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. H. NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports I. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. J. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit K. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing L. NEMA TC 6 - Non-Metallic Conduit M. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum) N. NFPA 70 - NEC O. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit P. UL 6 - Rigid Metal Conduit Q. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement R. UL 651 - Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit S. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing T. UL 1242 - Intermediate Metal Conduit 1.3 CONDUIT APPLICATION A. Acceptable raceway systems and their limitations of use are summarized in the following table: LOCATION PRSC RSC RNC EMT FMC LFMC Exterior locations: Wet or subject to physical damage. Yes No No No No No (note 3) Exterior locations: Damp and not subject to physical damage. Yes No No No No Yes Interior locations: Wet or subject to physical damage. Yes Yes No No No No (note 3) Interior locations: Exposed and not subject to physical damage. Yes Yes No Yes Yes (note 5) Yes Interior locations: Totally concealed. Yes Yes No (note 4) Yes Yes (note 5) Yes Underground: No Yes Yes No No No B. Notes for Conduit Application Table: 1. PRSC = PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit, RSC = rigid steel conduit, RNC = rigid nonmetallic conduit, EMT = electrical metallic tubing, FMC = flexible metal conduit, LFMC = liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 2. For the purposes of these specifications, locations subject to physical damage include, but are not limited to, those areas less than 6 feet above the finished floor or grade. 3. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit may also be use in wet or damp, exterior or interior locations not subject to physical damage, where used for flexible equipment connections in lengths not exceeding 3 feet. 4. Rigid nonmetallic conduit may also be used above grade, where totally concealed in walls, for transitions from underground up to a height of 24 inches above the concrete sill. 5. The use of flexible metal conduit is limited to lengths not exceeding 6 feet for flexible connections to equipment and lighting fixtures, or where necessitated by structural obstacles and explicitly approved by the Owner. 1.4 BOX APPLICATION A. Provide raceway, boxes and manholes located as indicated and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements and for a complete wiring system. Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1.5 CONDUIT SIZE A. Minimum acceptable conduit sizes are summarized in the following table: MINIMUM SIZE Underground, site wiring 1” Underground • Building wiring Aboveground • Equipment or panel feeders • Telecommunications 3/4” Aboveground • Lighting or branch circuit wiring • Fire alarm • Security 1/2” Other 3/4” 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Detailed conduit routing plan as follows: 1. Exposed and/or concealed in building walls for conduits larger than 2-inch outside diameter. 2. All underground conduits (3/4-inch and larger) in duct bank; concealed in floor slabs, equipment pads and concrete slabs. B. Product Data: 1. Rigid Steel Conduit. 2. PVC Coated galvanized rigid steel conduit. 3. Intermediate steel conduit. 4. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). 5. Flexible metal conduit. 6. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit. 7. Nonmetallic conduit. 8. Raceway fittings. 9. Conduit bodies. 10. Surface raceway. 11. Pull boxes, junction boxes and manholes. C. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: 1. Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. 2. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Record actual routing of conduits. 2. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull boxes, junction boxes and manholes. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. B. Protect PVC and PVC-coated metallic conduit from sunlight. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRSC or RGS), couplings and elbows shall be hot-dip galvanized, rigid mild steel in accordance with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. The conduit interior and exterior surfaces shall have a continuous zinc coating with a transparent overcoat of enamel, lacquer, or zinc chromate. Conduit shall be formed with continuous welded seams with a uniform wall thickness, in minimum 10-foot lengths, with threaded ends. B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC). Raceway shall be hot-dip galvanized mild steel in accordance with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242 and shall bear the UL label. Conduit shall have same characteristics of rigid steel except for thinner wall. C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) coated galvanized rigid steel conduit and intermediate metal conduit shall be in accordance with NEMA RN 1. Coating shall be applied under controlled factory conditions. Prior to coating, conduit shall meet requirements of ANSI C80.1 and UL 6 or ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242 as appropriate. PVC coated conduits shall have ultra-violet (UV) inhibitor in the coating material. D. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). Electrical metallic tubing, including elbows and bends, shall be zinc coated, mild steel in accordance with the requirements of ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. The interior and exterior surfaces of the tubing shall have a continuous zinc coating. Conduit shall be formed with a continuous welded seam, with a uniform wall thickness, in minimum 10- foot lengths. E. Flexible Metal Conduit shall be galvanized steel meeting the requirements of UL 1. Flexible aluminum conduit is not permitted. F. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit shall be plastic-jacketed, galvanized steel, "Sealtite" Type EF for general service areas or Type HC for high-temperature when used under raised floor or in air plenums. Conduit shall be UL listed. G. Non-Metallic Conduit shall be as follows: 1. Schedule 40: Conduit shall be 90 degree Celsius, polyvinyl chloride in conformance with NEMA TC-2 and UL 651 requirements. 2. Spacers used in duct bank installations shall be high impact plastic, interlocking bases, and intermediate type spacers. Place spacers between 6 and 10 feet apart. H. Rigid aluminum, flexible aluminum, or flexible non-metallic conduits shall not be used on this project. Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2.2 RACEWAY FITTINGS A. Couplings and Thread Protectors. Each length of threaded conduit shall be provided complete from the manufacturer with a coupling on one end and a thread protector on the other. The thread protector shall have sufficient mechanical strength to protect the threads during normal handling and storage. B. Metal Conduit Fittings shall conform to the requirements of UL 514B where this standard applies. Galvanized iron or galvanized steel fittings shall be used with steel conduit. Threaded fittings shall engage a minimum of five threads made up wrench-tight and be compatible with conduit. EMT fittings shall be compression type, UL approved for rain tight applications and setscrew type with insulated throat for indoor applications. C. Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit Fittings shall be galvanized steel, T&B 53XX series insulated throat, and shall bear the UL label. Die-cast malleable fittings are not acceptable. D. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings shall be galvanized steel similar to T&B “Tite-Bite.” E. Non-Metallic Conduit Fittings shall be of same material and strength characteristics as the conduit and shall be solvent welded as recommended by manufacturer. End bells shall be plastic, high impact, tapered to fit. Where conduit transition from non-metallic to metallic is required, provide non-metallic female “terminal” adapter. Non-metallic “male” adapters are not acceptable. F. Special Fittings. Conduit sealing, explosion proof, dust proof, and other types of special fittings shall be provided as required and shall be consistent with the area and equipment with which they are associated. Fittings installed outdoors or in damp locations shall be sealed and gasketed. Outdoor fittings shall be of heavy cast construction. Hazardous area fittings and conduit sealing shall conform to NEC requirements for the area classification. G. Bushings shall be provided for the termination of all conduits not terminated in hubs, couplings or insulated throat connectors. Grounding type insulated bushings with insulating inserts in metal housings shall be provided for conduit 1-1/4 inches and larger. Standard bushings shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron in all sizes. H. Locknuts. One interior and one exterior locknut shall be provided for all conduit terminations not provided with threaded hubs and couplings. Locknuts shall be designed to securely bond with the conduit to the box when tightened. Locknuts shall be so constructed that they will not be loosened by vibration. I. Unions. Watertight conduit unions shall be Appleton or Crouse-Hinds Type UNF or UNY, or Approved Equal. J. Raintight Conduit terminating hubs, where indicated on the drawings or required by these specifications, shall be Meyer’s rigid conduit hubs, or Approved Equal. 2.3 CONDUIT BODIES A. Malleable iron conduit bodies shall be cast malleable iron with tensile strength meeting ASTM A 48, Class 30A requirements. Malleable conduit bodies shall be finished with an epoxy powder coating. Cover shall be malleable iron with captive screws. B. All conduit bodies’ entrances shall be machined NPT threads with a smooth, rounded, internal conduit stop bushing. Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. All conduit bodies shall be equipped with a sealed and gasketed cover. Cover shall be secured using stainless steel machine screws. 2.4 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Conduit supports shall be furnished and installed in accordance with other section of these specifications. Conduits shall be supported so that fittings are accessible. Support systems shall be limited to electrical conduits only. B. Hanger rods shall be 3/8-inch diameter galvanized threaded steel rods, minimum. Conduit racks over 18-inch wide, over one level, or supporting 2-inch RSC or larger, shall be 1/2-inch diameter rod minimum. C. Conduit Clamps. Conduits in single runs or groups of two shall be supported by steel clamps and clamp backs. They shall be galvanized malleable iron or Approved Equal cast ferrous metal for steel conduit or tubing. D. Support Channels. Supports for banks of three of more conduits shall be constructed of formed steel support channels (Unistrut, Kindorf, Superstrut, B-Line or Approved Equal) with associated conduit or tubing clips. Support channels shall be steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication with galvanized steel clips for steel conduit or tubing. 2.5 OUTLET BOXES AND SWITCH BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1, galvanized flat rolled sheet steel outlet wiring boxes of types, shapes and sizes, including box depths, to suit each respective location and installation; construct with stamped knockouts in back and sides, and with threaded screw holes with corrosion-resistant screws for securing box covers and wiring devices. B. Outlet boxes used in wet outdoor locations, surface mounted shall be cast metal (FS or FD type) with mounting lugs and gasketed covers. C. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported, per NEC requirements. D. Outlet Box Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, which are compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations. 2.6 PULL BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, HANDHOLES AND MANHOLES A. Sheet Metal Boxes shall be NEMA OS 1, NEMA rating as indicated. Minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel construction with stainless steel hinged cover and neoprene gasket. Cover shall be secured to the body with a continuous, full length, piano type hinge and stainless steel pin on one side and captive screw on the other side. Door shall be equipped with padlock hasp with sealing hole provisions. 1. Provide #10-32 tapped hole provisions for optional ground lug kit. 2. Provide 0.375-16 collar studs for mounting optional panel. 3. Provide external mounting feet for secure wall mounting. 4. Finish: Wash and phosphate undercoat with ANSI 61 gray polyester power finish. B. Surface-Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, NEMA Type 3R or 4 as indicated, flat-flanged, surface- mounted junction box: Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 7 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 1. Material: Cast Iron. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. C. Concrete pull boxes, vaults and hand holes for power, lighting, controls and telecommunications shall be pre-cast concrete boxes, sized as indicated. Pull boxes shall be equipped with a concrete cover for non traffic rated locations, or cast-in frame, galvanized steel, adjustable, high impact traffic cover (H-20 load rated), sump, lifting lugs, and conduit knock-outs as indicated. Knockout location and sizes shall be coordinated with the duct bank for each location. Cover shall be engraved with the words - – “POWER,” “LIGHTING,” “CONTROLS,” COMM/DATA,” “TELEPHONE” or similar as applicable. D. Concrete manholes and/or pull boxes for buried power (MH-P-xx) and control (MH-C-xx) conduits shall be either cast-in-place or pre-cast concrete vault. 1. Size shall be indicated. 2. Pull boxes, Vaults and Manholes shall be equipped with: a. Galvanized steel covers for non-traffic rated locations and cast-in frame, galvanized steel, adjustable, high impact traffic cover (H-20 load rated) for traffic rated locations. b. Sump, lifting lugs, conduit knock-outs, pick holes, bolt down holes in cover plate, and pull irons. Knockout location and sizes shall be coordinated with the duct bank for each location. Hot-dip galvanized cable racks shall be provided as required to support the cables in the pull box. Cover shall be engraved with the words “POWER,” “LIGHTING,” or “CONTROLS” as applicable. 2.7 CLOSURE FOAM A. All conduit, raceways, cables and sleeves penetrations through fire rated and hazardous location walls, shafts, floor, ceilings, etc., shall be sealed by closure foam as in Dow Corning #3-6548 silicone RTV, GE RTV 850 silicone foam, or Approved Equal. 2.8 SEALING AND FIREPROOFING A. Penetrations. All conduits, raceways, cables and sleeve penetrations through fire rated and hazardous location walls, shafts, floor, ceilings, etc., shall be sealed with a UL-approved fire stopping system. B. Furnish UL listed products or products tested by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory. Select products with rating not less than the rating of the wall, ceiling or floor being penetrated. C. Manufacturers: 1. 3M CP 25WB + Caulk 2. 3M FS 195 wrap or strip with restricting collar 3. 3M CS 195 composite sheets 4. Proset Systems fire rated floor and wall penetrations 5. Dow Corning Fire Stop System D. Use stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor/ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed. E. In exterior wall openings below grade, use a modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the conduit and the cored opening or a water-stop type wall sleeve. Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 8 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement F. At non-rated interior wall or floor openings use Tremco Fyre-Sil, Sika Corp. Sikaflex la, Sonneborn Sonolastic NPT, or Mameco Vulkem 116 urethane caulk or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough in. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS A. Routing 1. Install raceway and boxes in accordance with NECA “Standard of Installation.” 2. Conduit routing is diagrammatic only. Contractor shall field route conduit and raceways between equipment and devices as required to obtain a complete wiring system. 3. All exposed conduits shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to dominant surfaces with right-angle turns made of symmetrical bends or fittings. 4. Conduit shall not be installed on the outside face of exposed columns, but shall be routed on the web or on the inside of a flange of the column. 5. Except where prevented by the location of other work, a single conduit or a conduit group shall be centered on structural members. 6. Conduit shall be located at least 6 inches from hot water or steam pipes and from other hot surfaces B. Moisture Pockets 1. Moisture pockets shall be eliminated from conduits. If water cannot drain to the natural opening in the conduit system, a hole shall be drilled in the bottom of a pull box or a "C- type" conduit fitting provided in the low point of the conduit run. C. Couplings and Unions 1. Metal conduit shall be joined by threaded conduit couplings, with the conduit ends butted. 2. The use of running threads, Erickson type couplings, split couplings or similar unions are not permitted. D. Conduit Bodies 1. Conduit bends shall meet the requirements of NEC, minimum bend radius of the cable installed or as indicated, whichever is greater. 2. Conduits or tubing deformed or crushed in any way shall be removed from the Site. E. Bends and Offsets 1. Changes in direction of conduits shall be made with fittings or bends. 2. Conduit bends shall meet the requirements of NEC, minimum bend radius of the cable installed or as indicated, whichever is greater. 3. Bends shall be made using appropriate tools or mechanical equipment. The use of a pipe tee or vise for bending conduit or tubing will not be permitted. 4. For non-metallic conduit or plastic coated steel, approved factory bends and offsets shall be used. 5. Conduits or tubing deformed or crushed in any way shall be removed from the Site. 6. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes or outlets Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 9 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement F. Cutting and Threading 1. The plane of all conduit ends shall be square with the centerline. 2. Where threads are required, they shall be cut and cleaned prior to conduit reaming. 3. The ends of all conduit and tubing shall be reamed to remove all rough edges and burrs. 4. Cutting oil shall be used in threading operations; the dies shall be kept sharp, and provisions shall be made for chip clearance. 5. Threads on conduits and fittings shall be lubricated with conducting and sealing compound. 6. All steel conduits shall be coated after threading with cold-galvanized zinc coating. The Contractor shall furnish this protective material and shall apply it in the field prior to installing conduit or fittings. G. All steel conduit, exposed to weather or in contact with earth, shall be re-galvanized after threading with "Galvanizing Powder M-321" as manufactured by the American Solder and Flux Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; "Zincilate 810" as manufactured by Industrial Metal Protectives, Inc., of Dayton, Ohio; "Zinc Rich" coating as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts; or Approved Equal. The Contractor shall furnish this protective material and shall apply it in the field. H. Connections to Boxes and Cabinets 1. Conduit shall be securely fastened to all boxes and cabinets. 2. Threads on metallic conduit shall project through the wall of the box to allow the bushing to butt against the end of the conduit. 3. The locknuts, both inside and outside, shall then be tightened sufficiently to bond the conduit securely to the box. 4. Locknuts on connectors shall be tightened securely to bond the connectors. I. All conduits entering enclosures outdoors or in wet areas shall enter through Meyer’s hubs, or Approved Equal, or threaded openings. J. Cleaning 1. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the accumulation of water, dirt, or concrete in the conduit. 2. Conduit in which water or other foreign materials have been permitted to accumulate shall be thoroughly cleaned or, where such accumulation cannot be removed by methods acceptable to the Owner, the conduit shall be replaced. 3. For conduits sizes 3 inches and larger, draw a flexible testing mandrel approximately 12 inches long with a diameter less than the inside diameter of the conduit through the conduit. After which, draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles of foreign materials. For conduits less than 3 inches, draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles and foreign material. K. Empty Conduit 1. All conduits installed for future use shall have a polypropylene pull line with a minimum tensile strength of 200 lbs., Jet Line, Cat. No. 232, polyolefin, or Approved Equal. Pull line shall be secures at both ends to ensure future accessibility. L. Rooftop Conduits 1. Provide redwood sleepers on waterproof mastic base for all conduit runs exposed on roofs. Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 10 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement M. Identification 1. All conduits shall be identified in accordance with other section of these specifications. N. Grounding 1. All conduits shall be grounded in accordance with these Specifications. 2. A solid or stranded bare copper or green insulated copper solid or stranded ground wire shall be provided in all conduits and raceways. O. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit 1. Galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be installed in areas exposed to weather, vehicle traffic, in hazardous classified areas, for penetrations through foundations, and 10 feet before transition from below grade to 8 feet above grade, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Steel conduit in contact with earth shall be protected by "Scotchwrap" 10 mil tape applied in double thickness using 50 percent lap turns to 6 inches above grade and 6 inches beyond transition. 3. Expansion joints shall be used where required. P. Intermediate Steel Conduit 1. Intermediate steel conduit may be installed in lieu of galvanized rigid steel conduit in all above ground areas where rigid steel conduit is permitted, except for wires over 600- volts, unless otherwise specified. Q. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduits and Intermediate Steel Conduit 1. PVC -coated, steel conduit and fittings shall be installed where highly corrosive conditions exist, indoors or outdoors. 2. The Contractor shall patch any damaged coating according to the manufacturer's instructions. R. Electrical Metallic Tubing 1. Electrical metallic tubing shall be installed for all circuits, indoors above concrete slab, where not subject to conditions outlined for rigid galvanized steel conduits. S. Rigid Aluminum Conduit 1. Not acceptable. T. Flexible Metal Conduit, Steel 1. Flexible conduit inserts not greater than 30 inches in length, shall be installed in all conduit runs, which are supported by both building steel and by structures subject to vibration or thermal expansion. This shall include locations where conduit supported by building steel enters or becomes supported by isolated structures on separate foundations. 2. Flexible conduit shall be installed in conduit runs, which cross expansion joints. 3. Special areas, such as plant office control rooms in which external noise is to be minimized, shall have flexible conduit in conduit runs where the runs cross from the main building framing to the control room or office framing. Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 11 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 4. Flexible conduit shall be installed adjacent to all equipment and devices, which move in relation to the supply conduit due to vibration, normal operation of the mechanism, or thermal expansion. 5. Conduit shall be connected to pressure switches, thermocouples, solenoids, and similar devices with flexible conduit. Flexible conduit shall be installed adjacent to the motor terminal housing for motors requiring 4-inch and smaller conduit. 6. Flexible metal conduit inserts not greater than 6 feet in length shall be installed for light fixture tap conductors. U. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit 1. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be used in place of regular flexible conduit for connections to motors and transformers, in areas exposed to weather, moisture or oil, and under raised floors. 2. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit may be used in place of flexible metal conduit where not otherwise required. V. Non-Metallic Conduit 1. Schedule 80 shall be used for all power, signal feeders and branch circuits, in earth under roadways. Conduits must be buried in earth in accordance with the NEC. 2. Schedule 40 shall be used for all other power, signal feeders and branch circuits, in earth or enclosed in concrete, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Conduits must be buried in earth in accordance with the NEC. W. Conduit Support 1. Fasten conduit supports to building structures and surfaces in accordance with these specifications. 2. Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. 3. Do not use wire, ceiling support wires or perforated pipe straps to support conduit. Remove any temporary installation support wire. X. Spacing of Supports 1. All conduit runs shall be rigidly supported, except where buried in concrete,. 2. Each conduit shall be supported within one (1) foot of junction boxes and fittings. 3. Spacers used in duct bank installations shall be placed no more than 6 to 10 feet apart. 4. Support spacing along conduit runs shall be as follows. CONDUIT SIZE MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS ½ inch through 1-1/4 inch 5 feet 1-1/2 inch and larger 8 feet Y. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with these Specifications. 3.3 CABINET AND BOX INSTALLATION A. Install electrical boxes as indicated, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements. B. Locate boxes and conduit bodies so as to ensure ready accessibility of electrical wiring, maintain headroom and to present neat mechanical appearance. Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 12 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. In inaccessible ceiling areas, install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. D. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices with each other. E. Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished areas. 1. Do not install flush mounting boxes back-to-back in walls. 2. Provide minimum 6-inch separation between adjacent boxes. 3. Provide minimum 24-inch separation in acoustic rated walls. 4. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. 5. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. 6. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. 7. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. 8. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. F. Support boxes independently of conduits. G. Use code sized gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. Use code sized gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. H. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations where exposed to the weather and wet locations (interior or exterior). I. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with cable and raceway installation work. Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed. J. Avoid using round boxes where conduit must enter box through side of box, which would result in difficult and insecure connections where fastened with a locknut or bushing on rounded surface. K. Fasten boxes rigidly to substrate or structural surfaces to which they are being mounted, or solidly embed electrical boxes in concrete or masonry as appropriate. L. Except as prevented by the location of other work, all junction boxes and outlet boxes shall be centered on structures. M. Conduit openings in boxes shall be made with a hole saw or shall be punched. N. Cabinets and boxes shall be rigidly mounted. 1. Mounting on concrete shall be secured by self-drilling anchors. 2. Mounting on steel shall be by drilled and tapped screw holes, or by special support channels welded to the steel, or by both. 3. Cabinets shall be leveled and fastened to the mounting surface with not less than ¼-inch air space between the enclosure and mounting surface. 4. All mounting holes in the enclosure shall be used. O. Large Pull Boxes - Boxes larger than 100 cubic inches in volume or 12 inches in any dimension. 1. Interior Dry Locations - Use hinged enclosure. 2. Other Locations - Use surface mounted box of appropriate location classification. Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 13 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 3.4 ANCHORS A. Where supports for raceways, boxes, and cabinets are mounted on concrete surfaces, they shall be fastened with self-drilling tubular expansion shell anchors with externally split expansion shells, single-cone expanders, and annular break-off grooved chucking cones. Anchors shall be Phillips "Red Head" or Approved Equal. 3.5 SEALING AND FIREPROOFING A. Fire-Rated Surface: 1. Where conduit penetrates fire rated surface, install fire-stopping product in accordance with manufacturer’s published instructions. 2. All openings through fire rated wall, floor, ceiling or roof must be sealed. 3. Install galvanized sheet metal sleeves (minimum 12-gage) through opening and extending beyond minimum of one (1) inch on each side of building element. 4. Pack void between sleeve and building element with backing material. 5. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire-resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. B. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Opening through a non-fire rated wall, floor, ceiling or roof must be sealed using an approved type of material. 2. Use galvanized sheet metal sleeves in hollow wall penetrations to provide a backing for the sealant. Grout area around sleeve in masonry construction. 3. Install escutcheons or floor/ceiling plates where raceway, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. 4. Install rubber links of mechanical seal tightened in place and sized for the pipe, in exterior wall openings below grade, in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 5. All pipe penetrations at interior partitions and/or walls, laboratory spaces, telephone, data and communication rooms and similar spaces where the room pressure or odor transmission must be controlled, shall be sealed. Sealant shall be applied to both sides of the penetration in such a manner that the annular space between the pipe sleeve and the pipe is completely filled. 3.6 PULL BOX AND VAULT INSTALLATION A. Openings or “knockouts” in precast concrete vaults shall be located as indicated and shall be sized sufficiently to permit passage of the largest dimension of pipe and/or flange. B. After the structure and all appurtenances are in place and approved, backfill shall be placed to the original ground line or to the limits indicated. C. All joints between precast concrete vault sections shall be made watertight. The plastic joint sealing compound shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations to provide a watertight joint which remains impermeable throughout the design life of the structure. The outside of the entire structure shall be coated with an approved water proofing material. D. Access doors shall be built up such that the hatch is flush with the surrounding surface unless otherwise indicated or directed by the Owner. The Contractor is responsible for placing the cover at the proper elevation where paving is to be installed and shall make all necessary adjustments so that the cover meets these requirements. Rev. 0 May 2022 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533 - 14 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement E. Ladders shall be installed using Type 316 stainless steel capsule anchors. F. Ladders shall be attached a minimum of 3 places to the vault wall. G. Ladder shall be centered under access door opening. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore manufacturer’s finish. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 0553 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The extent of the electrical systems and equipment requiring identification is indicated, and the extent of identification required is specified herein and in individual sections of Work requiring identification. The types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following: 1. Exposed conduit color banding. 2. Buried cable warnings. 3. Cable/conductor identification. 4. Operational instructions and warnings. 5. Danger signs. 6. Equipment/system identification signs. 1.2 REFERENCES - CODES AND STANDARDS A. ANSI Z535.1 - Safety Color Code B. APWA ULCC - Uniform Color Code for Buried Utilities C. NFPA 70 - NEC 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Label the following electrical equipment with nameplates which clearly identify each item, the function or use of the item, and the circuit identification of the feed to the item: 1. All transformers shall be identified by 1-inch high block letters cut in stencil and applied with yellow paint on a flat-black background. The transformer number, primary and secondary voltages, and the kVA shall be shown. The nameplate shall be located on the front of the transformer. 2. All Metal-Clad Switchgear, Metal-Enclosed Switchgear, Switchboards, Distribution Panelboards, Power and Lighting Panels, Motor Control Centers, Local Control Panels, Terminal Cabinets and all electrical equipment enclosure shall be identified using laminated plastic nameplates. Show the equipment number, voltage rating, current rating, number of phases, connection type, short circuit interrupting rating, and circuit number 3. Identify all receptacles and lighting switches, by the circuit number indicated using ¼-inch high white characters on ½-inch wide black stick-on tape placed on the device cover plate. Place the tape on the device enclosure if the device is not wall mounted. 4. All motors, starters, disconnect switches, Time Switches, Special Function Pushbuttons and Switches, and miscellaneous control devices shall be identified by function and circuit number, with ¼-inch high white characters on a ½-inch wide black stick-on tape where installed indoors and engraved plastic nameplates where installed outdoors. 5. All underground raceway or cable shall be marked with buried warning tape along its entire length. 6. All exposed raceway longer than 10 feet in length shall be identified. 7. Panelboard Directories: Furnish all panelboards with a complete 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch typewritten directory mounted in the inner door under a clear plastic cover set in a metal frame. Rev. 0 May 2022 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 0553 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Branch circuits and devices: 1. Label all individual receptacle outlets at the outlet faceplate to indicate the panelboard of origin and branch circuit number. Label modular furniture feeds at the power pole drop in a visible and consistent location. Labels shall be self-adhesive, thermal machine printed type such as Brothers, Panduit, T&B, or Approved Equal and shall be clear plastic with black lettering. 2. All branch circuits in outlet boxes shall be identified with circuit number using wrap- around labels (T&B, BRADY, 3M, or Approved Equal). 3. As an alternative to separate nameplates, device plates may be engraved directly with lettering filled with black enamel. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: nameplates, labels, and markers. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of Product. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 – NEC. B. Furnish products listed and classified by UL, ETL, or other recognized, approved testing and listing agencies as suitable for the purpose specified and shown. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Nameplates 1. Engraved, three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background for normal power and white letters on red background for emergency power. Communications and control cabinets shall be labeled with white letters on green background. 2. Locations a. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. b. Communication cabinets. c. Motor control centers, including each combination module. 3. Letter Size a. Use 1/2-inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. b. Use ¼-inch letters for identifying grouped equipment, loads, panelboards, and transfer switch. c. Use ½-inch letters for identifying the main switchboard, motor control centers, and large distribution switchboards. B. Labels 1. Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16-inch white letters on colored background to match color scheme of plastic laminate labels in 2.1.A. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles, control device stations, and multi-outlet devices. Rev. 0 May 2022 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 0553 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. Thickness a. 1/16-inch for units up to 20 square inches or 8-inch length; 1/8-inch for larger units. 2.2 WIRE MARKERS A. Manufacturers 1. Brady 2. Thomas & Betts 3. 3-M Co. 4. Or Approved Equal B. Description: Tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire markers, self-adhesive. C. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, control panels, motor controllers and starters, and each load connection. D. Legend 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated. 2. Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on shop drawings. 3. Neutral Conductors: Clearly indicate the branch circuit or feeder number the neutral serves. In multi-wire circuits where the neutral is shared, mark the neutral with the circuit number of the “A” phase. 2.3 CONDUIT MARKERS A. Provide manufacturer's standard preprinted, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, plastic-sheet conduit markers, minimum of 3 mils thick and 1-1/2-inch wide extending 360 degrees around conduits; designed for self-adhesive attachment to conduit. Except as otherwise indicated, provide lettering that indicates the voltage of the conductor(s) in the conduit. Provide 8-inch minimum length for 2-inch and smaller conduit, 12-inch minimum length for larger conduit. B. Identify conduits containing conductors above 600-volts with the following alternating markers 1. DANGER - HIGH VOLTAGE 2. The voltage, as applicable (i.e. – 12-kV, 4.16-kV, etc.) C. Identify conduits containing conductors below 600-volts with the following markers 1. The voltage, as applicable (i.e. 480-Volts, 240-Volts, etc.) D. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 10 feet. E. Spacing: 20 feet on center. F. Color: Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulation, provide conduit tags in the following colors. 1. Normal and Emergency Power Systems: Orange w/black letters. 2. Fire Alarm System: Red w/black letters. 3. Telephone System: Green w/yellow letters. 4. Data/Communication. System: White w/black letters. Rev. 0 May 2022 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 0553 - 4 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement G. Legend: 1. 480 Volt System: Normal 480Y/277-volts. 2. 208 Volt System: Normal 208Y/120-volts. 3. Fire Alarm System: Fire alarm. 4. Telephone System: Telephone. 5. Data/Communication System: Data/Communications. 2.4 FASTENERS A. Secure all labels and nameplates with self-tapping stainless steel screws. Use contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate. 2.5 BAKED ENAMEL DANGER SIGNS A. Provide manufacturer's standard "DANGER" signs of baked enamel finish on 20 gage steel; of standard red, black and white graphics; 14-inch by 10-inch size except where 10-inch by 7- inch is the largest size which can be applied where needed, and except where larger size is needed for adequate vision; with recognized standard explanation wording (e.g. HIGH VOLTAGE, KEEP AWAY, BURIED CABLE, DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH). 1. At each entry doors of Electrical Rooms: “DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE – KEEP OUT, AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY” 2.6 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in the electrical identification Work, with the corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of the electrical systems and equipment. 2.7 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Three-inch minimum width, 5 mil thickness, foil bonded polyethylene tape, detectable type, with suitable continuous warning legend describing buried electrical lines. Tape color shall conform to APWA uniform color code using ANSI Z535.1 safety colors. Text shall be black, 2- inch minimum letters. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. B. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of painting. C. Regulations: Comply with governing regulations and the requests of governing authorities for the identification of electrical Work. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines. Rev. 0 May 2022 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 0553 - 5 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws, rivets, or adhesive. C. Secure nameplate to outside moveable surface of door on panelboard. D. Conduit Identification: 1. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping, which is identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on the electrical conduit in a manner similar to the piping identification. Except as otherwise indicated, use orange as the coded color for conduit. 2. Paint red band or provide red tape on each fire alarm conduit longer than 10 feet, minimum 20 feet on center. E. Cable/Conductor Identification: 1. Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable and conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where the wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. 2. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for project electrical work. F. Operational Identification and Warnings 1. Wherever reasonably required to ensure safe and efficient operation and maintenance of the electrical systems, and electrically connected mechanical systems and general systems and equipment, including the prevention of misuse of electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel, install self-adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification, instruction or warnings on switches, outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical enclosures. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed, provide plasticized tags with clearly written messages adequate for the intended purposes. G. Danger Signs 1. In addition to the installation of danger signs required by governing regulations and authorities, install appropriate danger signs at the locations indicated and at locations subsequently identified by the Installer of electrical Work as constituting similar dangers for persons in or about the project. 2. High Voltage a. Install danger signs wherever it is possible, under any circumstances, for persons to come into contact with electrical power of voltages higher than 110-120 volts. b. Critical Switches/Controls c. Install danger signs on switches and similar controls, regardless of whether concealed or locked up, where untimely or inadvertent operation (by anyone) could result in significant danger to persons, or damage to or loss of property. H. Equipment/System Identification Signs 1. Install an engraved plastic-laminate sign on each major unit of electrical equipment in the building; including the central or master unit of each electrical system and the communication/signal systems, unless the unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification or signal system. Rev. 0 May 2022 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 0553 - 6 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, provide single line of test, ½-inch high lettering on 1-1/2-inch high sign (2-inch high where two lines are required), white lettering in black field. 3. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the shop drawings. 4. Provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work a. Major electrical switchboard b. Electrical substation c. Motor control center d. Fire alarm control panel and annunciators. e. Data / communications I. Install signs at locations indicated or, where not otherwise indicated, at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Secure to substrata with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate the substrata. J. Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade. END OF SECTION Rev. 0 May 2022 Enclosed Switches 26 2816 - 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement SECTION 26 2816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fusible and non-fusible switches. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. B. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). C. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit switch ratings and enclosure dimensions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Cutler-Hammer. 3. Square D Co. 4. Siemens 5. Or Approved equal B. Fusible Switch Assemblies: Horsepower rated, heavy-duty type; quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. 1. Fuse Clips: Designed to accommodate Class R fuses only and reject all others. C. Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 1. Exterior Locations: Type 4X stainless steel or UV stabilized fiberglass. D. Service Entrance: Switches identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application. Furnish solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar. E. Furnish switches with entirely copper current carrying parts. Rev. 0 May 2022 Enclosed Switches 26 2816 - 2 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement 2.2 NON-FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Cutler-Hammer. 3. Square D Co. 4. Siemens 5. Or Approved equal B. Non-fusible Switch Assemblies: Horsepower rated, heavy-duty type; quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 4X stainless steel or UV stabilized fiberglass. D. Service Entrance: Switches identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application. Furnish solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar. E. Furnish switches with entirely copper current carrying parts. 2.3 FUSES A. Manufacturers: 1. Bussmann. 2. Gould Shawmut. 3. Littelfuse. 4. Or Approved Equal. B. Fuses 600 Amperes and Less: UL 198E, Class RK5, sized as indicated on Drawings. C. Interrupting Rating: 200,000 RMS amperes. 2.4 SWITCH RATINGS A. Switch Rating: Horsepower rated for AC or DC as indicated on Drawings. B. Short Circuit Current Rating: UL listed for 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class H or K fuses (30-600 ampere) 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class R or Class J fuses (30-600 ampere switches employing appropriate fuse rejection schemes). 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class L fuses (800-1200 ampere). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install enclosed switches plumb. Provide supports in accordance with these Specifications. B. Height: 4 feet (1500 mm) to operating handle. Rev. 0 May 2022 Enclosed Switches 26 2816 - 3 Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Systems Update/Replacement C. Install fuses for fusible disconnect switches. D. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with these Specifications. E. Apply adhesive tag on inside door of each fused switch indicating NEMA fuse class and size installed. F. Mounting hardware for equipment in exterior locations shall be stainless steel. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5. END OF SECTION Technical Memorandum The Power of Commitment 11224192 1 15 June 2022 To David Eshoo (Town of Tiburon) Patrick Kerslake (Town of Tiburon) Tel 707-523-1010 Copy to Email Terry.Wong@ghd.com From Terry Wong, PE, LEED AP Andrew Landeros, PE Chris Richards, PE Ref. No. 11224192 Subject Town Hall Council Chamber HVAC Covid Mitigation 1. Introduction The purpose of this memorandum is to summarize the findings from the assessment of the proposed upgrades to the Town Hall Council Chamber HVAC system for the mitigation of airborne pathogens. The memorandum also summarizes the required improvements that would be necessary to provide a final product consistent with common practice. 1.1 Background Tiburon’s City Council Chamber is approximately 1330 square feet and comprises half of the southeast wing of the Town Hall Office Building on Tiburon Boulevard. As state and federal mandates are loosening, the Town plans to reoccupy the Council Chambers and return to its original meeting scheduling and building programming. To reduce the risk of exposure to airborne pathogens, the Town would like to upgrade the Council Chamber’s ventilation system to utilize 100% outside air and UV disinfection as part of an overall Covid mitigation strategy per the Center for Disease Control’s (CDC) latest recommendations. Figure 1 Town of Tiburon Town Hall Office Building at 1505 Tiburon Blvd, Tiburon, CA The Power of Commitment 11224192 2 2. Existing Conditions 2.1 Existing HVAC System The Council Chamber is currently served by a 5-ton direct expansion (DX) split-system coil and gas-fired duct furnace. An indoor air handling unit (AH-3) is mounted to the floor of the mechanical room located on the east side of the second floor. An inline duct furnace (DF-7) is suspended from the ceiling and provides heating to the supply air stream. The condensing unit is ground mounted outdoors, adjacent to the southeast wall of the main Council Chamber. Outside air is ducted to AH-3 through a wall mounted louver and air flow is modulated with a manual volume damper. A return grille brings the return air from the Council Chamber, through the return ducting and back to AH-3 where it is mixed with the fresh outside air and then recirculated through the supply ducting. The system is controlled by a wall-mounted thermostat in the mechanical room and a wall-mounted temperature sensor located directly beneath the return grille, in the space. 2.2 Existing Electrical System The existing 400-amp 208Y/120-volt service switchboard has a current connected load beyond its capacity, though the normal running demand load has proven manageable to date. Further, the standby generator is at or beyond its rated capacity. 3. HVAC Upgrades 3.1 Summary The proposed COVID mitigation upgrades include replacing the existing system with an upsized split- system heat pump and providing both an “Outside Air Mode” and a “UV Disinfection Mode” to the controls and distribution system. It should be noted that plans to upgrade the HVAC system have already been provided to the Town and the changes described in this document would be in addition to the previously provided design submittals. 3.2 Outside Air Mode To mitigate the circulation of airborne pathogens, an “Outside Air Mode” would be programmed into the building management system and a series of 24 V motorized dampers and a 2000 CFM exhaust fan would be installed into the ducting system. When the Outside Air Mode is activated, a motorized damper will block off the flow of return air from the room to the unit while an inline exhaust fan will turn on and exhaust the air from the building. As the return air is being exhausted, another damper will fully open and allow the maximum amount of outside air to flow into the room. This method of mitigation would effectively ensure that potentially contaminated air in the room is removed and that there is an adequate supply of outside air, however, the building user can expect higher heating and cooling loads due to large amounts of outside air (especially in extreme weather conditions) and higher frequency of maintenance resulting from an increase of debris build-up in the air filters. 3.3 UV Disinfection To help mitigate the risk of the presence of potential infectious pathogens in the Council Chamber, several 720 micro-watt UV-C bulbs would be installed in the return ducting system, upstream of the units. A “UV Mode” would be programmed to activate the UV-lights during periods of use when mixed-air conditioning is preferred over 100% outside air ventilation (extreme weather conditions, high concentrations of pollutants and/or smoke, etc). UV disinfection systems feature a series of UV-C bulbs installed in different sections of the air distribution system to sterilize and damage microscopic organisms in an air stream such as viruses, bacteria, and The Power of Commitment 11224192 3 mold. UV disinfection would provide an effective COVID mitigation option in lieu of 100% outside air ventilation, however, the building user can expect higher energy use during UV disinfection, and the current ducting layout would need to be redesigned to reduce airflow through the UV sections to 500 feet per minute, which would allow proper sterilization. 3.4 Heating and Cooling As shown in Figures 1 and 2, the increase in outside airflow would result in higher cooling and heating loads. To address those increased cooling and heating loads associated with 100% outside air ventilation, a 6-ton split-system heat pump system would need to be installed instead of the originally proposed 5-ton system. In addition to a greater capacity cooling unit, two (2) 8 kilowatt (kW) electric heaters would also need to be installed to provide auxiliary heating during winter weather conditions. A 6-ton split-system heat pump would be able to accommodate the previously described changes to the ventilation system but will ultimately have increased material costs, operating costs, and increased power requirements, particularly with the inclusion of electric resistance heaters. 3.5 Cost A breakdown of the estimated budget pricing of the equipment required for the additional modifications to the originally proposed HVAC system is provided below. This breakdown does not include design fees, costs related to electrical improvements, or costs related to increased energy usage, maintenance, or replacement. Table 2 Estimated Budget Pricing for COVID Mitigation equipment No. Item QTY Unit Unit Cost Total Cost 1 72 MBH Heat Pump 1 LS $15,300 $15,300 2 36 MBH Fan Coil 2 LS $7,040 $14,040 3 8 KW Electric Resistance Heater 2 LS $1,695 $3,230 4 2000 CFM Inline Exhaust Fan 1 LS $3,010 $3,010 5 24 V Motorized Damper 3 LS $355 $1,065 6 720 μW UV-C Lamp 4 LS $1200 $4,800 7 2000 CFM Gravity Hood 1 LS $565 $565 8 Estimated Budget Price $40,810 The Power of Commitment 11224192 4 4. Electrical Upgrades 4.1 Summary Based on the proposed mechanical loads exceeding 16 kW to accommodate these systems, it is highly likely that the proposed systems could increase the normal running load beyond the capacity of the existing system. Estimations of the demand load are not an optimal method to analyze this system given the overload concerns. 4.2 Data Logging GHD recommends hiring an electrical contractor to temporarily install a data logging demand meter on the main service feeder to carefully monitor the normal and peak loads on the system for a period not less than 30 days, during extreme weather periods where AC loads will be maximized. This data can then be used to accurately analyze the actual system power usage and evaluate the capacity for potential upgrades. 4.3 Cost GHD estimates that data logging services provided by an electrical contractor will be on the order of $7,500 - $9,000, based on a previous project in the Bay Area, with a similar scope of work. 5. Conclusions Although the mechanical improvements are relatively straightforward, it is highly unlikely that the existing primary and emergency electrical systems possess the capacity to sufficiently support the HVAC modifications mentioned above and would require substantial upgrades in and of themselves. Therefore, GHD recommends that data logging be performed by a licensed electrical contractor to monitor the demand on the main service feeder during peak heating and cooling conditions. This service will provide an accurate indication of what the expected demand would be with the proposed mechanical upgrades and should be considered as the critical path forward for any future upgrades. Additionally, it should be noted that while implementation of COVID mitigation techniques would reduce the overall risk of building occupant exposure to airborne pathogens, the CDC recommends that proper social distancing and hygiene procedures should continue to be observed in conjunction with any upgrades or modifications to the building’s HVAC system. The Power of Commitment 11224192 5 Attachment 1 Figures HVAC SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING LOADS SUMMARY Project Name Date System Name Floor Area ENGINEERING CHECKS SYSTEM LOAD Number of Systems COIL COOLING PEAK COIL HTG. PEAK Heating System CFM Sensible Latent CFM Sensible Output per System Total Room Loads Total Output (Btuh) Return Vented Lighting Output (Btuh/sqft) Return Air Ducts Cooling System Return Fan Output per System Ventilation Total Output (Btuh) Supply Fan Total Output (Tons) Supply Air Ducts Total Output (Btuh/sqft) Total Output (sqft/Ton) TOTAL SYSTEM LOAD Air System CFM per System HVAC EQUIPMENT SELECTION Airflow (cfm) Airflow (cfm/sqft) Airflow (cfm/Ton) Outside Air (%) Total Adjusted System Output Outside Air (cfm/sqft) (Adjusted for Peak Design conditions) Note: values above given at ARI conditions TIME OF SYSTEM PEAK HEATING SYSTEM PSYCHROMETRICS (Airstream Temperatures at Time of Heating Peak) COOLING SYSTEM PSYCHROMETRICS (Airstream Temperatures at Time of Cooling Peak) Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Replacement 6/15/2022 HP-3 1,328 1 58,500 58,500 44.1 61,400 61,400 5.1 46.2 259.5 0 0 0.00 0.0 0.0% 0.75 1,955 39,099 0 0 6,071 0 0 865 17,309 43,907 0 -1,4511,000 865 1,000 1,955 7,19456,345 3,59449,080 56,345 40,596 7,194 40,596 HP-3 Aug 4 PM Jan 1 AM 2,422 5,045 506 30 ºF Outside Air 1,000 cfm 30 ºF 105 ºF 104 ºF 71 ºF 72 ºF 80 / 65 ºF 80 / 64 ºF 55 / 54 ºF 57 / 54 ºF 72 / 63 ºF74 / 63 ºF 1,000 cfm Outside Air 59.4% Heating Coil 62,947 Cooling Coil FIGURE 1 - MIXED-AIR HEATING AND COOLING LOADS HVAC SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING LOADS SUMMARY Project Name Date System Name Floor Area ENGINEERING CHECKS SYSTEM LOAD Number of Systems COIL COOLING PEAK COIL HTG. PEAK Heating System CFM Sensible Latent CFM Sensible Output per System Total Room Loads Total Output (Btuh) Return Vented Lighting Output (Btuh/sqft) Return Air Ducts Cooling System Return Fan Output per System Ventilation Total Output (Btuh) Supply Fan Total Output (Tons) Supply Air Ducts Total Output (Btuh/sqft) Total Output (sqft/Ton) TOTAL SYSTEM LOAD Air System CFM per System HVAC EQUIPMENT SELECTION Airflow (cfm) Airflow (cfm/sqft) Airflow (cfm/Ton) Outside Air (%) Total Adjusted System Output Outside Air (cfm/sqft) (Adjusted for Peak Design conditions) Note: values above given at ARI conditions TIME OF SYSTEM PEAK HEATING SYSTEM PSYCHROMETRICS (Airstream Temperatures at Time of Heating Peak) COOLING SYSTEM PSYCHROMETRICS (Airstream Temperatures at Time of Cooling Peak) Town of Tiburon Town Hall HVAC Replacement 6/15/2022 HP-3 1,328 1 58,500 58,500 44.1 61,400 61,400 5.1 46.2 259.5 0 0 0.00 0.0 0.0% 1.51 1,931 38,624 0 0 12,917 0 0 865 17,309 87,813 0 -2,8152,000 865 2,000 1,931 7,48356,051 2,23055,403 56,051 40,596 7,483 40,596 HP-3 Aug 3 PM Jan 1 AM 2,392 5,045 506 30 ºF Outside Air 2,000 cfm 30 ºF 105 ºF 104 ºF 71 ºF 72 ºF 80 / 65 ºF 80 / 64 ºF 55 / 54 ºF 57 / 54 ºF 72 / 63 ºF74 / 63 ºF 2,000 cfm Outside Air 59.4% Heating Coil 106,853 Cooling Coil FIGURE 2 - 100% OUTSIDE AIR HEATING AND COOLING LOADS The Power of Commitment 11224192 6 Tiburon Town Council February 1, 2023 AI-3: Town Hall HVAC Systems Late Mail Requests for Copies: Lea Dilena, ldilena@townoftiburon.org From:Sanna Thomas To:Jack Ryan; Noah Griffin; Alice Fredericks; Holli Thier; jwelner@townoftibuton.org Cc:Greg Chanis; Lea Dilena Subject:Town Hall HVAC System Replacement, January 25th Date:Tuesday, January 31, 2023 11:39:57 AM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Dear Mayor Ryan, Vice Mayor Griffin, and Council Members Fredericks, Thier, and Welner, I want to say simply how pleased our Tiburon Climate Action Committee is that you are considering replacing theTown’s HVAC gas-powered system with all-electric one and urge you to move forward with full and final approvaltonight. It is especially heartening to see how committed and intentional you all are in adhering to the Town’s ClimateEmergency Resolution and implementing its updated Climate Action Plan. Thank you for being such strong and consistent leaders for climate action! Sanna ThomasCo-Founder Tiburon Climate Action Committee Sent from my iPhone Sent from my iPhone From:David Moller To:Lea Dilena Subject:Public Comment on Feb 1, 2023 Town Council Mtg Item AI-3 Date:Wednesday, February 1, 2023 3:47:34 PM Attachments:image001.png You don't often get email from david@mollers.us. Learn why this is important CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Public Comment on Feb 1, 2023 Town Council Mtg Item AI-3 Dear Tiburon Town Council and Staff – We would like to commend the Town of Tiburon for “walking the talk” in specifying an all-electric HVAC system for the Tiburon Town Hall. As noted in the Staff Report for this item, replacing the existing natural gas fired equipment with an all-electric HVAC system is consistent with several programs contained in the town’s recently adopted Climate Action Plan, including programs RE-C3 (Building and Appliance Electrification), RE- M1(2) (Municipal 100% Renewable Energy), EE-M2 (Energy Efficiency Audit and Retrofits in Town Buildings and Facilities) and EE-M3 (Energy Conservation in Town Buildings). We strongly support approval of awarding this contract and hope Tiburon will communicate this important decision to the community as an example for all residents and businesses to follow as their gas-fueled HVAC systems reach end-of-life. Best regards, David Moller, P.E TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 1 OF 2 STAFF REPORT To: Mayor and Members of the Town Council From: Department of Administrative Services Subject: Town Council Regular Meeting Time Survey Results Reviewed By: _________ Greg Chanis, Town Manager ________ Benjamin Stock, Town Attorney SUMMARY The Town Council will consider changing the time it begins its regular meetings. RECOMMENDED ACTION(S) 1. Determine new regular meeting time and direct staff to return to the 2/16 Town Council meeting with a resolution effecting the change, beginning March 1; or 2. Direct staff to take no action, which change Town Council’s regular meeting time to 7:30 p.m. by default on March 1. BACKGROUND In early 2020, the Tiburon Town Council adopted Resolution No. 20-2020, which changed the Town Council regular meeting time to 5:00 p.m. only while meeting virtually during the COVID-19 state of emergency. When the state of emergency ends on February 28, 2023, the Town Council’s regular meeting will return to 7:30 p.m. unless additional action is taken by the Council. The Town Council discussed the notion of permanently changing its regular meeting time at the December 7, 2022, and January 18, 2023, Town Council meetings and ultimately directed staff to solicit community input on the matter via a community survey. The survey results are attached as Exhibit 1. If the Council wishes to either permanently change its regular meeting start time to 5:00 p.m., or determine a new start time, the Council should direct staff to return to the 2/15 Town Council meeting with a resolution effecting that change. The resolution would become effective for the March 1, 2023 Town Council meeting, in line with the expiration of the state of emergency and the Council’s return to in-person meetings. TOWN OF TIBURON 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 Agenda Item: AI-4 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 2 OF 2 If the Council wishes to return to a 7:30 p.m. regular meeting start time, no action is required. The regular meeting time will automatically default back to 7:30 p.m. when the state of emergency ends on February 28, 2023. ANALYSIS No further analysis provided. FINANCIAL IMPACT Staff anticipates no direct fiscal impact to the Town. CLIMATE IMPACT Staff has determined this action will have no significant impact on the Town’s contribution to global climate change. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Staff has preliminarily determined that adoption of this item is statutorily exempt from the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15378 of the CEQA Guidelines in that it does not constitute a project under CEQA, and if it were found to constitute a project, it would be exempt pursuant to the general rule set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15061 (b)(3). RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Determine a new regular meeting time and direct staff to return to the 2/16 Town Council meeting with a resolution effecting the change, beginning March 1; or 2. Direct staff to take no action, which will change the Town Council’s regular meeting time to 7:30 p.m. by default on March 1. Exhibit(s): 1. Survey Results Prepared By: Lea Dilena, Town Clerk EXHIBIT 1 Town Council Meeting Start Time 1 / 2 3.19%3 2.13%2 8.51%8 27.66%26 24.47%23 11.70%11 15.96%15 6.38%6 Q1 What time should Town Council meetings start? Answered: 94 Skipped: 2 TOTAL 94 #OTHER (PLEASE SPECIFY)DATE 1 How long are they, 2 hours? I'd say start them anytime after 10am, even 2 or 3pm. Have them end by 3-5pm, so that families can be home for supper - I'd never want to go to a meeting in the evening, I'm wiped out fromt he day and want to relax and read a book/go to sleep! 1/26/2023 3:43 PM 2 this would work well for residents, Town employees, and Council members. 7 p.m. is too late for everybody. It is time to get back to in-person Council meetings. 1/26/2023 2:36 PM 0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%100% 9:00 a.m. Midday (10 a.m. - 2 p.m.) 4:00 p.m. 5:00 p.m. 6:00 p.m. 6:30 p.m. 7:00 p.m. 7:30 p.m. ANSWER CHOICES RESPONSES 9:00 a.m. Midday (10 a.m. - 2 p.m.) 4:00 p.m. 5:00 p.m. 6:00 p.m. 6:30 p.m. 7:00 p.m. 7:30 p.m. Town Council Meeting Start Time 2 / 2 3 5:30 PM 1/24/2023 8:43 PM 4 Late afternoon 1/24/2023 5:41 PM 5 I think 6p to be polite, but almost everyone could figure out 5.30p by leaving work early or making work at home allowances. I think this would also give a break to the people governing and running meetings... frankly I cringe when those go so late. You have lives and families and hobbies. You should listen to angry / concerned / weird people earlier in the day, before your blood sugar plummets and you ask yourself "Why am I doing this again? It's 8.45p" LOL =) Take care of yourselves, and thanks for all you do. 6p is fine, but 5.30p would be my vote but it's note there. Cheers! 1/24/2023 2:29 PM 6 They should start at behest of council members. I applaud your outreach, but probably a Zoom connection would meet all our expectations best. 1/20/2023 9:58 PM 7 I think it depends on whether or not the meetings are in person or Zoom 1/20/2023 1:56 PM 8 Please return to in person meetings 1/20/2023 5:53 AM 9 At 5pm so working folks can attend and then available to watch the following day 1/19/2023 8:08 PM 10 meetings should be available via Zoom so town members can all attend and make comments 1/19/2023 5:56 PM 11 re-institute in person meetings. Not Zoom 1/19/2023 5:46 PM 12 I think 1/19/2023 3:17 PM TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 1 OF 8 STAFF REPORT To: Mayor and Members of the Town Council From: Community Development Department Subject: Discussion and Comment Regarding Draft Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS) for Multifamily and Mixed-Use Developments in Downtown Zoning Districts Reviewed By: _________ Greg Chanis, Town Manager ________ Benjamin Stock, Town Attorney SUMMARY This is an opportunity for the Town Council to provide input on draft Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS) for Downtown Zoning Districts. RECOMMENDED ACTION(S) Staff recommends that the Town Council Review the draft Objective Design Standards (ODDS) and provide feedback for any desired revisions prior to incorporation into Municipal Code (Zoning) amendments to be brought back to the Council at a later date. BACKGROUND Changes in State housing laws over the past few years have sought to increase housing production by limiting the review authority and process timeframe for approval of new housing development applications by local jurisdictions. Determinations regarding the completeness of an application submittal and decisions related to project approval or conditions of approval are required to be based on objective design and development standards identified by the jurisdiction. SB35 requires a ministerial approval process based only on compliance with adopted objective standards for projects adding two or more new housing units and which provide at least 10% low-income units and pay prevailing construction labor wages. The Housing Accountability Act (HAA) also applies to projects adding two or more housing units and precludes a jurisdiction from denying or reducing density for projects which comply with all adopted objective standards. Design review is still allowed for HAA-qualifying projects, but conditions requiring design changes cannot result in the project being infeasible or increasing the cost of the affordable units. Most recently, AB2011 has required a ministerial approval process based on objective standards for housing developments with five or more units on commercially zoned properties at densities and height limits established by the width of the commercial street it fronts upon (within ½ mile of a ferry terminal, allowing densities of at least 80 units per acre and height of at least 65 feet). A summary of the requirements of these state laws is included as Exhibit 2. TOWN OF TIBURON 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 Agenda Item: DI-1 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 2 OF 8 Objective design and development standards are defined by the State Department of Housing and Community Development as “those that involve no personal or subjective judgment by a public official and being uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the development applicant or proponent and the public official. Some of the Town’s existing zoning and subdivision codes are objective, such as those that define required building setbacks, height limits, floor area limits, parking requirements, etc. However, many standards, particularly those that define allowable design attributes of new construction, are subjective and rely on the discretion and interpretations of decision-makers in the design review process. The state-mandated update of the Town’s Housing Element will result in a number of designated housing opportunity sites along Tiburon Boulevard to meet the Town’s Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) for 2023-2031 of 639 housing units. To achieve the required RHNA the sites along Tiburon Boulevard and Beach Road are to be rezoned to allow mixed use or residential development up to 30-35 units per acre and building heights up to three stories. Along Main Street mixed use development would be allowed at densities up to 20-25 units per acre and building heights up to two or three stories. These land use changes must be reflected in the new ODDS. The Design Review Board provided input on drafting the ODDS at their meetings of June 2, June 30 and July 21, 2022. The first session was a discussion of the need for ODDS under new State laws and a high-level brainstorm to understand the existing design character of downtown Tiburon. The remaining two meetings addressed specific design considerations, such as building form and scale, façade articulation, the way buildings front onto streets, appropriate materials, etc. On November 9, 2022, the Planning Commission met to review the ODDS and discuss the recommendations made by the DRB. Summaries of the DRB feedback is included as Exhibit 3. In essence, the DRB recommended that the ODDS reflect the following objectives: Tiburon Boulevard District Redevelopment of larger sites should create the appearance of smaller, individual, and distinct buildings, as if built individually over time. The size of development blocks be minimized but large enough to remain financially feasible. Building mass/volume should not be more than 84 feet, unless interrupted by a deep recess to appear to be more than one building. There should be significant differentiation in massing and among multiple facades along a block of development, while recognizing practical considerations like the width of structural bays and parking bays. Smaller vertically oriented facades were preferable to larger horizontally-oriented facades, and the width of facades should be comparable to that observed on Main Street (generally 25 feet). At the street, building heights should not exceed 3 stories along Tiburon Boulevard, and the height of the front of buildings should be varied by intermittently stepping buildings back above the 2nd floor. Heights should be reduced adjacent to residential districts. Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 3 OF 8 Along Tiburon Boulevard, buildings should be setback 10 feet from the property line, to create a wider sidewalk, landscaping, and public amenities. Storefronts should be required facing the corners of Tiburon Boulevard and Beach Road (except where precluded by State housing law). Every building entrance should face a street or face a paseo or courtyard that connects to a street. Publicly accessible courtyards and amenities are encouraged along Tiburon Boulevard. Main Street District Building facades along Main Street should be at the front property line to maintain a sense of spatial enclosure, except to allow minor recesses for amenities. Buildings should not appear to be more than 2 stories nearest the street, while allowing a 3rd story to be stepped back. Main Street facades should also be limited in width and architecturally differentiated. Storefronts should be required facing Main Street. General Colors should not be stipulated, but that variation in color is important for differentiating and breaking down perceived building mass. DRB members felt that architectural elements such as cornices, which break up facades vertically into a “base, middle, and top,” should not be required in Tiburon. ANALYSIS Proposed Zoning Changes To accommodate the density and building height changes called for in the Draft Housing Element, it is proposed to: 1. Rezone parcels currently zoned Neighborhood Commercial (NC) and Neighborhood Commercial/Affordable Housing Overlay (NC/AHO) along Tiburon Boulevard and Beach Road, and a portion of the Boardwalk Shopping Center to a new Mixed Use (MU) District. The Cove Shopping Center, currently zoned Neighborhood Commercial and Neighborhood Commercial/Affordable Housing Overlay, and the Point Tiburon and Tiburon Lodge sites, currently zoned Neighborhood Commercial would remain as is. 2. Rezone parcels currently zoned Office at Tiburon Boulevard and Mar West Street to the new Mixed Use (MU) District. 3. Rezone parcels along Main Street currently zoned Village Commercial to a new Main Street (MS) District. 4. Parcels along Ark Row and the parking lot behind would remain Village Commercial (VC). This proposed rezoning is shown below and in Exhibit 1. Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 4 OF 8 The ODDS would be added as a new division in the Zoning Code. All the Downtown Districts (Mixed Use, Main Street and Village Commercial) would be addressed in one division, 16-23. The current Division 16-22 (Commercial Districts) would be retitled and revised to just address the Neighborhood Commercial District, which would be limited to applying to the Cove Shopping Center, the Point Tiburon and Tiburon Lodge sites at present. The existing Division 23 (Overlay Districts) would be renumbered as Division 29. Other modifications to the Zoning Code will also be necessary for consistency with the new ODDS regulations for multifamily developments. A new R-4 zoning district will be added and applied to the vacant portion of the Reed School Site as designated in the Draft Housing Element. Additionally, select sections within the General Development Standards may require amendments that replace discretionary or subjective requirements with objective standards. Description of the Draft ODDS The proposed ODDS will apply to new development in the Downtown Districts. The proposed ODDS adds form-based zoning regulations that – in combination with land use regulations -- define building and site design features to a greater degree than conventional zoning (Exhibit 1). Form-based standards regulate allowable building volumes, building articulation, and how buildings must address streets to support pedestrian movement and activity. As previously mentioned, the intent of the ODDS is to translate the stated intentions of the DRB regarding building design into objective standards that can be applied in a ministerial review process if required by state law and result in an acceptably designed project. Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 5 OF 8 Allowable Land Uses (Proposed Section 16-23.020) Allowable land uses for the three downtown districts have been listed in table format, grouped in use categories with specific uses listed as examples. Notable changes include: Currently all commercial land uses (except Souvenir Shops in the VC District) are conditional uses, requiring issuance of a discretionary Use Permit. It is proposed that several use categories become permitted uses, significantly reducing the number of Use Permits that must be processed. These include retail, personal services, business and household services, offices and restaurants becoming permitted uses. The ODDS requires that the ground floor of major commercial street frontages be occupied by uses which stimulate pedestrian activity. The use table identifies uses which may not be located on ground floors including offices and automotive services. Firearms sales is currently a conditional use and is proposed to be removed as an allowable use in the downtown districts. State law requires that emergency shelters be permitted somewhere in residential or mixed-use districts in Town. Emergency shelters are currently permitted in all commercial zones in Tiburon. It is proposed that shelters be an allowed use in the downtown districts. Site Planning (Proposed Section 16-23.030) This first section establishes the basic site development parameters: minimum lot size, maximum and minimum residential densities, maximum floor area ratio and maximum block width. Residential densities for MU (30-35 units/acre) and MS (20-25 units/acre) conform to the Draft Housing Element. VC would allow only 10-15 units/acre due to small lot sizes and minimal development potential. Maximum allowable floor area ratios (FARs) would be 1.75 for MU and 1.5 for MS to accommodate mixed-use development. For VC, the allowable FAR would remain at 0.28. Building Envelope and Placement (Proposed Section 16-23.040) This section establishes minimum and maximum building setbacks from street frontages and for side and rear yards. Buildings along Main Street would have to be setback from 0 to 2 feet (except to allow open space amenities of limited width), and in the MU District between 10 and 15 feet from the street ROW. Height limits in MU and MS allow buildings up to 3 stories or 45 feet, but down to two stories within 60 feet of a residential district. Minimum building height of 25 feet is established in all downtown districts. A one-story height bonus at the two corners of Tiburon Blvd. and Beach Rd. had been proposed in the ODDS draft presented to Planning Commission on November 9, 2022, but has been eliminated at the direction of Town Council on January 18, 2023 in response to public comment. To increase the breakup of building mass and to have buildings visually recede from the street view the code requires height stepbacks above the second story in MS and MU, with façade recesses of at least 10 feet and 20 feet, respectively. Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 6 OF 8 Allowable building projections into required setbacks are defined. Street Frontages (Proposed Section 16-23.050) This section requires that at least 75% of a street frontage be composed of a building façade or community open space, limiting surface parking to 25% or less of the street frontage. Street frontage requirements follow the form of traditional towns and support pedestrian activity. Allowable street frontage types in the downtown are defined as either Commercial, Residential or Community Open Space. Commercial Street Frontages are required along Main Street and at the corners of Tiburon Blvd. and Beach Road, where not precluded by State housing law. Other street frontages may be either Commercial, Residential or Community Open Space. Commercial Street Frontages preclude non-pedestrian-oriented uses from where building ground floors face streets, but allow many non-pedestrian-oriented uses midblock and on upper floors. Because the ground-floor of buildings greatly affect the character of streets and sidewalks, design standards and illustrations prescribe Storefronts, Arcades, Lobbies, and Vestibules for Commercial Street Frontages. There is also a ground floor limitation on blank walls (max. width of 40 feet and max. 40% of the façade) and a minimum amount of transparent glazing (60% of the façade). Residential Street Frontages are allowed along street edges where commercial ground-floor uses are not yet established and market demand for commercial uses remains unclear. In these locations, standards and illustrations prescribe Porches, Stoops and Vestibules. A 5-foot building setback is required along Juanita Lane to provide a sidewalk. The Planning Commission draft of the ODDS also required Residential Street Frontage along Juanita Lane, but this provision has been removed because the depth of adjacent lots may make it infeasible for a building to front onto Juanita Lane while also fronting onto a surrounding street. Building Scale and Design (Proposed Section 26-23.060) This section applies to portions of buildings nearest streets. • A maximum “Block Width” applies to large development sites. A block’s width cannot exceed 200 feet – block width wide enough for efficient on-site parking but relatively narrow compared with historic downtowns. Different blocks may be separated by community open space, such as paseos, courtyards, and private lanes. A block could be comprised of buildings that are attached but separate, or by a single building made to be of an appropriate scale by limiting how wide building mass can be without a break/recess. • “Massing Increments” limit a building’s street-facing volume to up to 90 feet in width along the front façade. A recess can be used to separate adjacent Massing Increments. The Planning Commission ODDS draft proposed 84 feet, which was widened slightly to 90 feet to correspond to typical storefront and residential dwelling layouts. • “Façade Increments” further limit with width of a street-facing volume, by differentiating adjacent facades architecturally and limiting Façade Increments to a width of 60 feet or less. Façade Increments must be differentiated with varied front setbacks, heights, architectural elements, and/or materials/colors. Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 7 OF 8 • Building design standards requires use of materials of reliable quality and durability, within a menu that allows flexibility. • Regulations for type and materials for windows and trim are provided. • Privacy standards are also included when multi-family windows are facing one another. • Flexibility in color is allowed, but with the exception of pastel colors. The objective standard for color recognizes that pastel colors contain little or no grey. Landscape Design (Section 16-23.070) Open space standards prescribe the minimum required amounts of private or semi-private (shared) open space for residential units. The amount of open space required per unit is the same as is required in the Tiburon Municipal Code, except that semi-private space can be used to meet part of the requirement, which is necessary for project feasibility at intended residential densities. There are also standards for Privately-Owned Public Open Space and community improvements to Public Sidewalks, and for Community Open Space. Community Open Space could take the form of Courtyards used to separate development blocks, Corner Plazas at street intersections, Paseos which are pedestrian passages, Lanes for vehicles and pedestrians, or Lanes for vehicle access only. For projects with forty or more dwelling units, Privately-Owned Public Open Space is required, such as to create publicly accessible courtyards and plazas along streets. The draft ODDS includes an option to allowing a fee in lieu of this requirement, which would require a subsequent fee analysis to establish and justify a fee level. Standards for landscaping, hardscape, fences/walls and lighting are provided, but limited so as to remain consistent with established zoning requirements. Landscaping is required in setback areas that are not used for pedestrian access, vehicle access, or utilities. Parking (Proposed Section 16-23.080) To promote housing development in the Downtown consistent with the draft Housing Element and to encourage alternate modes of transportation, the draft code proposes to modify residential parking requirements for the Downtown districts. The current requirements for multifamily development throughout the Town are 1 space for each studio or 1-bedroom unit and 2 spaces for units of 2 or more bedrooms. The parking requirement is proposed to be reduced in the Downtown districts to require 1.5 spaces for 2-bedrooom or larger units. This is consistent with the parking required for projects utilizing the State Density Bonus law and was similarly adopted by Belvedere and Corte Madera in their new ODDS. It should be noted that units in SB35 projects are exempt from parking requirements if located within a half-mile of the ferry terminal, which includes all the Downtown area. The draft code also includes additional requirements for bicycle parking. The proposed code also adds restrictions on the extent of on-site parking located along a street frontage. Landscaping is required to screen parking that is visible along a street frontage. The ODDS also establishes landscaping requirements for surface parking lots, including a minimum ratio of trees based on parking space count and a minimum landscape perimeter. On-site parking Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 8 OF 8 provisions also provide for mechanical parking lifts in garage and tandem parking to increase efficiency of parking areas and reduce the size of a building needed to attain a given density. Definitions (Proposed Section 16-23.090) The draft code includes 86 definitions of terms used in the code, including some references to existing definitions in the Municipal Code. These will be incorporated into the Zoning Code so there is one source of definitions. NEXT STEPS The final Objective Design Standards will be incorporated into the Zoning Code. A draft ordinance updating the Zoning Code will be brought to the Council for consideration, along with the new General Plan and EIR, in the spring. FINANCIAL IMPACT Preparation of the ODDS was funded under an amended Professional Services Agreement for additional consulting services related to update of the Housing Element and preparation of corresponding development regulations approved by the Town Council on March 16, 2022. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Adoption of the final ODDS will be addressed as part of the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) being prepared for adoption of the General Plan. RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Review the draft Objective Design Standards (ODDS) and provide feedback for any desired revisions prior to incorporation into Municipal Code (Zoning) amendments to be brought back to the Council at a later date. Exhibits: 1. Draft ODDS, including Draft Zoning Map for Downtown Districts 2. Summary of State Laws Requiring Objective Design and Development Standards 3. Summary of DRB Feedback EXHIBIT 1 PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT, FEBRUARY 01, 2023 DIVISION 16-23 DOWNTOWN DISTRICTS Prepared by Wallace Roberts & Todd, Urban Design & Planning Sustainable Community Planning, Municipal Ordinance Consultant O’Rourke & Associates, Prime Consultant For review by Tiburon Planning Commission and the Town of Tiburon, Community Development Department Exhibit 1 Exhibit 1 PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT, FEBRUARY 01 , 2023 DIVISION 16-23 DOWNTOWN DISTRICTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 16-23.010 – Purpose. ............................................................................ 1 16-23.020 – Allowable land uses and permit requirements. ......................... 1 A. General permit requirements. .......................................................... 1 B. Change of use and additional uses. .................................................. 5 C. Use-for-use changes and minor structural alterations. .......................... 5 D. Pre-existing uses. ........................................................................... 5 16-23.030 – Site planning. ..................................................................... 6 A. Site standards. .............................................................................. 6 16-23.040 – Building envelope and placement. ......................................... 6 A. Heights, setbacks, and stepbacks. .................................................... 6 B. Allowable projections into setbacks. ................................................. 8 16-23.050 – Street frontages. ................................................................10 A. Relationship of building to street. ....................................................10 B. Commercial street frontage. ............................................................13 C. Residential street frontage. .............................................................17 D. Community open space street frontage. ...........................................17 E. Site access and service areas. ........................................................17 16-23.060 – Building scale and design. ..................................................19 A. Scale of development. ...................................................................19 B. Exterior finish materials. .................................................................22 C. Windows. ...................................................................................24 16-23.070 – Open space. .....................................................................25 A. Private and semi-private open space. ..............................................25 B. Public and publicly-accessible open space ........................................26 C. Community open space. ................................................................28 16-23.080 – Landscape design. .............................................................31 A. Vegetation. ..................................................................................31 B. Hardscape ...................................................................................31 C. Fences and walls. .........................................................................31 D. On-site lighting. ............................................................................32 16-23.090 – Parking. ...........................................................................32 A. Number of parking spaces required. ...............................................32 B. Parking design standards. ..............................................................32 C. Bicycle parking ............................................................................33 16-23.100 – Definitions. .......................................................................34 Exhibit 1 1 16-23.010 – Purpose. The purpose of division 16-23 is to establish standards for land uses, site layout, and building form and design in the Downtown zoning districts including the MS (Main Street), VC (Village Commercial), and MU (Mixed Use) Districts. These requirements constitute “objective standards” under current state housing law, including but not limited to Government Code sections 65913.4, 655589.5 and 756852.21, to provide clear development standards that allow for streamlined review processes. Further, the purposes of this Division are to: A. reinforce Downtown as a cultural and commercial destination; B. accommodate infill housing of appropriate scale and character; C. maintain and enhance Downtown’s design character; D. facilitate transitions from lower scale residential areas to mixed-use Downtown zoning districts that are compatible with adjacent residential neighborhoods; E. remove barriers to revitalization and reinvestment through clear, objective, and context-sensitive standards; F. promote a walkable compact development pattern that supports safe and convenient pedestrian mobility and other multi-modal transportation options; and G. implement the Downtown and Housing elements of the Tiburon General Plan. 16-23.020 – Allowable land uses and permit requirements. A. General p ermit r equirements. Table 2-A (allowed land uses and permit requirements) identifies the uses allowed in each Downtown District and the zoning permit required to establish each use. Permitted uses are shown as "P" in table 2-A (allowed land uses and permit requirements). Exhibit 1 2 Figure 2-1. Zoning Districts and Street Frontages Exhibit 1 3 TABLE 2-A ALLOWED LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS P: Permitted use U: Conditional Use Permit ― : Use not allowed * : Use not allowed on the ground floor where Commercial Frontage is required(1) LAND USE PERMIT REQUIREMENT Specific Use Regulations MS MU VC Retail Including, but not limited to: art supply stores, dry goods, candy, pharmacies, florists, furniture stores, garden supplies, hardware, paint, auto parts, jewelry, clothing, shoes, music, sporting goods, stationery and office supplies, electronics, pet sup-plies, art galleries, stamp & coin shops, toy stores, and newsstands. P P P Souvenir Shops P ― P Firearms sales ― ― ― Personal Services Including, but not limited to: barber shops, beauty salons, nail salons, massage establishments, photography and art studios, dry cleaning establishments without on-site processing, laundromats, music/dance/art instruction, or travel agencies P P P Dry cleaning establishments with on-site processing ― U ― Food and Beverage Including, but not limited to: restaurants, bars/cocktail lounges, wine shops with on- site tasting, brewpubs, outdoor eating areas, any establishment serving any alcoholic beverage on the premises, grocery stores, convenience markets, liquor stores, catering/commercial food kitchens, and bakeries with on-site production. P P P Bakeries (retail sales only) and wine shops (retail sales only). P P P Fast food ― ― ― Exhibit 1 4 (1) Parcels with Required Commercial Frontage are shown on figure 2-1 (zoning districts and street frontages) and regulated by section16-23.050.B (commercial street frontages). Recreation and Entertainment Including, but not limited to: fitness/recreation facilities, theaters, meeting halls and hotels U U U Adult-oriented businesses ― U* ― Business and Household Services Including, but not limited to: banks, financial institutions, real estate agencies, photocopy and printing, computer and electronics repair, shoe repair, watch repair, locksmiths, upholstery shops, picture framing, and animal grooming P P P Animal care and boarding U U U Child day care center U U U 16-40.050 Mortuaries and funeral homes U U U Medical and non-medical marijuana facilities ― ― ― 16-40.090 Automotive Services Including, but not limited to: gas stations, car washes and vehicle repair U* U* U* Offices Including, but not limited to: business and professional offices, medical offices and clinics, laboratories, and opticians/optometrists P* P* P* Residential Including, but not limited to: multi-family dwellings, transitional and supportive housing P P P Emergency shelters P P P 16-40.060 Transportation Facilities Including, but not limited to: bus stations, ferry terminals, off-street parking facilities (commercial or public), and public electric vehicle charging facilities U U U Communication Facilities Including, but not limited to: wireless telecommunication facilities, and radio, microwave and TV transmission facilities U U U 16-42 Exhibit 1 5 B. Change of use and additional uses. Changes made to the existing land use that are not qualified as use-for-use changes, and additional specific uses which are, in the determination of the Director of Community Development, similar or accessory to those uses listed in table 2-A (allowed land uses and permit requirements), shall be permitted only when a conditional use permit is granted as provided in section 16-52.040 (conditional use permit) and when the use is identified as "U" in table 2-A (allowed land uses and permit requirements). C. Use-for-use changes and minor structural alterations. Use-for-use changes (e.g., restaurant to restaurant) or minor structural alterations when there is no substantive intensification of use, as determined by the Director, are allowed except that land uses precluded on the ground floor of required Commercial Frontages as set forth in table 2-4 (allowed land uses and permit requirements) and as indicated in figure 2-1 (zoning districts and street frontages) may not expand their floor area on the ground floor. Substantive intensification of use shall be measured in terms of parking requirements, number of employees at maximum shift, total floor area occupied, vehicular trip generation, or other factors within the reasonable discretion of the Director. The term "use-for-use changes" is limited to situations where the replacement use is substantially similar to the prior use in the reasonable discretion of the Director. D. Pre-e xisting u ses. Lawfully existing uses established prior to December 26, 1990, shall be permitted to operate under the authority and limitations of applicable zoning permits. Exhibit 1 6 16-23.030 – Site planning. A. Site standards. New subdivisions, land uses, and structures, and alterations to existing land uses and structures shall conform to the requirements in table 2-B (site standards). TABLE 2 B SITE STANDARDS Standard MS MU VC Lot size, minimum (square feet) 10,000 Residential density, maximum (dwelling units per acre) 25 35 15 Residential density, minimum (dwelling units per acre) 20 30 10 Total Floor Area Ratio (FAR), maximum 1.50 1.75 0.28 Block width, maximum (1) (2) 200 feet n/a (1) Separation of Block widths may be accomplished with a Paseo, Lanes, or Courtyard that extends at least 30 feet behind the Facade Plane. (2) For Block width illustrated, see figure 2-15 (block width and massing increments). 16-23.040 – Building envelope and placement. A. Heights, s etbacks, and s tepbacks. 1. Building h eights, setbacks, and s tepbacks. New structures and alterations to existing structures shall conform to the requirements in table 2-C (building heights, setbacks, and stepbacks), with height exceptions consistent with section 16-23.050.D, and as illustrated in figure 2-2 (setback requirements for Mixed Use and Main Street districts). Construction in flood hazard zones shall conform to the requirements in chapter 13D (flood damage prevention). Exhibit 1 7 Figure 2-2. Setback requirements for Mixed Use and Main Street districts Exhibit 1 8 Standard MS MU VC Notes Building Setbacks Front Setback from Street Property Line Minimum 0 feet 10 feet 10 feet (1) Maximum 2 feet 15 feet 20 feet (2) Side Setback, Minimum 0 feet 5 feet 5 feet Rear Setback, Minimum 0 feet, except: 20 feet adjacent to R-zoned parcels, 10 feet adjacent to Juanita Lane ROW Building Height Standards Maximum Building Height 3 stories, up to 45 feet 2 stories, 30 feet Maximum Height within 60 feet of R-zoned property 2 stories, up to 35 feet 1 story, 20 feet Minimum Building Height 25 feet (3) Building Stepback Standards Height above which requires Stepbacks above 2 stories or 30 feet, whichever is less Minimum Depth of Required Stepback 10 feet 20 feet 20 feet (4) (5) (6) (1) When adjacent to street intersections, line-of-sight setback standards in section 16-30.050.E also apply. (2) Maximum setback requirements only apply to street-facing buildings used to conform with subsection 16-23.050.A.1 (street frontage continuity). (3) Not applicable to accessory buildings or detached Accessory Dwelling Units. (4) Standards illustrated in figure 2-2 (setback requirements for Mixed Use and Main Street districts). (5) Measured from the front property line. (6) Stepback requirements do not apply to building facades that: face the corner of Tiburon Blvd. & Beach Rd. in conformance with subsection 16-30.050.E (height limit at street intersections), or to one Façade Increment within each Massing Unit, in conformance with subsection 16-23.060.A (scale of development). 2. Housing Element Sites Residential use must occupy 50% of the total floor area of any mixed use development project on Sites 1-7 and 9 as identified in the 6th Cycle Housing Element.” TABLE 2-C BUILDING HEIGHTS, SETBACKS, AND STEPBACKS Exhibit 1 9 B. Allowable p rojections into s etbacks. 1. Allowable p rojections into s etbacks. Specified building elements may project beyond the Facade Plane into Setbacks in accordance with table 2-D (allowable projections into setbacks). These requirements shall supersede section 16-30.F (allowed projections into setbacks). When located within the public right-of-way, building projections are subject to issuance of an encroachment permit per division 19-2. No building projection shall be less than 8 feet in height above a pedestrian path of travel. TABLE 2-D ALLOWABLE PROJECTIONS INTO SETBACKS Allowable Projection Applicable Frontage Type Maximum Projection Arcade (1) Commercial 12 feet Awning (2) Commercial or Residential 6 feet Cornices (2) Commercial or Residential 1 foot Eaves (2) Commercial or Residential MS district: 1 foot MU & VC districts: 4 feet Porches & Stoops (1) Residential 6 feet (excluding stairs) Stairs (1) Commercial or Residential up to property line Balconies, Bay Windows (2)(3) Residential 30 inches on upper floors only. May not exceed a width of 12 feet Wall-Mounted Lighting & Planters (2) Commercial or Residential 18 inches (at least 8 feet above grade) (1) Not allowed within the public right-of-way. (2) When located within the public right-of-way, subject to issuance of an Encroachment Permit per division 19-2. (3) Neighboring balconies and bay windows may not be closer than 4 feet in separation. Exhibit 1 10 16-23.050 – Street frontages. A. Relationship of b uilding to s treet. 1. Street f rontage c ontinuity. At least 75 percent of a parcel’s total Available Street Frontage adjacent to a public right-of-way shall be occupied by Commercial Street Frontage, Residential Street Frontage, Community Open Space, or some combination of these, as defined in section 16-23.050.B (commercial street frontage) and section 16- 23.050.C (residential street frontage), and as illustrated in figure 2-3 (street frontage continuity). Areas devoted to parking and service areas may not be used to meet this requirement. Figure 2-3. Street Frontage Continuity Exhibit 1 11 2. Extent of s treet frontage. Street Frontages include features adjacent to property lines along a public street, including: the Façade Plane between finished grade and the floor of the second level; the building use accessible at the ground level; the building setback, if any; that part of the public right-of-way between the curb and front property line; and that part of the property that is within the front setback or 20 feet, whichever is greater, but where there is no building. These features are further described in figure 2-4 (commercial street frontage illustrated), figure 2-5 (residential street frontage illustrated), and figure 2-6 (mixed-use street frontage illustrated). Figure 2-4. Commercial Street Frontage Illustrated Exhibit 1 12 Figure 2-5. Residential Street Frontage Illustrated Figure 2-6. Mixed-Use Street Frontage Illustrated 3. Building entrance l ocation and p edestrian access Sidewalks that lead to principal building entrances shall connect directly to a public sidewalk, or connect indirectly to a public sidewalk via a private sidewalk that passes within a Paseo, Courtyard, Corner Plaza, or Lane, as defined by section 16-23.070.C (community open space). 4. Frontage on Juanita Lane. A project adjacent to Juanita Lane shall front onto and orient principal building entrance(s) to Tiburon Boulevard, Main Street, or Beach Road. Such a project Exhibit 1 13 shall orient vehicle site access from Juanita Lane and not from other streets. Projects on Juanita Lane shall be exempt from street frontage requirements, except that setback areas along Juanita Lane shall be landscaped, except to allow for access (including vehicular, bicycle, or pedestrian) and utilities. Projects shall make sidewalk improvements along Juanita Lane as described in subsection 16-23.070.C.5 (Juanita Lane improvements). B. Commercial s treet f rontage. 1. Required commercial s treet frontages. Figure 2-1 (zoning districts and street frontages) indicates where Commercial Street Frontages are required, and where they are allowed but not required. 2. Required commercial f rontage a llowable uses. Storefronts shall be accompanied by a 1st floor space that is at least 25 feet deep and contain an allowable use consistent with commercial zone requirements in table 2-A (allowed land uses and permit requirements). Commercial uses not otherwise allowed on the ground floor as part of Commercial Frontages may be located on upper stories and/or behind a Storefront with at least 25’ depth, Commercial Lobby, or Residential Vestibule. 3. Commercial s treet f rontage d esign. Where Commercial Street Frontage is applied, ground-floor improvements shall be comprised of the following street frontage types and consistent with standards provided with each figure listed: a. storefronts (figure 2-8); b. arcades (figure 2-9); c. commercial lobbies (figure 2-10); and d. residential vestibules (figure 2-13). 4. Commercial s treet f rontage transparency. Along Commercial Street Frontages, at least 60 percent of the ground-floor area of a Façade Plan -- as measured from 2.5 to 8 feet above finished grade -- shall be comprised of windows and/or doorlites with clear unobscured glass, as shown in figure 2-7 (commercial street frontage transparency). Exhibit 1 14 Figure 2-7. Commercial Street Frontage Transparency Exhibit 1 15 Figure 2-8. Storefronts Figure 2-9. Arcades Figure 2-10. Commercial Lobbies Exhibit 1 16 Figure 2-11. Porches Figure 2-12. Stoops Figure 2-13. Residential Vestibules Exhibit 1 17 C. Residential s treet f rontage. 1. Required residential street f rontage. Figure 2-1 (zoning districts and street frontages) indicates where Residential Street Frontages are required. Residential Street Frontages are allowed along street edges, except where Commercial Street Frontages are required. 2. Residential s treet f rontage d esign. Where Residential Street Frontage is applied, ground-floor improvements shall be comprised of the following street frontage types and consistent with standards provided with each figure listed: a. porches (figure 2-11); b. stoops (figure 2-12); and c. residential vestibules (figure 2-13). 3. Residential s treet f rontage transparency. Window openings and/or door openings, inclusive of inset frames, shall comprise at least 25 percent of the width of a Façade Plane along the ground floor of a Residential Street Frontage. D. Community o pen space s treet f rontage. 1. Open space design and p rogramming. Street Frontage may be comprised of Community Open Space. See section 16- 23.070.F (community open space) for requirements. E. Site a ccess and service a reas. 1. Site a ccess location and design. Off-street lanes, alleys, and parking areas shall connect to a public right-of-way by access driveways and comply with the following design standards: a. The paved width of driveways in a front building setback shall not exceed 20 feet. b. A stop sign or other stop marking that is in clear view of exiting motorists shall be placed where exiting cars cross public sidewalks or other pedestrian paths or travel. c. From a point that is 5 feet or more from a sidewalk, motorist egress shall have an uninterrupted line of sight to the sidewalk at a 45-degree angle from straight ahead and in both directions. Exhibit 1 18 d. Driveways that cross public sidewalks shall be at the same level as the sidewalk. 2. Loading. Off-street loading spaces shall be subject to section 16-32.090. 3. Vehicle e ntry g ates. Vehicle entry gates shall conform with subsection 16-30.030.H. Vehicle Entry Gates, except to require that vehicle entry gates be setback behind the Facade Plane or at least 20 feet from any public sidewalk, whichever is greater. 4. Service a rea location and screening. Service entrances, waste disposal areas, and other similar service areas shall not be located within the front setback or between a building and the street right-of-way or public open space. For project sites greater than one acre, service areas shall be located: a. behind street-facing buildings; b. enclosed within a building envelope; c. screened from view of public sidewalk(s) with a solid wall or fence at least four (4) feet in height, and/or d. screened from view of public sidewalk(s) by shrubs that are or can be expected to grow to four (4) feet in height. 5. Ground-l evel u tility boxes and equipment. Ground-level utility boxes and equipment, including but not limited to back-flow preventers, air conditioner units, transformer boxes, gas and electric meters, generators and other utilities, shall not be located within the front setback of a project or between a street-facing building and a public street right-of-way. If this is determined to be technically infeasible by a qualified engineer, ground- level utility boxes and equipment may be located in the front setback but shall be screened from all direct sight lines from public sidewalks by shrubs that can be expected to grow to the same height as the box or equipment. Exhibit 1 19 16-23.060 – Building scale and design. A. Scale of d evelopment. Massing Increment and Façade Increment standards regulate the horizontal scale of building architecture parallel with streets. These horizontal increments complement limitations on vertical height and stepback requirements. 1. Massing i ncrements. The width of any portion of a Facade Plane facing a street and within 20 feet of the street right-of-way shall not exceed 90 feet, as illustrated in figure 2-14 (massing increments and façade increments). On parcels that are greater than one acre, adjacent Massing Increments shall be separated by a recess in the Facade Plane that is at least 12 feet wide and 10 feet deep, as illustrated in figure 2-15 (block width and massing increments). The height of the street-facing building façade closest to a public street shall be limited vertically by required stepbacks above the second floor, as illustrated in figure 2-2 (setback requirements for Mixed Use and Main Street districts). Exhibit 1 20 Figure 2-14. Massing Increments and Façade Increments Exhibit 1 21 Figure 2-15. Block Width and Massing Increments 2. Façade increments. Facade Increments shall not exceed 60 feet in width. In addition, adjacent Façade Increments shall differentiate architectural expression with at least three of the following: a. vary exterior finish material of the Facade Plane from among wood, stucco, metal, and cementitious materials; b. vary exterior finish texture from among shingles, board-and-batten, shiplap, panels, and uninterrupted planes; c. vary at least two types of projections, including bay windows, balconies, awnings, ridged canopies, porch, stoop, cornice, and eaves. d. vary at least two types of openings, including window grouping pattern, window muntin pattern, door type, lintels, and arcades. e. vary hue of the color of the building façade by at least 30 degrees within a 360-degree color wheel; and/or f. vary grey value of the color of the building façade by at least 20 percent within a 100 percent grey scale. Exhibit 1 22 Adjacent Façade Increments shall also be separated by at least one of the following vertical features: a. a vertical metal reinforced control joint or expansion joint creating a gap that is at least 1-inch in width; b. a metal downspout (not thinner than 28 gauge) that extends from roof to ground, except to avoid cornices, eaves, or other horizontal projections; and/or c. a vertical recess between façade increments with a minimum width and depth of at least 6 inches, and with a rear surface of the recess having a dark grey value of least 50 percent. In the Mixed Use district, adjacent Façade Increments shall vary the height of the Façade Plane by at least 10 feet table 2-C (building heights, setbacks, and stepbacks). The lower Façade Increment height shall be accompanied by a stepback depth consistent with table 2-C (building heights, setbacks, and stepbacks). 3. Facade p lane. At least two-thirds of the area of a Façade Increment that faces a street or public open space shall be in the same street-facing plane, which shall comprise a Facade Plane. Each Facade Plane shall be comprised of a single exterior finish when the ground-floor land use and upper-story land use are the same. When the ground-floor land use and upper-story land use are different, then one or two exterior finishes may be applied. When two exterior finishes are applied, the finishes shall be separated along the upper interior edge of a cornice that extends at least six inches in front of the Facade Plane and with a cornice height of at least one foot. 4. Block width. Block Width requirements further limit the horizontal scale of buildings facing streets, as described in table 2-B (site standards) and figure 2-15 (block width and massing increments). B. Exterior f inish m aterials. 1. Exterior materials. Allowable exterior building materials are set forth in table 2-E (allowable materials). Materials not allowed include vinyl and aluminum products, including those intended to simulate wood, and rough sawn wood. Concrete block is not allowed, unless concealed by allowable materials listed below. Exhibit 1 23 TABLE 2-E ALLOWABLE MATERIALS Exterior Material MS MU VC Wood Allowed Stucco, metal, fiber cement panels Allowed Not allowed Building base: concrete & brick, up to one story in height Not allowed Allowed Not allowed Building base: stone, up to four feet above grade 2. Materials at c orners. Veneers and other surface applications shall not be discernable. Materials shall be continued horizontally around the entirety of allowable projections and at visible exterior building corners, unless the material would be concealed by an immediately abutting structure. The same materials shall extend around an outer corner until: 1) it meets an interior corner, or 2) for at least eight (8) feet. The edge of wood finishes shall be concealed at exterior corners by corner boards or miter joint. 3. Wood. Exterior application of wood shall be comprised of one of the following: a. wood modules comprised of lap siding, vertical plank siding, horizontal plank siding, or shingles; or b. exterior plywood with battens to cover joints and horizontally spaced not less than 2 feet on center. 4. Stucco and concrete. For exterior application of stucco and concrete, a horizontal expansion joint or control joint shall be placed at the level of each floor and roof, and a vertical expansion joint shall occur at least every fourteen feet. For stucco, expansion and control joints shall be reinforced with metal. 5. Metal. Metal panels and metalwork may be used but shall be non-reflective and shall not produce glare. Metal pieces, panels, fasteners, and detailing shall be resistant to corrosion. Exhibit 1 24 6. Brick and s tone. If brick and stone are used around a building opening, a soldier course or lintel shall be incorporated, which is above the opening and at least 8 inches tall. 7. Façade color. For building facades that can be seen from a street or public open space, pastel color finishes are not allowed, such that if not white, the color hue shall contain at least 10% grey. C. Windows. 1. Window t ype. Operable windows shall be limited to double-hung, awning, or casement type windows. Horizontal sliding and hopper windows are prohibited. 2. Operable windows. Rooms with exterior windows shall include one or more operable windows, except where exclusive use of fixed windows are needed to mitigate excessive noise or air quality impacts. 3. Window Materials Solid wood or steel sash windows are required. Hollow window sections are not allowed. 4. Mullions Mullions may not be behind glass, such as within double glazed windows, but must project beyond the exterior of the glass surface. 5. Clear Glass Except for bathroom windows, exterior glass shall be clear in appearance having at least 90 percent light transmission within the visible spectrum, and shall not be mirrored, frosted, or opaque. 6. Recessed Glass Window glass shall be recessed at least 2 inches behind Facade Plane. Exhibit 1 25 7. Wood Trim Where a Facade Plane is surfaced with wood, windows shall be framed by wood. 8. Privacy Within the same development project, facing windows shall at least include one of the following: a. separated horizontally by at least 20 feet, b. offset horizontally by at least 10 degrees perpendicular to window plane, c. have an interior sill height that is at least 48 inches above floor; or d. use obscured glass. 16-23.070 – Open space. A. Private and semi-p rivate open s pace. 1. Open space for residents’ use. Residential development projects shall provide usable open space for the private and shared use of its residents and their guests in accordance with table 2-E (usable open space required per dwelling unit). Required useable open space may be met using a combination of privately accessible open space consistent with subsection 16-23.060.A.2 and shared semi-private open space consistent with subsection 16-23.060.A.3. TABLE 2-F USABLE OPEN SPACE REQUIRED PER DWELLING UNIT Dwelling Size Minimum1 Efficiency or Studio 150 square feet One Bedroom 200 square feet Two Bedroom 250 square feet Three or More Bedrooms 300 square feet 1 Overall amounts of open space are the same as existing standards, except that part of the open space is shared if multifamily. Exhibit 1 26 2. Private o pen s pace. Each dwelling unit shall include at least 40 square feet of private open space. Usable private open space includes: balconies at least 2 feet deep; or covered porches, covered stoops, fenced decks, or fenced yards, which are at least 6 feet clear in all directions. 3. Semi-p rivate o pen s pace. Residential development projects shall include shared semi-private open space for the use of building residents and their guests, except for townhouse dwelling units which may use private open space to meet all or part of Open Space for Residents’ Use requirements. Semi-private open space(s) shall have an area that is not less than 100 square feet per dwelling unit. Semi-private open space may include shared community gardens, lawns, roof terraces, play areas, community rooms, reading rooms, and recreation centers. Community rooms, reading rooms, and recreation centers may be enclosed. These spaces shall have a clear dimension of at least 25 feet in each direction. Semi-private open space may be provided adjacent to Paseos but only the usable portions, exclusive of the areas devoted to pedestrian circulation and landscape buffers next to dwelling units, may count towards the minimum square footage standards. Semi-private open space requirements may also constitute portions of Courtyards that are accessible to the public, consistent with section 16-23.060.C (community open space). B. Public and publicly-a ccessible o pen s pace 1. Improvements to p ublic s idewalks. Development projects shall make improvements to adjacent public sidewalks. Street frontage improvements shall include all of the following: a. a continuous path for pedestrian travel shall be provided along sidewalks and shall have an unobstructed width of at least six feet; b. street trees shall be planted along sidewalks between two and four feet from the curb, and shall be spaced not less than 30 feet on center, but not within 40 feet of a public street intersection; c. street trees shall be selected from a list of acceptable species provided by the Town; d. where adjacent to a Commercial Street Frontage, each street tree shall be accompanied by a tree well that is between four and eight feet wide, Exhibit 1 27 and the sidewalk shall extend to the curb where tree wells are not present; e. where adjacent to a Residential Street Frontage, street trees shall be accompanied by a landscape strip behind the curb that is between four and eight feet wide. The landscape strip shall be continuous except to allow sidewalk access to parked vehicles or curbside drop off; f. street lighting shall be installed in line with street trees, shall not exceed a height of 18 feet, and shall have light fixtures (luminaires) and light pole base plates consistent with specifications provided by the Town; g. along Commercial Frontages, bicycle parking shall be installed consistent with section 16-23.090.C (bicycle parking), and shall be consistent with specifications provided by the Town. The Town Engineer may waive requirements that are in this section if they are deemed unnecessary or infeasible. A determination of feasibility may be received prior to submitting an application for development by submitting utility and/or circulation information prepared by qualified professional(s) to the City Engineer. 2. Privately-Owned Public Open Space For development projects with forty or more dwelling units, at least one Privately- Owned Public Open Space shall be provided, which shall be maintained by the property owner and shall remain accessible to the public. Each Privately- Owned Public Open Space shall have a minimum clear dimension in each direction of at least 30 feet and a minimum site area that is not less than the sum of 30 square feet per dwelling unit, plus 1 square foot per 20 square feet of commercial floor area, but not less than a total of 1,200 square feet. A Privately-Owned Public Open Space shall be designed as either a Courtyard or Corner Plaza, consistent with section 16-23.060.C (community open space). [IN-LIEU FEE FOR DISCUSSION] In lieu of providing open spaces required by this Section, an applicant may pay an in-lieu fee to help fund design and construction of pedestrian amenities and enhanced landscaping beyond what is otherwise required of development in the vicinity of the project within the Downtown District. In-lieu fees may not be paid for open space minimums described in section 16-23.060.A (private and semi-private open space). In-lieu fees paid by applicants will be gathered by the Town and applied by the Town to public street improvements determined by the Town. Exhibit 1 28 C. Community o pen space. 1. Courtyards. Courtyards shall be used to separate Blocks required by table 2-B (site standards) and shall meet all of the following design requirements: a. have a minimum site area on private property of at least 1,200 square feet; b. have a minimum width of at least thirty feet; c. have one side of the Courtyard’s frontage open to a public street; d. be accessible to the public directly from the adjacent street right-of-way; e. include fixed seating in the form of benches and/or seat walls, with at least 1 seat (18 inches in width) per 100 square feet of Courtyard site area; f. have not less than 50 percent of the perimeter enclosed by building(s); g. the ground-floor of buildings adjacent to a Lane shall conform to transparency requirements in subsection 16-23.050.B.4 and subsection 16-23.050.C.4; and h. have landscaped areas comprising not less than 25 percent of the Courtyard site area. 2. Corner plazas. Corner Plazas are allowed at street intersections, and shall meet all the following design requirements: a. be open and accessible on two sides to public streets, and in conformance with section 16-30.050.E (height limit at street intersections); b. have a minimum of 1,200 square feet of site area on private property; c. have a minimum width of at least thirty (30) feet; d. include fixed seating in the form of benches and/or seat walls, with at least 1 seat per 100 square feet of plaza site area; e. have not less than 50 percent of perimeter of plaza enclosed by building(s); f. the ground-floor of buildings adjacent to a Corner Plaza shall conform to section 16-23.050.B (commercial street frontages) and section 16- 23.050.C (residential street frontage); and g. have landscaped areas comprising not less than 25 percent of the plaza’s site area. Exhibit 1 29 3. Paseos. Paseos are linear landscape passages for pedestrian movement that extend in from streets and may link to other paseos. Paseos may be enclosed on buildings on one or both sides. Paseos may be used to provide a required connection from building entrances to a street to conform with subsection 16-23.050.A.3 (building entrance locations). Paseos shall meet all of the following design requirements: a. access to the Paseo may occur directly at a street or may be via a Courtyard or Corner Plaza; b. shall be accessible to the public within forty feet of a street right-of-way, after which a gate may restrict public access; c. shall be not less than twenty-five feet in width; d. the Paseo shall have a shared sidewalk with a width of at least five (5) feet that connects end points e. have landscaped areas comprising not less than 50 percent of the area of the Paseo; f. the ground-floor of buildings adjacent to a Paseo shall conform to transparency requirements in subsection 16-23.050.B.4 and subsection 16-23.050.C.4; and g. may include shared semi-private open space, consistent with subsection 16-23-.070.A.3 (shared semi-private open space). Building projections are allowed to project into Paseos, consistent with subsection 16-23.040.B.1 (allowable building projections into setbacks). 4. Lanes. Lanes are private roadways with space dedicated to both vehicles and pedestrians. Lanes shall meet all of the following design requirements: a. access to a Lane shall be directly from a public street; b. Lanes shall be accessible to the public within forty feet of a front property line, after which a gate may restrict public access; c. a shared sidewalk shall be provided where there are principal building entrances and shall connect to a public sidewalk or internal sidewalk network; d. sidewalks shall be placed adjacent to the curb or separated from the curb with a planting strip that is at least 3 feet wide; e. Lanes shall have a drive aisle plus parking on one, both, or no sides; f. the combined paved width of a Lane, including the drive aisle and parking, shall be at least 20 feet and not exceed 42 feet; Exhibit 1 30 g. where parking is present along the Lane, parking and aisle dimensions shall conform to section 16-32.080 (parking design and development standards), except that aisle dimension shall be interpreted to include driveways that provide additional room for maneuvering vehicles; h. pavement along Lanes shall be comprised of asphalt, concrete, and/or permeable pavers; i. space for vehicles shall be delineated by curbs and/or bollards; and j. the ground-floor of buildings adjacent to a Lane shall conform to transparency requirements in subsection 16-23.050.B.4 and subsection 16-23.050.C.4. 5. Juanita Lane Improvements. Development projects adjacent to the Juanita Lane public right-of-way shall provide a mountable curb and adjacent sidewalk not less than five feet in width. If new development fronts onto Juanita Lane, then Residential Street Frontage standards shall apply. 6. Alleys. Alleys may be used to provide vehicular access on-site without pedestrian circulation. Alleys shall meet all of the following design requirements: a. Alleys shall have a drive aisle that is at least 24 feet wide; b. where parking is present along the Alley, parking and aisle dimensions shall conform to section 16-32.080 (parking design and development standards), except that aisle dimension shall be interpreted to include driveways that provide additional room for maneuvering vehicles; c. pavement along Lanes shall be comprised of asphalt, concrete, and/or permeable pavers; and d. space for vehicles shall be delineated by curbs and/or bollards. Exhibit 1 31 16-23.080 – Landscape design. A. Vegetation. 1. Landscaped setbacks. Setback areas shall be landscaped except for areas necessary for pedestrian access and vehicular access consistent with section 16-23.050.E (site access and service areas) and subsection 16-23.070.C.4 (lanes), and where utilities preclude landscaping. Landscaping shall be comprised of trees, shrubs, and groundcover shall be selected from lists provided by the Town. B. Hardscape 1. Brick p avers. Along Tiburon Boulevard and along Main Street in the Main Street district (but not Ark Row), sidewalks shall match the use and pattern of brick pavers used. In Courtyards and Corner Plazas the same use and pattern of brick pavers shall be used as hard scape except for concrete edges two (2) feet or less in width. C. Fences and walls. 1. Fence and wall requirements. Subsection 16-30.040.B (height limits) shall apply. 2. Fence and wall h eight. Within the setback between a building and street (or public open space), no fence or wall shall exceed a height of forty-two (42) inches above finished grade. 3. Fence and wall materials. The following fence materials are allowed: a. wood picket, b. wood board, c. metal bar, d. open wood or metal frame with coated or uncoated metal wire, e. stone and brick, or f. cast in place concrete. Exhibit 1 32 Fence materials which are not allowed include: a. chain link, b. corrugated metal, c. plastic and other synthetic materials, and d. Concrete block, unless faced with stucco or other approved materials in table 2-E (allowable materials). D. On-s ite l ighting. 1. Lighting for p arking and open space areas. Lighting shall conform with section 16-30.070. The following standards also apply: a. pole-mounted lighting fixtures shall not exceed a height of 16 feet; b. within four feet of a building entryway, at least one wall-mounted exterior light fixture shall be provided; and c. exterior lighting shall not cast direct light beyond the side and rear property lines, based on lighting location, height, and fixture light-angle specifications. 16-23.090 – Parking. A. Number of p arking s paces r equired. On-site parking for vehicles shall conform with section 16-32.040. B. Parking d esign standards. On-site parking for vehicles shall conform with section 16-32.080, except that: a. parking shall be located in conformance with subsection 16-23.050.A.1 (street frontage continuity); b. no surface parking shall be allowed within 20 feet of a street-facing property line; c. a wall or fence shall screen parking stalls where they would otherwise be in direct view of a public sidewalk, with a wall or fence height of between 36 and 42 inches above finished grade; d. within surface parking lots, plant at least 1 tree for every 6 parking stalls; Exhibit 1 33 e. parking lots shall be separated from property line by a landscape strip that is no less than 5 feet wide; f. mechanical parking lifts shall be allowed within an enclosed garage when designated for use by residents, except for parking designated for use by persons with disabilities; g. mechanical lifts shall be accompanied by an on-site battery or electrical generator to provide sufficient power to clear the lift of all vehicles, or shall be capable of manually clearing the lift without power; and h. a pair of tandem parking spaces shall be allowed when designated for use by members of the same household/dwelling unit. C. Bicycle p arking Bicycle parking shall be provided in conformance with section 16-32.040. Additionally, at least one half of the bicycle parking for commercial uses shall be provided in publicly-accessible locations, such as along public sidewalks, street-facing setbacks, and publicly-accessible open space. The remainder of bicycle parking that is required shall be provided on-site in covered and secure locations. Exhibit 1 34 16-23.100 – D efinitions. For this division, definitions in this section shall apply. A Service, Access. A driveway or other travel way used by vehicles to approach and gain entry for purposes of building or site maintenance or operations. Accessory Building. See section 100.020. Accessory buildings shall be detached and include carports, garages (but not parking structures), workshops and work studios, greenhouses, cabanas and pool houses, and storage sheds. Accessory Dwelling Units. See section 16-52.100. Alley. See section 16-52.100. Alleys provide access for service vehicles and parking garages. Alleys are not designed for pedestrians. Applicant. See section 16-52.100. Arcade. A ground-floor colonnade that supports a shed roof or deck that covers the sidewalk, intended to provide shade and weather protection. Awning. A canopy made of canvas or rigid membrane, which projects from the exterior wall of a building, and helps to shade or shelter a window and/or door. B Bay. A horizontal module related to buildings, usually between two nearest piers or other vertical supports. Bay, Storefront. See Storefront Bay. Bay Window. A window or group of windows that project from the main volume of a building. Block. A building or attached buildings that are not interrupted by a street, an alley, a side or rear setback, or a Community Open Space that meets design requirements for a Courtyard, Paseo, or Lane. Building. See section 16-52.100. Building Code. See section 16-52.100. Building Height. See “Height, Building.” Building Envelope. See section 16-52.100. Exhibit 1 35 C Community Garden. Shared open space used by a set of individual residents for the cultivation of vegetables and/or fruit. Community Open Space. See “Open Space, Community.” Corner, Outer. A convex corner that projects away from the building volume to which it is associated. Corner, Interior. A corner that projects inward toward the building volume to which it is associated. Corner Plaza. A privately-owned, publicly-accessible open space that can be used by the public and is located adjacent to a street corner. Corner plazas are abutted by buildings on at least one side. Corner plazas may be used where the height of features is limited near intersections. Courtyard. A privately-owned, publicly-accessible open space that can be used by the public and is next to a street and located midblock. Courtyards are abutted by buildings on at least two sides. Corner plazas may be used to separate blocks. Curb cut. A break in a vertical curb where there is a short ramp. A curb cut is generally where a driveway meets a public roadway. Conditional Use. See section 16-52.100. Cornice. A horizontal projection on the exterior of a building, typically to crown the top of a building or to delineate a commercial ground floor from upper stories. D Density. See section 16-52.100. Depth. See section 16-52.100. Drive, Access. A private right of way primarily intended as vehicular access to on-site parking or loading. Drive, Service. An access drive for the exclusive use of service vehicles. Driveway. See section 16-52.100, except that the part of a driveway that extends to the curb line of a street shall also apply. Dwelling Unit. Dwelling unit means one or more rooms with internal access between all rooms with living facilities for at least one household, including space for sleeping, eating, bathing, sanitary facilities, and cooking facilities that have a sink, refrigerator, storage, stove, and oven. Exhibit 1 36 Dwelling Unit, Townhouse. Townhouse dwelling units are among a set of three or more dwellings that are attached, side-by-side single-family units. Dwelling Unit, Multifamily. Multifamily dwelling units are a set of three or more dwellings that are attached, side-by-side and stacked vertically. E Encroachment. The part of a building that extends into or beyond a property line and into a public right-of-way or other public property. Entrance, Principal Building. An entryway used for regular coming and going from buildings by pedestrians, and not used or only incidentally used for loading or service activities. If more than one entrance serves the same interior space, then the principal building entrance shall be the one that connects most directly via a pedestrian sidewalk to a public street. Entryway. A point of pedestrian ingress and egress to the front of a building connecting to a sidewalk. F Façade. The exterior wall of a building along with its associated windows, entryways, and projections. Façade Increment. See “Increment, Façade.” Façade Plane. Within the limits of a horizontal Façade Increment, the Façade Plan is the largest wall surface within the same contiguous two-dimensional surface without projections or recesses from that surface. Facade Planes of interest face public streets and common open space with pedestrian activity, rather than parking lots or rear yards. Fence. See section 16-52.100. Floor Area. As defined in section 16-52.100, except that gross floor area shall not include the entire floor area of parking garages and carports. Floor Area Ratio. As defined in section 16-52.100, except that the definition of floor area ratio for commercial uses shall also apply to residential and community uses. Footprint, Building. The site area occupied by a building without respect to a building’s height. Frontage, Street. A street frontage describes development characteristics with twenty (20) feet of a street-facing property line and at ground-floor level, including a building's ground-floor façade, landscape and built features within setbacks and projections, and associated sidewalk improvements. Pedestrian’s Exhibit 1 37 experience along street sidewalks are determined in part by street frontage characteristics. Frontage, Commercial. A frontage that has commercial uses on the ground- floor, along with lobbies and/or vestibules, building setback areas, and sidewalks. Frontage, Residential. A frontage that has residential uses on the ground- floor and may also have lobbies and/or vestibules providing access to upper- story or midblock uses, along with required setback and streetscape. Frontage Type. Characteristically different frontage types, such as commercial versus residential, but also inclusive of service areas and community open space. G Ground Floor. The floor of a building located nearest to the finished grade around the building. H Height, Building. See section 16-52.100, but note the following amendment to height exceptions in subsection 16-30.050.D: in Downtown Zones only, the allowable height shall include up to half of the vertical height of sloped roofs (i.e., half of the distance between lowest eave and the highest point within principal roof volume) I Increment, Façade. A horizontal module comprised of a complete façade composition that is visually distinguished from an adjacent façade composition of the same building. Increment, Massing. The horizontal module comprised of a contiguous building volume that has a Facade Plane as its front face and is located within 10 feet of a minimum front setback line. Interior corner. See “Corner, Interior.” L Landscaped Areas. See section 16-52.100. Lanes. Lanes are intended for both vehicle traffic and pedestrian circulation on site. Lanes feature sidewalks for pedestrians, whereas alleys do not. Exhibit 1 38 Lifts, Mechanical. An automated mechanism that lifts or lowers a parked vehicle to make space available for another parked vehicle above or below it. Loading Area. See section 16-52.100. Loading areas are a type of service area. Lobby. A commercial or institutional antechamber between an outer door and interior parts of a building. M Massing Increment. See Increment, Massing. Mechanical Lifts. See “Lifts, Mechanical.” Multifamily Dwelling Unit. See “Dwelling Unit,” Multifamily. O Open Space, Community. Usable on-site open space that is for the shared use of residents (semi-private) and may or may not be for public use. Community open spaces include courtyards, corner plazas, paseos, and lanes. Open Space, Private. The area required for each residential dwelling unit, which may be provided in patios, decks, balconies, and fenced yard areas, but excluding stairs, entrance decks, and landings. Open Space, Public. Any open space for public use. Open Space, Privately-Owned Public. Privately-Owned Public Open Spaces are intended for public use but are owned and maintained by a private entity. Public access is not restricted, except for at night as may be agreed to by the applicant and Town. Open Space, Semi-Private. Shared open space limited to residents and their guests. Public access to semi-private open spaces may be restricted. Open Space, Usable. Open areas used for the enjoyment of groups of people or individuals, and may include active or passive recreation. Outer Corner. See “Corner, Outer.” P Parking, Tandem. A double-length parking space for two cars parked end- to-end When both cars are parked in tandem, the car farthest from a parking aisle can only be moved if the car closest to an aisle is moved. Exhibit 1 39 Parking Lifts, Mechanical. A set of steel elevator platforms that allow two or more cars to be stacked above and below, with some models also moving and arranging cars side-to-side. Paseo. A pedestrian passage flanked by landscaping that provides an internal walking connection to adjacent parcels or sidewalks or other paseos. Paseos are not accompanied by space for motor vehicles. Parapet. A low wall at the edge of a roof, the front of which is typically in line with the façade below. Path of Travel. A continuous, unobstructed way of pedestrian passage. Pavers. Blocks made of concrete, brick, or stone, used in aggregate in the construction of hardscapes, such as sidewalks, patios, driveways, and roads. Pavers, Permeable. Designed with drainage in mind, an arrangement of pavers that are spaced slightly apart, which allows water to percolate into subsurface areas. Pedestrian-Oriented Environment. An area with design elements that contribute to an active place for pedestrians to walk through or otherwise enjoy. Typical elements include: • ground-floor building facades with clear windows and building entrances; • ground-floor activity that contribute to foot traffic; • sidewalks or other hardscape for pedestrian movement; • landscape and/or architectural features that provide visual interest; and • street trees and other elements for the comfort and safety of pedestrians. Permitted Use. See “Use, Permitted.” Permeable Pavers. See “Pavers, Permeable.” Pier. A vertical element that provides structural support and, if part of a building’s exterior, may divide storefronts. Pilaster. A vertical pier that is integrated with, but projects forward from, a wall. Porch. An outside landing immediately adjacent to a building entrance and sheltered by a roof. Facade Plane. See “Building Plane, Principal.” Principal Building Entrance. See “Entrance, Principal Building.” Private Open Space. See “Open Space, Private.” Exhibit 1 40 Privately-Owned Public Open Space. See “Open Space, Privately- Owned Public.” Project. See division 13-17. Projection. A part or feature of a building that extends into a setback or other area where limits are imposed. Public Open Space. An outdoor space that is intended for public use as a park or plaza. Public open space shall be assumed to be owned by the Town unless it is described as a Privately-Owned Public Open Space. Public Space. Areas that are open to the public and include streets and/or open space areas. Public Street. A street for which the right-of-way is owned by a public agency. Public Use. See section 16-52.100. R Recess. A void between building volumes that breaks a more forward building plane. A relatively small space created by a building wall being back further than the rest. Recessed Entryway. An entrance to a building that is set back from the facade of the building. Roadway. The part of a street that is dedicated to motor vehicles and is separated from sidewalks and landscaping by a curb. S Semi-Private Open Space. See “Open Space, Semi-Private.” Service Area. An open or enclosed area principally used for loading, refuse/recycling service, and building operations. Setback, Front. As defined by section 16-30.030, except that front setbacks shall apply to all street frontages, including both street frontages on corner lots. Setback, Side. As defined by section 16-30.030, except that side setbacks shall apply only to interior parcel lines. Setback, Rear. As defined by section 16-30.030. Stem Wall. A very low wall below and not including a window (such as a display window) and above finish grade (such as an adjacent sidewalk). Exhibit 1 41 Stepback. A stepback requires that a building’s volume that is above a certain height be set farther away from a street or property line. Storefront. A ground-floor frontage assembly that includes display windows and entryway associated with any allowable ground-floor commercial or live- work space, and spatially defined on either side by vertical piers. Storefront Bay. The horizontal module that includes two piers or pilasters and the windows and entryway they frame. Stoop. The landing at the entrance of a building, which is sheltered by a canopy or roof, and generally accompanied by stairs. T Townhouse Dwelling Unit. See “Dwelling Unit, Townhouse.” U Usable Open Space. See “Open Space, Usable.” Use. See section 16-52.100. Use, Conditional. A use that is permitted subject to compliance with a set of conditions or requirements set forth in the zoning ordinance. Conditional uses are land uses that because of their special nature may be suitable only in certain locations, or arranged or operated in a particular manner. Use, Permitted. Permitted use means a use allowed without meeting additional criteria or requirements. V Vestibule. A residential antechamber between an outer door and interior parts of a building. W Lighting, Wall-Mounted. A light fixture/luminaire that is mounted on a wall and is not supported from above or below. Exhibit 1 EXHIBIT 2 Summary of HAA, SB 35 and AB 2011* HAA (Govt. Code 65589.5) SB35 (Govt. Code 65913.4) AB 2011 Applicability All housing developments (2+ units): residential only (incl. SF home + ADU), mixed use (min. 2/3s sg. ftg. residential), transitional and supportive housing, and emergency shelters. Jurisdictions included on HCD’s SB 35 Statewide Determination Summary where there is insufficient progress to meet RHNA for a particular income category. Housing developments (2+ units) with: ▪ GP/zoning allows residential or mixed use ▪ Min. 10% low-income units ▪ Construction workers paid prevailing wage (on projects >10 units) 100% affordable housing projects on sites zoned for commercial development where office or retail uses are permitted or with min. 15% low- income units (rental) or 15% low or 30% moderate (ownership) on sites along “commercial corridors” (min. ROW 70’ wide). ▪ Construction workers paid prevailing wage ▪ More than 5 units ▪ Must complete Phase 1 environmental assessment Exclusions ▪ Properties including wetlands, very high fire severity zone, floodplain, habitat for protected species or mobile home site ▪ Demolition of rental units (past 10 years) or units subject to rent/resale price controls ▪ Demolition of building on local, state or national historic register ▪ Not adjacent to industrial site ▪ Not within 500’ of freeway ▪ Min. 50’ frontage along commercial corridor ▪ Vacant site does not contain tribal cultural resources ▪ Not within high fire severity zone ▪ Other SB35 limitations (wetlands, flood zone, etc.) Limitations on Local Authority Cannot reduce density or deny if project complies with objective design and development standards (General Plan, zoning and subdivision stds.) unless finding a specific, adverse impact to public health and safety and impact can’t be mitigated any other way. Conditions cannot lower residential density or have effect of lowering overall number of units. Conditions for affordable housing & emergency shelters cannot have a substantial adverse impact on viability of the affordable units. Ministerial approval if project complies with objective standards. Parking: min. 1 space/unit; no parking required within 1/2 mile of transit stop, historic district or within 1 block of car share station. Ministerial approval if project complies with objective standards. Can do design review based only on objective standards. Allowable density: 100% affordable projects: 30 du/acre Mixed-income projects: Sites <1acre: 30 du/ac Sites >1acre on comm. corridor <100’ wide: 40du/ac Sites >1acre on comm. corridor 100’ wide: 60 du/ac Sites w/in ½ mile of transit facility: 80 du/ac Max. building height (mixed income projects): Sites on comm. corridor <100’ wide: 35’ HAA (Govt. Code 65589.5) SB35 (Govt. Code 65913.4) AB 2011 Sites on comm. corridor 100’ wide: 45’ Sites w/in ½ mile of transit facility: 65’ Plus numerous setback requirements. No parking required. CEQA CEQA applies Exempt from CEQA Exempt from CEQA Process Consistency review of objective standards completed in 30 days (projects <150 units) or 60 days (projects >150 units) from submittal No more than 5 hearings (unless legislative approval needed – e.g. GPA, zone change) Consistency review of objective standards completed in 60 days (projects <150 units) or 90 days (projects >150 units) Review cannot exceed 90 days (projects <150 units) or 180 days (projects >150 units) from submittal Can hold public oversight meeting by the Planning Commission (focus on compliance with criteria including objective standards) Consistency review of objective standards completed in 60 days (projects <150 units) or 90 days (projects >150 units) * Note: This information is presented as a summary of complex legislation and does not attempt to detail all provisions of the law. EXHIBIT 3 Tiburon Design Review Board – ODDS Meeting II Notes – June 30, 2022 DRC Attendees: Bryan Chang (Chair), Miles Berger (Vice Chair), Suzanne Kim, Jim Malott Tiburon Boulevard 1A: Street Frontage, Block Size & Pedestrian Realm Berger: Presented cross-section and plan as follows. [In drawing, Tiburon Blvd is at left.] • 21’ setback of buildings from curb, • 10’ stepback of fourth floor, • 84’ max. building frontage (equating to 3x 27’ structural bays) • intervening min 21’x21’ breaks for courtyard/paseo, • significant architectural differentiation on each side of break (materials, height, roof form, etc.). Berger (continued): Supported storefronts facing intersection of Tiburon Blvd and Beach Malott: Suggested lowering heights on MUH sites at the rear, varying building heights along Tiburon Blvd., and accommodating parking a half-level below grade. Expressed concerns over flat roofs and ability to mandate the quality of construction. Kim: Agreed with the concept of significant building breaks every 84’ and with lowering height on MUH sites towards the hillside neighborhood. Chong: Suggested possible stepbacks above two-story facades and questioned the ability to get natural light in paseos only 20 feet wide flanked by four-story buildings. Malott and Chong: Consider stepbacks above the third story. 1B. Building Setback, Sidewalk Width & Street Character Berger: Proposed a 21’ building setback from curb, for which he illustrated an 8’ sidewalk and 13’ building setback from right-of-way. Noted that the shown cross section of Tiburon Blvd. doesn’t show double row of median trees. Malott: Suggested allowing 2-story buildings closer to the street. Kim: Noted cross section shown doesn’t include a bike path. Suggested impact fees to fund alternative modes (bike lanes and transit infrastructure) and traffic calming. Chong: Suggested diagonal parking along Tiburon Blvd. Malott: Suggested easy-to-find off-street parking for the public. 2. Massing and Building Articulation Chong: Recommended aggressively breaking up building frontage into distinct and smaller building components. Not Santana Row’s false fronts in a single plane. Malott: Suggested limiting building facades to max. of 400-600 sf. Without varying building plane and/or materials. Berger: Maximize separate building design segments and consider varying height of stepbacks along building frontage. Malott: Suggested a different character/scale of development at rear of the MUH sites. Recommended against pushing historic architectural styles. Berger: The Belvedere Land Company building was suggested as a good local model for modulating a façade. NOTE: Members were encouraged to send addresses or images of exemplary buildings. Main Street 3. Site Layout and Massing Berger: Recommended facade at property line (no setback) with an 8-foot stepback above 2nd floor. Malott: Also recommended façade at property line for tighter Main Street space, greater intensity of pedestrian activity, and slower traffic. Suggested one-way street with greater pedestrian area. Chong: Supports a hybrid approach to setbacks, with majority of façade at the property line with some setbacks allowed for restaurant seating, etc. Malott: Recommended requiring a % of façade to be setbacks based on the length of the street frontage. Berger: Allow some building setback, but don’t mandate it. Juanita Lane 4. Juanita Lane Character Berger: Require off-street parking along Juanita, instead of parallel parking along Lane. Malott: Show a cross section with potential development of the surface parking lot site with a ground-level parking structure. Suggested Juanita Lane be one-way, without on-street parking to provide more pedestrian circulation. Tiburon Design Review Board – ODDS Meeting III Notes – July 21, 2022 DRC Attendees: Suzanne Kim (Chair), Cedric Barringer, Jim Malott, Bryan Chang 1: Tiburon Boulevard Street Frontage, Open Space & Building Mass All Commissioners agreed that redevelopment of larger sites on Tiburon Boulevard should create the appearance of smaller, individual and distinct buildings, built individually over time. They agreed that smaller vertically-oriented facades were preferable to larger horizontally-oriented facades. Commissioners also agreed that the size of development blocks be minimized while remaining feasible for developers to put parking garages below buildings or within the block. Malott: Suggested maximum 50-60’ building frontages along Tiburon Boulevard, by breaking the horizontal width of building into smaller horizontal modules, such as to differentiate horizontal modules by using major vertical breaks created by changes in: plane, materials, color, etc.. Bays could range from 25-50 feet. He suggested emphasizing vertical building elements to evoke the character of Italian hill towns. He suggested that property owners be required to subdivide larger sites for individual developments with different architects to achieve more diverse and differentiated designs. Barringer: Suggested 25’ bays to break up the street-fronting façades, allowing for differing setbacks for projecting bays. Kim: Agreed with emphasizing vertical separations between building components, with maximum facade width of 75 feet wide based on the recent downtown example, while recognizing that a recess in the façade might be used to separate two 75-foot facades if the building itself needed to be wider. Her preference was for architectural modules of 25 to 50 feet, while acknowledging that mixed-use projects with ground floor retail might span widths of more than 50 feet. Chong: Suggested varying rooflines and forms between bays or building elements, using Rainbow Row in Charleston as an example. He said that associated changes in plane should be more than a foot or two. Malott: Agreed that smaller roof components between building modules will break up horizontality and help differentiate horizontal building modules. Barringer: Suggested roof changes at least every 50 feet. Malott: To break up the façade, recommended using stepbacks and varying the height of where stepbacks occur . Barringer: Agreed that a fourth-floor stepback should be setback well beyond the third floor, and that some break up of a third-floor stepback is also important. Malott and Chong: Consider stepbacks above the third story. Kim: Indicated that the Tiburon Boulevard frontage can be taller, but should step down towards residential parcels in back. Malott: Agreed that five stories might be appropriate on Tiburon Boulevard, but would prefer scaling down to 2-3 stories near residential neighbors. Suggested lowering heights on MUH sites at the rear, varying building heights along Tiburon Blvd., and accommodating parking a half-level below grade. Expressed concerns over flat roofs and ability to mandate the quality of construction. Chong: Suggested possible stepbacks above two-story facades and questioned the ability to get natural light in paseos only 20 feet wide flanked by four-story buildings. Kim: Agreed with the concept of significant building breaks every 84’ and with lowering height on MUH sites towards the hillside neighborhood. Berger: Supported storefronts facing intersection of Tiburon Blvd and Beach Kim: Suggested that shared roof terraces be allowed for outdoor open space. Malott: To reduce building mass from structured parking, options to reduce parking requirements should be considered. Kim: Suggested considering decoupling pricing of parking from unit rental cost to reduce parking demand. 2: Juanita Lane Character Malott: Suggested that Juanita Lane needs more detailed study. He could see potential for residential uses facing Juanita Lane by putting future parking below the level of the existing surface lot. He recommends additional public paseos through development on Tiburon Boulevard to improve public access. Kim: Believed it would be difficult to sufficiently activate Juanita Lane as a pedestrian attraction, but future development should provide a pedestrian pass-through between Tiburon Boulevard and Ark Row. Barringer: Suggested developing only one side of Juanita with a sidewalk and pedestrian-oriented development. The Board members speculated whether the wider portions of the current parking lot site could be redeveloped with mixed use and a public courtyard accessed from Juanita, particularly in conjunction with the adjacent property owner. 3. Architectural Design Elements Materials: The Board agreed that a variety of materials are appropriate for Tiburon, although brick and brick panels should be precluded or limited. Colors: Malott: Prefers darker paint values, and believes white trim is not appropriate for Tiburon. The Board agreed that colors shouldn’t be stipulated, but that variation in color between building components is important for differentiation and breaking down perceived building mass. Change in Façade Plane: Mallott: Stressed the need for deep articulation and variety in building planes for windows, doors, balconies and trellises. Balcony and bay window projections should be allowed into the building setbacks. Windows, Cornices and Eaves and Roof Forms: The Board agreed that the ODDS should not be prescriptive in these areas. Storefronts, Awnings and Overhangs: Malott: Protection of entries and display windows is beneficial on the sunny side of buildings or for rain protection. Kim: Emphasized that creating variation in entries and awnings is helpful. Residential Entrances: The Board agreed that variety in the design of entries would be beneficial. 4. Next Steps The Board encouraged staff to consider scheduling a joint meeting of the Planning Commission and DRB to review the draft ODDS when released. From:Dorene Curtis To:Jon Welner; Dina Tasini; Jack Ryan; Alice Fredericks USA.net; Noah Griffin; Holli Thier; Lea Dilena Cc:Silverfield Kathy; Jacobs Julie Subject:Questions/Comments for tonight’s TC meeting re ODDS Date:Wednesday, February 1, 2023 1:48:51 PM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Dear Tiburon Town Staff, Consultants and Town Council Members, I would appreciate your addressing the following comments/questions at tonight’s TCMeeting: 1. Please clarify or confirm that DESPITE what the Housing Element and ODDS say, a developer can come in under AB2011 and build a 5 story residential complex with 80 units per acre, and NO PARKING? 1. What does the Staff Memo (bottom of P.1) mean when it says “At least” 80 units per acre, and “at least” 65 feet? Can it be EVEN MORE than this? 2. IF THIS IS THE CASE, DON’T WE NEED TO BE SURE TO TALK TO BELVEDERE LAND COMPANY and try to negotiate limits? They indicated an interest in doing just this (5 story with 2 story garage), per news article on Belvedere HE. 2. What is the intent for Main Street? RETAIL SHOPS/RESTAURANTS will still be REQUIRED for first floor, correct? 1. The staff memo says OFFICES will not be allowed, but what about “personal services” and “business and household services”? (Staff memo p5 at top) What do these terms mean and would they be allowed on the ground floor on Main Street? 3. Why rezone to only allow Emergency Shelters Downtown? (Staff Memo p5) Why not maintain flexibility? We might need one near the Cove or elsewhere? 4. Staff Memo P.8 - Can you please explain more about the mechanical parking lifts and other envisioned parking provisions? Thank you, Dorene Curtis Downtown Tiburon Resident Sent from my iPad From:Kathy and Gerry Silverfield To:Lea Dilena; Lea Dilena; Dina Tasini; Greg Chanis; Jack Ryan; Jon Welner; Alice Fredericks USA.net; Holli Thier; Noah GriffinCc:Dorene Curtis; Julie Jacobs; Esq. Subject:Comments For the February 1 Town Council Meeting Regarding Discussion Item D1.1 Objective Design Standards Date:Wednesday, February 1, 2023 2:38:06 PM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. To the Tiburon Town Council, Town Staff, Consultants: WHY CHANGE MAIN STREET! I know 26 Main Street is a lost cause because of the Tiburon Housing Element Plan but the rest of Main Street isTiburon - just look at all the photos from Old Tiburon to today. I have some questions regarding Main Street from the Draft of the Objective Design Standards. 1. Table 2-C: Can all of Main Street be 3 stories up to 45 feet? Should the 45 feet height apply to Main Street orthe more standard 30 to 35 feet? There is no need to accommodate a 15 feet level for inside parking. 2. Table 2-C: Under Building Stepback Standards, why is the minimum depth of required setback above 2 stories or 30 feet 10 feet while it's 20 feet for mixed use and village commercial? I am assuming the setback isfor a 3rd story. 3. Is there any mention of preserving the historical look of Main Street? Should there be? 4. Table 2 B Site Standards: Main Street minimum density of 20 and maximum of 25 per acre - are we sayingthe look and nature of Main Street could change to mainly residential? Except for 26 Main Street this area isnot not an RHNA area? 5. If the changes are due to the General Plan, shouldn't there be public discussion, workshops, question andanswer sessions for such a drastic change to Main Street? Housing Element Plan discussions for DowntownTiburon have been regarding Tiburon Boulevard, Beach Street, Reed School area, corner of Mar West and 26 Main Street - not all of Main Street and ARK Row. Reimagination of Tiburon From To Kathleen Silverfield A Concerned Tiburon Resident From:JULIE JACOBS To:Lea Dilena; Dina Tasini; Jack Ryan; Jon Welner; Alice Fredericks USA.net; Holli Thier; Greg Chanis Subject:Dear Members of Town Council, Consultants, and Staff, Date:Wednesday, February 1, 2023 4:17:50 PM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Dear Members of Town Council, Consultants, and Staff, Thank you for your hard work to complete Tiburon’s response to HCD’s comments on ourdraft Housing Element, and the revised Housing Element to be resubmitted to HCD, and comments relating to the ODDS, and Zoning. I believe that the revised housing element is amuch better product than our first drat, and responds to many comments from HCD. The following are comments on the staff report to accompany the ODDS to be discussed at today’s Town Council meeting. Thank you for considering these comments. 1) Page 5 of the staff report says: State law requires that emergency shelters be permitted somewhere in residential or mixed-usedistricts in Town. Emergency shelters are currently permitted in all commercial zones in Tiburon. It is proposed that shelters be an allowed use in the downtown districts. Regarding the emergency shelter, for over a decade, my husband, our kids, and I volunteeredat coalition lunches organized and hosted in Tiburon and Belvedere by religious organizations to feed the homeless and hungry. Kol Shofar, on Blackfield Dr., was the regular physical hostfor coalition brunches, and a few congregations rotated in providing the food and volunteers to prepare, serve and clean up. Westminster Presbyterian Church at Greenwood Cove andTiburon Blvd (Blackfield is across Tiburon Blvd from Greenwood Cove) hosted dinners on occasion and afterward guests would sleep in sleeping bags in the social hall floor to avoid thecold. The lovely ministers would roll up their sleeves and work side by side with us. There were occasional brunches at another congregation in Belvedere. Kol Shofar also was the physical host for regular AA meetings at that time, and thecongregation was an emergency shelter in case of a community emergency. I think that it is quite likely that the Tiburon and Belvedere families volunteering at these events benefited from them even more than our guests did. I don’t understand why after this long and meaningful history of lovingly caring for the lessfortunate in our midst at religious organizations near the Cove, our ODDS would now place emergency shelters Downtown. Is this intended to be exclusively downtown? It doesn’t makesense to me. Please clarify, and specify that emergency shelters will continue to be housed throughout town. 2)Why isn’t Tiburon rezoning the Cove along with all of the other rezoning which ishappening under the HE plan? Why not change the Cove now into multi-use or mixed-use, consistent with our treatment of the CVS property, in order to be prepared, if the owner shouldchange his mind or sell, so that it would be available immediately as a Housing site? Didn’t we say in our response to the comments from HCD that we would revisit the Cove as a site formixed use if the owner were to change his mind about developing it into housing? Didn’t HCD direct Tiburon to look for housing sites out of the downtown area, to comply with theHousing Law’s requirement that all of the affordable housing be spread across the town, and not concentrated in one area? This is the language from page 3 of the staff report regarding the Cove’s zoning: To accommodate the density and building height changes called for in the Draft HousingElement, it is proposed to: 1. Rezone parcels currently zoned Neighborhood Commercial (NC) and NeighborhoodCommercial/Affordable Housing Overlay (NC/AHO) along Tiburon Boulevard and Beach Road, and a portion of the Boardwalk Shopping Center to a new Mixed Use (MU) District.The Cove Shopping Center, currently zoned Neighborhood Commercial and Neighborhood Commercial/Affordable Housing Overlay, … would remain as is.(Emphasis added) 3)Regarding pg 2 of staff report: At the street, building heights should not exceed 3 stories along Tiburon Boulevard, and theheight of the front of buildings should be varied by intermittently stepping buildings back above the 2nd floor. Why is “should” used instead of “must” with respect to the 3 story height cap? 4) ODDS, EIR, and re-zoning timing- why would would put ourselves at the mercy of theBuilder’s remedy until SPRING, instead of working hard and fast to complete each of these much sooner? Pg 8 of staff report- NEXT STEPSThe final Objective Design Standards will be incorporated into the Zoning Code. A draft ordinance updating the Zoning Code will be brought to the Council for consideration, alongwith the new General Plan and EIR, in the spring Pg 5 of the staff report…. Thank you for your kind consideration. Julie Jacobs Tiburon Town Council February 1, 2023 DI-1: Objective Design Standards Late Mail Requests for Copies: Lea Dilena, ldilena@townoftiburon.org From:Dorene Curtis To:Jon Welner; Dina Tasini; Jack Ryan; Alice Fredericks USA.net; Noah Griffin; Holli Thier; Lea Dilena Cc:Silverfield Kathy; Jacobs Julie Subject:Questions/Comments for tonight’s TC meeting re ODDS Date:Wednesday, February 1, 2023 1:48:51 PM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Dear Tiburon Town Staff, Consultants and Town Council Members, I would appreciate your addressing the following comments/questions at tonight’s TCMeeting: 1. Please clarify or confirm that DESPITE what the Housing Element and ODDS say, a developer can come in under AB2011 and build a 5 story residential complex with 80 units per acre, and NO PARKING? 1. What does the Staff Memo (bottom of P.1) mean when it says “At least” 80 units per acre, and “at least” 65 feet? Can it be EVEN MORE than this? 2. IF THIS IS THE CASE, DON’T WE NEED TO BE SURE TO TALK TO BELVEDERE LAND COMPANY and try to negotiate limits? They indicated an interest in doing just this (5 story with 2 story garage), per news article on Belvedere HE. 2. What is the intent for Main Street? RETAIL SHOPS/RESTAURANTS will still be REQUIRED for first floor, correct? 1. The staff memo says OFFICES will not be allowed, but what about “personal services” and “business and household services”? (Staff memo p5 at top) What do these terms mean and would they be allowed on the ground floor on Main Street? 3. Why rezone to only allow Emergency Shelters Downtown? (Staff Memo p5) Why not maintain flexibility? We might need one near the Cove or elsewhere? 4. Staff Memo P.8 - Can you please explain more about the mechanical parking lifts and other envisioned parking provisions? Thank you, Dorene Curtis Downtown Tiburon Resident Sent from my iPad From:Kathy and Gerry Silverfield To:Lea Dilena; Lea Dilena; Dina Tasini; Greg Chanis; Jack Ryan; Jon Welner; Alice Fredericks USA.net; Holli Thier; Noah GriffinCc:Dorene Curtis; Julie Jacobs; Esq. Subject:Comments For the February 1 Town Council Meeting Regarding Discussion Item D1.1 Objective Design Standards Date:Wednesday, February 1, 2023 2:38:06 PM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. To the Tiburon Town Council, Town Staff, Consultants: WHY CHANGE MAIN STREET! I know 26 Main Street is a lost cause because of the Tiburon Housing Element Plan but the rest of Main Street isTiburon - just look at all the photos from Old Tiburon to today. I have some questions regarding Main Street from the Draft of the Objective Design Standards. 1. Table 2-C: Can all of Main Street be 3 stories up to 45 feet? Should the 45 feet height apply to Main Street orthe more standard 30 to 35 feet? There is no need to accommodate a 15 feet level for inside parking. 2. Table 2-C: Under Building Stepback Standards, why is the minimum depth of required setback above 2 stories or 30 feet 10 feet while it's 20 feet for mixed use and village commercial? I am assuming the setback isfor a 3rd story. 3. Is there any mention of preserving the historical look of Main Street? Should there be? 4. Table 2 B Site Standards: Main Street minimum density of 20 and maximum of 25 per acre - are we sayingthe look and nature of Main Street could change to mainly residential? Except for 26 Main Street this area isnot not an RHNA area? 5. If the changes are due to the General Plan, shouldn't there be public discussion, workshops, question andanswer sessions for such a drastic change to Main Street? Housing Element Plan discussions for DowntownTiburon have been regarding Tiburon Boulevard, Beach Street, Reed School area, corner of Mar West and 26 Main Street - not all of Main Street and ARK Row. Reimagination of Tiburon From To Kathleen Silverfield A Concerned Tiburon Resident From:JULIE JACOBS To:Lea Dilena; Dina Tasini; Jack Ryan; Jon Welner; Alice Fredericks USA.net; Holli Thier; Greg Chanis Subject:Dear Members of Town Council, Consultants, and Staff, Date:Wednesday, February 1, 2023 4:17:50 PM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Dear Members of Town Council, Consultants, and Staff, Thank you for your hard work to complete Tiburon’s response to HCD’s comments on ourdraft Housing Element, and the revised Housing Element to be resubmitted to HCD, and comments relating to the ODDS, and Zoning. I believe that the revised housing element is amuch better product than our first drat, and responds to many comments from HCD. The following are comments on the staff report to accompany the ODDS to be discussed at today’s Town Council meeting. Thank you for considering these comments. 1) Page 5 of the staff report says: State law requires that emergency shelters be permitted somewhere in residential or mixed-usedistricts in Town. Emergency shelters are currently permitted in all commercial zones in Tiburon. It is proposed that shelters be an allowed use in the downtown districts. Regarding the emergency shelter, for over a decade, my husband, our kids, and I volunteeredat coalition lunches organized and hosted in Tiburon and Belvedere by religious organizations to feed the homeless and hungry. Kol Shofar, on Blackfield Dr., was the regular physical hostfor coalition brunches, and a few congregations rotated in providing the food and volunteers to prepare, serve and clean up. Westminster Presbyterian Church at Greenwood Cove andTiburon Blvd (Blackfield is across Tiburon Blvd from Greenwood Cove) hosted dinners on occasion and afterward guests would sleep in sleeping bags in the social hall floor to avoid thecold. The lovely ministers would roll up their sleeves and work side by side with us. There were occasional brunches at another congregation in Belvedere. Kol Shofar also was the physical host for regular AA meetings at that time, and thecongregation was an emergency shelter in case of a community emergency. I think that it is quite likely that the Tiburon and Belvedere families volunteering at these events benefited from them even more than our guests did. I don’t understand why after this long and meaningful history of lovingly caring for the lessfortunate in our midst at religious organizations near the Cove, our ODDS would now place emergency shelters Downtown. Is this intended to be exclusively downtown? It doesn’t makesense to me. Please clarify, and specify that emergency shelters will continue to be housed throughout town. 2)Why isn’t Tiburon rezoning the Cove along with all of the other rezoning which ishappening under the HE plan? Why not change the Cove now into multi-use or mixed-use, consistent with our treatment of the CVS property, in order to be prepared, if the owner shouldchange his mind or sell, so that it would be available immediately as a Housing site? Didn’t we say in our response to the comments from HCD that we would revisit the Cove as a site formixed use if the owner were to change his mind about developing it into housing? Didn’t HCD direct Tiburon to look for housing sites out of the downtown area, to comply with theHousing Law’s requirement that all of the affordable housing be spread across the town, and not concentrated in one area? This is the language from page 3 of the staff report regarding the Cove’s zoning: To accommodate the density and building height changes called for in the Draft HousingElement, it is proposed to: 1. Rezone parcels currently zoned Neighborhood Commercial (NC) and NeighborhoodCommercial/Affordable Housing Overlay (NC/AHO) along Tiburon Boulevard and Beach Road, and a portion of the Boardwalk Shopping Center to a new Mixed Use (MU) District.The Cove Shopping Center, currently zoned Neighborhood Commercial and Neighborhood Commercial/Affordable Housing Overlay, … would remain as is.(Emphasis added) 3)Regarding pg 2 of staff report: At the street, building heights should not exceed 3 stories along Tiburon Boulevard, and theheight of the front of buildings should be varied by intermittently stepping buildings back above the 2nd floor. Why is “should” used instead of “must” with respect to the 3 story height cap? 4) ODDS, EIR, and re-zoning timing- why would would put ourselves at the mercy of theBuilder’s remedy until SPRING, instead of working hard and fast to complete each of these much sooner? Pg 8 of staff report- NEXT STEPSThe final Objective Design Standards will be incorporated into the Zoning Code. A draft ordinance updating the Zoning Code will be brought to the Council for consideration, alongwith the new General Plan and EIR, in the spring Pg 5 of the staff report…. Thank you for your kind consideration. Julie Jacobs TOWN OF TIBURON Tiburon Town Hall 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Tiburon Town Council February 1, 2023 Special Meeting 5:30 p.m. TIBURON TOWN COUNCIL AGENDA CORONAVIRUS (COVID-19) ADVISORY NOTICE Consistent with Government Code section 54953(e), the Town Council meeting will not be physically open to the public and all Council Members will be teleconferencing into the meeting. To maximize public safety while still maintaining transparency and public access, members of the public can access the meeting by following the meeting live at: Audio/Video Webinar: https://us06web.zoom.us/j/84412395839 Webinar ID: 844 1239 5839 Call-in Number: +1 669 900 6833 Access Code: 844 1239 5839 Instructions for providing public comment live during the meeting using Zoom are linked on the Town’s website and to this agenda. Members of the public may provide public comment by sending comments to the Town Clerk by email at comments@townoftiburon.org. Comments received prior to the start of the Council meeting will be distributed electronically to the Town Council and posted on the Town’s website. Comments received after the start time of the Council meeting, but prior to the close of public comment period for an item, will then be read into the record, with a maximum allowance of 3 minutes per individual comment, subject to the Mayor’s discretion. All comments read into the record should be a maximum of 500 words, which corresponds to approximately 3 minutes of speaking time. If a comment is received after the agenda item is heard but before the close of the meeting, the comment will still be included as a part of the record of the meeting but will not be read into the record. Any member of the public who needs accommodations should email or call the Town Clerk who will use their best efforts to provide reasonable accommodations to provide as much accessibility as possible while also maintaining public safety in accordance with the Town’s procedure for resolving reasonable accommodation requests. All reasonable accommodations offered will be listed on the Town’s website at www.townoftiburon.org. SPECIAL MEETING – 5:30 P.M. CALL TO ORDER AND ROLL CALL Councilmember Fredericks, Councilmember Thier, Councilmember Welner, Mayor Ryan ACTION ITEMS AI-1. Town Council Vacancy – Provide direction on next steps to fill Vice Mayor Griffin’s seat on the Town Council (Office of the Town Manager) AI-2. Election of Vice Mayor and Town Council Committee Assignments – The Mayor will conduct the election of Vice Mayor and the Council will consider making two appointments to the 2023 Town Manager Performance Evaluation and 2023 Budget/Finance ad hoc committees (Department of Administrative Services) ADJOURNMENT GENERAL PUBLIC INFORMATION ASSISTANCE FOR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting, please contact the Town Clerk at (415) 435- 7377. Notification 48 hours prior to the meeting will enable the Town to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this meeting. AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION Copies of all agenda reports and supporting data are available for viewing and inspection at Town Hall and at the Belvedere-Tiburon Library located adjacent to Town Hall. Agendas and minutes are posted on the Town’s website, www.townoftiburon.org. Upon request, the Town will provide written agenda materials in appropriate alternative formats, or disability-related modification or accommodation, including auxiliary aids or services, to enable individuals with disabilities to participate in public meetings. Please send a written request, including your name, mailing address, phone number and brief description of the requested materials and preferred alternative format or auxiliary aid or service at least 5 days before the meeting. Requests should be sent to the Office of the Town Clerk at the above address. PUBLIC HEARINGS Public Hearings provide the general public and interested parties an opportunity to provide testimony on these items. If you challenge any proposed action(s) in court, you may be limited to raising only those issues you or someone else raised at the Public Hearing(s) described later in this agenda, or in written correspondence delivered to the Town Council at, or prior to, the Public Hearing(s). TIMING OF ITEMS ON AGENDA While the Town Council attempts to hear all items in order as stated on the agenda, it reserves the right to take items out of order. No set times are assigned to items appearing on the Town Council agenda. TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 1 OF 3 STAFF REPORT To: Mayor and Members of the Town Council From: Department of Administrative Service Subject: Town Council Resignation: Consider Options for Filling Empty Seat Reviewed By: _________ Greg Chanis, Town Manager ________ Benjamin Stock, Town Attorney SUMMARY Vice Mayor Griffin’s Town Council resignation became effective on January 27, 2023. The Town Council now must take action within 60 days to fill Vice Mayor Griffin’s seat. RECOMMENDED ACTION(S) 1. Direct staff to return to the Council with the resolutions necessary to call a special election on August 29, 2023 for the purpose of electing a short-term councilmember to serve until November 5, 2024; OR 2. Direct staff to begin the appointments process for a Town Council appointment and provide feedback about the tentative timeline if necessary. BACKGROUND In the event of a Town Councilmember resignation, the California Government Code requires that the Town Council either make an appointment or call a special election to fill the seat within sixty (60) days of the vacancy effective date. Vice Mayor Noah Griffin announced his resignation from the Town Council on January 27, 2023, effective immediately. Vice Mayor Griffin’s resignation falls just under two years before his term expires. The Council has several options to consider for this seat until the November 5, 2024 general municipal election, when a new councilmember will be elected to a full four-year term. The Council may: • Call a special election to be held on August 29, 2023 to elect a councilmember to serve until the date of the November 5, 2024 election. • Appoint a councilmember to serve until the date of the November 5, 2024 general election. ANALYSIS TOWN OF TIBURON 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 Agenda Item: AI-1 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 2 OF 3 Steps Required for a Special Election The Town Council will need to call the special election by resolution before May 1, and the nomination period would take place May 8 – June 2, 2023. The person elected will take office following the certification of the August 29, 2023 special election, and serve until the November 5, 2024 general election. Staff also requests the Council indicate whether it desires to appoint an interim councilmember to serve until the August 29 election is certified. Steps Required for an Appointment This step requires more prompt action. Per the Government Code, an appointment must be made within 60 days of the effective date of the resignation. In this case, the appointment must be made before March 28, 2023. To ensure a timely appointment, staff would like to begin the standard appointments process immediately. This entails advertising the vacancy according to regular procedure, accepting applications, and scheduling interviews with the Town Council. The timeline for appointing a councilmember with this deadline will greatly depend on how many applications are received and availability for interviews. Tentatively, Town staff proposes the following timeline: Open Application Close Application Interviews Potential Appointment Date February 1, 2023 February 24, 2023 5PM March 1 (regular meeting) March 7 or 9 (tent. special meeting) March 15 (regular meeting) March 15 (regular meeting) FINANCIAL IMPACT The Marin County Registrar of Voters estimates an off-cycle special election would cost $6-8 per registered voter. Tiburon currently has 6,685 registered voters, so the estimate for this election would be $40,110 – $53,480. The Town’s last off-cycle special election in November 2021 cost $41,091.50. There is no significant financial impact for making an appointment. CLIMATE IMPACT Staff has determined this action will have no significant impact on the Town’s contribution to global climate change. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 3 OF 3 Staff has preliminarily determined that adoption of this item is statutorily exempt from the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15378 of the CEQA Guidelines in that it does not constitute a project under CEQA, and if it were found to constitute a project, it would be exempt pursuant to the general rule set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15061 (b)(3). RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Direct staff to return to the Council with the resolutions necessary to call a special election on August 29, 2023 for the purpose of electing a short-term councilmember to serve until November 5, 2024; or 2. Direct staff to begin the appointments process for a Town Council appointment and provide feedback about the tentative timeline if necessary. Prepared By: Lea Dilena, Town Clerk TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 1 OF 2 STAFF REPORT To: Mayor and Members of the Town Council From: Department of Administrative Services Subject: Appoint Office of Vice Mayor and Two Committee Assignments Reviewed By: _________ Greg Chanis, Town Manager ________ Benjamin Stock, Town Attorney SUMMARY The Council will consider appointing a Vice Mayor and two committee assignments. RECOMMENDED ACTION(S) 1. Consider appointment of a Vice Mayor to serve for the coming year. 2. Consider one appointment to the 2023 Town Manager Performance Evaluation ad hoc subcommittee and one appointment to the 2023 Budget/Finance ad hoc subcommittee. BACKGROUND Vice Mayor Noah Griffin resigned from the Town Council effective January 27, 2023, leaving the Vice Mayor position and several Town Council committee appointment positions vacant. This item is the Council’s opportunity to appoint a Vice Mayor to serve for the coming year, and to consider appointments to fill the new vacancies on the Town Council Committee Appointments List (Exhibit 1). Staff specifically recommends the Council appoint a new member to serve on the 2023 Town Manager Performance Evaluation and the 2023 Budget/Finance ad hoc subcommittees. These ad hoc subcommittees are undertaking more immediate work, so backfilling these positions immediately would be appropriate. It would be regular practice for the Council to keep the remainder of Vice Mayor Griffin’s appointments vacant until a new member joins the Council. ANALYSIS No further analysis provided. FINANCIAL IMPACT TOWN OF TIBURON 1505 Tiburon Boulevard Tiburon, CA 94920 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 Agenda Item: AI-2 Town Council Meeting February 1, 2023 TOWN OF TIBURON PAGE 2 OF 2 Staff anticipates [no direct fiscal impact to the Town]. CLIMATE IMPACT Staff has determined this action will have no significant impact on the Town’s contribution to global climate change. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Staff has preliminarily determined that adoption of this item is statutorily exempt from the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15378 of the CEQA Guidelines in that it does not constitute a project under CEQA, and if it were found to constitute a project, it would be exempt pursuant to the general rule set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15061 (b)(3). RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Town Council: 1. Consider appointment of a Vice Mayor to serve for the coming year. 2. Consider one appointment to the 2023 Town Manager Performance Evaluation ad hoc subcommittee and one appointment to the 2023 Budget/Finance ad hoc subcommittee. Exhibit(s): 1. Town Council Committee Appointments List - 2023 Prepared By: Lea Dilena, Town Clerk 2023 Town Council Committee Appointments List 02/2023 Page 1 of 4 TIBURON TOWN COUNCIL COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS 2023 I. STATE & REGIONAL AGENCIES 1. ASSOCIATION OF BAY AREA GOVERNMENTS (General Assembly meets in April and October) Holli Thier, Delegate Jon Welner, Alternate 2. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT PRIORITY-SETTING COMMITTEE (CDBG) (Meets twice a year in Marin City and at Civic Center) Holli Thier, Delegate Jack Ryan, Alternate 3. LEAGUE OF CALIFORNIA CITIES (Meets quarterly and at the Annual Conference in September; other events as published) Alice Fredericks • Voting Delegate for Town of Tiburon o Alternate: Holli Thier • Transportation, Communication & Public Works State Policy Committee - (Appointment by North Bay Division of the League of CA Cities) 4. MARIN CLEAN ENERGY BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Meets 1st Thursday from 7–9 p.m. at 1 McGinnis Parkway, San Rafael) Holli Thier, Delegate Jack Ryan, Alternate 5. MARIN CLIMATE AND ENERGY PARTNERSHIP (MCEP) Local Governments for Sustainability (Meets 1st Thursday, San Rafael City Hall) Samantha Bonifacio (Assistant Planner), Staff Liaison & voting board member 6. MARIN EMERGENCY RADIO AUTHORITY BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Meetings scheduled as needed) Police Chief Ryan Monaghan, Delegate [VACANT], Alternate 7. RICHARDSON BAY REGIONAL AGENCY BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Meets monthly on 2nd Wednesday at 6:00 p.m. - Sausalito City Hall) Jack Ryan, Delegate Alice Fredericks, Alternate 2023 Town Council Committee Appointments List 02/2023 Page 2 of 4 8. TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY OF MARIN BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS (Meets monthly on 4th Thursday at 7:30 p.m. - Board of Supervisors Chambers, Civic Center) Alice Fredericks, Board member [Term = 1/1/2020 – 12/31/2023] • Fredericks serves on the Human Resources Ad Hoc Committee, and Administration Projects Planning Executive Committee • Fredericks is MCCMC liaison to TAM and reports monthly at MCCMC Jack Ryan, Alternate II. LOCAL AGENCIES/COMMITTEES 1. BELVEDERE-TIBURON JOINT DISASTER ADVISORY COUNCIL (Meets bi-monthly on 2nd Tuesday from 4:00 - 5:30 p.m. in the Town Council Chambers) Holli Thier, Town Council Representative 2. BELVEDERE-TIBURON JOINT RECREATION COMMITTEE (The Ranch) (Meets bi-monthly on 3rd Monday in the Town Hall Community Room) [VACANT], Town Council Voting Member 3. TIBURON PENINSULA TRAFFIC RELIEF JOINT POWERS AGENCY (formed 3/16/16) [JPA members include Town of Tiburon, City of Belvedere, RUSD] Holli Thier – Primary Director Jack Ryan – Primary Director 4. CHAMBER OF COMMERCE LOCAL BUSINESS TASK FORCE [Task Force members include Chamber Exec. Director, Tiburon Town Manager, Destination Tiburon member, and two retail representatives] VACANT Jack Ryan III. TOWN STANDING COMMITTEES 1. DIVERSITY INCLUSION TASK FORCE • Holli Thier (Chair) • VACANT (Vice Chair) 2. DOWNTOWN REVITALIZATION • Jack Ryan • Holli Thier 3. LEGISLATIVE ACTION • Jack Ryan • Alice Fredericks 2023 Town Council Committee Appointments List 02/2023 Page 3 of 4 4. MARTHA PROPERTY APPLICATIONS • Jon Welner • Alice Fredericks 5. USE OF TECHNOLOGY • Holli Thier • Jon Welner IV. TOWN AD HOC COMMITTEES 1. SUSTAINABILITY • Alice Fredericks • Jon Welner 2. UTILITY UNDERGROUNDING ASSESSMENT DISTRICT POLICY • Alice Fredericks • Jack Ryan 3. 2023 TOWN MANAGER PERFORMANCE EVALUATION • Jack Ryan • [VACANT] 4. 2023 BUDGET FINANCE • Jack Ryan • [VACANT] 5. 2022 COURT USAGE • Alice Fredericks • Jack Ryan V. BOARD OF SUPERVISORS APPOINTMENTS Nominated by MCCMC and appointed by Board of Supervisors GOLDEN GATE BRIDGE, HIGHWAY & TRANSPORTATION DISTRICT BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Meets 2nd & 4th Fridays at 10 a.m., GGBHTD offices) Holli Thier [current term = 1/1/2022 – 1/1/2024] VI. MCCMC COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS 1. Legislative Committee [a Standing Committee per MCCMC Bylaws] (Meets4th Monday at 8:00 a.m., San Rafael City Hall) Alice Fredericks (also serves as Chair) 2023 Town Council Committee Appointments List 02/2023 Page 4 of 4 No alternate 2. JPA Oversight Ad Hoc Committee (Meetings scheduled as needed) Jack Ryan, delegate No alternate 3. Climate Change and Sea Level Rise – Ad Hoc Committee (Meetings scheduled as needed) Alice Fredericks, delegate Jon Welner, alternate 4. Pension and OPEB Reform Committee Holli Thier, Delegate Noah Griffin, Delegate Jack Ryan, Alternate 5. Disaster Preparedness Committee Jack Ryan, Delegate Holli Thier, Alternate 6. Water Policy Committee Holli Thier Delegate [vacant], Delegate 7. Marin County Bay Waterfront Adaptations Vulnerability Evaluation *(Bay WAVE) Policy Group Alice Fredericks’ appointment affirmed by Town Council on April 20, 2016 8. HOMELESS POLICY STEERING COMMITTEE (HPSC) (Under auspices of County Dept. of Health Human Services) VACANT, Town representative VII. TOWN APPOINTMENTS IN OTHER AREAS OF INTEREST MarinMap Steering Committee (Meetings scheduled as needed) [VACANT] Marin County Hazardous & Solid Waste JPA (Meets quarterly) Greg Chanis